or 10 leagues From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-riffe northeast 19 leagues From Wismerdeep to Gester-risse northnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Rostick to Gester-riffe the course is north 7 or 8 leagues From Gester-riffe to Doornbosh east 9 leagues From Gester to Meun northeast 7 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Northerhead Tatinghen Gartinghen Souterhead Thus sheweth the Land of Eyderstee to the northwardes of the Eyder Thus sheweth the Island Ameren List White-cliffe Red-cliffe Heydom Voortrap Thus sheweth it selfe the Island Silt when you sayle alongst by it Doodenbergh Zuyder-zyt Langelegh Luysbergh Thus sheweth the Land of Zuyder-zyt to the southwards of the Doodenbergh Blawebergh Doodenbergh Thus sheweth the Land betwixt the Horne or Doodenbergh and the Haven of Numen Easter poynt Holmes Boevenberghen To the southwards of Boevenberghen Thus sheweth the land betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes when you sayle alongst by it three leagues from the land The Scaw Harshals Robsnot Thus riseth the Land betwixt the Holmes and the Scaw when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land and the Church of Aelst when you are 2 leagues and an half by east Aelburger-deep Wismer Great Cruysoort Little Cruysoort Holster land The east poynt When you sayle to Lubeck alongst betwixt the Land of Cruysoort and Holster land then it sheweth it selfe on both sides thus Barto Robbenesse Rostick Oudevaet Buck-hoocke Thus sheweth the Coast of Meckelenburgh betwixt Cruysoort Dornebosh or the Jelle when you sayle alongst by it a league without the Land The fourth Demonstration Where in are described The Schager Rack as also the Sound from the Paternosters Kol and so forth through the Sound to Falsterbon Britto MAELSTRAND The Westerbergh Island Maelstrand Out-rockes or Paternosters Eastnortheast Pas caarte vant SCHAGER-RACK vande Pater-nosters aen Kol al 's mede de Sondt oock hoe dese landen van Schagen gelegen zyn De SONDT met alle zyn gelegentheyt in t groot About the middest going in at the souther channel lyeth a rock above water which you may sail about on both sides but within that rock lyeth a suncken rock under water and to the southwardes of it also a great rock but a little further out then the other There lyeth also a suncken rock under water by the Island on the north side of the foresayd rock which lyeth above water which men must be very carefull to take heed of There is every where good anchor ground From thence you may sail through within the rocks to Calf-sound Calfsound Bahouse and Nilus Calf-sound lyeth distant from Maelstrand about foure leagues For to sail in there out of the sea you must run 〈◊〉 alongst to the southwards of a great rock whereupon standeth a Warder On the south side of the Havens-mouth there are great rocks but on the north side all small rocks When you come within the rocks about the poynt of the north land there you may anchor in fifteen or sixteen fathom there is good anchor ground From Calfsound you may run up to the southwards through within the rocks unto the river of Nilus Four leagues southsoutheast from Calf-sound lyeth the Island Winneu to the southwards of it goeth in the channell of Nilus or Gottenbergh which is a large and broad sound lying in northnortheast in 8 9 and 10 fathom you must leave Winneu on the larboard side and runne in betwixt the poynt of the main land called Kalderhead and the Island little Denmarck and then in alongst by the main land on the south side untill past Elsburgh to Gottenburgh Gottenburgh it is there all cleane and cleare without any danger that might hurt you You may also sayle into the northwards of Winneu then you must leave Winneu and also some long rocks on the starboard side and the through Island or little Denmarck on the larboard side and then in alongst by the poynt of the mayn land on the south side as is before said Three leagues southsouthe from Winneu lye Malesound and Consback Malesound Malesound is a rough Island which you may sayle round about in seven or eight fathom under it is also good road Two cables length westnorthwest from Malesound lyeth a suncken rock under water and also one even with the water a bow shot from the land whereupon standeth a Warder Eastnortheast from Malesound lyeth the haven of Cons-back Consback there stand 2 great Warders each upon a rock close to the land betwixt them lyeth in the haven it is a fayre haven ten fathom deep and good anchor ground when you come about the low poynt you shall see Cons-back lye to the northwards of you From Malesound southwest and southwest and by west a great league to seawards lyeth the fowle and dangerous rock Nyng or Nijding Nyding The land upon Nyng is about a halfe league long The riffe on the north end runnes till about a league on the land northeast and is a halfe league broad wholy riffe with sharpe stones Upon some places eight seven five and foure foot water The taile which shooteth southerly downe is narrow and runneth from the land northeast about 2 leagues There upon is 5 4 and 3 foot water A league and a half without Nynger-Riffe northwest men may stay upon 6 and 7 fathom You may saile through betwixt Nyding and Malesound or the mayn land but it is there all shallow water Upon Nyding is a fire-beacon whereupon they make fire every night Nydingh Great stones Three leagues to the southwards of Watersbergen lyeth the river of Valckenburgh Valckenburgh On the north side of the Riversmouth lyeth an Island called Murupting and 3 leagues to the southwards of it lyeth an Island called Tullo Tullo betwixt that Island and Valckenburgh within the land lyeth a high hill called Haver being white to see to as if it were sandy Land sea faring men doe name it yong Coll because of the likenesse of height fashion which it hath like Col and sometimes it is mistaken for Coll. Three leagues eastwards from Tullo lyeth Helmstee Helmstee upon a river but there can go in no shipps but onely huyes and boates This river of Helmstee lyeth within a greate Inlet about southsouthwest 4 leagues from Swedereur Kol over these two Warders s w. from you Swedereur Two leagues southwards from Helmstee lyeth the little towne or little castle called Laholm Laholm there goeth also a little river into the land A league westwardes from Laholme lyeth Bosstadt these places lye in a great bay Swedereur Three leagues to the westwardes of Bosstadt lyeth the Island Swedereur you may runne in behind it at both sides for to anchor from the northwardes it is there large and broade for to go in but from the north end of Swedereur shooteth off a little ledge of rocks you must runne alongst to the northwards of the rocks that lye at the north end of Swedereur leaving them on the starboard
and in what Depths men may see the land Thwart of Winterton Cromer seven or eight leagues from land it is eighteene and nineteene fathom deep and there you may see the land Northeast and northeast and by north from Cromer lyeth a Bancke whereupon remaineth at halfe floud no more water then 4 fathom from thence you may see the land indifferent well North by east from Blackeney lyeth a bancke whereupon remaineth at halfe floud no more water then five fathom In eighteene fathom thereabouts you may see the land From thence to the poynt of Chappell it is all shoaly About northnorthwest and north and by west from Winterton-sand lyeth the banke before Cromer 5 leagues without the coast To the northwards of the Humber of Hull you may see the land in 25 fathom Flambrough-head men may see in five and thirtie fathom Scharbrough men may see from below in five forty fathom Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places Before Crommer a southeast Moone maketh high water At Blackeney Wels Bornum and Lyn an east and west Moone Before the Humber of Hull an eastnortheast and westsouthwest Moone From Blackeney to Flambrough-head the floud falleth southeast the ebbe northwest At Flambrough and Fyley in the Peer a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea At Scharbrough and Robbinhoods-baye a southwest and northeast moone In the Tees at Hartlepoole also a southwest and northeast moone Before the River of Newcastle a southwest northeast moone maketh also the highest water Thwart of Flambroug-head Scharbrough the Teese also thwart of the river of Newcastle the floud falleth southeast and the ebbe northwest To the northwards of the Tees the floud falleth southsoutheast alongst the land from the Tees to Scharbrough southeast and by east How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Crommer to Blackeney westnorthwest 3 or 4 leag From Blackeney to Bornum through within the sand west 7 leagues From Bornum to Chappel westsouthwest 2 leagues From Chappell to Elleknock or the north poynt of Bostondeep the course is northwest and by north 5 leagues From thence to the north poynt of Humber north and north and by west 7 leagues From the north poynt of the Humber to Flambroug-head northnorthwest 9 leagues From the north poynt of the Humber to the Tessel east and by south eastsoutheast 55 leagues From Flambrough-head to Feley northwest and by west and westnorthwest 3 leagues From Fyley to Scharbrough northwest and by west westnorthwest 2 leagues From Scharbrough to Whidbye northwest 5 leagues From Whidbye to the Teese the course is first westnorthwest and afterwards west by north 7 leagues From the Teese to Tynmouth northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues From Whidbuye to Tinmouth the course is northwest and southeast 16 leagues From to Cocket Island northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues Heights The north poynt of the Humber of Hull in 53 d. 35 m. Flambrough-head lyeth in 54 degrees 5 minutes Scharbrough in 54 degrees 12 minutes Tynmouth or the River of Newcastle in 55 deg 10 min. How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Flambrough-head Fyley Scharbrough Robbinhoods-bay Whitbuy Huntleyfoot Redcliffe Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Tees and Flambrough-head when you saile alongst by it Huntleyfoot Redcliffe Teese Hartlepoole Esington Schel Sonderland Thus sheweth the land betwixt Tinmouth the hills of Huntleyfoot Redcliffe to the southwards of the Teese when you saile alongst by it De Custen van SCHOTLANT met de Eylanden van Orcanesse van eylandt Coket tot I. Sande Tinmouth Cocket Thus sheweth the land betwixt Tinmouth and Cocket Island The twelfth Demonstration In which The east side of Scotland is shewed from the Island Cocket and Orcaneis FRom the Cocket Islands to the Staples Staples the course is northnorthwest north by w. 8 or 9 leagues The Staples they are high Islands rocks right to the eastwards of Bambroug lying at least 3 leagues from the land northeast into sea a little to the northwards of them lyeth the Holie Island Holy Island To the southwards or the westwards of the Holie Island is a baye where you may lye landlockt almost for all windes against the Castle is the best roade you may also run in there from the southwards through betwixt the Staples and the maine land Betwixt the Staples and Holy Island lye two suncken Rocks which at low water come verie neare even with the water the westermost towards the Holy Island is called the Goldstone Goldstone Plough the eastermost by the staples is called the Plough For to avoyd them when you will sayle through betwixt the Staples the Holy Island whether you come from the Southwards or the Northwards then bring the Steeple of Teustenbrough over the Castle of Bambrough and keepe them so standing and then you shall run through betwixt them both this channell lyeth so through northeast southwest From the outermost end of the Staples to S. Abbens head S. Abbens head the course is northwest 8 or 9 leagues From Holy Island to S. Abbens head it is northnorthwest 7 or 8 leagues To the northwards of S. Abbens-head men doe runne in unto Lieth and to Edenbrough in Scotland S. Abbens head the Island the Bas lye east and west 4 leagues assunder The Island May S. Abbens head northwest southeast 4 great leagues May Bas lye one from the other southwest by west and northeast by east three leagues a halfe The Bas The Bas. is a high round Rock cleane round about which you may sayle alongst by on both sides Betwixt the rock and the south shoare it is ten and twelve fathom deepe but the common faire way is alongst to the northwards of it Betweene S. Abbens head and the Bas it is most part a cleane Coast but without anchor ground The Island May Island May. is greater then the Bas also cleane round about except on the east side there it is foule From S. Abbens head alongst to the northwest of the Bas the course is west and by north and west northwest foure leagues and from by north the Bas to the Island Inchkieth Inchkieth west and west and by north about five leagues Betweene the Bas and Inchkieth by the s shoare lye many Rockes little Islands and foule grounds where at divers places is road but are not to be used but by them which are there verie well acquainted Inchkieth and Island May lye s w. by w. n. e. by e. 7 great leagues asunder Inchkieth is somewhat a long small Island a league to the northwards of it lyeth an out poynt on the north coast called Kingornesse Kingornesse before it and about it lie some little Rocks under water but a little to the eastwards of the eastwards of the point is good anchor ground road for westerly winds Betweene that point and the Island
high plaine land Halfe wayes betwixt both but nearest Wardhouse Wardhouse lyeth a high hommock upon the high land to see to like a castle or Countrie house verie easy to be knowne being thwart of it close by land it seemeth as if there were a great Sound where men might saile into Wardhouse are three little Islands with some little rocks also by them the southermost is the greatest of the three which onely is inhabited upon it is a village of about 300 Norway houses with a castle it is abouts a half league long and lyeth an English myle off from the land lying as the coast most south north betwixt both it is all over deep water On the south side of this Island lyeth a haven or great baye about half wayes the Island and likewise one also on the north side so that these two bayes doe come so neare one to the other that there remaineth no more then a narrow chindle strand about a stone cast broade dividing so the Island almost into 2 the eastermost part is the shortest highest the westermost the longest Close upon the strand on the east side of the souther-haven lyeth the Castle to the northwards of it upon the foresaide chindle strād about the Bayestrand the houses In the souther Bay it is good lying but the best road is betwixt the maine land and the Island about halfe wayes on the side of the Island against a Sandbay Roade Kilduyn and right against the Castle there is good anchor-ground in tenne or twelve fathom landlockt for all winds except for north and south winds which blow there right through yet men have some shelter of some poynt of the Island Men may without feare come in there betwixt the Island and the Manie either from the southwards or the northwards it is all over cleanie and cleare but he that commeth in from the northwards must runne somewhat nearer the Rock where the gallowes standeth upon then the Island because thereabouts the Island is a little foule About a shott of a Cast peece northwards from the greatest lye the two smallest close one to another seeming afarre off to be one Island are together not an English myle long but high and rocky to see to there lye also two or three rocks by them On this coast like as at the north-Cape a northeast southwest moone maketh high water From Ward-house to the poynt of Kegor or the Fishers Island the course is southeast and southeast and by south ten leagues Betwixt them both is a great baye wherein are divers Sounds rivers amongst other the River Pitsing which is a great faire and large River where men may goe in with great shipps a good wayes within the river is good road there is taken and laden much Salmon but there fall no other speciall wares Southsouthwest from the poynt off Kegor lye two Islands to the southwards of them men doe runne into Monnick-forde Kegor is a fayre haven lying at the north end of the Fishers Island Kegor or Fishers Island a little without the poynt There lye two or three rocks at the north poynt of the haven and also a suncken rock in the middest of the havens mouth you leave the suncken Rock with the other Rocks on the starboard side of you and runne in by the south shoare and edge then behinde the foresayd rocks and anchor there in seven or eight fathom the havens mouth lyeth in southwest it is there so good lying as in any havens thereabouts on the coast The Danes call this haven Easter-haven Easterhaven there was wont to be the Staple of the Fish where every one must come to buye therefore the Island is yet called whereon Kegor lyeth the Fishers Island It is indeede no Island but very neare it is fast to the maine land with such a very small neck that the Russes which come from Kilduyn or the River of Kool and are bound to the River Pitsing doe goe alongst within this land hawle their boates over that small neck for not to goe about a seaboard From Kegor to Laus Laus the course is alongst the shoare southeast and by south somewhat easterly nine or ten leagues This is a right playne coast without poynts or bayes all alongst by Laus to Tiepena but the south poynt of Laus lyeth out a little upon which stand two Warders to the northwards of that poynt is the haven of Laus a fayre sand-bay there is very easy lying for southerly or easterly winds but not for northerly winds the winds betweene the northermost and northeast doe blowe there open in and make therein a very great hollow sea men lye there in twelve tenne and eight fathom according as they runne farre in the farther the shoaler but all cleane rising sand-ground From Laus a little towards Kegor lyeth a little Island behinde which is good anchoring for easterly winds in cleane sand-ground but it is somewhat narrow From Laus to Tiepena Tiepena it is a great halfe league at the poynt lye some little rockes but you cannot see them before you be close to them Tiepena is a fayre haven when you come from the northwards you must runne so farre to the southwards alongst by the shoare untill that you see open into it and sayle in amidst the channell When as you come from the southwards the haven openeth it selfe being come in you must edge up to the northwards and anchor there there you lye land-lockt for all winds there are no dangers which may hurt you but it is over all cleare and cleane sandy ground A little about the poynt to the southwards of Tiepena which is on the southwest side of the Fishers Island is another faire haven where men may goe to anchor called Kowens Kowens From Laus to the River of Kola the course is south and by east and southsoutheast about tenne leagues But Kilduyn and Laus lye southeast and by south somewhat easterly and northwest by north somewhat westerly also tenne leagues assnder Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At the North-Cape a Southwest moone maketh high water Thwart of the Tannebay a southwest moon maketh high water At Wardhouse a southwest moone maketh high water On this coaste like as at the North-Cape a northeast and southwest moone maketh high water Alongst these coasts of Lapland to the eastwards of North-cape the flood commeth out of the northwest and northnorthwest and so runneth alongst the land unto Orlogenes Courses and Distances From the North-cape to the North-kyne east and by south 11 or 12 leagues From the North-kyne to the Tanebay eastsoutheast 10 or 11 leagues From the Tanebay or Matkorf to Wardhouse southeast by east southeast and southeast and by south 16 leagues From Wardhouse to the poynt of Kegor southeast southeast and by south 10 leagues From Kegor to Laus southeast and by south easterly 9 or 10 leagues From Laus to the River
as it is at high water and neepe tydes the water falleth and floweth there at least two fathom up and downe at Spring-tydes little lesse then three fathom or two fathom and an halfe Within the poynt or in the bight of Lombascho you may not anchor there remaineth not above three foot water and the ground is stony and foule To the northwards of Lombascho lye five Islands lying alongst the coast allmost halfe wayes to Swetenoes Three leagues to the southwards of Lombascho lyeth a black steep poynt untill that the coast lyeth of from Lombascho also southsoutheast but from that poynt to Orlogenes Orlogenes the course is south 9 leagues betwixt them there is no place where men may anchor but all alongst a whole coast cleane and steepe From the poynt of Orlogenes lyeth off a stone-riffe a shot off a cast peece into Sea which falleth dry a great wayes at low water whereof men must take very good heed From Orlogenes to the river Ponnoye it is six leagues betwixt them lye the three Islands Three Islands First from Orlogenes to the two first Islands the course is south three leagues from thence to Ponnoye southwest by south 3 leag A halfe league to the northwards off Ponnoye lyeth the third of the three Islands so that the two and the third lye about two leagues asunder These Islands are much lower then the maine land so that they can hardly be seene or not at all except you be by the shoare thwart of them you may come neere the shoare in seven fathom without danger Thwart of these three Islands and Ponnoy the mouth off the white sea is at the narrowest About foure leagues thwart off to seawards from the three Islands in the middest of the mouth lyeth a shoale which is very uneven and stony and at some places with low water commeth dry above water it lyeth south and north first north alongst the coast at last north and by west untill thwart of Lombascho but there alongst it is deepe enough fifteen and sixteen fathom About southeast from Ponnoy it is at the shoalest seven fathom deep You may also saile alongst to the eastwards of this shoale into the white Sea but there it is shoale water uneven very shoale The right fareway is alongst to the westwards of it and five and twenty fathom deep Ponnoy is a River where at low water remaineth no more then ten foot water it floweth there with a spring-tyde three fathom up and downe and with an ordinary tyde 15 foot From the three Islands to the Island Sousnowits which men doe call the crosse Island the course is southwest by south or as some doe hold southwest ten leagues or from Ponnoy nine leagues All alongst this coast men may anchor every where in eight or nine fathom and with contrary winds stop the tydes there goe strong tydes especially in the spring of the yeare withan Ebb. Between the three Islands and the crosse Island lyeth a poynt upon which stand also three crosses one by the other which men doe mistake oftentimes for the crosse Island but it is much smaller to see to When you doe get sight of that poynt there sheweth by it as if there lay a shippe before the land with the topmast-stricke The right crosse Island hath upon the north end two Crosses and upon the South end three by all these markes they are easy to bee knowne one from the other Behind the Crosse Island you may have road in 6 or 7 fathom you may sayl in behind it as well from the northwards as from the southwards it is there cleane and cleare every where men doe anchor when as the great crosse doth stand from them e.n.e. there is the right road Southeast and by south from the three Islands and Ponnoy on the Russe side there goeth in the Meseens golfe into which commeth a great River where men may go up to Kilda and Kolmogro and also another upon which the town Slowoda lyeth Southeast from Ponnoy lyeth a little Island in the mouth of the Meseens golf where you may have road under for westerly and southwest winds The south poynt of this golf is a low sand-strand all grown with trees there you may also anchor alongst by the shoare but close by the land if you lye somewhat of from the shoare in 9 fathom there the ground is foule from thence alongst the shoare to the Blew point it is al faire strand ground From the Crosse Island to the blew or Gray point the course is southwest twenty leagues In this fareway in the mouth of the White-sea Current in the mouth of the white sea there goe sometimes very strong currents especially in the spring through the terrible great freshuts of the melting of the snow which falleth from both sides into the White-sea and runneth through this strait into the sea with graet whirling terrible riplings It happeneth sometimes that the current runneth there so terrible strong to the w. wards into the sea that with a reasonable gale full sayls men can doe no more but stem the tide where of men must be mindfull Under the Gray poynt Gray-poynt men may anchor on the south side in tenne eight or seven fathom there it is good lying for easterly windes a northeast winde commeth from the poynt the ground is there reasonable good but not the cleanest From the Gray poynt eastwards to the Meseens Golf the coast is all faire sand-strand with some bancks of 2 fathom and an halfe and three fathom alongst the shoare not farre without the land where sometimes the current falleth over with great riplings From the blew poynt to the river of Arch-Angell the course is south and by west fourteen leagues When as you sayle so towards the rivers you shall then first espy the land a good wayes to the westwards of S. Nicholas it arriseth in a long strake and then there riseth more land towards the River as if it were a round Island afterwards you shall see the steeple of S. Nicholas when that standeth south and by west southsouthwest from you then you are open before the mouth of the river of Arch-Angell The cape of Candenoes Candenoes and Orlogenes lye northeast southwest 7 and sixty leagues asunder The point off Candenoes is very easy to bee knowne there stand five great crosses upon it for markes When as you fall with it you may very well perceive that the land falleth away on the one side to the southwest towards the White sea and southeast on the other side About thirteen leagues to the eastwards of the cape de Candenoes lyeth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonowits to the eastwards of it goeth a great Baye into the land but it is very shoale water with many shoales and Dwale-grounds It hath heretofore happened that some ships have beene here lost thinking that they runne into the mouth of the White Sea for it
a greeth very neare with the course and also with the height of the White Sea but it is easy to bee know by the land and to discerne one from the other for the Russe coast to the eastwards of Candenoes is altogether a land with Sand-hills and a flat strand but the coast of Lapland is high and hilly In this Bay goeth a River through the land where you can come through with Lodges into the White Sea Thwart off this Baye about sixe and twenty leagues east and east and by south from Candenoes lyeth the Island off Calgoya Calgoya being thirteene leagues long you may sayle round about it but upon the south side runneth a great riffe alongst the land they that come from the eastwards must avoyd it for it is fast to the west end off the Island Upon this Island are great store of Geese which in the Sommer are altogether bare or naked without any feathers which sit broad upon one egge which they have lying under them so doe hatch their young one which are there in such aboundance that the Russes doe come there a shoare with their Lodges lay a deele or boarde upon the land and drive the Geese with staves into their boats or Lodges in such aboundance that they salt them into Barrels in great aboundance From Candenoes to the Island Tussara Tussara it is eastsoutheast two and forty leagues betwixt them both goeth in the foresayd Baye By west Tussera lyeth the point off Swelgenoes Swelgenoes From Tussara to the River of Colcova Colcova the course is east seven leagues which is a good River being twelve foot deepe but there is no other trade but that the Russes doe come there from Colmogro and S. Nicholas with Lodges for to trade there to barter their wares there for Skins and other wares Seven leagues to the eastwards off the River of Colcova lyeth the River off Pitsana Pitsana there is but six foot water and is an unknowne place but a little to the westwards of it lyeth a shoale which you must avoyd Oliver Bruneel in his voyage from Nova Zembla come on ground there About thirteene leagues to the eastwards of Pitsana lyeth the river off Pitsora Pitsora which lyeth in southsoutheast by the east point and hath twelve foot water the land is there low with Sand-hills upon the west side standeth a Pack-house with some crosses When you come within the River you must edge up westwards towards the Pack-house and anchor there in three or foure fathom there is a great Haff or broad water You must avoyd the east side off the River which is full of Sands bancks The little towne of Pitsora lyeth about five and thirty leagues within the land there is great aboundance of costly Skinnes and Christall Betwixt Pitsora and Waygats lyeth Oltgyn Oltgyn without the Land lye two rocks or little Islands the one called Orangien and the other Grave Maurice you may anchor under them in six or seven fathom From the southermost shooteth off a little riffe but you may sound it wel in three fathom To the eastwards and to the westwards of these two little Islands is a great Bay where it is shoale water the land runneth there round to the point of Pitsora all alongst in a Bay off from Pitsora unto the Waygats It is from Pitsora to Waygats northeast and by east 38 or 40 leagues Waygats â—aygats which is also called the Straite of Nassaw is Straite where men may sayle through into the Tartarish Sea it lyeth in first about e. afterwards northeast through about eight or nine leagues about halfe wayes through lyeth an Island â—neâ—â— which you may sayle about on both sides A little within the point on the north side is a fayre Baye which you may sayle into so deepe as you will in five foure and three fathom good sticking ground alongst by the east shoare is the deepest water there you shall lye sheltered for all winds and Ice-drifts Through this narrow or Strait hath beene divers times attempted or under taken for to discover and to finde a way for to passe alongst to the northwards of Tartaria unto the rich Kingdomes of Cathay China so forth to the Molucques but in vaine because of the terrible ice that remaineth there to whole yeare through can never melt by reason of the continuall cold From the east end of the Straite Waygats to Baye off Oby Oby it is eastsoutheast southeast by e. forty leagues To the eastwards of it that land lyeth forth northeast forty leagues more to the two rivers then yet so forth alongst northeast but how far it yet unknowne The West cast of Nova Zembla Nova Zembla lyeth to the northwards off from Waygats to Costintsarck northnorthwest about three fifty leagues To the northwards of it the land falleth away about north and by east to the poynt of Langenes or the States point further northnortheast northeast eastnortheast to the Island of Orangien the northermost part of Nova Zembla in the height of 77 degrees and an halfe Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places At Swetenoes a s and n. Moone maketh high water Alongst the coastes to the eastwards of the north cape the floods com out of the northwest northnorthwest run so alongst the coasts of Lapland unto Orlogonose At the three Islands a southwest and northeast moon maketh high water At Katsnose poynt an east and west moon maketh the highest water Before Podessemske and S. Nicholas an east by s and west and by north moon maketh the highest water At the Island of Nova Zembla a southeast moone maketh high water From Orlogenes the three Island the flood falleth into the mouth of the White Sea towards the graye poynt of Catsnose about s s.w southwest by west But about the poynt of Catsnose the flood falleth into the White Sea partly towards Warsiga and Ombay and also towards the Podessemske and S. Nicholas To the eastwards of Candenoes towards the Island of Colgoyen the flood falleth east and by south as also alongst the same Island from Colgoyen towards the Waygats the tyde falleth east and west Alongst Nova Zembla the tydes turne about with the moone alongst Rusland they come out of the west and westnorthwest betwixt Candenoes Pitsora fall so alongst Rusland The floods towards Waygats come from Colgoyen and Nova Zembla and fall together east and by north through the Straite of Waygats towards the River of Obye so that the ebs and floods doe keep open the channell of Waygats that they are oftentimes without ice or at least but with ice that drivers in shoales But to the eastwards of the Waygats the floods come out of the northeast and fall so into the Oby and into the Strayt of Nassaw there the water riseth and falleth but keepeth
no certaine tyde Of the Depths and grounds bot to the eastwards and westwards of Waygats All the coast alongst off from Candenoes unto Waygats men doe finde a flat rising ground the most part sand and soft ground he that must sayle there in misty weather must know that in 8 or 9 fathom depth he is 4 or 5 leagues from the coast but when it is 30 35 or 40 fathom then he is farre enough from the land So it is alongst Nova Zembla and also over the east side of Waygats but when you come before the Strait it will be shoaler by little and little How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Swetenoes untill 3 leagues past Lombascho southsoutheast 16 leagues From thence to Orlogenes south 9 leagues From Orlogenes to the 3 Islands south 3 leagues Pas caarte van̄ WITTE-ZEE begrypende de custen van Laplandt van Warsiga tot aen Kandalox en de cust van Corelia tot aen de Riviere Dwina Caerte van ARCHANGEL ofte de Rivier de Duina soo wel van't Nieuwe al 's 't Oude diep From the three Islands to Ponnoy southwest and by south 3 leagues From the three Islands to the Crosse-Island Sousnowits southwest and southwest and by south 10 leagues From the Crosse-Island to Catsnose or the gray poynt southwest 20 leagues From the Gray poynt to the River of Arch-Angel south and by west 14 leagues From the Crosse-Island to Warsiga westsouthwest and west and by south 24 leagues From Orlogenes to the cape de Candenoes the course is northeast 47 leagues From Candenoes to the Island Colgoye east and by south 26 leagues From Candenoes to Swelgenoes s e. by e. 29 leagues From Candenoes to the Island Morsonewits s e 13 leag From Candenoes to Tussara it is eastsoutheast 7 leag From Colcova to Pitsana east and by north 7 leagues From Pitsana to Pitsora e. and east and by north 13 leag From Pitsora to Waygats the course is about north east and by east 38 or 40 leagues From Catsnose to the Islands of Solofky west or somewhat more southerly 37 leagues From Candenoes to Costintsarck in Nova Zembla n. e. and by east about 83 leagues From the east end of Colgoyen to Waygats e. 80 leag From Pitsora to the east end of Colgoyen w.n.w. 43 l. Heights The poynt of Catsnose or the Graye poynt lyeth in 65 degrees S. Nicholas or the River of Archangell in 64 degrees 30 minutes Cape Candenoes 69 degrees 30 minutes The Island Colgoya in 69 degrees 10 minutes The River of Colgoya Pitsana and Pitsora lye in 68 degrees 30 minutes Waygats or the Straite of Nassow lyeth in 69 degrees 43 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Orlogenes Third poynt Second poynt First poynt Swetenoes Sconce Thus sheweth the land betwixt Swetenoes and Orlogenes as you sayle alongst by it The sixth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Sea-Coastes of the whole White Sea FRom the blew poynt to the river of Arch-Angell the course is south and by west thirteene leagues When as you sayle so towards the rivers you shall then first espy the land a good wayes to the westwards of S. Nicholas it ariseth in a long strake and then there riseth more land towards the River as if it where a round Island afterwards you shall see the steeple of S. Nicholas when that standeth south and by west and southsouthwest from you then you are open before the mouth of the River of Arch-Angell For to sail into the River of Arch-Angel If you wil sayle in there then bring the steeple of S. Nicholas a shippes length and a halfe or two shippes lengths to the eastwards of the Crosse sand-hill keepe them so standing and sayle right with them untill that the wood within come midwayes in the middlemost Podessemske goe on the southwest and by south southwest for to saile a weather of the taile or shoale which shooteth off from the east shoare when as then the wood within that is the wood upon the northeast poynt of the River commeth to the southermost of the two woods which stand upon the middlemost Island or the Poedessemske then you are in the mouth of the channell right upon the shoalest of the Barre the markes of the east tayle are when the wood commeth halfe wayes betwixt the southermost and the middlemost Podessemske when the poynt of the southermost Podessemske is southsoutheast somewhat southerly from you then you are without the poynt of the west grounds If you bring that poynt more easterly from you you can take no hurt of that poynt When you are entred the channell then goe as is beforesayd southwest and by south and southwest untill that the steeple of S. Nicholas come a shipps length by west the Crosse sand-hill then further take the sounding of the west shoare and runne in by it towards the foot strand and alongst close by it without going off from it untill that you come thwart of the white place or spot on the west shoare about the place where it standeth marked in the Card with A. Edge over then from thence east and by south and eastsoutheast right to the poynt of the Wood on the east shoare and on southeast in alongst by the east land close alongst by the shoare but thwart of the two Islands which lye on the starboard side it is a good wayes alongst the east shoare somewhat foule shoale where of you must take heed but go all alongst by the east shoare untill that you come by the first River on the larboard side edge then over again to the west shoare alongst southsouthwest untill you come to the bight there it is shoale water on the east side When you are come in the bight then goe on eastsoutheast afterwards east by south towards the Stonereach Stone-reach sail through there amidst the channell alongst by the buyes which lye in the middest of the deepe it is on both sides of the buyes uneven and rugged When as you come against the Stonereach there standeth a Fishers house upon the west shoare by the little River that runneth into the land at the north end or west end of the Stonereach thwart of that foresayd house lyeth a great stone under water which you may sayle about on both sides it lyeth about the middest of the fareway as you come sayling on men saile commonly about to the westwards of it all alongst by the west shoare like as also through the Stonereach for the west side is deepe enough at some places somewhat soft ground but the east shoare is full of rocks When as you are past the buyes then you must keepe off againe somewhat from the shoare There was wont to lye a little Island at the end of the Stonereach but that is of late yeares altogether scowred away with the Ice When as you are now through the Stonereach the course is first southeast
to the Gouba to the eastwards of Ombay northnortheast 3 leagues From Ombay to Kandalax northwest by west 13 leag From Catsnose to the Islands of Solofky west or somewhat more southerly 37 leagues From Catsnose to Warsiga northwest and by west 16 or 17 leagues From Catsnose to Polongi northwest and by north 23 l. From the Islands of Solofky to Ombay in Lapland north 32 or 33 leagues From Solofky to Warsiga eastnortheast 32 leagues From Solofky to Pologni northeast by east 50 leagues Heights S. Nicholas or the River of Archangell in 64 degrees 30 minutes The Island of Solofky in 65 degrees 10 minutes Ombay in 66 degrees 45 minutes Pas-caert van IAN MAYEN EYLANT Verthoonde alle de ghelegentheyt van alle bayen inbochten diepten en en drooghten Pas-caerte van SPITSBERGEN met alle haer Rivieren havens bayen sanden en droogten al 's mede Hoemen C. de Uytkyck op Spits-bergen van de Noord Caap en Beeren Eylandt bezeylen sal Pascaerte van GROEN-LANDT Yslandt Stract Davids en Ian Mayen eylandt hoemen de sebâ—ige van Hitlandt en de Noort custen van Schotlandt en Yrlandt-beseylen mach THE THIRD BOOK Of the new LIGHTING COLOMNE OR SEA-MIRROVR OF THE EASTERN and NORTHERN NAVIGATION Containing The Description of Yce-land Green-land or the Straits of David likewise the situation of John Mayens Island and Spits-bergen Also the situation of Candenoes eastward through Wey-gats to the Tartarish or Yce-Sea The first Demonstration Wherein Is shovved the passages betvveen Hitland and Yce-land and from thence to the Straits of David or the corner of old Green-land novv called Staten-hoeck FRom hence or out of Texel to Hitland is the course well enough known to almost all kinde of Mariners But when ye will saile from Hitland to Yce-land Hovv a man must saile from Hitland to Yce-land your course must be from the South-end of Hitland to the South-west-corner of Yceland leaving West-Mana Islands on your right hand the course is west north-westward a half stroak westerly and east-south-east a half stroak easterly the matter of an hundred fourscore and fifteen dutch miles Sailing from the south-west-corner of Yce-land ye must saile northward on alongs the wall the matter of five miles till ye come to the clift of Rcykenesse from thence east-south-east hard underland till ye come to the haven of Hanifioert Ye can scarcely know that there is a haven here till ye come to the end of the farewater but sailing all alongs the wall till ye come to a blinde Rock A blinde Rock standing in the middle of the water and a little Island whereon there is a house then ye can see the Bay where the road is Ye may sail on either side of this blinde Rock but rather on the north as south-side and so running inwardly till ye be right opposite to the house there ye have a good road and ancker-ground Road and Anker-ground of three four or five fathoms Here ye need fear no kinde of windes the west and west-north-west are the worst but without danger because of the clifts that streatches themselves from the northwall here ye can have good water because of a stream that flowes through between the mountains on the north-wall The Indwellers here be of a reasonable good condition and brings aboard fish stockens and other commodities for a small price they would rather have linnen as money for their wares but above all they are most desirous of burnt-wine Ye can have here likewise sheep milk and flesh for other wares The matter of three miles northward from Hanifioert runs severall warmwater rivers into the sea landwards in those rivers are so hot that if ye should put a piece of flesh on a flesh-hook and let it hang in the water it is able to boil the flesh but on the sea-shore these waters be luke-warm so that ye may either swimme or bath your bodies into them The Straits of David He that would saile from hence to wit from the south-west-corner of Yce-land to Fretum Davids he must set his course westward somewhat southerly that he may reach to the corner of the land the which corner ye can see when ye are the matter of six or eight miles from the land coming thither ye can see the Yce which lieth there continually the whole year through So that in case ye should set your course more southwardly as is above mentioned ye should not attaine to the cape Therefore when ye see both the land and the Yce ye must saile along by the Yce which shall lead you into the corner of the Straits The corner of the Strait lieth just upon sixtie grades benorth the Line for the Yce stretches himself according as the wall lieth and when ye come besouth the Yce about nine and fiftie grades and five and twentie or thirtie minutes sometimes somewhat southly sometimes somewhat northly so shall the Yce lie north north-westward from you alike as the wall the Straitward in lieth to the hight of threescore three grades and then lieth the wall right northward till over the threescore six grades and thirtie minutes and then ye come into the narrow of the Strait which is about thirtie miles broad till ye come to the hight of one and seventie grades and thirtie minutes and then ye come in an open roome Sea lying north-west running round northward towards the east and from thence southward again to the above mentioned narrownesse This Sea runs northward to the hight of seventie and nine grades where it is closed by fast land with a great many bayes and rivers most part full of Yce which because of the ebbing and falling of waters is driven through the narrownesse of the Strait into the north-Sea and from thence unto the coasts of Terra Nova Terra Nova into the great-bay of St. Laurence after and on the west-side of Terra Nova The inhabitants of this land on both sides of the Strait are heathens and wilde men and therefore are not to be trusted though they give never so many tokens of friendship Whatsoever they handle or change with you they lay it on the oares wherewith they row their Canoe they trust no bodie and therefore are not to be trusted for as aforesaid they lay their wares on their oares and so delivers it to you When ye are resolved to goe on land ye must be well armed and especially with musquets for as for swords or Sabels they care not because they can reach you with their arrowes or with their Slinges ere ye can come near them but if ye happen to kill one or two of them with musquet bullots the rest should in haste flee from you to their mountains where they have their abode This land from old Green-land be north Yce-land lying southward to the cape or Staten-hoeck Staten-hoeck and from that corner all along to Fretum Davids and all round about that inward-sea is it altogether a fast
the south-end to the north-end of the foreland north 15 or 16 miles From the north-corner of the foreland to the Danes-Island north-east northerly 9 miles From Magdalene-bay to Robbe-bay north northeast 2 miles From the Robbe-bay to the South-bay north north-east half a mile From Devils-Island to the Vogel-sang east north-east a large mile From the Vogel-sang to the Zews-Uyt-kijck south-east easterly a large mile From the Zews-Uyt-kijck to Moniers-bay south-east half a mile From Moniers-bay to the Red-bay the course is east south-east 4 miles From the Red-bay to Reene-velt east south-east 5 miles From Reene-velt to the Gray-corner south-east 3 miles From Reene-velt to the Moffen-Island north-east northerly 4 miles The Hights The Bears-Island lieth on four and seventie grades and a half The Cape the Kijck-uyt lieth on six and seventie grades and six and thirtie minutes The north-corner of the Foreland lieth on nine and seventy grades twentie minutes Thus appears the land in your sight when ye are on sea Reenevelt Red-bay Thus appears the Red-bay when the round hill lieth south from you Thus appears Hoopen-Island when ye are north-east north and north-west from it The fourth Demonstration Containing A Description of Orlogenes from the Cape of Candenoes to the west-coast of Nova Sembla and the Weygat ORlogenoes and the cape Candenoes Candenoes lieth severally north east and southwest 35 miles The corner of Candenoes is well enough known there stands 5 great crosses up for tokens which when ye come by ye can perfectly perceive that the land fails you on the one side south-west toward the White sea and on the other side south-east About ten miles easterly from Cabo de Candenoes there lieth an Island called Morsonowits Morsonovvits from thence easterly there lieth a great Inham landward in which is a flat undeep water withall a deceitfull ground There hath been divers ships who have saild amisse here thinking that they had been in the mouth of the Whitesea therefore it is necessarie to learn to distinguish the land for the Russish coast eastward Candenoes is very sandie and a flat shoar and the coast of Lapland is high and full of mountains Into this Inham there runs a river from the land through the which ye can come in boats to the White sea Besides this Inham about twentie miles east and east southerly from Candenoes there lieth an Island called Colgoya Colgoya which is ten miles in length ye may sail round about it but on the south-side thereof lieth a craig which comes from the east that ye must shun because it joyns to the west-end of this Island There are a great many geese on this Island which in the sommer time are wholly naked having no kinde of feathers they lay their egge under their stump or taile and on that fashion breeds forth their young ones there are such multitudes of those geese there that the Russes comes with their Lodges or boats to land and takes of them by multitudes and salts them in tuns From the Candenoes to the Island Tussara Tussara the course is east south-east 32 miles and between both lieth this great ham On the west-side of Tussara lieth the corner of Swelgenoes Svvelgenoes From Tussara to the river of Colcova Colcova the course is eastward five miles that is a good river and some twelve foot deep there is no other traffique there but that the Russes comes from Colmogro and St. Niclaes with their lodges to change their wares for rough skins Five miles eastward from the river Colcova lieth the river Pitsana Pitsana which is but six foot deep and is not well known a little westerly from this lieth a drie bank which ye must shun Olivier Brunel coming from Nova Sembla sat here on ground Ten miles eastward from Pitsana lieth the river Pitsora Pitsora that runs by the east-corner in south south-east and is deep six Holland yards the land there is low and sandie on the west-corner there stands a Pack-house whereon stands some crosses when ye come within the river turn a little westward up toward the Pack-house and let anker fall on three or four fathoms water there is a great poole or lake Ye must shun the east side of the river for it is full of sand and banks The town of Pitsora lieth 26 Dutch miles landward in there is abundance of costly skins and cristall Between Pitsora and Way-gats lieth Oltgijn Oltgijn and without on the land lieth two rocks or little Islands the one called Oranjen and the other Graef Maurits there ye may ly at anker on six or seven fathoms From the south-side there comes a sandbed off-falling where ye have but three fathoms On the east and west-side of these two Islands there is a great Inham flat water the land lieth there in the round to the corner of Pitsora all in one Inham it is from Pitsora to Way-gats north-east easterly 24 miles Way-gats VVay-gats which is likewise called the Strait of Nassowen is a narrow passage through which ye can sail into the Tartarish sea It lieth first easterly and then north-east the matter of six or seven miles about midway there lieth an Island which ye can sail by on both sides A little within the corner on the north-side is a brave bay Traen-bay into the which ye can let anker fall so deep as ye please to wit on five four or three fathoms good strong ground toward the east wall ye have the deepest water and ye ly there safe from all windes or Yee-flouds It hath been assayed at two severall times to finde away through this Strait to sail be-north Tartarie to come to the rich Kingdomes of Cathy and China and from thence to Molucquen but all in vain because of the great Yee that lieth there the whole year and never melts by reason of the constant cold From the east-end of the Strait Way-gats to the Inham of Oby Oby the course is east south-east and south-east easterly thirtie miles On the east-side hereof the land lieth north-east thirtie miles more to the two norther rivers and from thence northeast but how far is not as yet known The west-coast of Nova Sembla Nova Sembla lieth from Way-gat northward to Constint-zarck north-west about fourtie miles Benorth this falls it north easterly-ward to the corner of Langenesse or the Staten-hoeck or States corner and so forth north north-east north-east and east north-east to the Islands of Oranje the northmost part of Nova Sembla lieth on the heighth of 77 grades and an half Of the Tides and flovving of Streams From the east-side of Candenoes to the Island of Colgoyen the stream fals east and east southerly as likewise along that same Island From Colgoyen to Way-gats fals the stream east and west Alongs Nova Sembla the streams turns about with the moone Alongs Rusland they come from between Candenoes and Pitsora out of the west and west
an half without feare Three leagues to the eastwards of Uytstee lyeth a high poynt called Goessebeer Goesbeer from thence to Sandhammer is a league From the point of Goessebeer runneth off a great shoale farre to seawards and lyeth alongst the coast unto neare Sandhammer you may sound it in six eight and ten fathom as you will When you runne over it in tenne fathom then lyeth the north-end of Bruntholm about east by south from you and the poynt of Sandhammer north Under the Sand-hammer Sand-hamer is good anchoring for a west westsouthwest westnorthwest northwest winde in five or sixe fathom When you come out of the northeast you may runne along by this coast with a northwest winde in 7 8 9 or 12 fathom unttill past Goesbeer for to avoyd Brunt-holm The point of Goesbeer and the north end of Bruntholm lye northwest and by west and southeast by east about five leagues asunder but Uytstee and the foresayd north end off Bruntholm lyeth westnorthwest eastsoutheast 9 leagues assunder For to sayle from Falsterborne about to the northwards of Bruntholme you must go on east so long untill that you have the length of Uytstee then forth east and by north and then you shall sayle yet neer enough to the poynt and shoale of Goesbeer come no nearer it then seven or eight fathom But to sayle From Fasterborn to the southwards of Brontholm the course is east and by south somewhat southerly two and twenty or three twenty leagues alongst the south side off Brontholme eastsoutheast The Island Brontholm Brontholm is clean round about except on the southeast poynt there runneth off a foule riffe called Brewers rif which men must avoyd On the northeast side you may runne alongst by it upon your lead without doing amisse in 12 or 13 fathom alongst the southwest side in 8 or 9 fathom Men may anchor round about Brontholm Roade under Brontholm at divers places as before Rottum to the northwards before the Castle thwart of Sandwick Suaux and Nex Before the Village betwixt Rottum Rottum the castle that standeth upon the northwest poynt is good anchoring for an east or northeast winde in thirteen fourteen and fifiteen fathom but not verie cleane ground Thwart of the Castle it is good lying for an eastnortheast east eastsoutheast winde in 18 20 also 14 15 fathom sand ground but nearer the shoare the ground is not varie cleane the nearer to the shoare the fouler ground Under the northwest poynt before Sandwick Sandwick there is good anchoring for southwest windes and you may come neare unto that poynt From the northwest poynt to the other poynt the shoare lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest On the east side is good anchoring before Suaux and Nex but before Nex it is not verie clean By Nex Nex runneth off a little riffe from the shoare which is steepe on both sides but if you come no nearer it then in tenne fathom you can take no hurt of it to the northwardes of Nex lyeth also a great rock He that will anchor before Nex let him anchor so that the flat steeple which standeth above Nex doe stand betwixt the w. w. by s from him and that the north poynt bee north and by west and the south poynt be southsouthwest from him there it is two and twenty fathom deep and cleane sand-ground At many other places it is otherwise stonie rough ground with southwest west winds you have there a weather shoare The Eertholmes lye from the north-end off Bruntholm east and by north west by south three leagues asunder and from the southeast end south and north five leagues In the Eertholms is a little Haven but by reason that is not used it is unknowne Betwixt the north poynt of Bruntholm Shoale by Bruntholm the point of Sand-hammer but nearest to Bruntholm lyeth a shoale of six fathom where sometimes Fishermen doe lye to fish it is not verie great but hard stonie ground From Sandhammer the coast lyeth northnortheast north by east two leagues to Somer-haven this is a round bay within it is very good anchor ground From thence the coast lyeth about north 6 leagues unto Ahuys From the north poynt of Brontholm to Ahuys the course is north somewhat westerly about 13 or 14 leagues But to Hanno north and by east 13 or 14 leagues Ahuys lyeth upon a river where sometimes is before the towne 10 or 11 and sometimes also no more then 4 or 5 foot water according as the water commeth off out of the land upon it is a great fishing where in the sommer time are great store of good Els taken To the eastwardes of the mouth of the River runneth off a stony flat from the shoare and to the southwards of the river a foule stony riffe right off from the shoare alongst by the foresayd flat so that there lyeth in a channell betwixt the foresayd flat and riffe which is called the Eastergat Through this foresaid riffe lyeth in a channell untill into the Eastergat on against the slatte which is called the Southergat If you will sail into this southergat comming from the southwards then runne to the west shoare to the southwards of Ahuys untill you come in 5 or 6 fathom and then you shall see upon the north shoare north and by west or somewhat more westerly from you a cape or beacon standing a little from the strand within the land of fashion like a mill without wings Bring this beacon to the west side of the high Hill which lyeth somewhat further into the Land to witt even in the going off the highest of the hill keepe these markes so standing and sail in right with them untill that Ahuys commeth over that tree which standeth there at the north end of the wood or that the white Countrie-church come to the northwards of the little houses of Ahuys then goe on northwest or bring that foresayd white-countrie-church in a little valley a little to the northwards of an old ruined castle where of there standeth yet some of the walls upon the north side of the River and sail so on untill that Ahuys come to stand in the middest of the River anchor there in two fathom and an halfe or three fathom there is the roade there can goe no sea In this southergatt it is two fathom two fathom and an half and sometimes also at least 3 fathom deep For to sayle into the Eastergat Eastergat Ahuys comming from the southwards keepe in sixe or seven fathom and runne so to the north shoare and then you runne alongst without the riffe that lyeth off by south the rivers mouth from the west shoare untill that Ahuys doe stand right west from you then there commeth a great tree to the wood that standeth upon the west shoare keepe that so standing and runne in right with it untill that foresayd
from you and anchor there in ten or eleven fathom there it is good soft ground but it lasteth not long so soone as you finde the soft ground you must let fall your anchor for the ground is there at manie places not cleane or you must sayle farre about both the poynts there you lye landlockt for a northwest and north winde in tenne eleven or twelve fathom good soft ground The Peert The Peert which men doe also call the great Buck upon Iasmond is a tuffe of trees or two and is a poynt that lyeth out with two poynts where is betwixt them both a faire Sand-bay where in is good lying in foure or five fathom clean ground Jasmond and the Peert lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest distant four or five leagues To the southwards of the Peert goeth in that New-deep where men doe sayle through to Statyn THE NEW-DEEPE About a league south somewhat westerly from the Peert lyeth a poynt called the Ironhead there lyeth off a little riffe therefore you must runne alongst somewhat without that poynt and being a little past that poynt you can see the outermost buy of the New-deep For to sail into the New deep wherein lye two buyes in the middst of the deepe so that you may sayle alongst on both sides of the buyes but with shipps of great draughts you must run close along to the e. wards of the buys there is the very deepest of the channell By the outermost buye it is at the shoalest there is the barre commonly there is 11 foot water or a little more then 11 foot and a half and sometimes also well 12 foot but in the middst of the Mouth of the deep it is commonly still 12 foot and sometimes more Upon the Peert lye three high hommocks the westermost of them is the greatest one great round hommock when you keep that right without the Iron head and then run on southsouthwest when you cannot sayle amisse although there were no buyes in the mouth of the Deep When you come over the Barre you shall finde againe 4 or 5 fathom depth being a little over it you must go on southeast unto the entrance of the Peen with that course you leave the Island of the Roeden The Roeden lying at least two cables lengths on the larboard side It is there all over good anchoring Right over against Grijpswald lyeth a little Island called stobber round about which you may allmost sayle something more easterly then Grijpswald lyeth a little riffe thwart from the shoare Roade under the Roeden If you will sayle into the Peen you shall espie sailing thus right out a head at the east side of the Peen two poynts keep the eastermost a handspikes length without the westermost for to avoyd a stonie shoale which runneth off from the west poynt of the Peen untill that you come before the Peen Upon the east shoare stand 2 beakons bring them one in the other run so into the Peen which lyeth in first s w but in the comming in there is no more then 6 foot or 6 foot an half water If you will anchor under the Island the Roeden you must be mindfull of a little riffe that lyeth of from the Roeden to the s wards towards the mayne land anchor there either to the westwards or to the eastwards of it accordings as the wind shall bee in 3 fathom or 2 fathom and a halfe so shoale or deepe as you please there is the common roade for the ships The Rough Island Rough Island lyeth from the Roeden northeast and by east distant about two great leagues About eastnortheast from the Roeden For to sail out to the eastwards of the Roeden lyeth also a channell into the Sea a little to the southwards of the Rough Island that is good for to runne out with westerly winds when you cannot come out at the New deepe and also for those that are bound to Danske or to the eastwards From the Rough Island lyeth off a little riffe to the southwards which you must avoyd and runne through betwixt that and the shoale which runneth from the shoare thwart off it is the barre or shoalest off this channell not lesse then eleven or twelve foot water that is a short out let being over you shall get presently deeper water This channell is Pilots water Upon the Island the Roeden dwell Pilots which doe bring out shippes The Coast of Pomeren lyeth from the New deepe to Colbergen east and west about sixteen or seventeen leagues Betwixt them both lye yet two channells the Swinne and the channell of Camin The Swin Swin lyeth seven leagues eastwards from the New-deepe which runneth through a little River into the Haff or broade water right over against the river of Stetyn Camin Camin lyeth five leagues to the eastwards of the Swin upon the east end of the Haff or broad water of Stetyn that channell goeth through also with a river into the Haff Five leagues without the land when Jasmond is westnorthwest or thereabout the Peert westsouthwest and Rough Island south from you there lyeth a banck Banck of seven fathom upon one place somewhat lesse and upon another somewhat more betwixt it and the land towards Jasmond it is again thirteen fourteen and fifteen fathom deep but to the eastwards of the New-deepe alongst by the coast of Pomeren it is all shoale water off foure five sixe and seven fathom so farre into the Sea that when you can but even see the land of the Swin there it is not deeper then seven or eight fathom without sight of the land it is twelve thirteen fathom deep The Haven of Colbergen Colbergen you must sayle into between two heads untill you come before the Towne Within in the river right over against the town lyeth a Well or Brook which can give all the countrey thereabout Salt off water which they seeth and yet the water of the river is fresh as Milk for it is a little water that commeth out of the land The coast of Pomerland lyeth from Colbergen to Gashead northeast by east southwest and by west about 13 leagues betwixt them both lye two havens more to witt Coflyn and Ruwolde The haven of Coflyn lyeth from Colbergen eastnortheast 3 leagues distant And from Coflyn to Ruwold Coflyn Ruwolde the course is northeast and by east five leagues Into the haven of Ruwold or the little river called the Wipper an indifferent ship may go in It is from Ruwolde to Gashead northeast by east four leagues The land lyeth from Garshead to the Rosehead east and east and by north 20 or 21 leagues betwixt them lye the havens off Stolp The Stolp Liba and Sernevis A little to the eastwards of Garshead lyeth the haven off the Stolp which is a river so called as the towne which runneth up to the same towne onely for small ships although that theredoe indifferent
great ships lade From Garshead unto Reefcoll it is all a white Strand and lyeth eastnortheast from it foure leagues Reefcoll is a high round hill very easy to be knowne when you come off from Brontholm From Reefcoll to Liba Liba it is seven leagues Liba lyeth upon a great river called the Osse From Liba to Sernevis Sernevis are five leagues betwixt them lye the three Woolsacks which are three black tuffes of trees where by this land is very easy to be knowne a little to the eastwards of these three little Hommocks lyeth a long hill which doth shew it selfe when you come out of the west on the west end divided into three or foure little hommocks Seven or eight leagues to the eastwards of the Woolsacks followeth the high land of Rose-head which is very steep upon the water side Betwixt the Rose-head and Reefcoll it is all white strand and most of the land grown with trees Servenis Sernevis is a little towne lying upon a little off water which with a little river runneth into the Sea but within it doth spread it selfe into a great river It is from Sernevis to the Rose-head 4 leagues You may sound about the Rose-head in 15 and 20 fathom and also you may well anchor under the Rose-head there is better ground then under the Heel All the strand off Pomer-land is alongst the Sea side above all black with trees Of the Dephts In the fareway to the northwards off Brontholm alongst to Rye it is deepe betwixt Oeland and Brontholm five and thirty sixe and thirty and eight and thirty fathom but comming against Oeland so that the south end come to be northwest and by north northwest and northwest and by west five or sixe leagues from you there you shall finde very uneven grounds Southeast five or sixe leagues from Southerorden are grounds of nine tenne twelve and sixteen fathom in the nyne tenne fathom soft ground that there remayneth nothing upon the lead but in the fourteen or fifteen fathom it is grosse redde and black stonie sand ground almost like Iett Nearer againe to Oeland it is agine deeper water and farther from the land it is also deeper but all uneven ground the south end of Oeland being about northnorthwest from you eight leagues there it is againe sometimes twenty fourteen and also well tenne and nine fathom in the shoalest deepe all stonie ground that there remaineth nothing upon the lead but in twenty and five and twenty fathom grosse redd and black stonie sand He that sayleth with a northerly wind over these foresayd shoales of ten eleven and twelve fathom and is bound to Brontholm let him goe on westsouthwest for to sayle clear of Brontholm if he reckon to come against it by night the Bleecksche side he may boldly runne to by the lead in seventeene and eighteene fathom The poynt of Sand-hammer runneth farr off flat at hath been said here before you may runne about by it in seven and eight fathom Betwixt the Rockes and Oeland in the farewaye to Gotland it is eight and thirtie and nine and thirtie fathom deepe easy clay ground When Southerorden is northnorthwest somewhat northerly a league from you there it is thirteen fathom deep When the little chappell upon Southerorden is westnorthwest from you two leagues there it is thirtie fathom deep When Southerorden lieth west two greate leagues from you there it is seven and twentie eight and twentie nine and twenty fathom deepe Betwixt Fasterborne and Brontholme it is thirtie five and thirtie fathom deep in the farewaye but when you beginne to come neare Fasterborne there it is shoaler water of fourteene fifteen and sixteen fathom When you comming from the west sayle alongst by the south side of Brontholm eastsoutheast about a league without the land and that the east end of Brontholm is east somewhat southerly about two leagues from you there it is deep seven or eight fathom grosse pale sand that lasteth untill that the foresayd east end be east and east and by north about a league and a halfe from you all in one depth but when it commeth to be eastnortheast from you it is fifteene fathom deep small blackish sand-ground Four or five leagues from Brontholme when the east end from which Brewers-riffe runneth off is about eastnortheast or northeast and by east the north end about north or north and by east from you there lyeth a banck off seven eight or nine fathom and lyeth northwest and southeast more then a great league long the southermost end lyeth about southwest from the east end of Brontholme He that meeteth with this banck by night may make some guessing thereby for to direct his course thereafter whether he be bound eastwards towardes Reefcoll or towards Fasterborne About two leagues eastsoutheast from the aforesayd east end of Brontholme to witt the lowe sand poynt where Brewers-riffe lyeth off there it is four and twentie and five and twenty fathom deep stonie ground About four leagues east somewhat northerly or east and by north from Meun lyeth a banck off eleven and twelve fathom which lasteth from thence with a northwest and by west course untill that Meun come to be westsouthwest or southwest by west from you then it is again eighteen nineteen and twenty fathom deep soft ground Fasterborne shall then be northnorthwest and Steden westnorthwest from you going on with that same northwest and by west course you shall then get by little and little shoaler water to witt sixteen and fifteen fathom and close by Steden fourteene thirteene and twelve fathom He that commeth from Witmondt or Jasmondt towards the Sound runneth alongst four leagues without Meun runneth alongst over this foresayd banck he that findeth himselfe by night upon it hath a good mark for to make his reckoning there after Betwixt Brontholm and the coast Pomerland in the fareway when you can see Brontholm it is 26 fathom deep but so farre to the southwards that you can see the coast of Pomerland there it is 7 and 8 fathom deep but without sight of the land 12 and 13 fathom deep Alongst all the coast of Pomerland betwixt the New-deepe and Rose-head it is alongst by the coast 22 and 20 and also well 25 fathom deep Betwixt Colbergen and Garshead it is all a flat even strand and ground without any bancks In the fareway betwixt Bruntholm and Reefcoll it is seven and twenty and eight and twenty fathom deep but farre to the northwards of it is at least five and thirty and eight and thirty fathom deep Northwest from Reefcoll foure or five leagues from the land lyeth a banck of nine ten and eleven fathom when you come from Bruntholm and Reefcoll commeth to bee southeast and by east from you then you come against this banck and endeth when Reefcoll is south and by east from you From this foresayd banck towards Bruntholm it is five and twenty thirty and six and thirty
of this little Island with the mast may thereby the better know to direct his course but it is not wisdome to sayle through these foresayd shoales except for them that are very well acquaited The Island Highland or Hooghland Highland or Hooghland is about four leagues long and a league broad-lying southsoutheast northnorthwest When you come out of the west it ariseth in three hommocks so high to see to as Coll in the Sea reach upon the north end and upon the east side it doth stand all full of trees A little about the north point on the east side is a little bay thwart of a Boers house there it is clean ground and good lying for westerly s w winds somewhat to the southwards of it not very far from the shoare lyeth a great rock above water At the north end is also good lying for a southeast wind Alongst the southwest side you may also anchor every where in sixteen seventeen or eighteen fathom close by the land for east northeast winds From the southwest side of Highland unto the road of the Narve the course is southeast and southeast and by south about fifteen leagues then you run through betwixt the Highland the Tutters Likewise when as you sayle on northwest from the roade of the Narve then you run alongst betwixt the Tutters and Highland but you must be very carefull and take heed off the foresayd shoales which ly betwixt them both The land of the Narve men do know by three high hills lying a league to the westwards or to the southwards of the road and a league further to the westwards stand some little houses upon the high land The towne of the Narve The Narve lyeth upon a river about two leagues within the land For to sayle in there men were wont to look out for a long hill which lyeth on the south side within the rivers mouth and at the east end goeth downe somewhat steep with some high trees to the eastwards of it then they brought the woodden tower of the Narve to the northwards of the foresayd trees and did run in so with it When as the eastermost of the three foresayd hills a league to the westwards of the rivers mouth come over a little hommocke which lyeth on the water side then they were upon the barre of the rivers mouth there was upon the shoalest ten foot water and then they sayled up the river that was wont for some years to be so but it is possibly since that time more or lesse altered like as it doth oftentimes happen in such rivers From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks Russe-haecks the course is north and by west five leagues which lye with many rocks a good wayes off from the shoare The point thwart of it is called the poynt of Castrum after a little town so called lying there From the Russe-haecks north 5 leagues lyeth a little Island called Rette Sarre Rette-Sarre from which there runneth off a rif south into sea From this Island to the Summers the course is north and by west westerly 4 or 5 leag Eastsoutheast and southeast and by east from Highland three leagues from the Russe-haecks lyeth another shoale called the Slimme grounds Slimme-grounds it lyeth long small alongst northnorthwest and southsoutheast with hard wind you may see it break in foure or five places when it is west from you about halfe a league there it is two fathom deep to 3 4 5 and 6 fathom uneven ground some of the rocks of it lye also above water From the Russe-haecks to the Rode-hell the course is northeast and by north about three and twenty leagues betwixt them both on the Russe side runne also divers rivers into the land but there it no trade The land there lyeth in a great bight it lyeth first from the Russe-haecks unto the River of Nioa or Oreschacke eastnortheast about 22 leagues that parteth Rusland from Finland by a great Meer or water called the Lading The Lading The strong castle of Noetenburgh lyeth there also upon a river which lyeth out of the Lyslands or east sea into the foresayd Lading Further the land lyeth northwest about fifteene or sixteene leagues unto the Rode-hell For to sayle from Revell to Wyburgh From a little to the northwards of the Kocxschaer to Highland the course is east and by north a little more easterly 23 leagues with that course you runne alongst a little to the northwards of it You may sayle about Highland on both sides but alongst to the northwards of it is the right fare-way for these that are bound to Wybrough A halfe league north and by west from Highland lyeth a sunken rock under water For to avoyd it you must sayle close alongst by Highland Further the lying of Highland hath been described here before From Highland to the Summers Summers the course is east seven leagues Summers is a rock or little Island almost like the Eartholms it sheweth it selfe in 3 hommocks A little to the eastwards off it lye some rocks above water you may sayle about on both sides of Summers and also through betwixt Summers the foresayd rocks that lye to the eastwards of it but about to the northwards of it is the right fareway you cannot also runne alongst farre to the northwards of it for a halfe league to the northwards of it it is very fowle and full of little rocks some above and some under water From the Summers to the Goeschaer Goeschaer of greate Fishers the course is northeast and by north more easterly seven leagues The Goeschaer which by some is called the great Fisher is a long broken Island of 7 rocks therefore it is also called the Seven-rocks it lyeth not far from the land so that you cannot get sight of it before that you come nearer it it sheweth it selfe when you shall first see it in 4 hommocks as if it were 4 little low Islands you must leave it lying a halfe league on the larboard side for to avoid a sunken rock which lyeth off from it southsoutheast a great shot of a cast peece When the water is not very smooth but a little grown you may perceive it by the breaking of the water you may also well sayle to the northwards of this sunken rock to wit through betwixt the suncken rock the Goeschaer then you must run indifferent close alongst by Goeschaer when it is northwest and by north from you then you are past the foresayd suncken rock whether that you run alongst to the northwards or to the southwards of it Northwest and by north behind the greate Fisher you may anchor in a good haven betweene the cliffes where upon the south Corner of a cliff there standeth a warder wherein if you lye there you are free from all Icedrifts From the Goeschaer or great Fisher to the little Fisher the course is northeast and by east three
a high sharpe Tower called Quinperly from the east poynt runneth off a great ledge of rocks called the Baers within it on the east side of the entry of the Haven lye two suncken Rocks also on the west side a Rock with a hole which at halfe ebbe is uncovered whereof men must take very good heed in the comming in Men run in alongst by the west land for to eschew the foresayd suncken rock foule grounds The marks for to sayle in there are these there lyeth a little Island within in the middest of the haven which you may see when you are without the Haven To the eastwards of that little Island upon the maine land standeth an Abbey bring that Abbey right to the east poynt of the haven which lyeth within the Baers and sayle in with it untill you come thwart of the east poynt within the Baers and runne in about by it being within it there it is wide and broad you may anchor there before the foresayd little Island in 5 or 6 fathom there it is at low water 3 or 4 fathom deepe or else men commonly runne in about by the poynt untill they come in the oaze From the Pennes unto Bell-Isle the course is eastsoutheast twenty leagues but from Groy to Bell-Isle it is souhsoutheast five leagues Bell-Isle hath at the northwest end a steepe poynt lying out with a great saddle thereabouts stand also some little houses and the end goeth very steepe downe When as Bell-Isle lieth n.n.e. from you Road to know Bell-Isle the west end sheweth it selfe in three parts the westermost where of is a great rock which floweth at a very high water almost under at the east end there divideth it selfe off also a great rock by these foresayd marks it is indifferent well to be knowne men may see Bell-Isle out of the sea in 55 fathom At the s side lye off many rocks little Islands If you will seeke a roade under Bell-Jsle Road unâ—â—r Bell-â—â—le then you must give the Northwest end a good birth off from it lyeth a suncken rock under water a good wayes from the land being come within it sayle then within two Cables lengths alongst by the land within a Base shot about by the North poynt untill you come before the village with the little sharpe Tower called Pauls there standeth a castle upon the poynt to the westwards of the foresayd little Tower anchor within that poynt in nine or ten fathom there you shall lye landlockt for a south southwest and northwest wind If it blow more northerly you must shift and runne before the east end which is about halfe a league broad and anchor there in ten or eleven fâ—thom This Island lyeth about southeast and northwest according as the winde bloweth men doe shift there from one road to another it is there every where good ridâ—ng Within the Island Bell-Jsle to wit betwixt Bell-Isle and the maine land lye many little Islands where at divers pâ—aces men may sayle through to the Rivers of Vannes or Morbeam Roche Barnard the river of Nants called the Loâ—re Of these Islands are three the principall the eastâ—â—most is called the Cardinall â—â—â—â—nal the east poynt where of â—nd the e. poynt of Bell-Isle lye one from the â—â—heâ— direct east and by north and w. and by south about 4 leagues The middlemost is called by some also the Cardinall or else together with the eastermost the Cardinalls This hath a good Haven on the north side going in by a great Rock â—â—ndbank From the n.w. poynt of the northermost runneth a sandy strand unto the maine land against the point betwixt Blavet Morbeam so that men cannot sayle there betwixt that and the maine but at high water it is most covered and at low water it lieth most drye at low water men may goe over there on foot from the Island to the maine land He that commeth from the west and is bound to Morbeam Roche Barnard or other places thereabout must run to the southwards of it if the will not saile about to the southwards of Bell-Isle he may saile through betwixt the northermost and the middlemost Island and also he may sail through betwixt Bell-Isle and the foresayd Islands about to the eastwards of the Cardinall The channell there betwixt them both is about a league broad and cleane it lyeth through e. s.e and by east men may run alongst by the Cardinals either by night or by day in 8 9 and 10 fathom all cleane sandy ground For to sayle through betwixt the westeâ—most which is fast at the north end with the strand to the maine land and the middlemost Island the course is from the n.w. e d of Bell-Isle e.n.e. A little from the east end of the foresayd westermost Island lieth a great round rock wâ—ich you must leave on the larboard side run alongst by it within two or three Cables lengths and then you shall leave on the starboard side to seawards of you a g eat many rocks some above some under water which lye towards the other Islands which you must give a greater birth to then to the foresayd great rock From this foresayd channell to the river of Morbeam or S. Jolms the course is n.e. or n.e. and by e. or els if you run about to the eastwards of the Cardinal and are bound to Morbeam then goe away from the east poynt of the Cardinall first n.w. and n.n.w. and you shall have then in that fareway 8 9 fathom depth goe then by little and little more northerly right with the point which lyeth to the westwards of S. Jolms there runneth off the sayd poynt of S. Jolms a ledge or riffe of rocks allmost a halfe league into the sea which you must give the west poynt a birth to and run in alongst by the east shoare which is flat and lieth from the Tower of S. Jolm to the River of Vannes n. w. s e but you must be sure to reckon your tyde well in this Channel for it runneth in and out the River of Vannes so strong that you cannot sayle in with an ebbe although it blow a storm likewise doth it to the contrary with the flood therefore you must sayle in there with a still water At the middle poynt where the river doth devide it selfe in two whereof the one runneth to Vannes the other to Auray lye many rocks the most part under water which you leave on the starboard side when you are bound to Morbeam or Auray and on the larboard side when you are bound to Vannes when you are come from so far within that the Tower of Morbeam is w. from you anchor there in the middlest of the haven in 9 fathom and then shall Auray the innermost little Tower lye n.n.w. from you the other little Tower north and by e. but the poynt of Mayland e. s.e The west shoare thwart of it is very steepe oasie
and soft you can take no hurt of it although you sayled right against it The east poynt of the Cardinall and the entring off the Haven of Morbeam lye northnorthwest and s s.e one from the other Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a southwest by west moone maketh full sea At S. Matthewes poynt a southwest and northeast Moon maketh highest water Jn the broad Sound betwixt Ushant and the Seames a w. s.w and e.n.e. moone maketh the highest water The floud falleth very strong upon Ushant and to the southwards of it through the Mullens Thwart over the Trade towards the Backovens Likewise in through the Broad Sound unto Brest Also alongst by S. Mathews point towards the Fourne or Backovens with great rippeling He that commeth sayling about Ushant must reckon thereupon In the Race of Fontenay a southwest and by south and northeast and by north moon maketh full sea The floud falleth very strong through betwixt the Keyser somwhat thwart over towards the Lavender with very great rippeling over the Calfe that is the ledge of Rocks which lyeth off from the Lavender from thence forth north and north and by west inwards to S. Mathews point With calms men must take very good heed not to be miscaried away with the current With stormy weather out of the north or south it is not without danger to come in this channell especially with an ebbe or out-fall On these coasts of Britaigne and the Islands there abouts a southwest and n.e. moon maketh the highest water but within the havens rivers indraughts bayes a s w and by w. and n.e. and by e. Moone or a poynt later according as the havens or rivers doe lye deepe in the land Men doe not reckon there any setting or running of the streames for the floud commeth through the swelling of the great Ocean right against the coasts and so runneth onely into the havens the Ebbe contrariwise goeth thwart from the shoare to seawards when it falleth soo that men cannot perceive any course off streames except it bee a little through or about some points off Islands On these lands as on all the coast off Britaigne a n. e. and southwest moon maketh high water and within the havens rivers and in-draughts a poynt or two later according as they lye far within the land On the Coastes and Islands a s w and northeast moone maketh high water within the Havens Rivers a point or two later according as they lye farre within the land Of the Depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land The Backovens or the land of the Foure men may see in 50 fathom Ushant being about s from you you may see in 50 fathom Southwest from Ushant 5 or 6 leagues off it is deepe 75 fathom and then you may see the land from the poop In the Broad Sound it is 45 fathom A little without the Seames about a league it is deepe 50 fathom Men may see the Seames and the Sheetes or Slaeplakens in 60 or 65 fathom Betwixt Ushant and the Seames in the fareway it is deepe 55 fathom Thwart of the Pennes and the Glanons men may see the land in 55 and 60 fathom Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Fourne to S. Matthewes poynt s s.e and s e and by south 4 or 5 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to Croydon or Claesdowne e. southeast 3 leagues From S. Matthewes poynt to the Race of Fontenay or the Keyser south and by east 6 leagues From Ushant to Portland northeast 53 leagues From Ushant to the Steart northeast and by north 39 or 40 leagues From Ushant to the Lizart north 29 leagues From Ushant to Silly northwest and by north and n.n.w. 34 leagues From Ushant to Cape Cleare in Ireland northwest 78 leagues From Ushant to the Island of S. Michaels s w and by w. 360 leagues From Ushant to the Cape Finisterre southsouthwest westerly 121 leagues From Ushant to Cisarga southsouthwest 110 leagues From Ushant to Cape Prior s s.w 105 leagues From Ushant to C. de Pinas south 93 leagues From Ushant to Laredo s s.e 104 leagues When men sail away s and by east from Ushant then they run a little without the Seames From the Race of Fontenay to the Pennes southeast somewhat easterly 10 or 11 leagues From Fontenay to Oldyarne e. s.e 7 leagues From Oldyarne to the Pennes southeast and by south five leagues From the west end of the Seames to the Pennes e. s.e by east 13 leagues From the Seames to the Band or Craghe of Oleron s e and by east 68 leagues From the Seames to the Bayon in France southeast somewhat southerley 102 leagues From the Seames to S. Sebastians southeast and by south 102 leagues From the Seames to Bilbaw southsoutheast easterly 96 leagues From the Seames to Saint Andero southsoutheast 92 leagues From the Seames to Cape de Pinas or Tores south 81 leagues From the Seames to Ribadeus s by west 89. leagues From the Seames to Cape de Ortegall southsouthwest southerly 84 leagues From the Seames to C. Finisterre southwest by south southerly 112 leagues From the Seames to Silly Northnorthwest five and forty leagues From the west Pennes to the east Pennes or Glannons eastsoutheast 6 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Groy east and west nine or 10 leagues From the east end off Groy to the west end of Bell-Isle the course is southsoutheast 5 leagues From Glannons or Gloyland to Bell-Isle s e and by e. somewhat easterly 13 or 14 leagues From the northwest end of Bell-Isle to the southeast end the course is southeast and by east 5 leagues From the West Pennes to Bell-Isle eastsoutheast 21 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to the east end off the Cardinall east and by north 4 leagues From the east poynt off the Cardinall to the entring off Morbeam n.n.w. 4 leagues From the west Pennes to Viverus southsouthwest 84 leagues From the west Pennes to Sysarga southwest and by south 102 leagues From Groy to Viverus southwest and by s 90 leagues From Groy to Cape de Finisterre s w 123 leagues Heights Ushant lyeth in 48 degr 30 min. The Seames lye in 47 degr 58 min. The Island Bell-Isle lyeth in 47 degr 5 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea When Ushant is south by west from you 4 leagues it sheweth it selfe in this forme Ushant being s and by e. from you 4 leag sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Ushant being s e. from you 4 leag Ushant being south and by east from you 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being east from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Fontenay Oldyarne The Pennes Thus sheweth the Sheets or Slaeplakens with the Pennes as you sayle alongst by
them and that thay are about 4 leagues thwart from you Ushant being east and by south and e. s.e 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth Ushant when it is east and by south from you foure or 5 leagues When Ushant is 4 leagues east from you it ariseth in this forme Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you 5 leagues ariseth thus Ushant being e. n. e. from you 2 or 3 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Ushant being e. n. e. and by e. from you so farre as you may even see it from below ariseth in this forme When Ushant is northnortheast from you it sheweth thus Ushant being n. e. by east 3 or 4 leagues from you sheweth it selfe as is here demonstrated Thus sheweth the land betwixt the Pennes and the Glannons when it is n. e. and by e. 5 or 6 leagues from you This hill is very easy to be knowne it overtoppeth in height all the land thereabouts The Pennes are then n. n. west from you 4 or 5 leagues Thus sheweth the land of Glannons when you sayle alongst by it The land to the eastwards of Gloyland or Glannons sheweth thus when you sayle alongst by it Groy being e. n. e. 5 leagues from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Groy being north e. from you sheweth it selfe in this forme Thus sheweth the w. poynt of Groy when it is three or foure leagues northeast from you Thus ariseth Bell-Isle when the n. w. end is east from you 4 leagues When Bell-Isle is northeast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When Groy is northnortheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth thus When the north w. poynt of Bell-Isle is east and by north from you 4 leagues and the south e. poynt is east and by south and east south e. then is sheweth thus When as you sayle towards it and you come neare the land then the peeces which lye off from the n. w. end at last come to be fast unto Bell-Isle De Custen van POICTOU XANTOIGNE En een gedeelt van Bretaigne van Boelyn tot aen de Rivier van Bourdeaux The second Demonstration Where in is Contained the Description of the Island of Boelin to the River of Bourdeaux FRom the east poynt of the Cardinall to the River of Roche Barnard the course right northeast there lyeth a little Island about halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinall and the foresayd river ot rather nearer the Cardinall then the River for when men are by the River they can but even see the foresayd little Island men runne with the foresayd course of northeast close alongst to the westwards of that little Island and shall fall a little to the northwards of the river run then within a Cables length alongst by the shoare unto it untill that the river doe open it selfe and then sayle in amids the channel give the rocks a birth that lie at the easter shoare Being come within the rocks you may anchor there or else sayle on against the shoare on the starboard side so may save ship and goods without anchor or cable if there should be such need At low water with an ordinary tyde there is about eleven and with a spring nine foot water with an ordinary tyde it floweth there about a fathom but with spring 2 fathom up and downe the entring of the river lyeth in east by south A little to the eastwards of the rivers mouth lyeth a great rock which at high water is covered Hee that commeth from the River of Nantes and is bound to Roche Barnard is not well acquainted there betwixt both let him runne so farre to seawards of the Cardinall when hee is to the westwards of the Four untill that hee run about a seaboard of that foresayd little Island lying halfe wayes betwixt the Cardinal the River of Roche Barnard then goeth he surely cleare of all the foule ground and other dangers men may sayle close alongst by it to the westwards but to the eastwards of it lye many Rockes and shoals Hee that will sayle alongst to the eastwards or to the northwards of it must leave about 2 third parts of the water to the Island and one third part towards the land so runne through betwixt them but must looke out well Betwixt the rivers of Roche Bernard and Nantes lieth Old-downes Croisill or Croswyck and Poelgem Croswyck Croswyck hath two poynts within the northwest Poynt lyeth the great village of Croswyck which hath a thick tower there is a great in draught like a haven where men may goe to anchor in five six or seven fathom to the westwards of it standeth also a flat Church upon the high land The land of Olddownes Old-downes lyeth a little to the northwards of the Church Poelgem Poelgem is a village to the eastwards of Croswyck with a high sharpe Tower About two leagues from the land southwest and by south from Croswyck and west and by southsoutherly from the e. point of Poelgem lyeth a great bank called the Four The Four which at some places falleth dry at low water and lyeth from BellIsle near about east lyeth the longest way southwest and northeast If you will sayle from Bell-Isle to the river of Nantes For to sail into the River of Nantes then goe away from the east end of the Cardinall or from the eastermost rocks that lye of from the Cardinall directly e.n.e. towards the west poynt of Croswyck for to saile a weather of the foresayd Four so long untill it begin to shoale and that the sharp tower of Poelgem commeth against the highest of the east poynt of Croswyck then you runne alongst to the northwards of the foresayd banck goe then e. s.e or according as the wind is east by south e. s.e unto the Rock with the hole called Pierre-perce Pierre-Perce but so that you come not very neare at low water the land somwhat to the westwards of Poelgem for it is not cleane alongst by it Betwixt the Four and the point of Croswyck it is in the fareway 8 9 and 10 fathom deepe From the poynt of Poelgem eastwards lye some little Islands and Rocks which are very foule come not very neare them nor the shoare thereabouts If it should happen that you should turne to windwards for at low water there falleth many of the rocks dry when you come neare the rock with the hole then run alongst to the northwards of it and run in very close by it leaving it on the starboard side of you for to avoyd the foule grounds which lye off from the poynt of Poelgem towards this rock Close alongst by this rock it is foure fathom deepe Being past this Rock with the hole then runne all alongst by the north shoare unto S. Nazare S. Nazare in three or foure fathom at low water but you must take heed of a rocky poynt somewhat to the westwards of S. Nazare
the markes thereof are these There standeth a mill upon the high land somewhat farre within the land when that commeth over a countrey-mans house which standeth below by the river then are you thwart of the rocks being past them keep yet the north shoare and runne alongst by it untill you come within the poynt of S. Nazare and anchor there in 6 or 7 fathom In the middest of the river betwixt the foresayd rocks with the hole and S. Nazare lyeth a row of Rocks called Les Porceaux Les Porceaux these come at halfe tyde above water Because of them also more other shoals lying in the river you must run all alongst by the north shoare I as is before sayd Somewhat within S. Nazare upon the north-north-land standeth a sharp Tower when that commeth without the south land then you cannot take hurt of the foresand rocks run alongst to the northwards of them a little to the eastwards of them lyeth another shoale of Rocks where men may run about the eastwards of it with great shippes it is there very shoale water alongst to the poynt being within the poynt men may anchor as is sayd in 6 or 7 fathom To the eastwards of Saint Nazare lye two other villages and there betwixt the Villages it is very shoale and stony ground there men must borrow over the souther shoare but when you are halfe wayes to the eastermost Village then you may well sayle right on with the poynt of the Village untill you be past it but against that eastermost Village on the s side upon the poynt lyeth a banck called Pynbut Pynbut which lieth at least halfe wayes over in the River but men may run through betwixt the poynt and this bancke in 5 or 6 fathom this is the road for shippes that are bound out to sea A league further in in the middest of the river lie two stony banks in the fareway At Pelerin Pelerin is the lading place 2 leagues from Nantes where the good are brought off with Lighters from the ships but from S. Nazare to Nantes or Pelerin it is Pilots water which men do commonly take in by the above named sharp Tower called S. Nazare S. Nazare where men when they are within it may anchor in 10 or 12 fathom and stay for a Pilot. For to run into sea from S. Nazaro alongst to the south wards of the rock with the hole you must run first alongst by the north shoare as is before sayd untill that you come without the second poynt of the River edge then off from the north land to the middest of the River and sayle a good wayes about to the southwards of Pierre-perce when as you can see the Rocke which lieth to the northwards of Pierre-perce without the poynt there it is deepe 4 fâ—thom a halfe and when as Pierre-Perce is n. n.west and north and by west from you then you come thwart of the Rock and there you finde deeper water to wit 5 6 and at least 7 fathom but when you come in the fareway of Pickeliers then you get 10 or 12 fathom water Banks before the Loiret Before the River of Nantes lye many bancks but at half flood men goe over them the south poynt of the river of Nantes lyeth from the North poynt Northnorthwest and southsoutheast 4 leagues asunder to the southwards of it the land lyeth in with a great indraught and there men doe run into the Bay These uneven banks in the river of Nantes are very unlike sometimes men sound in 15 fathom and presently afterwards but 7 or 8 fathom But to sayle from Bell-Isle to the bay or Armentiers Armentiers you must goe e. s.e untill that you see the Abbey of Armentiers to the eastwards of the trees which stand within the land over the same Abbey then goe on e. and by n. so long untill that the Abbey come within the castle of Armentiers then are you within the Moncks legge Goe then againe e. s.e untill that you bee within the rock of Pierremen Pierremen you may goe about it on both sides and when that you can see the Grave open then you may anchor in 7 or 8 fathom and row a shoare to fetch a Pilot it is Pilots water From Bell-Isle to Armentiers the course is eastsoutheast about 12 or 13 leagues asunder From Armentiers to Use or Heys it is south and by east 7 leagues and from Bell-Isle to Use or Heys southeast 16 leagues The Island of Pickeliers Pickeliers lyeth right before the poynt of Armentiers Betwixt Armentiers or Pickeliers and Use it is an uneven fareway with many shoales and banks from 4 5 6 and 7 fathom Upon Use Heys or Use standeth a sharp tower and some little houses or mills whereby it is very easy to be knowne It is in the fareway betwixt Use and Bell-Isle 35 and 40 fathom but when men are within the fareway it is 25 fathom deepe Under Use it is not very good riding the sea commeth alwayes so rowling in as if the water came through under the Island at the northend it is shoale water the road is when the Church steeples is southwest from you in 8 or 9 fathom but men lye there not sheltred but onely for a south west and w. s.w winde and it doth ripple there allwayes very much From Use to the Killiats or to the Island of Saint Martens the courses is eastsoutheast twelve or thirteene leagues Betwixt both lyeth the Baerges of Olone about halfe a league off from the land of Poictou and east and by south seven leagues from Use in the right fareway and in regard that it is nothing but Rocks and stones therefore it is not good to come neare them in darke weather men may sayle round about them and at low water they are uncovered If you will sayle from Use unto the Killiaets or unto the tayle of Aise through within the Barges then sayle on first east and being within the Baerges of Olone sayle to the land of Poicton which lyeth from Olone to Saint Martens Island eastsoutheast and from Olone to the Pickelliers northwest From Olone to the Killiaets the coast lyeth most easâ—southeast foure or five leagues For to sayle into the Killiaets For to sayl into the Killiats which is in alongst to the northwards of the Island of S. Marten in betwixt the foresayd Island and the mayne land of Poictou you must goe in somewhat more northerly then the middle of the channell or leave two third parts of the channell towards S. Martens Island one third part towards the mayne land Alongst by the Island of S. Martens it is uneven and somewhat full of bancks come not too neare also the mayne land for there lye off also some banckes but you may borrow of them by your lead Goe in alongst as before is sayd Marks of the banck before S. Martens untill that the Church of S. Martin
of Biscany wee find no running of streames but a southeast northwest moone maketh over all the coasts the highest water and within the Rivers a point lesse Of the Depths The land against the River off Burdeaux men may see from the poop in 30 fathom and the Tower off Cordan in 27 fathom Betwixt Arcason S. John de Luz men may see the land in 30 fathom when about Bayone they shall see Cabritton Bayone Bedert and S. John de Luz almost all flat Towers Being before Passage men may see also the point C. Figuer and S. Sebastians the land lieth in there with a great Bay About C. de Figuer lieth a high hill which at the southwest ende is very steepe and goeth very long slopeing down towards the north When men are before S. Sebastians 7 or 8 leagues without the land then it riseth somewhat long and at the west end steep and hollow but when men come close by the land then it is very high and steepe When men are 8 leagues without S. Sebastians then may they see the eastermost or gratest castle upon the high hill and alsoo the little Island to the westwards of it Courses Distances From Cordan to Arcason south 20 leagues From Arcason to Bayone south 16 or 17 leagues From the Tower Cordan to Cape de Pinas w. s.w some what southerly 75 leagues From Bayone to S. John de Luz s by w. 4 leagues From S. John de Luz to the Pignons of S. Anna s w and by west 2 leagues From S. John de Luz to S. Sebastians west 8 leagues From S. Sebastians to Gateria 8 leagues From Bayone to the Seames n. w. somewhat westerly 102 leagues From S. Sebastians to Bell-Isle n.n.w. somewhat northerly 75 leagues From S. Sebastians to the Seames northwest and by n. 102 leagues The courses distances of the places one from the other is declared in the description Heights The Tower of Cordaâ— lyeth in 45 degrees 36 minut Arcason in 44 degrees 40 minut Bayone lyeth in 43 degrees 46 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the land about Arcason when it is from you eastsoutheast neare two miles Thus appeareth Arcason when it is northeast and by east about two miles Cabritton Bayone S. Iohn de Luz Fonteravia Passage S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth the land about the bight of S. Iohn de Luz off from Cabritton untill past S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth S. Sebastiaens when you get first sight of it being seven leagues off from it White downe Hill of S. Iohn de Luz Ianni Krooningbergh Bocon Cabritton Fonteravia C. Figuer The foresayd Jsland about the bight of S. Iohn de Luz from the northwards of Cabritton untill past Fonteravia sheweth thus as is demonstrated in these two figures when you are before the Barre of Bayone Hill of S. Iohn de Luz south 5 leagues Krooninbergh Fonteravia C. Figuer S. Sebastiaens When the Hill of S. Iohn de Luz is south from you five leagues then the land to the eastwards of it untill past S. Sebastiaens sheweth as is here above pourtrayed in these two figures the BB and CC belong one to the other S. Sebastiaens Thus sheweth the land about S. Sebastiaen when it is five leagues from you C. Figuer Passage S. Sebastiaens Passage and S. Sebastiaens being southsouthwest from you sheweth thus Kust Van Biscayen tusschen Orio ende rio de Sella Kust Van Biscayen tusschen Rio de Sella en t' Eylant van S. Cyprian The fourth Demonstration In which The Coast of Biscaye from Coninx reede to the Island S. Cypriaen are delineated From S. Sebastians to C. de Martinchaco the course is w.n.w. 13 leagues Betwixt them both lye the roades Gateria and Deva Gateria Gateria lyeth from S. Sebastians west and by north and w.n.w. distant 7. leagues being a faire round sand-bay where is good riding for westerly winds men lye there within the west poynt right before the Towne in faire sandy ground a north winde commeth right from the poynt This bay is commonly called Kings-haven Alongst the coast of Biscay betwixt S. John de Luz and Gateria is every where clean ground and good ankoring in 20 fathom From Gateria to Deva it is a league and halfe to the westwardes which is an off-water that commeth out of the high-land Two leagues to the westwardes lyeth the poynt of Cape Martinchaco About thirteene leagues westnorthwest from S. Sebastians lyeth the Cape de Martinchaco a little to the westwardes of it is a good tyde-haven wherein lyeth a little Towne about a league within the land upon a river which commeth out of the high land A little to the westwards of Cape de Martinchacol lyeth a great rock fast to the land and a little to the westwardes of the same another upon the poynt called Punte de Avillanes Southwest and by west from Martinchaco lyeth the haven of Barmea Barmea a faire great Bay the easter poynt is foule therefore men must give it a good birth and run in alongst by the west side when they are gotten in it is large enough there they may anchor where they will To the westwardes of Barmea lyeth also Placentia Placentia upon a little River the towne lyeth a little within the land There are all tyde-havens From Cape de Martinchaco to Bilbao where betwixt lye the foresaid havens of Barmea and Placentia it is s southwest southwest by south 6 leagues From Placentia to Bilboa it is two leagues westsouthwest and west and by south Bilbao lyeth upon a great river alongst which there commeth of much Iron it is a good haven but it lyeth not farre in by reason of the Barre which lyeth thwart over the haven where men must goe in with high water At the east poynt of Bilbao Bilbao shooteth of a riffe which men must avoyd there lye also some rockes under water It is a high steepe point and is white to see to Within the riffe that runneth off from the poynt men may anchor in seven and eight fathom betwixt the poynt and the Piere on the east side there the Pilots come off which bring up the shippes and there men lye land-lockt far a northwest winde From this foresayd poynt or road to the Barre or river mouth of Bilbao it is a league and halfe s by west which lyeth in by the west land there stand five or sixe houses upon the w. land when the two westermost houses come one in the other or when you may see through the two eastermost houses which stand within in the land then are you upon the Bar or shoale then goe in south and s by east right with the Castle Portugalletto and alongst close by the Castle and anchor a little within the Castle for a west winde But when you are before the Barre the Pilots come off and bring you to the Town When you lie without in the Bay then you may see Mount Anthony lie
the west side lyeth the towne men may alsoo sayle up to it anchor there in the shoale water Sâ—x leagues to the westwards of Villa Viciosa lyeth the out-poynt of Sanson Sanson to the eastwards of it lyeth a little Island where upon standeth a little Tower Betwixt Sanson and the foresayd little Island is a good road in six or seven fathom At the west side of Sanson is alsoo a good road right before the little haven of Sanson in 6 or 7 fathom To the westwâ—rdes of Sanson lyeth Gion Gion with a Piere or Head that is paled off under the which the Fishermen which dwell there lay theyr barkes A great league to the westwards of Gion lyeth the Bay of Tores a good road for a southwest and west wind in 8 and 9 fathom Upon the poynt standeth a high tower Three leagues to the westwards of Tores Tores lyeth Cape de Pinas where many rockes lye off to seawards at least a halfe league of some doe say that men may sayle through betwixt the poynt these rockes From the cape de Pinas C. de Pinas lyeth off a rane of rockes lying at the least a halfe league into sea some say that men may sayle through betwixt the point and these rockes But a little within or to the westwards off the Cape de Pinas lyeth a great rock betwixt that rocke and the land men may sayle through When men are within the Cape de Pinas then lyeth Avilles three leagues from thence southsouthwest which is a good tyde-haven where a great shippe may well goe in at halfe flood alsoo there is a good road before this haven in 6 and 7 fathom For to sayle in there men must goe in by the e. land the west-land is farre off shoale there standeth a little Chappell upon the east-land men must sayle in close by it and anchor a little wayes within two rockes that lye on the east side a little within the havens mouth The towne lyeth a league further up From the west poynt runneth off a riffe and lyeth inwards alongst the haven towardes the town so that it is there very shoale on both sides On the west side without the haven in the bight lye 2 great rockes right before the little Church in the Sand-bay men sayle round about them but it is not very cleane but without the rocks good anchor ground in 7 or 8 fathom over against the little Church that standeth against the high land From Avilles Avilles to Luarca Luarca is 6 leagues and from Luarca to Ribadeus w. s.w 6 leagues from Aviles to Ribadeus s w. and by w. 12 leagues From the east poynt off the havens mouth of Ribadeus Ribadeus lyeth off a ledge or riffe off rocks towards the w. shoare you may found in about it in foure fathom or foure fathom and a halfe or else if you keepe the little towne Castropoll even without the poynt so sayle right in with it then you shall not come too neere the foresayd ledge but you shall sayle far enough alongst to the westwards off it The w. poynt sheweth it selfe when you come in out of the sea like an Island upon it at the norâ—h end standeth a flat tower allmost like the tower in the Groyne but not so great About thwart off that Tower lyeth a suncken rocke a little wayes from the land you must look out for it and take heed off it when there commeth in any great sea you can easily espye it by the breaking of the sea upon it but not with smooth water at the very lowest water it commeth even with the water The w. shoare is fowle and rocky there runneth off to the southwards of the fotesayd Tower also a fowle ledge or riffe off rockes at least halfe wayes over the havens mouth and at the side of it you cannot use the lead When you are past the ledge or riffe that lyeth off from the east shoare you must run in about it and edge in somewhat to the e. shoare and sayle in alongst by it untill that you are past or come to the end of the foresayd ledge or riffe off rockes which lyeth off from the west shoare as soone as you shall bee past it you must luffe up about it towards the west shoare for to give the e. shoare within the havens mouth a birth which is a great wayes within very flat or shoale but on the w. side it is deep water There standeth a little Tower on the w. shoare a little within the point where the riffe lyeth off which you shall see when you are come within the west poynt and run alongst by the riffe when you get that little tower w. or thwart of you then are you at the end of the riffe then you must sayle towards that little Tower untill that you come to the w. shoare and run in alongst by it untill you come before the Towne there you must lye with an anchor to seawards and with a cable fast on the rockes A little league to the w. wards of Ribadeus lyeth a tyde-haven he that commeth from the w. alongst by the shoare thwart of it should lightly thinke that to bee the haven of Ribadeus but it is light to discerne from it by these markes following On both sides of this tyde-haven are the coasts all high land but on both sides of the havens mouth of Ribadeus it is low land Also there lyeth a high sharpe hill very easy to be knowne which ariseth out above all other hills thereabouts which may bee knowne at least 7 or 8 leagues off upon it lye some heapes of stones appearing like little houses when that you have that hill s s.w from you sayle in so right with it then you shall bee with the land right before the havens mouth of Ribadeus Northwest from Ribadeus about 8 leagues lyeth the Cabo de Brilo a little to the westwards of it lyeth the little towne Viverus Viverus To the westwardes off the Bay off Cyspriaen where men may anchor in ten fathom lye two great high rockes w. north w. from these rockes about a halfe league lyeth the Island S. Cyprian right before the haven of Viverus whereby this haven is easy to beknowne you may sayle about on both sides off this Island into the haven off Viverus in all alongst in the middle of the channell south and south and by w. untill you come before the town being within you may anchor where you will either on the e. or w. side it is there shoale water of 5 6 7 8 fathom according as you run farre in Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon the Coasts of Biscay wee find no runnings of streames but a south e. and north w. moone maketh upon the whole coast the highest water but within the Rivers a poynt later Courses and Distances From Saint Sebastiaen to Gateria west and by north 7 leagues From Gateria to C.
Church then you shall see a row of rockes run in behinde or within them and anchor there before the village of Monsie in 5 6 or 7 fathom When you saile thus from the cape de Bylem to Monsie then the rocks which lye in the middest before the Haven remaine about an Engelish mile to seawards on the west side of you For to saile in at the wester channell The Wester channel off Monsie you must go in e. s e. indifferent neare alongst by the land and when the foresayd Ladies Church commeth without the poynt then you must sayle towards the Rockes which lye before Monsie as is be foresayd and anchor within the rockes in 7 or 8 fathom but runne not too farre in because there shooteth off a shoaly riffe alongst the Haven where off you must take heed The easter channell The easter channel of Monsye is better to come into then the wester channell sayle not into Monsie before that you see the foresayd Church without the poynt you may also anchor on the n. side off the haven in 5 6 or â— fathom To the s wards of the village of Monsie is a â—ay where the foresayd riff or shoale lyeth before lying e. n. e. at least 2 cabâ—es lengths alongst the Haven Out Ladies Church the Munck lye one from the other n. and by e. and s and by w. Southwest from the cape de Bellem 3 leag lieth the Cape de Coriane C. de Coriane From cape de Coriane it is south and n. three leagues to Cape de Finisterre betwixt the two capes is Sand-bay where men may anchor to the e. wards of a great rock in six or seven fathom This is a great Bay which goeth in far into the land At the n. side of this Bay lye rocks under water where of men must take heed About a league to the eastwards of cape de Finisterre on the south side lyeth the Haven of Seche Seche or Corcovia Corco and is called by the Dutch Schippe-masters Corck Bayone Bayone Betwixt this Haven and the cape lye two sand-bayes the first or that which is next unto the cape is the greatest and by the second goeth in this Haven north in eight and nine fathom On the east side of the Haven lyeth a great Rocke and about southsouthwest off from that Rock almost in the middest of the Haven lyeth a suncken rocke under water but run in north untill you espye the towne on the west side and anchor there in six or seven fathom Within upon the River lieth also a Village or little towne about n. northeast from you From cape de Finisterre to the Haven off Mores Mores the course is s e 5 great leagues when you come about the Cape de Finisterre you shal see a high ragged hill which runneth so farre to the southwards that you may see it also before Mores that is a good mark for to know the land by thereabouts When the foresayd ragged Hill is N. e. from you then are you thwart of Cape de Finisterre and then the hill Monte Lauro which lyeth upon the n. e. poynt off Mores lyeth e. n. e. from you that is a high cloven hill which is also good to know Southeast three little leagues from the Cape de Finisterre lyeth a rane of rockes under water and eastsoutheast about two leagues from these rockes lye also some rockes above water a little to the northwards of Monte Lauro or the Sound of Mores and lye from Monte Lauro west and by s Also there lye a deale of rocks to the s wards of this Sound of Mores and right in the midst of the Sound lyeth also a suncken rock about s e off from Monte Lauro He that wil sayle into Mores he must bring Monte Lauro northeast and by north of him For to sayle into Moers and sayle in so right with it and then hee shall not come too neere the fowle ground or dangers when hee cometh then by Monte Lauro he shall see the foresayd rocks lying out to the northwardes off Monte Lauro he must leave them as alsoo the poynt of Monte Lauro two or three cables lengths on the larboard side of him and sayle in so alongst by them untill that hee come past the second poynt leaving the sunken rock which lyeth in the midst of the Sound on the starboard side of him and when the fisher village which stands to the northwards off Monte Lauro commeth to stand altogether bare then he is within the sunken rock which lyeth in the midst of the Sound south and by east easterly fâ—om the e. end of the foresayd Fisher village When you come by the second poynt you must runne in about it within a cables length and edge up to the northwards untill you come before the village or up to the westwards before the towne where you please and anchor there in 12 or 13 fathom If you will sayle into Rio Roxo For to sayle into Rio Roxo then run about without the rockes which lye to the southwards of the Mores and goe in southeast and by south untill that you come before the Haven of Rio Rosso or Roxo then you shall see a great many off rocks lying off from the north land allmost unto a great rock or Island called Salure betwixt these rockes that lye out there and the Island Salure you may well run through about to the northwards of the Island but it is very narrow by reâ—son of the aforesayd rockes which lye of from the north land therefore sayle about to the southwards of the same Island indifferent close alongst by it leaving it on the larboard side or to seawardes of you untill that you see the Sound open and then runne in keeping the middle of the channell unto that Island Roxo which you shall see lye in the middest of the haven when you come neere it you may anchor under the s land there are two Sand-bayes where is good anchor ground About two leagues southwest from Rio Roxo lyeth a suncken rock John Claesz Bors of Sardam did sayl upon it and there lost his shippe the 20 of February 1613. in the night From Rio Roxo or the Island Salure unto Ponto Vedra Ponte Vedra or the Island Blydones the course is southsoutheast foure leagues betwixt them both it lyeth an Island called Monte Carbela M. â—â—rbela Blydones within it is three fathom deepe Right before the haven of Ponte Vedra lyeth the Island Blydones which men may sayle round about On the north side it is not deeper then five or sixe fathom There lye also within the Sound on the north side two rockes called the Boos or Oxen. On the south side of Blydones is the right fareway for to sayle into Ponte Vedra this haven lyeth in northeast untill within the Island somewhat further in the midst on the haven lieth also another little Island which you must also goe to the
men may sayle in about them on both sides to the northwards or to the southwards of them it is five and sixe fathom deepe further in lyeth a banck thwart over the haven of two fathom at high water within in the haven it is 3 or 4 fathom deepe on the n. side it is all full of rocks which lye most under water but on the south side it is deepest surest and good lying in five and sixe fathom Foure leagues to the southwardes of Villa del Conde lye out the great rocks Rockes called Lesons Lesons right before a little Broad haven of two fathom depth called Metelyn and southwest from the south poynt of the foresayd rockes Lesons about a halfe league to seawards lyeth a suncken rock under water betwixt the land the Lesons it is 6 and seven fathom deep A league to the southwardes off the rockes Leson lyeth Port a Port. Port a Port. From the north poynt of the rivers mouth lye off many rockes allmost thwart over the channell For to sayle in there you must run in close alongst to the southwardes of the outermost rock even so neere by it that you may cast with a stone upon it There standeth a little Chappell upon the north shoare right against the rock with the crosse and also a little white house upon the north shoare somewhat further up upon the river bring them one in the other and run in so right with them untill you bee past the Castle In sayling in so you shall not finde lesse upon the shoalest of the Barre then 17 or 18 foot water at halfe flood shall not come too neere a suncken rock which lyeth without in the rivers mouth somewhat neerer the south shoare theÌ„ the north whereupon there remaineth at low water no more then 11 or 12 foote water Being within the Castle goe then right towardes the rock with the crosse and so close alongst to the southwards of it that you may reach it with a boat hoock or els you must run in three or 4 ships lengths to the the southwards off it or alongst by the south-land untill you bee past the rock with the crosse for to avoyd a suncken rock which lyeth thwart of it a little to the southwards of it and at low water is no more then eight foot under water Being a little past the rock with the crosse go then up alongst in the middle of the channell untill you come thwart of a great white Tower upon the north-north-land there you may anchor in 4 or 5 fathom or sayle before the Towne here it is 3 4 fathom deepe A little past the rock with the crosse is a shoale whereupon remaineth at low water no more then 11 foot water so that with shippes that draw 12 foote water men must stay for high water it floweth there six foot up and downe with an ordinary tyde On the south side of the river goeth in also a Land-dâ—ep to the southwards of the foresayd suncken rock which lyeth in the rivers mouth where the Pilots sometimes bring shipps in and out that is a good channell and oftentimes it is east too againe of the sea so that there is no certainty to be written of it that men should trust upon From Port a Port to Avero the course is south ten leagues betwixt them both it is all alongst a cleane sand-strand where men may be bold to come neere the shoare every where in ten or twelve fathom Within the land upon the high land lyeth a black hommock in the land when that lyeth eastsoutheast from you then you are open before Avero when you cannot see the black hommock Carmole then lyeth there a rough sand-hill to the northwards of the Barre when that is thwart of you then are you a halfe league to the northwards of the Bar of Avero If you will sayle in over the Barre of Avero and that you come before it in sixe or seven fathom then take heed to three beakons made off mast which stand upon the south-land bring them one in the other and sayle in so right with them east and by south and e. s.e in over the barre there is comming in at halfe tyde no more then two fathom water untill rhat you come by the beakons you shall so being come within the poynts sayle alongst by a dry sand on the larboard side edge then up northnortheast and northwest about by that foresayd dry sand untill you come close to the norther land and run in by it and then you shall leave all the other shoals on the starboard side untill that you see the river open and then you shall see a little house upon the strand on the west side goe then from thence up into the river east and by south and eastsoutheast keeping the middle off the channell betwixt the two lands untill you come before the Saltponds or Avero where you may lade your ship with salt Cust van PORTVGAL t' Noordelyckste deel beginnende van Viana tot aen Pissage Betwixt Viana Villa del Conde and Port a Port men shall see alongst the coast many towers and little houses Villa del Conde men shall see at sea like a great Towne The River of Port a Port men may know by the rocks Lesons they are very high and lye a little to the northwardes of the River The Cape de Montego is a high poynt and within it in the land are high mountains The Cape is sometimes taken to be the Rock but is easie to be discerned from it because of the Burlings which lye here to the s wards to the n. wards of the rock The Cape de Montego lyeth from Avero s s.w distant 7 leagues a league to the southwards off it lyeth Pissage or the River of Montego a broad haven From the Cape de Montego runneth off a fowle ledge of Rocks a good wayes from the shoare which men must avoyd Under the Cape men may ride for northerly windâ— in 7 or 8 fathom a northnorthwest wind commeth right from the poynt for southerly windes men may ancâ—or to the southwards off the river of Montego From the south poynt of the river runneth off a sand riffe when you sayle in there and that you come in out of the sea it sheweth as if you might sayle inâ—o the s wardes of that riffe but it is not to be done you must sayle into the northwards of it Upon the north poynt standeth the little village S. Catharina a little to the northwards of it a Fisher village called Buarcos Upon the north side within the havens-mouth standeth a lime kilne with a wood of Fig-trees when you bring them one in the other and then saile so right in with them you runne in right in the channell there is somtimes no more then twelve or thirteene foot water at a halfe flood you may not certainly trust to the description of this haven for in regard it is there sand-ground it
Comming from the northwards for to sayl into Ryper-deepe you shall also runne on to the south end of Phanu untill that you shall espye the foresayd Capes and goe then further as is above taught This channell is not the best channell in foule weather for it is narrow and farre off shoale wihout it but when you shall bee entred into it you may easily see both sides break if it blow any thing hard A southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh here the highest water The Growe-deepe About northeast or northeast and by north from the north end of Phanu lyeth a little Hill called Luysbergh a little to the northwards of it lyeth a long plaine sand-hill called Langeleg from thence lyeth the land towards Zuyder-zyt westnorthwest and eastsoutheast Betwixt the north poynt of Phanu Langeleg Langeleg goeth in that Growe-deep For to sayl in there when you come from the southwards run alongst the Island Phanu and about by the north end of it which is farre flat When as that you get deeper water you shall see three or four hommocks about northeast from you upon the high land with a little flat steeple called Holm or Bruynum Bring that little Church a cables length to the northwards of the Hommocks goe in then northeast and keep the south shoare untill you come within that dry sand which shooteth off from Phanu called Smeursand Smeursand you may run to that upon your sight without doing amisse but leave that on the starboard side when you come in The shoares are there abouts both of them very steepe as well Wisdike that is the Plate which lyeth in the channell as also Smeursand but without the shoares are flat When you are past the poynt of Smeursand edge then over to Wisdike and anchor there untill that you have the lowest water and then you may sayle to Hartingen and go on forth to Wardt Wardt or Woerdt which lyeth eight or nine leagues within the land the river is very crooked upon the which here and there lyeth a Gentlemans house A southsouthwest northnortheast moon maketh there the highest water and there it floweth with a common tyde about a fathom up and down From Phanu to Schellingkroegh Schelling-kroegh it is four leagues betwixt them lyeth Zuyder-zyt a little river of eight or nine foot water The land betwixt Langeleg and Zuyder-zyt is ragged land with sand-hilles and rough being grown with spirie grasse or heath If you should fall with the land at Zuyder-zyt Zuyder-zijt and that you could not lead it into the channell then choose the land of Langeleg you may run to it without danger keepe in two fathom and a halfe and you cannot sayle amisse of this Kroegh sor you may sound this land all alongst in two fathom and an halfe off from Langeleg untill you come within Schellingh-kroegh but if you run in three fathom or three fathom and a halfe you shall sayle without the driesand and run about a seaboard of the forenamed Kroegh Schellingh-kroegh lyeth in most northwest men lye there within sheltred for all winds like as men doe lye at Coningsborough in the Kettell If so bee that you come from the northwards and are bound into this Haven or Kroegh you may run about by that drie sand in three fathom when you come by the innermost point of that drie sand there shooteth off a little tayle of sand but you may see it well and keepe your selfe from it when you come to the east end of that sand luffe up about it untill you come into that Kroegh and anchor there in two fathom and a foot it is there very wide you may make there a good board and turne it in to windwards A southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh there the highest water the farther you come to the northwards to Iutland the lesse tyde goeth and the lesse it floweth up and downe At the north end of the foresayd drie sand lyeth the Doodenbergh Doodenbergh that is a short hommock of a Sand-hill which lyeth alone When you are somewhat off from it then it lyeth under the other land that you cannot see it when you come from the southwards or the northwards you may see it From the Doodenberg unto that south end of the drie sand it is all alongst a faire strand and flat ground For to ride under the drie sand you may sound about it comming from the northwards and get smooth water for a northwest wind and also for westerly windes A little to the northwards of the Doodenbergh lyeth the poynt called the Horne betwixt Zuyder-zyt and Wester-zyt making there a Horn of the land to the southwards of it the Coast lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest towardes the Growe-deepe to the northwards of it north and south towardes Wester-zyt Wester-zyt is a village lying betwixt the Blawenbergh and the Horne About this poynt or Horne runneth off a long banck about twelve leagues westsouthwest into sea called Reefshorne Reefshorne or as some do name it Devillhorne which lyeth at some places altogether drye specially seven or eight leagues from the shoare where it is not deeper then two fathom and a halfe or three fathom a foote lesse A shippe that sayleth upon it men can but even see it from the land it is at the deepest by the land to witt four fathom lacking a foot He that commeth there from the northwards with a ship of a great draught must take verie good heed for it is upon the northwest side off steepe that men shall have one caste two and twenty the next cast fifteene and the third cast no more then three fathom When you fall with the land with Wester-zyt or to the northwards of Reefshorne you may sound alongst by the shoare in six or seven fathom untill you come neare the foresayd Horne you shall then also finde another shoale Riffe that runneth off from the land called the Owle The Owl which is also very steepe on the north side from the northwards you may not come nearer it then in seven fathom A little to the southwardes of it beginneth Reefshorne to runne off from the shoare it is there a narrowe banck you shall not finde there lesse then three fathom or three fathom lacking a foot water at two or three cast according as it shall blowe hard or soft and that you shall make your waye and then you shall get presently againe five fathom and sound it about by that shoale sand whether you desire to bee According to the opinion of some Doggers-sand beginneth from this banck When men sette sayle early in the morning out of Rinkopper deepe with a southwest waye and a good northeast winde then they are about four of the clock in the afternoone yet in nine fathom whereby it should appeare that Doggers Sand should have his beginning at this banck For to know the land hereabouts About four leagues to the northwardes of the foresayd Horne lyeth a
league long and upon the end flatt which men may runne over by the lead When you will sayl into the Golversound you must leave these two Islands lying on the larboard side The Island Laland hath upon the west poynt over against the south end of Langeland a riffe or Hooke Riffe on Laland lying off from Laland at least half wayes over the Belt for to avoyd that you must runne alongst within an English mile to the eastwards of Langeland or when that you leave the two third parts of the water on Lalands side and the other third part on the side of Langeland you shall not come too neare it When you come from the southwards are bound into the Belt and that then the steeple of Mascon which standeth upon Laland commeth to stand northeast and by east from you then you are past that riffe and lyeth to the southwardes of you It is here in this Channell betwixt Laland and the south end of Langeland five sixe and seven fathom deep From the south end of Langeland to Femeren the course is southeast and southeast and by east distant eight leagues When as you come off from Langeland and are past the riffe or Hooke of Laland then the south coast of Laland lyeth east west alongst by it lyeth a sand which is called the Red-sand Redsand lyeth alongst untill before Golversound which runneth in betwixt Laland and Gester To the northwards of this sand is a roade of fourteen sixteen and eighteen foot water before the little townes of Aelholm and Roo-buy Aelholme Roobuye where men do lade nuts and Barâ—â—â— Betwixt Laland and Gester thwart of this Red-sand as hath been sayd runneth in the Golversound which men may run into come out again into the Belt but in this sound or channell there is little depth there lyeth a stone banck within thwart over the channell The little town Nicoppen lyeth upon the Island Falster a league within Gester Nicoppen Gester rif From Gester shooteth of Gester riffe at least three leagues into sea which is a shoale riffe To the eastwards of Gester riff lieth an Island called Bout Bout it is there abouts all shoale water to witt three and four fathom To the eastwards of Bout goeth in the Green sound Green-sound by the little towne Stuybekuype commeth out again into the Belt to the northwards of Laland the Green sound lyeth in about west and west and by north in three fathom there lyeth a shoale on the larboard side of the mouth of the Sound called the Tolck Tolck which men must avoyd you must goe into the eastwards of it you may lead it in alongst by the land of Meun in fourteen or fifteen foot that foresayd town Stuybekuype Stuybekuyp lyeth about a league within the mouth of the channell From Gester riff to Meun the course is northnortheast seven leagues but from Bout to Meun it is northeast about six leagues From the Gelversound to Meun Meun the land lyeth in a bay you may anchor there for a northeast north northwest and west winde in five and six fathom He that commeth out of the Sound and is bound to the southwards of Meun may come so near Meun as he will and luffe up to the westwards by the poynt and anchor where he please in five or six fathom On the north side of Meun you may also anchor in six fathom behinde a little riffe that shooteth off from the north poynt for an east southsouthwest and westwind it is there all over flat and good ground Of the depths about these places and in what depths men may see the land In the Ripe Eyder and Hever a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and the ebbe out of the southeast and so run over the north grounds In the deep of List or Silt a south and north Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there out of the northwest and falleth very little alongst the land and the ebb to the contrary In Knuytsdeep a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water The floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth but a great quarter tyde alongst the land and the ebbe to the contrary In the Haven of Zuyder-zyt the Growe-deepe the Schellinghkroegh a southsouthwest and northnortheast Moone maketh the highest water the floud commeth there also out of the northwest and falleth over the Reefshorne towards the Iuttish Island and the ebbe againe to the contrary off from the land in the north Sea Of the grounds and Depths The grounds of the Hever and the bankes of the Small deep without Strand and Eyderstee lye at least two leagues without the coast of the land Betwixt Holyland and Ameren or Strand it is tenne or eleven fathom deep in that depth you may see both the lands if you climbe up in the shroudes Strand is to bee knowne by the steeple of Pielworme standing upon the south end of the land Upon the Island Strand stand more Churches and steeples but none so easy to be knowne as Pielworme Ameren is a league and a halfe long and hath all alongst low sandhills growne with spiry grasse The Island Silt you may see in ten fathom Upon this Island nearest to the north end lyeth a high â—â—eepe red cliffe on both sides going sloping downe upon the south side of the cliffe standeth a flat Church with a low steeple and to the eastwards of it another Church with a high thick steeple called Heydom The north end of the Island is called List and the south end Voortrap Courses and Distances From the Eyder to Hever the land lyeth northnorthwest and southsoutheast 5 leagues From the Hever or the south end of Strand to the south end of Ameren northnorthwest about 5 leagues Two leagues north from Ameren lyeth Silt which is about five leagues long and lyeth south and by east north by west From the north end of Silt called List unto the south end of Rim or Rem it is northeast and southwest one great league Rem is three leagues long and lyeth most south and north From the north end of Rem to the south end of Manu it is northeast and southwest a league and a halfe you can hardly get sight of it by reason of the grounds and great shoals which lye thwart of it to seawards Manu and Phanu lye about two leagues one from the other Manu is almost a league long and Phanu about 4 leagues long and lyeth from Phanu Knuyters to Knuytes-deepe southsoutheast and northnorthwest This Island hath also a faire strand but the north end towards Grouwe deepe is very flat From Phanu to Doodenbergh it is about foure leagues betwixt them lye the Havens of the Growedeepe Schelling-kroegh From Holyland to the Eyder east and by north and west by south 7 leagues From Holyland to the outermost buy in
before the Lieth Thus sheweth the hill Sick when you are to the northwards of Schuytenes The eighth Demonstration Where in The Coast of Norway betweene Ieltefioerd and the high point of Horrel is shewed FRom Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen to Olde the coast lyeth northnorthwest and north and by west about 16 leagues that is all broken land with many rocks where men may sayle through within them The Norway Barkes come off from Stade all alongst through that broken land rocks within the Island Harle unto Bergen About 4 leagues and a halfe to the southward of Old lyeth a great row of rocks lying 3 or 4 leagues without the other rocks thwart off from the shoare to seawards called the Outweers Outweers Betwixt them Old lyeth a good Haven called Southfoort there lye 3 Islands before it where men run in betwixt them both alongst into the Haven Olde Olde is a high rock a good wayes from the land and loose from the other rocks by the land but hath some small rocks lying about it there lyeth alsoo a row of rocks a good wayes off from it southwest into the sea About northwest and northwest and by north from Olde lye 2 rowes of rocks where of some lye above and some under water When as you are either to the northwards or to the southwards of Old it doth shew it selfe with a great saddle in 2 hommockes and going downe round on both sides but being thwart off or westwards from it then it lyeth in one round hill almost like Coll. You may comming from the southwards runne in about the eastwards within Old northeast to Oldesound come out againe to the northwardes of Olde Foure leagues to the northwardes of Olde-sound lyeth Kyn Kyn also a great rocke which men may sayle round about and sheweth it selfe with 2 sharp Hommckes allmost like a Cowes clawe or Bishops Myter Betwixt Kyn Olde goeth a great Sound into the land upon which lye two towns Waldres Easterdal Waldres Easterdal Northwest and by west from Kyn lye three or foure rocks and also some suncken rocks under water Southwest and by west about 3 leagues off from it lye also some rockes above and some under water Three or foure leagues to the northwards of Kyn lyeth Ornael Ornael also a great rock which sheweth it self in one great high round Hill Three leagues or three leagues and a halfe to the northwards of it lyeth the south poynt of Stade But Ornaell and Olde lye about north and south 7 or 8 leagues asunder Betwixt Ornael and the south point of Stade Sâ—â—de goeth in a great broad sound from whence men may saile through within the broken land to the southwards to Bergen A little within the south point of Stade is a Bay where men may goe to anchor thwart of a sea-beacon ly sheltred for a west winde North point off Staden The land of Stade lyeth from the south-point to the north poynt northnortheast and southsouthwest which is a whole main coast but ful close alongst by the shoare with many small rocks but none that men may sayle about with in them for to have any shelter for the sea The Norway Barkes of all places to the northwards of it yea and all those which come off from the North Cape can sayle all alongst the coast of Norway unto Berghen through within the rocks except thwart of this land of Stade Havens on Stade there they must runne a seaboard through the sea Between these two foresayd poynts are also two little havens where men may ride but a little or nothing used To the northwards of Stade the Island lyeth with many Islands northeast to the broadsound nine leagues About halfe wayes lyeth a little Island or rock called Swynoe Swynoe that is Hogges-Island a league from land without the other Islands of Flowach When you are close by the north poynt of Stade and go on northeast you run through within that little Island Swynoe but with a northeast and by north course about a sea-board of it He that is bound to Roemsdall or into the Sounds of Sudmer must runne into the Broad-sound Broad-sound which goeth in at the ends of the Islands of Flowach east and east by south the outermost of these Islands is called Hassen When you come to the end of those foresayd Islands you shall see east from you about two leagues a great high short Island called Goedeu Goedeu or of some Godsche-saed and a little to the southwards of it somewhat further in a great black rocke of fashlon like a hay-cock or almost like a suger-loafe it is called by the saylers the Cookes-broad sayle in right with it but bring not that foresayd rock to or under that Island but keep it clear off without it for els you should surely sayle upon the foresayd suncken rockes which lye under water at the north side of the broad-sound From the Island Goedeu or Godsche-sand runneth off also a little riffe to the southwards or towards the southeast from it When you come by that Island runne about that little riffe in betwixt it the foresayd black rock and anchor a little within that riffe under Goedue runne not farre within it for to avoyde a suncken rock which lyeth somewhat further in not farre from land there stand two little wardes upon the shoare a little within the risse for knowledge of the roade Behinde or to the northwards of Godeu lyeth the little Island Geske Geske upon it standeth a little Church on the south side before it men may also anchor in eight or tenne fathom cleane ground A little within Goedue on the east side of Geske lyeth another Island greater then Geske called Walderoe Walderoe on both sides of the southeast poynt of that Island men may anchor in good cleane ground and lye land-lockt for all windes From thwart of Geske and Walderoe lyeth a great multitude of Rocks northwest so farre into sea that comming a scaboard by Swynoe with a northeast course you should bee farre within them He that commeth from the northwards may sayle by west alongst by these rocks to Goedeu and leave the a foresayd suncken rocks lying on the north side of the Broade sound on the starboard side of him and runne in about by the poynt of Goedue as hath been beforesayd You may also run into the northwards of Goedeu to wit in betwixt Goedeu and Geske and anchor within Geske or under Walderoe but it is not wel to be done but for them which are there verie well acquainted There lye manie Rocks some above some under water whereof men must take heede In at the Broade sounde is the best and surest For to runne from Walderoe to Roemsdale goe on to the northwards alongst by the great Islands Luycko it is in that farewaye 10 20 14 16 and 18 fathom deepe but even past Luycko runneth a
tydes for the floude falleth strong to the southwardes over the groundes and should thereby bee lightlie carried behind the bank to the southwardes off the buye which lyeth upon the poynte of the banck Besides this foresaid channell there runneth yet another channell through the grounds which lye off from the north poynt of the Tees For to sail in to the newe-channell For to sayle in there you must take marke of the two high lands within the land to the southwardes of the Tees bring them within a handspikes length one to the other or bring the Paps to the west side of Harlenope then shall also a foresayde two high lands come within a handspikes length neare one to the other sayle in right with them and so you shall runne right into that new channell alongst through that a foresayde sand and come against the buye upon the sandes on the south side off the Deepe againe in the right farewaye When that you get again deeper water or have the two fire-beakons on the north side one in the other then go in towards them and further as hath been before said About seven leagues to the northwardes of the Tees lyeth the river off Sonderland a little to the northwardes off the Paps which are very good markes for to know the land by there abouts When the Paps are southsouthwest from you and that you are about an English mile from the land then you are right before the river of Sonderland the ground is there abouts indifferent cleane but somewhat stonie you may anchor there in 4 or 5 6 fathom On both sides as well on the north poynte as the south poynte of the River it is stonie On the north poynte standeth a beakon in the water there you must runne in within a little shippes length alongst by it being past that you shall gett deeper water to with a fathom a halfe 2 fathom at low water but upon the barre remaineth no more then three foote With a common spring high water there is about 2 fathom a half or a little more After this aforesayd first depth of a fathom and a half or two fathom you shall meet againe with a stonie floore about three ships lenghts broad upon it is at high water about 11 or 12 foote deep according as the tydes shall runne being over there it is again deeper A little past that is a narrow place where a long shippe shall scarce be able to wend within it it is wide enough and very where good anchor ground From the Tees to Tinmouth the course is northnorthwest 8 or 9 leagues Two leagues to the southwards of Tinmouth lyeth the poynt of Sonderland Sonderland but close to the southwards of Tinmouth goeth in the River of New-castle From the poynt of Tinmouth shooteth off a ledge of rocks you must sayle in by it leaving it on the starboard side The markes for to sayle into this River are two firetowers or firebeakons which stand upon the north shoare bring them one in the other or the innermost that is the highest a little to the northwards of the outermost or lowest sayle so right in alongst by the aforesayd ledge of rocks on the north side and so you shall have upon the shoalest two fathom at halfe floud a southwest moone maketh there full sea The south shoare is flatte you may lead it in there with the sounding pole for ships that goe not deepe in ten foote at halfe floude When you come within runne all alongst by the north shoare untill past the little towne Sheels edge then over to the other shoare untill you come through the crooked reach there the river lieth up againe a little to the n. wards then to the southwards to Hawkes-bill about by it to the towne New-castle Seven or 8 leagues to the northwards of Tinmouth lyeth the Cocke Island betwixt them both about half wayes lyeth a River called Bly Bly where the French men doe much sayle to fetch coale From the north poynt of this river runneth off a ledge of rocks a great shot of a cast-peece about southeast into the sea but the south side the coast to the southwards of it is very cleane and sand-strand Upon the south poynt stand two beakons If you will sayle in there bring them one in the other and sayle right in with them and then you can take no hurt of the foresayd ledge or riffe of the north poynt When that you come by or thwart of the outermost of the 2 foresayd beakons you shall see there by it another smaller beakon that standeth upon a little ledge off rocks that shooteth off from the south poynt leave that on the larboard side and runne in alongst close about northwards of it The foresayd ledge of Rockes on the north side remaineth at high water a good wayes from the land and also at a spring-tyde above water within it is a bight there it is good lying for a north or northeast winde and there remaineth at low water two fathom depth In the mouth of the River it is with an ordinary tyde and high water about two fathom deep or somewhat more and it floweth there two fathom up and downe so that at low water it falleth allmost altogether dry The Cocket Island Cocket Island is a very little Island not high it lyeth about a halfe league from the land you may come to anchor in it for an east south southeast wind but the winde comming to the northwards of the east maketh there a bad roade for you must lye betwixt the Island and the maine land where you have no shelter for a north winde On the south side of the Island the ground is foul a little to the southwards of the Island runneth off a foule ledge of rocks from the shoare untill thwart or past the Island He that commeth from the southwards must keepe the Coast of Bambrough without the Island or els he should not faile to saile upon the poynt of that foresayd ledge Betwixt that ledge and the Island it is also very narrow so that a man standing at low water marke upon the rockes of this ledge should allmost be able to cast with a stone unto the Island For to sayle in there take heed unto these marcks here after described there standeth a house upon the sea side which is a Salt kettel and also a Castle somewhat further in within the land which doth shew it self high enough bring them one in the other then they shall stand somewhat more northerly then west from you and runne so right in with them and so you shall runne in right amidst the channell betwixt both being come within edge up behinde the Island anchor there in five or six fathom About this Island there run also manie more divers little Rivers in to the land but they fall most drie at low water Of the Depths shoales about these places
by w. moone maketh ful sea The floud falleth alongst these coasts southsoutheast and the ebbe northnorthwest At Orcanesse Boecknes a southwest northeast moon maketh high water The floudes come about from behind Scotland from the westwards through betwixt Fayrhill Orcanesse make there about full sea with a southwest northeast moon From Boeckenesse the floud falleth south alongst the coast towards Lieth the ebb north to the contrarie In this fareway it is deep 40 50 and 60 fathom in 45 50 fathom you may see the land In this fareway in the sommer the first Herrings are caught Courses and Distances From Tynmouth to Staples north and by west 16 leag From Staples to Barwicke westnorthwest 3 leagues From Barwicke to S. Abbens-head n. n. w. 5 leagues From the Staples to S. Abbens-head n. w. 8 or 9 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Bas west 4 leagues From the Bas to Inckieth west west by north 5 leagues From S. Abbens-head to the Island May northwest 3 leagues From S. Abbens-head to Fifsnes northwest by north 4 great leagues From Fifsnes to Doonde northnorthwest 5 leagues From Tinmouth to Scuytenes northeast 99 leagues From Tinmouth to the Naze northeast by east easterlye 103 leagues From Tinmouth to the Scawe eastnortheast 130 leag From Tinmouth to Holyland east by south easterlye 106 leagues From Fissnes to Stone-Bay north and by east 16 leagues From Redhead to Monros northwest 4 leagues From Monros to Stone-bay n.e. and by north 5 leagues From Stone-bay to Boecknes northnortheast somwhat northerly 16 leagues From Aberdine to Boeckenes northnortheast 12. leag From Boeckenes to Phyloort or Spyloort northnorthwest 3 leagues From Phyloort to the poynt of Elgyn west 10 leagues From the poynt of Elgyn to the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes west by s somewhat southerly 7 leagues From cape de Terbate to Catenes n.e. by n. 14 leagu From Catenes to Ilhoy westnorthwest 5 leagues From Boeckenes to Catenes northwest by northwest and by north 22 leagues From Boockenes to the Orcaneys north by west and northnorthwest 26 leagues From Boeckenes to Hanglip or the south end of Hitland north somewhat eâ—sterly 50 leagues From Boeckenes to Scuytenes east and by north somewhat northerly 72 leagues From Boeckenes to the Naze east somewhat southerly 88 or 90 leagues From Boeckenes to Boevenb in Jutland east by south 106 leagues From Boeckenes to Holylande s e. by e. 128 leagues From Boockenes to the Tessell s e southerly 143 leagues From Boockenes to the Holmes before Yarmouth southsoutheast 108 leagues From Aberdine to the Holmes before Yarmouth southeast and by south somewhat southerly 100 leagues Heights S. Abbenshead in Scotland in 56 degrees 12 minutes Boeckenes lyeth in the height of 57 degrees 55 minutes Catenes in 58 degrees 40 minutes The greatest or the outermost Island of the Orekneys in 59 degrees 8 minutes Eylanden van HITLANDT ofte Schetlant Fayer hil en Fulo Eylanden van HEBRIDES gelegen achter de noordwest hoeck van Schotlant Eylanden van FERO ofte Farre How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Boeckenes when you saile alongst by it In this form sheweth the land Catenes when you saile alongst by it Thus sheweth the northeast poynt of Orkenes when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the land of Scotland to the northwards Aberdyne when you sayle alongst by it 2 leagues from the land The thirteenth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coast of Fayre-hill Hitland and the Islands thereabouts as also the Islands of Fero and some Islands behind the northwest Corner of Scotland THe Island Fairhill Fairhill lyeth from the east point of the Orcanais northeast from Boeckenesse north and by west about seven and thirty leag On the west side of Fairhill is at some places foule ground but upon the southeast side is good anchor ground there you may anchor every where but there stretcheth a riffe on the east side of the shoare off southeast two leagues in to sea Fulo Fulo lyeth from Fairehill northwest and by north tenne leagues betwixt them both lyeth the southermost poynt off Hitland lying from Fairehill northnortheast 7 or 8 leagues and from Fulo east and by south 4 leagues The southwest coast of Hitland to witt from the southermost poynt to the northwest poynt lyeth northwest and by north eight or nine leagues On the same southwest side over against the Island Fulo lyeth a Sand-bay where men may anchor but on the east side of this Bay it is somewhat foule From that northwest or west poynt off to the north end the land of Hitland lyeth northeast by north southwest and by south twenty or one and twenty leagues Two leagues to the northwards of the foresaid west poynt lyeth the Haven of S. Magnus S. Magnus which is a broad Sound within it is good anchor ground in sixteen or seventeen fathom depth according as you shall be farre within the land On the north side lyeth a high rocke where you must run in to the southwards of And on the south side lyeth two or three rocks which you must leave on the starboard side when you sayle in there Even to the eastwards about the s poynt of Hitland lyeth a fayre Sand-bay where you may anchor in twelve or thirteen fathom from thence to Hanglip the course is northeast somewhat easterly 8 or 9 leagues Betwixt Hanglip Hanglip and the south poynt lyeth an Island which you may sayle about on both sides within it lyeth Hambrough Haven Hambrough haven or the Scottish Haven which is a lade place for the Hamburgers and Scots This Haven is also called Bremer Haven There lyeth also a high steepe poynt to the southwards of Hanglip to the southwards of it men doe runne into Broad-sound Broad-sound the chiefest Haven of all Hitland which is deepe and hath cleane ground there men doe lye landlockt for all winds From the Broad Sound lyeth a Sound in alongst to the northwards through the land which commeth out againe into the sound to the northwards and so maketh an Island of the land whereupon the high hill Hanglip lyeth When as you will sayle in there from the northwards that is to the northwards of Hanglip you must runne in nearest by the south shoare and edge to it betimes In this channell betwixt both lands lye two Islands or rocks the greatest lyeth nearest the north shoare and the smallest nearest the south shoare betwixt them both lyeth also a suncken rocke which at low water is uncovered and at high water you may know it by the breaking upon it When as you will sayle in here you must leave the foresayd greatest Rocke with the suncken rock on the starboard side and the smallest rock on the larboard side there is upon the shoalest three fathom and a halfe water Within this haven lye also two havens at the north point which
league to the southwards of Rinde is another great Bay or haven before it lye two little high Islands upon the northermost standeth a great crosse you may sayle in there about on both sides off these little Islands and also through betwixt them and anchor where you will in fifteene twelve eight or five fathom deep or shoale according as you saile farre in lye there sheltred for all windes but when the winde is hard out of the sea thwart upon the shoare there will come in somewhat a rowling sea but there can goe no great sea that can hurt you A little to the northwards of this haven lyeth a low long Island close to the shoare whereby you may also know this coast you may sayle through betwixt this foresayd Island the maine land without any danger From this haven to the Seven Islands are foure great leagues A little to the northwards of the end of the seven Islands lyeth a faire great sand-bay where is also good anchoring for southerly and southeast windes but not for easterly winds with a northeast or sea wind it is bad lying there for there is no shelter for them men doe anchor there in twenty fifteene or twelve fathom according as they lye far or neare to the shoare The Ruffes call this Bay the Golden Bay Golden Bay because the strand is of red sand On all these foresayd coasts a southwest northeast moone maketh high water like as on the former The seven Islands Seven Islands lye all of them alongst the shoare the first or northermost is farre the greatest of all a high Island The foure northermost follow close one to the other and lye about an English mile or a shot of a cast peece a little more or lesse off the land so that men may sayle there through betwixt The fifth is a little round Island and lyeth nearer to the land there you cannot runne through within it which is fast to the land with a shoale of rocks whereof some lye above and some under water The two southermost lye a good wayes to the southwards of the fifth betwixt them the mayne land you may alse sayle through you may also runne through in out betwixt these same Islands every where except betwixt the second and third off from the northwards betwixt them both it is fowle The first Island Betwixt these Seven Islands and the mayne land goeth a strong tyde as well of flood as of ebbe whereof men must be very carefull Betwixt the northermost and the mayne land is a good road thwart of the south end of the Island under the maine land there is a faire sand-bay with an off-water where is much Salmon to be caught but it is not there used A little to the northwards of this Sand-bay lyeth a little Island betwixt the great Island and the coast men doe anchor to the southwards of that little Island thwart of the sand-bay in seven six five or foure fathom so shoale as they will there is a very even sand-ground rising so even as if it were planed Over against the foresayd bay men may make road under the south poynt of the Island thwart of a little bay there they bring a hawser on land and an anchor to seawards in nine-tenne fathom there they lye somewhat more out off the tyde then in the bay over against it Betwixt this great Island and the coast is about two third parts of the channell towards the mayne land flat rising ground and the other third part towards the Island Deep the neerer the Island the deeper unto 18 and 19 fathom About halfe wayes betwixt that foresayd little round Island and the north poynt of the gratest Island stand on the mayne land some little Lappish houses or a little village Betwixt the second and third Island Second third Island or nearest thwart of the second to tell from the northwards lyeth yet a little village thwart of it is a bay where men may anchor in tenne or twelve fathom all cleane sand-ground but with a south wind there commeth in a rowling Sea but with northerly winds it is very good lying there Thwart of the fourth Island The 4 Island on the mayne land is also a sand-bay where is also good road in seven or eight fathom for a northwest or north wind but with an east winde it is there bad lying that bloweth there in open through betwixt the fourth and fifth Island Even at the end of the seven Islands is a great Indraught or bay which the Russes call the Shipper The Shipper which is narrow at the comming in but within indifferent large wide within it is good road in twelve eight foure fathom clean rising ground but with a northeast wind it is bad lying there that bloweth there flat in About nine leagues to the southwards of the Seven Islands lyeth a poynt called Siornenos that is to say Blackpoynt it is so called because it is very black to see to there within it the land is high and goeth downwards low towards this poynt almost as Swetenoes At this poynt the land beginneth to alter informe to the northwards of it the coast is altogether high but to the southwards of it all low and even land so that thereby you may know when you sayle alongst this coast whether you be to the northward or to the southwards of this black point A little to the northward off this poynt lyeth a high and great Island a halfe league long which the Russes call Noock Ostrove Noock Ostrove which is the Nayle Island behinde it is very good roade you must run in there from the southwards from the northwards you cannot come in there behind it The north end is fast to the mayne land with a bancke or strake of sand which lyeth most part above water you may sayle in there so farre behinde it as you will and anchor in ten eight six or foure fathom the further that you sayle in the shoaler it is it is very good lying there and sheltered for all winds From the Siornenos or the black poynt to Evanekrist Evanekrist it is southsoutheast foure leagues that is a poynt with many crosses under it you may make good roade for southerly winds From Evanekrist to Kletna Kletna are yet three or foure leagues this is a poynt whereupon stand also many crosses it lyeth out a little but not so much as Evanekrist there you may have also road for southerly winds but not for seawards From this poynt to the Islands of Swetenoes or Jockena Island of Jockena it is two leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames about these foresayd places At Kilduyn an eastsoutheast moone maketh the highest water At Seven Islands a southeast moon maketh highest At Swetenoes a south and north Moone maketh high water Alongst the coastes to the eastwards of the north cape the floods come out of the northwest and
northnorthwest and run so alongst the coast of Lapland unto Orlogonose How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Kilduyn to the poynt of Tierrebirry southeast and by east 5 leagues From the poynt Tierrebirry to the Seven-Islands southeast by south 18 leagues From Tierrebirry to Swetenoes the coast lyeth south east by south 40 leagues Heights The land Kilduyn lyeth in 69 degrees 40 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Kilduyn Meyne-land River of Kool In this forme sheweth Kilduyn when the steepe poynt lyeth south and by east and the River of Kool southsouthwest about five leagues from you and the land to the westwards of Kilduyn is very hilly and the river doth shew it selfe very wide open as here standeth pourtrayed The River of Cool Thus sheweth the Island of Kilduyn when the w. poynt lyeth s w and by s and the east poynt south and by west somewhat westerly from you the river of Cool lieth then s w by w. from you the maine land that you may se to the eastwards lieth then s e and by south somewhat southerly from you the land of Laus you may then yet also see in the n. w. Tiribiry Island Kilduyn Thus sheweth the land eastwards from Kilduyn when the south or east end of Kilduyn is west and by north 3 leagues from you The land of Tiribiry The Island Kilduyn The Island of Kilduyn and Tiribiry shew thus when as you sayle alongst by them foure leagues from land about halfe wayes betwixt both nearest to Tiribiry as is pourtrayed in these two figures here above the AA one to the other The land of Tiribiry The Island Kilduyn In this forme sheweth the land of Tiribiry when you sayle alongst by it being 4 or 5 leagues from it and eleven or twelve leagues from Kilduyn The fifth Demonstration In which are set forth The Sea-Coastes of the Mouth of the White Sea THe Islands of Swetenoes or Jockena there are six in number whereof the five lye alongst the shoare about the space of two leagues the sixth lyeth within the other thwart of the southermost of the five The three northermost lye one by the other as also the 2 southermost parted asunder from the other three the northermost off all these Islands of Jockena Islands of Sweetenoes Jockena lyeth from the poynt of Swetenoes due west three leagues behinde it is good roade thwart of the south end in five or six fathom The poynt of Swetenoes is a flat poynt lying out to the westwards of it at the end of those foresayd Islands goeth in the river of Jockena where is a great Salmon-fishing When you are by Swetenoes Swetenoes you can see little perfectenesse of these Islands because the mayne land is much higher then the Islands He that commeth from the northwards and is bound in to Jockena For to sail into the River off Jockena must runne close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of these Islands Through foure severall wayes you may sayle through these Islands into the river of Jockena First comming from the northwards you may sayle alongst by the shoare through betwixt the shoare and the Islands which you leave then all on the larboard side into the river The second passe lyeth in through betwixt the three northermost and the two southermost Islands that is broad wide and deepe and also the best channell off all it lyeth southwest and southwest and by west from the poynt of Swetenoes and lyeth in most south when you saile in there you must runne nearest the southermost Island because of a suncken rock which lyeth in this channell somewhat off from the third Island at high water you may run over it but not at low water Being come within these Islands you shall see the sixth Island which lyeth within the two southermost you must run about by it leaving it on the larboard side When as you are then a little past that innermost Island you come against the high poynt and sayle in alongst amidst the channell betwixt both lands there it is shoale water to wit five foure three to two fathom and a halfe but you may sayle in amidst the channell without feare all alongst unto the Lappish-houses where the Salmon-fishing is and anchor there also in the middest of the river thereabouts lye some suncken rocks which at low water are uncovered whereof you must take heed For to have the right knowledge of this channell you must looke out for the high poynt which lyeth at the west poynt of the river within the Islands when that is behinde the fourth Island to reckon off from the northwards and the poynt of Swetenoes is northeast and northeast and by east from you then you are right open before the foresayd channell Betwixt the two southermost Islands goeth also an indifferent wide channell through where men can sayle in and so come on against the innermost Island which you may sayle about on both sides Betwixt the Islands and the mayne land you may also sayle through but that is a very narrow channell men sayle through it as if they sayled in alongst a ditch betwixt two Dykes For need or if it were in extremity you might also sayle through at high water betwixt the northermost Island and the second and likewise also betwixt the second and the third but if you can by any means doe better it is not good to doe it Pas caarte Van de Mont van de WITTE ZEE tot aende Riuier Dwina al-Archangel toe Men may anchor at divers places within these Islands Betwixt the two southermost Islands and the innermost Island you may have roade where you may lye sheltred for all winds and safe from Ice-drifts out of the sea Within the innermost Island you must also anchor over against it somewhat further in against the steepe poynt At the rivers mouth on the west shoare is a bay where you may sayle in and anchor so neare to the shoare as you will in six five foure and three fathom soft sticking ground there you lye safe from Ice-drifts You may also anchor on the east side right before the steepe poynt but there you lye not safe for ice that commeth out of the river The tyde here alongst these Islands agreeth neere with the tyde of Swetenoes it floweth with Spring tydes neare two fathom and a halfe up and downe Behind the poynt of Swetenoes you may run into the bay and anchor there for a north northeast and east winde there is cleane ground From Swetenoes to Lombascho Lombascho the coast lyeth southsoutheast thirteene leagues Under Lombascho men may also goe to anchor but it is not there very good lying especially with great shippes the ground there is not cleane and when the wind is out of the Sea commeth in there rowling very much The lying of this road standeth drawne out at large in the Card with the depths set downe
afterwards southeast by south untill you come in the bight then goe on easts e and keepe yet to the west shoare untill that you see the towne of Arch-Angel Arch-Angel then sayle right towards it but avoid the point on the larboard side for it is foule For to goe from Arch-Angell further up the River to Kolmogro Kolmog o. it is about twelve or thirteene leagues most southeast but the River runneth upwards with many crooked Bights For to sayle out of the River For to sail out of the River of Arch-Angell then runne out by the foot-strand and keepe the sounding of the west shoare When as you beginne to see the steeple of S. Nicholas then bring it a ships length to the second or middlemost Podessemske there lyeth a black Hommock upon the strand The north side of the wood within commeth then over that Hommock then goe on northeast and by north and northnortheast towards the Podessemskes When as then the wood within commeth to the north side of the southermost of the two woods upon the middlemost Podessemske then you are upon the shoalest of the Barre but when the poynt of the southermost Podessemske is southsoutheast somewhat southerly from you then you are at the end of all the shoales and may goe your Course through the sea where you please no shoales shall hinder you From the Barre of Podessemske or from the River of Archangell to the roade of S. Nicholas S. Nicholas it is foure leagues There standeth a Beacon at the end of the Island where the English house standeth upon by west that beakon is the roade for the English shippes in sixe or seven fathom according as they lye neare or far from the shoare The English River English River lyeth in there eastnortheast n.e. by east alongst by the Cloyster of S. Nicholas but that is so shoale a river that no ships can goe into it men must lade them without with Lodges About southwest and west and by west from the barre of the river of Arch-Angell lyeth the Salt Island upon it standeth a Cloyster is fast to the main land This land lyeth off from thence to the Cape de Onega west and by north From the Crosse-Island to Warsiga the course is west southwest and west and by south about foure and twenty leagues Warsiga Warsiga is a village lying on a river where is a Salmon-fishing which lyeth into the northwards within the land you cannot come into the River with shippes there is no more then eight or nine foot water but must stay without in the Roade before the River there is cleane sand-ground without any fowle ground so that you may anchor there without danger so neare or farre from the shoare as you will This River men doe know when they sayle alongst the coast by three high Hommocks which are higher then all the other and almost of fashion like the three hills by Bayonne in Galicia to the northwards of it are white sand-hills with trees upon them Even by west the three foresayd hommocks goeth in the river For to saile from Warsiga to Ombay the course is alongst by the coasts a little west west and by north and then westnorthwest afterwards the most northwest unto the poynt of Tauria Poynt off Tauria six and thirty or seven thirty leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them well so neare Warsiga as Tauria lyeth on the coast a high bare hill thwart of it and to the westwards of it lye some bancks whereof you must take heed The poynt of Tauria is a high steepe poynt full of trees to the eastwards of this land the poynt falleth away into a great Baye farre alongst to the eastwards About five leagues to the eastwards of the poynt of Tauria lyeth a rock a good wayes from land which is not very great but very easy to be knowne it sheweth a farre off as if there sate a great Ape upon it this rock the Russes call Tourie Babbe Tourie Babbe that is to say Grand-Mother of the poynt Within that Rock in that foresayd Baye it is all shoale water uneven and foule ground where you may not anchor not have roade but to the eastwards of the poynt Tauria you may anchor for westerly northerly winds somewhat to the northwards of the poynt in the Bight there it is shoale but by the poynt it is deepe there you must anchor close by the land By the west poynt lyeth the Island Volna Ostrove Volna Ostrove by the Dutch-men called the Reeme-Island From the poynt Tauria to that Island the course is northnorthwest two leagues Betwixt the Island and the land of Tauria lyeth also a little Island betwixt these two Islands you may for need sayle through with a shippe but it is very narrow at the northeast poynt of Ostrove is roade in thirty fathom then you lye with the shippe when she lyeth wended to the Island in eight fathom so very steepe and rising is the ground there From Volna Ostrove or the Reeme Island to the Gouba that is the salt river Salt river where men doe lade lying a half league by east Ombay the course is northnortheast three leagues which lyeth in north and north and by east it is not very broad but deepe at the comming in it is in the middst foure and twenty and five and twenty fathom farre within five or six fathom deepe but there it is foule Men doe commonly anchor a halfe league within the river on the east side with an anchor in the middst of the river sixteen or eighteen fathom and with a cable on land there it is good lying with all winds except with a southsouthwest winde which bloweth there open in About halfe a league to the westwards of it lyeth the fresh River of Ombay Ombay which is so shoale and foule that men cannot goe in there with shipps except they bee small and also the Russes are not willing they should come there for not to spoyle their Salmon-fishing there is great store of Salmon caught which is carried from thence with boats to the shipps in the salt river From thence the coast lyeth somewhat alongst westsouthwest and then upon northwest to Kandalax Thereabouts lye also more lade-places where Salmon is caught as Kierickarick Kierickarick and Kargapoll Kargapol that lyeth southwest from Ombay on the Koreels side How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From the Barre of Arch-Angell to the Salt Island southwest somewhat westerly 7 leagues From the Salt Island to the C. Onega west and west and by north 17 or 18 leagues From the C. Onega to the Islands Solofky northwest and by west 20 leagues From Warsiga unto the poynt of Tauria west west and by north westnorthwest and northwest 37 leagues From Cruys Island to Warsiga westsouthwest 24 leag From the poynt of Tauria to Volna Ostrove northnorthwest 2 leagues From Volno Ostrove
ye have stonie-ground Ships could come in to ly there but there is no anker-ground A mile and a half southwest southerly from the aforesaid rock that seemeth like to be a ship there lieth another rock of that same fashion yet not so sharp above as the other this lieth but a small canon-shot from the land besides this there are many other little rocks whereon are abundance of fowls standing out in a corner between this and the Bears-gat is the wall rough and rockie and sometimes here and there small foot-strands whereon ye cannot come with your boat and from thence begins the land to be higher and stonier for from the aforesaid corner Seawards in it is rockie and stonie and landwards in full of hills and mountains in time of need ye may bring your boat to the foot of the hills half a mile further there lieth more such rocks stayly descending to the water alongs the shore so far from land as a small piece of canon can carrie it is commonly fiftie or sixtie fathoms deep The matter of three miles south and to eastward from the south or west-corner there lyeth a stone A Stone which at the undeepest hath about eleven foot of water which stone in circuit is about so big as a man can throw a small-stone Lucas Bouwenson from Delfs-Haven hath with calm water broken the ruder of his ship there on about this stonegoeth commonly a hollow water The length of half a mile northeastward from this stone ye have uneven ground for casting your sound-lead one time ye can have but seven fathoms and at the other time ye can sound five and thirtie from this stone towards the land falleth the ground by degrees off to the depth of six and thirtie fathoms and deeper yea so far from the wall as a small peece of canon can carrie ye have fourscore fathoms water with soft clay-ground but about the stone the ground is stonie and sandie Claes Dirckson Seyn from Wijck wrote in the year after our redemption 1616. that about eleven or tvvelve miles south south-east from the South-corner of the Island he found 35 or 36 fathoms vvith black moulie sand and small stones John Sybrantson Pael-man writes that south-eastward from the south-east corner of the Island about two miles he found rockie ground my neighbour had once 60 and I had but 30 fathoms so that it is very uneven there About a quarter of a mile northwestward from the South-corner there stands a rock high above water with sundrie other little rocks by him which are commonly called the seven or five rocks The seven or five rocks when ye come from the north ye can easily passe through between them hard by the land there lieth a Holmken Holmken a little above water From these seven or five rocks till near under the wall drieth it up from thirtie to five fathoms From the southwall north northwest a short mile the land falleth out with a corner commonly called the Low-south-corner The Lovv-south-corner on the shore is it low and there lieth the sloops that keeps watch Between the South-corner and this corner there are severall infalls with a low shore commodious for boats to come by in the infalls is it sandie ground six or seven fathoms deep Between this and the South-corner lye some small rocks some above and some under water from thence about two canon-shot is the land somewhat crooked to an infall which is commonly called the Bocht of Guinea The Bocht of Guinea From this aforesaid Bocht north-east northward about half a mile come ye into the South-bay South-bay a lesser Bocht as the aforesaid there were wont to stand ten tents in this bay for the handling of fish oil but in one year the sea washt away three tents thirteen chaloups tuns and oily-vessels pertaining to the chamber of Amsterdam it washt away likewise most of the ground whereon they stood wherefore those from Amsterdam did delve a large peece of ground the sommer following whereon they have set two tents Afore this Bay ye have from nine to fifteen and so forth to eighteen fathoms with black sandie-ground a little further off ye have five and twentie yea thirtie fathoms with short stonie ground and again so far as a small piece of canon can reach ye have fourscore fathoms and soft ground Between the Bocht of Guinea and the South-bay the wall is very stay stonie and rockie when ye ly on fifteen fathoms afore this South-bay then ye can see through between the land and the Fowlie-rock or Vogel-klip Some two canon-shot from this Fowlie-rock Fovvlie-rock into the Bocht there lieth a small rock and on land there is a Red-hill Red-hill in the aforesaid Bocht there lieth a channel whereon ye may lay four or five chaloups The matter of a mile north-eastward from the South-bay ye shall finde a little corner then ye have a gate or entry where ye can row through from the mountains into a Kolk or depth there ye have so much room as to lay some twentie chaloups on and it is very convenient for the waiting on whales this is called of Sea-men the Hoepstocks-Bay The Hoepstocks-Bay A large canon-shot from this Hoepstocks-Bay ye shall finde a corner where there are many small rocks which are called the Rudsen The Rudsen from thence to the Red-hill the wall is rockie and stonie The matter of a mile north-east northerlie from the aforesaid Rudsen there is an outlying corner commonly called the Walrush-gate VValrush-gate without or rather at the which there lieth the Briellish-steepel between these two the land hath a great infall which is commonly called North-bay and is the most convenient place of all for the handling of fish-oile A quarter of a mile from these Rudsen or small rocks towards the Bocht there is a flat place North-Bay which is called the Wood-bay VVood-bay because of this flat the land lieth high this flat is a short quarter of a mile large between this and the Walrush-gate there lieth a great flat Channel whereon lie all the tents and kettles of the chambers of Holland and Zeeland this Bocht hath a flat sandie-ground where the ships may lie at anker on fifteen or sixteen fathoms water about a canon-shot from land In the fore-sommer the ships lie near on land within the Bay on eight or nine fathoms water From the Briellish-steepel the land lieth eastward up and hath for a mile flat strand which is very convenient for chaloups to keep watch the aforesaid corner of the Walrush-gate is very high and stay towards the sea at the end of the aforesaid mile ye finde nothing but rockie stay land without any strand and which is worthie to be made mention of a canon-shot from thence ye have a stone on the fashion of a steepel At the end of this aforesaid land a little foreby the steeple there ye finde a little infall
brave herbs whereof ye can make salate which refresheth a man extraordinarily there are also many fowls ye finde there coals to burn not unlike to the Scots coals At the northeast corner there lieth a little Bay where ye can ly safe after a little Island cornerwindes from east southeast to west southwest blows flat into this bay but as for other windes ye ly safe ye can come into this bay at the south-side thereof at the north-side it is almost fast to a great Island except a narrow passage where ye can come handsomely through with a chaloup hereabouts is no other Inham to run into in time of storme but round about ye have anker-ground yet ye must ly in open Sea the ground is durtie and there goeth a hollow Sea so that it is not good to anker there in time of storm the floud floweth commonly from the south-west toward the northeast a southwest northeast moone make high water and it floweth commonly four foot up and down At the time of year ye can take good kods and haddoks at the Bears-Island The East-coast of Spitsbergen FRom the Bears-Island to Hoopen-Island The Hoopen-Island the course is north-east northerly as is suspected two and thirtie miles the Island is seven or eight miles in length and not above three musquet-shot broad it lieth east north-east west southwest at both sides so wel at the south as the north but on the north side alongs the whole Island ye have good anker-ground on twentie fathoms a great half mile from land on the southwest end and the northeast end ye have some flat ground where the Walrushes use to come otherwise it is overall stay and ragged but on the southside it is overall stonie and rockie and not fit for ankering of which ye must take heed yet ye may sail within half a mile alongs the coast without danger but there is nothing on this Island that serveth for refreshment There hath been some who have sailed beyond the Hoopen-Island east north-eastward 24 miles but found no land found aboundance of yce and could reach no ground The Hoopen-Island appeareth to you as five mountains whereof the northeast end is the highest At the northeast end of Hoopen-Island there is a valley wel a quarter of a mile in circuit whereon resorts a great number of Walrushes yea sometimes it lieth whole full of them there are likewise an innumerable number of Sea-mews and other Sea fowls they flie sometimes in such multitudes that they hinder you from the sight of the firmament above your head so that the land is wel enough to be known by the off and on flying of those fowls seeking food for their young ones From the northeast corner of Hoopen-Island to Black-point the course is north westerly some ten miles but before ye come to Black-point on the southeast side there lieth a great many small Islands from the mast of your ship ye can tell sixtie of them but indeed there are so many as if they were sowen and that all alongs the coast so far as ye can see and that towards the northeast and west northwest as we suspect altogether stones and rocks When Black-point Black-point is four miles north easterly from you you see a great Island in comparison of the other when ye are a large musquet-shot on the south side of this Island ye ly on thirtie fathoms stitch-ground it is a stay ground for the length of a ship more Seawards in ye have 60 fathoms within the aforesaid Islands towards land ye can see open in Sea where the Islands are not so close together A mile further east from the aforesaid great Island without the low Islands there lyes a great many blindes in Sea where ye can have no anker-ground the Sea beats much on those blindes when it is high water yet there is no great floud On the northeast corner of Hoopen-Island there goeth as strong a stream as there doth in Texel the floud cometh from the south southwest and runs along the land A south-southwest winde maketh there the highest water on the aforesaid Island is no refreshment to begot so far as is yet known but is all stonie low land neither can ye see the aforesaid Islands from farre But Black-point is a very high land so that when it is fair weather ye can see it from Hoopen-Island thereabout ye have thick mists yea sometimes for the space of five or six dayes ye see not once the Sun but all thick cold mist From Black-point so lyeth the coast eastward on northeast up so far as ye can see to Wijbben Iansons water west northwest but the whole coast along lieth full of rocks and little Islands the floud cometh out of the south-west by the Cape on the east side of Look-out and runs northeastwardly up to Wijbben Jansons water Ye can scarcely lay on by the east side of the Cape Look-out because of the Yce that cometh from the east of Nova Sembla and runs along the coast as if it were fast land like to a bank so that ye can scarcely come through The West-coast of Spits-Bergen Look-out or Kijckâ—â—â— FRom the Bears-Island to the Cape Lookout or the south corner of Spits-Bergen is the course north northwest somewhat westly about eight and twentie miles There lyes a stonie channel on the southeast cape of Look-out Seawards in wel four miles in length on some places when the water rages ye can see it beat on the channel ye can sail through between this channel and the land but with great danger From the cape Look-out to the south-end of the foreland the course is north northwest six or seven and twenty miles between both lyes Hoorn-zond Klock-bay or Belzond and Yce-zond From the cape Look-out to Hoorn-zond the course is north northwest six miles it is betvveen both stonie and foul ground The Hoorn-zond Hoorn-zond is a wide bay and lyes without danger of all kinde of windes The English have their tents standing there and comes every year to take fish Between Hoorn-zond and Klock-river by others called Belzond Bel-zond lyes the coast northwards westerly and north northwest all alongs the coast it is stonie and foule and full of rocks and craigs Within the Bel-zond lies sundrie rivers and havens and a little within the corner on the north side lyes Willem van Muyens haven VVillem van Muyens haven that is so called because Willem van Muyen had fisht there aforetimes a little northwards up runs a river landvvards in which is called the undeep river The undeep river whereon lyes the cold harbour where aforetimes there have stood some tents a little more southerly lyes Michel Rinders river and more southerly from the aforesaid river lyes Sardammer-river which runs a great way landwards in From the Sardammer-river westward or sailende in through Klock-bay a little about the south corner there lyes a fair harbour which because of its conveniencie
it sheweth it self thus Round Doembergh Domesnes Thus sheweth Coerland to the eastwards of Domesnes Castle of Duynemondt Rye The high land of Kowerwyck The mouth of the Duyn When you come against the mouth of the Duyn the River of Rye the land sheweth it self on both sides of it thus When Dagerorte is northnortheast foure leagues from you it sheweth thus Dagerorte being northeast from you three or four leagues sheweth it self thus In this forme appeareth Dagheror when the towre is east and by south and the northermost poynt is east from you four leagues and then you may even see it in clear weather from below When as the towre upon Dagherorte is southeast by south the land to the eastwards of it is southeast foure leagues from you then it sheweth it selfe thus Syburgnes When the towre of Dagerorte is southsoutheast from you then it sheweth it selfe with the land to the westwards of it thus Syburghnes Dagherorte Thus sheweth the land of Dagheroort towards Syburghnes High-hill Thus sheweth Syburghnes when the high hill is southsouthwest 4 leagues from you there it is five and thirty and six and thirty fathom deep Thus sheweth Revell when you are by the Revelstone without the Wolf The forme of Oetgensholm The fourth Demonstration Where in The Sea-Coastes betweene the Wolf and the outtermost of the East Sea THe Island Wranger Wranger lyeth from Nargen east distant 7 or 8 leagues and 3 leagues east and by south from the wolf Under Wranger is on both sides good road good anchor ground especially on the south side where there is a Bay there you may anchor betwixt the two poynts in ten twelve or fourteen fathom according as shall be convenient and lye sheltred for a northeast and east and also for a northwest and west winde You may sayle round about Wrangher but from some poynts as from the south poynt and from the north poynt lye off some little riffes whereof you must take heed and be carefull in using the lead when you sayle about by them About an English mile from Wrangher lyeth little Wranger Little Wranger a little long small Island lying about northwest and southeast which is rocky and foul especially on the northeast side From the southeast poynt runneth off also a rocky riff whereof you must take heed On the southwest side is good anchoring for northeast and east windes anchor under it so that the southeast poynt lye about east from you there is good lying for northeast and east windes GREAT AND SMALL WRANGER About a great league north from the east end of Wranger and two little leagues north and by west from little Wranger lyeth a little Island which by some is called Kuyken but commonly is called the Kocxschaer Kocxschaer which is a little bare rock with a Warder upon it you may sayle round about it on both sides it lyeth from the Wolf northeast and by east distant two great leagues From Wranger to Eckholme the course is east and by south 14 leagues Three leagues by west the Eckholms lyeth an out-poynt to the eastwards of it is a Bay called the Monkwyke there it is good anchoring for southwest and west winds in 8 10 or 12 fathom Betwixt this poynt of the Monkwyke Monkwyke and Wranger lye 3 little long Islands lying alongst the coast of Lysland about a halfe league from the shoare which are very foule and rocky and almost nothing but rocks whereof you must take heed otherwise the coast betwixt them both is cleane The Island Eckholm Eckholm is clean round about and lyeth about northwest and southeast it sheweth it self high at both ends and in the middest with a Valley Under Eckholm is good anchoring at the northeast side for west southwest winds in 20 22 and 25 fathom on the southwest side for easterly winds Five leagues to the eastwards of Eckholm lyeth the Castle Telsburgh Telsburg thwart of it lyeth off a shoale from the shoare but you may sound it in 8 or 9 fathom From thence the coast lyeth alongst most east by south unto the road of the Narve about 15 leagues it is altogether cleane without fowle ground so that you may also sayl alongst there by night in 8 or 9 fathom without feare Northwards from this coast in the fareway betwixt Eckholm and the Island of Highland lye the Chalk grounds Hosts the little and great Tutters all of them with very dangerous foule grounds and shoales Eckholm Highland lye eastnortheast and westsouthwest distant about 10 leagues About 2 or 3 leagues east from Eckholm also 2 leag from the main land lye the Chalkgrounds Chalck-grounds which are foul grounds almost 3 leag long under water and lye to the westwardswestnorthwest into the sea and to the eastwards almost to the riffe of the Hostes Some say that they are fast to it so that you should not be able to sayle through betwixt them De Zeecusten van LIIF LAND T. ende Oost Finlandt van Wolfs-oort tot aen Wyborgh Northwards from the Hoftes lye the little Tutters and 2 leagues to the eastwards of the little Tutters lye the great Tutters The little Tutters Little Tutters are two Islands not high but round about rocky rissy and fowle they lie southwest and south about three leagues from Highland The great Tutters Greate Tutters lye from the little Tutters east southeast about 2 leagues and from Highland south also three leagues there lyeth off from it also a great stony riffe westwards towards the little Tutters there lyeth also betwixt the little and great Tutters a row of rockes where of you must take heed when you will saile through betwixt them South and by east about two leagues from the great Tutters lyeth a shoale of five fathom He that will sayle to the southwards of these foresayd Islands and shoales Shoale towards the Narve may be mindfull thereof it lyeth about foure leagues to the eastwards of Telsburgh two or three leagues from the shoare Betwixt the great Tutters Highland lyeth a shoale upon which there is no more then six foot water Southeast a great halfe league from the south end off Highland lyeth another shoale of a fathom and halfe and two fathom deep To the northwards off al these foresayd rocky Islands and sowle shoales lyeth a little Island whereupon standeth a Mast for to know it by to descerne it from the other little fowle Islands that you may come indifferent near to it but not too near for it is also somewhat rocky and fowle but not farre off it lyeth from the little Tutters west and by north and west northwest about three leagues from the Island Highland southwest by west at least foure or five leagues but from Wranger east somewhat southerly eighteen or nineteen leagues He that will sayle off from Wranger towards the Narve alongst to the northwardes of these foresayd grounds and doth get sight
you may anchor within the rocks The Middle-stone lyeth about a half league southwest from the east poynt of the Lieth to witt from the e. poynt off the main land or the Swedes schares betwixt them both goeth in a channell called the Danske channell Dâ—nske-câ—annell For to sayle in there you must avoyd the foresayd east poynt a good wayes off whereupon standeth a mill and run in by the Middle-stone for from that poynt runneth of a great ledge off rocks a good wayes to seawards towards the Middle-stone From by west the Middlestone to Elsnap the course is northeast three leagues When you are a little past the Middle-stone you come in betwixt the two lands and a little within the east poynt you shall meet with a rock in the fareway called the Red-Cow Râ—d Cow You may sayle about it on both sides but men leave it commonly on the starboard side within that rock that is on the north side you may anchor Elsnap Elâ—nap is a haven behinde two little Islands where the Kings ships of wart do commonly lye to tarry for a winde when they are bound to sea there it is very easy lying when with contrary windes you can neither get up nor down you can come in and out there both from the northwards and from the southwards very conueniently Comming from the southwards you can see over the southermost little Island the masts of the ships that lye behind it For to sayle in there behind it run in about by the s poynt of the Island Elsnap behind it and then you leave a little black rock on the south side of the havens mouth lying on the larboard side Betwixt the two little Islands of Elsnap runnes also a channell through where you may go through with Huyes and small ships From thwart of Elsnap the course is inwards northnortheast about two leagues to the Red-holm Redholm that is a great Red round rock grown full of trees to the westwards off it lyeth another smaller bare rock the fareway is there in through betwixt them and about a musket shot broad in this narrow it is all over good anchor-ground From the north end of the Redholm lyeth off a great row off rocks unto the east shoare of the Lieth where you must sayle through When as you sayle through betwixt the Redholm the foresayd bare rock to the eastwards of it go then on yet about an English mile further northnortheast untill you come thwart of the fourth channell counting from the Red-holm which lyeth through the foresayd row of rockes to the northwards of the Redholm that is called S. Johns channell S. Johns channell it lyeth through about northnorthwest or somewhat more northerly it is a short Inlet run through there Being through S. Johns channell goe again northnortheast about an English mile to the Red-holm which is a long rock upon it stand three barrels upon masts this you must leave on the larboard side and run alongst to the eastwards of it From the north poynt of that Red-holm Redholm runneth of a little riffe or shoale which you must avoyd From the Red-holm unto the great Daler Great Daler the course is northw and by north that is a haven on the west side of the Liet there lyeth a Church-yard within on the land where the slain Poles people in the last Polish wars lye buried Thwart of that Church-yard is a Sand-bay there is good anchor ground like as is all over in that foresayd haven At the north poynt of the haven the great Daler lyeth a suncken rock close by the land called the Saltsack Saltsack upon which is no more ten nine foot water From the great Daler the course is alongst northeast a half league unto the little Daler Little Daler which is a high steep rock the highest that you find amongst all the the rocks in the Lieth run alongst to the westwards of it and leave it on the starboard side Over against it on the west side lyeth another rock which is called also the Daler to the westwards of it to wit betwixt that rock and the main land is also an opening where you may sayl through A little within that foresayd rock on the westland goeth in the Hardstick Hartstrick which is a Sound that lyeth in first west and west and by north a good wayes in and then northwest and commet into the Lieth to the northwards of Waxholm by Kings haven The Kings Majesty hath caused to sink some ships in the mouth of the Sound so that men cannot goe through there with great ships but onely with little barks From the little Daler the course is northnorthwest about a halfe league to Steendeur Steendeur a great Island which you must leave on the starboard side and run close alongst by it and so you shall leave a round rock to the southwards over against it on the larboard side and sayle through betwixt them this channell lyeth through northwest At the west end of the great Island Steendeur lyeth a little black rock you must run about by it again to the eastwards From Steendeur to Kow-haven Kow haven the course is eastnortheast two leagues that is a rock lying in the broad Sound leave it on the starboard side sayl to the westwards of it alongst by the west land unto Berck-haven Betwixt both about half wayes lyeth a haven called the Crosse-haven there it is good lying for west and northwest winds Berckhaven Berckhaven lyeth from Cow-haven northeast and by north distant about two leagues this is a haven betwixt two Islands where is good anchoring for all winds as well for them which come from Stockholm and desire to sayle to the Northbodem as also for them that will sayle off towards Landsoort there is like as at most places betwixt the rocks and Islands good clay ground When you come from Kow-haven and are bound to Stockholm you must leave these two Islands of Berck-haven on the starboard side and run in about betwixt them and the poynt of the maine land From the narrow betwixt Berck-haven and the foresayd poynt to Duer-haven Deur-haven the course is northwest about a halfe league On the southwest side of that fareway thwart of the point over against Duer-haven lye two suncken rocks on each side of the poynt one the one on the northwest side and the other on the southeastside commonly there standeth upon each of them a little tree for a beakon From the poynt of Deur-haven unto the Draybome Draybom the course is southwest and by west somewhat westerly about a halfe league it is called also the Duer-haven of from the poynt with in the Islands untill you come before the buye alongst there and also within the Islands it is good lying every where The litttle Islands which lye in the channell of the Draybome you must leave them on the starboard side of you From the Draybome to the
the Briel steeple without or northward these heads but keepe to the southward you can not then undersayle it but must run farre about southwards Full eastward of Heenvliet runs the old Maes in the Flood falles there verry hard on you must take heed that you bee not deceived with the Terwesand that is a greate flatt sand lying foremost in the midst of the old Mase The olde Mase that lyes a greate deale drye at low water and stretcheth with a long small point westwards into the Maes To shun this take notice of a bush of trees standing on the southwall a little eastward the old Maes keepe the steeple of Rotterdam northward that bush soo shall you not sayle over that Tarwesand but if you let the steeple come southward the bush you shall surely strike upon the foresayd tayle Northward of the Tarwesand Tarwe-sand is it deepe upon whith you may sayle in the old Maes even to Dort therein lye alsoo two buyes hee who will run upon the foresayd Markes of the Roterdams steeple and the bushof trees soo long till the steeple of the Briell comes together with a tilehouse which stands upon the south-side of the east end of Roosenburgh and keepe that soo standinge so shall hee not misse of the buy Beeing past the old Maes wee sayle in the midst of the water beyond Vlaerding till wee come to the five sluces from thence yee must chuse the southwall run along neare unto it till you come over a small sand or bancke where with low water there is 11 or 11 and a halfe foote water how nearer you keepe to the southwall so much the deeper it is stretching crosse the Maes assoone as you are past that so keepe straight to the Schiedams head there have you the deepest water Will you sayle to Delfs-haven Delfs-Haven beeing past Schiedam keepe the side of the northwall and run along thereby till you come before the haven and anchor there But if you will goe for Roterdam run along the Northwall so long till Ouwerschie and the house of Spanjen come together strike then over or a little sooner to the southwall and alongst thereby or bring the steeple of Vlaerding when you are past the head of Schiedam over the third house upon the Schiedams head keepe that so standing so long till the Mill and the head of Charlois upon which standeth a little bush of trees come together you shal leave a litle dry plate lying halfe way betwene Schiedam Delfs-haven on your larbord and soo run southward of the dry platt under the Haven Upon this platt lyes no more thē seavē and upon the bancke neare the haven 2 or 3 foote water and are both verry steepe Now whē the foresayd Mill and Charlois head come together so keepe them standing till you come neare the new head of Roterd sayle thē to the Citty and there along close in betweene the Citty and Platt there may you cast anchor How you sayle the Maes in with a northerly winde But if you will sayle the Mase in with a Northerly winde you must keepe the upperwall that soo you may have the smoothest deepest water for by the North-wall there goes in a depth where a full foote of water and more is thē by the buyes above writtē and is called Everskil To reach this you must bring the outermost beacons in the Brill and keepe it so standing till wee bring two bushes of trees on the North side east of it that is about a goteling shot northwards the uttermost Buy bringing the most northerly bush in with the Delfs steeple so are you then on the northside of Everschil and the southerly bush to the Lier then are you on the south side of Everskill then keepe soo long betweene both till you bring the steeple of the Brill betweene both the Beacons then are you right over against the Hompel then run againe to the land of the Briel either to the pit or the abovementioned Southergat The Goerees-gat Betwixt the land of the Brill and Goeree goe in alsoo two channells the northermost is called the Quacks-deep and is not for great ships but onely for smackes and small shippes the other is the Goerees-gat Betwixt these two channells lyeth a great plate called the Hinder which at low water is not deeper then five sixe and seven foot To the northwards of it goeth in the Quacks-deepe and to the southwards of it the Goerees-gat For to finde the Quacks-deepe Quacks-deep comming in out of the west you must keepe the steeple of the Brill east from you and run so in untill that a great country house which you shall see stand alone a litle within the poynt of the Quacke come to the southermost sand-hills of the land of the Brill which shall then stand neare about south east from you keep that then so standing and runne so right in untill that Oost-voorn come to the westermost or southermost sand-hills then runne in alongst by the strand somewhat more southerly untill that Goeree com to the eastwards or within the sand-hills and thē you shall bee past the east point of the Hinder which the Pilots call the Buyen runne then towards Goeree or to the eastwards to Hellevoet-sluce where you desire to be For to sayle in at the Goerees-gat Goerees-gat you must bring the steeple of Goeree and the Cape upon the land of Goeree one in the other and then they shall stand east and by south and eastsoutheast from you or if you can not see the cape then bring the steeples east and by south or eastsoutheast from you according as you shall have the winde sayle in right with it untill you come hard aboord the strand and within a bawles cast in alongst by it east and by north east in so long until that the land doe fal away more to the south-wards thereabouts runneth of from the shoare a little tayle which men might sayle within in going out but not in comming in there you must edge a little further off from the shoare being past that luffe up againe towards the shoare or haven of Goeree anchor there before it or els if you will run up to Hellevoet-sluce then bring the mill which standeth to the westwards of Goeree a litle to the northwards of the steeple of Goeree keepe then so standing saile so up to Hellevoet-sluce you shal not come neare the plate which lieth over against or to the southwards of Hellevoet-sluce When you saile in at the Goerees-gat with a bare southerly winde that you can not bring the cape steeple one in the other you may bring the steeple well e. s east or a great capstane bars length to the northwards of the cape then run over untill you come against the strand and so you shall runne over the tayle of the Hinder in 14 15 foot at low water but when the cape steeple are one in
upon your lead by it there is at high water three fathom and at low water no more then one fathom The Rettires is a stony bancke lying in the middest of the River of Seine lying over towards the poynt of Honfleur at low water it falleth at some places drie at halfe flood it is to the southwards three fathom but to the northwards 2 fathom deep When the land of Caen is without the poynt of Seynhead and you sayle then with it south on then you runne to the westwards of it or alongst without it Or else if you keepe Struysaert a handspikes length without the poynt of Seynhead then you runne alsoo without it When the easter gate of New-haven commeth over the easter head and the easter mill sayle then so on keeping them so then you runne in right to the northwards of the Rettires and alsoo you can take no hurt of the banck that lyeth towards Seynhead At Habell or New-Haven men must goe in at a high water and within lye everie tyde drie The river of Seine must be sayled into upon the tide when the most or the strongest of the flood is spent then you may sayle alongst by the land upon your lead untill yo may see in open into the river of New-haven when then the souther Castle commeth over the easter-head and the mill run then right in upon it but it is best to anchor halfe wayes betwixt the Castle and Seynhead and there to stay for a Pilot If there come none off then sayle from thence right with the Castle that standeth upon the head there it is deepest water To sayle from New-haven upwards towards Roan is not well to be done without a Pilot you must goe with the tyde through the first travaille or banckes which lie from New-haven to Honfleur s east alongst by the souther-souther-land and from thence alongst the north side of the River to Quillebeuf being come there you are through the first travaille You must alsoo bee well advised and take good heed for the strong spring by the Normans called La Barre which everie tyde commeth on soo strong with the flood that anchors and Cables have enough to doe to hold a ship For that and other dangers more it is not good nor convenient to sayle up the River without a Pilot. Two great leagues to the southwards of the River of Roan lyeth a Tyde-Haven called Tochet Tochet on the west side of the entry standeth a beacon by it you must goe in or you may sound it in by the Eastershoare Southwest or southwest and by south from the poynt of Seynhead about six or seven leagues off lye many banckes a good wayes in sea you may sayle on both sides of them as well to the eastwards as to the westwards into the Fosse of Caen Fosse of Caen. which lyeth in most south and lyeth in a Baye At the west side lyeth a chindle where men may ride within it it is wyde and broade and sandy strand the East land is sand-hills and farre flat in sixe seven fathom there men may goe in sounding with the sounding Pole From Seynhead to Cape de Barfleur or Cape de Schierborough Cape Schierborough the course is West and by north nineteene leagues About foure leagues to the eastwards of it lye the Islands of Saint Marques men may sayle round about them but it is not there very cleane A league to the westwards of the Island of Saint Marcus lyeth La Honge S. Marcus La Honge a flat Tower to the westwards of it lyeth the poynt of Barfleur betwixt both is a great baye where men may lye in six or seven fathom land-lockt for a n. n. west winde A northeast winde bloweth there open in From the north-poynt or C. de Barfleur which lyeth northnorthwest from you Suncken-rock when you lye in the road lieth off a banck or little riffe yet a shippe may go over it Northeast a league and a half off from the foresayd poynt lyeth a rock under water where shippes may not goe over From C de Barfleur to Schierborough it is northwest and by west foure leagues that is a little Tyde-haven To the westwards of the poynt of Barfleur lye some foule grounds if you keepe the high land of Schierborough without the Cape de Wyck Cape de Wyck you shall not come too neare them Before Cape de Wyck is a good roade in six fathom a little to the east-wards of the two high rockes in a sand-bay Before Schierborough lye some rockes or little Islands which are cleane round about to the westwards of it lyeth a Tyde-haven called the Fosse of Moberille before it on both sides lye 4 or 5 high rocks at high water men runne through betwixt them and soo into the Haven A great league and a halfe to the westwards off it lyeth Cape de Hague Two leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert through The Coast of England Road under the Nesse The poynt of Dongie nesse lyeth from Dover south west and by west distant 8 leagues At the east side of the Nesse in Romans Bay thwar of the Romans-Tower is a good roade for west s west windes For to anchor there runne so farte in the Bay that the poynt of the Nesse be south and south and by west from you anchor there in about 7 or 8 fathom you may alsoo anchor on the west side of the Nesse for a northeast winde soo that the poynt lye east and by north from you For to sayle in to the Camber of Rye Camber of Rye comming from the west you must keep Beachy without the poynt of Fairlee and run soo towards the Nesse and beingh come in faire by it run in without two Cables length alongst by it unto the end of the Nesse then edge up to the westwards and leave the beakons upon the starboard side untill you come before the Castle Camber that standeth upon the souther chindle there you may anchor in foure and five fathom From thence alongst even unto the Town of Rye it is all set with beacons which stand alongst by the east side of the Deep unto the Daries wich at low water fall dry In sayling unto Rye you must leave all the beacons unto the starboardside and run indifferent close alongst by them Road under the Beachy The poynt of the Nesse and Beachy lye west south west and eastnorth east distant 7 leagues Beachy is by the seven white Cleeves the best knowne land that a man can see any where To the eastwards of Beachy men may anchor for westerly windes in sixe or seven fathom soo that the poynt besouth and south and by west from you Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames Before Callice and Blacknesse the flood falleth first one quarter to the land afterwards n. n. e. Betwixt Blackness
Tower of Bore to the eastwards of Saledoor sayle then towards the roade of La-Ranse to the southwards of the little Bee or els if it be high water you may run in upon the markes and then in about to the southwards of the Towne as here before is sayd When you saile into this westerne channel you shal leave on the starboard side a high rocke called the Schoorsteen with more other rockes to the westwards of it which at high water are most of them over flowne On the north side that is on the larboard side lye alsoo many rockes whereof many of them are overflowne at high water and also many remaine above water Yet a southerne channell More a Southerne channell lyeth in by the land to the southwards of the rock of S. Antony upon marks that men may see a stearne the ship but it is not used but with small ships About halfe wayes betwixt the westerne channell of S. Maloes and C. de Farela lyeth a stony banck Stony banck under water A little to the westwards of C. de Farela lyeth a great rock When you will sayle from C. de Farela towards S. Maloes and that you keepe the foresayd rock right upon the poynt of Farela you shall so without faile sayle upon the Stone-banck but if you keep the rock hidden under or behind the poynt then you shall sayle alongst to the southwards of it Or else if you keepe it without the poynt soo that you may see through betwixt it the point then you shall sayle alongst to the northwards of it The foresayd rock is a good mark for to know Cape de Farela by S. MALOES De Haven van S. Malo Foure leagues west from S. Maloes lyeth a great Sandbay where men may lye landlockt for all windes Men use to anchor within a great rock right against a mill and some trees About two leagues northwest from that Sand-bay lyeth the Cape de Farela Farela which is alsoo called Cape de Late after the Castle de Late that standeth to the eastwardes off the poynt there is a good Roade for west southwest windes Two great leagues northwest from the entry of the Haven of S. Maloes lyeth the Oysterbanck â—ysterâ—â—nck there under it men may anchor in 6 or 7 fathom To the westwardes of Cape de Farela unto the north-end of the Island Briack Briack the course is west and by north nine or ten leagues Two leagues from the land west from the Cape lyeth a great rane of rockes above water Betweene the foresayd Cape and the Island Briack lye the Havens or Rivers of S. Brieux â— Brieux and S. Benit S. Benit The Island Briack is two leagues long lyeth southsouthwest and northnortheast when you come from the east you shall see two mills upon it and betwixt them a high round hill with a little house upon it you may sail round about this Island and may make roades on every side where you will although round about it here and there lye some rocks yet it is all over good anchor-ground A good wayes off from the northeast point lyeth a rock called Souffe and at the north end lyeth a ledge of rockes under water where of you must take heed A great league westsouthwest from Briack three or foure leagues a seaboard the land lye the out-rockes called the Pickeles men may sayle round about them also but to the eastwards of them towardes the main land lye many suncken rockes Foure leagues to the westwards of Briack lyeth the Port Blanck upon a great river called Lantrilliers Portblank Lantrilliers seven Isles to the eastwards of this haven lye off many out-rockes To the westwards of Port Blanck lye the Sept Isles or seven Islands lying from the Pickels distant five leagues east and west A league to the southwardes of them lyeth the Green land there you may ride round about it Betweene the seven Islands you may not sayle through but to the southwards of them betwixt them and the Green Island Greene Island goeth a broade channell through From the eastermost Island lyeth off a fowle riffe to the southwards upon the outermost end of that riffe lyeth a rocke as a good marke for to sayle about the riffe Northwest from the west-end of the seven Islands lyeth alsoo a suncken rock wich at low water may be seene Men may alsoo sayle alongst by the coast from Port Blanck within to the southwardes of the Green Island and come out againe into the sea to the westwards from thence northwest off into the sea lye the Triacle Pots Triacle Pots these are great feare full out-rockes which lye spred wyde and broade westsouthwest from the seven Islands and foure or five leagues a seaboard the land Betwixt the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands lyeth the River of Laminoe R. Laminoe to the westwardes of the Greene Island For to sayl in there men must take good heed of the northeast poynt which is fowle Thwart of the seven Islands upon the maine land standeth a Church with a high steeple called Our Lady of the Clearnesse thereby men may know them Thwart of the Triacle Pots standeth alsoo a high Tower thereby men may know when they are neere them but it must be very cleare weather before men can well discerne it upon the land Hee that commeth by night or darke weather from the Fourne or Ushant and is bound to Saint Maloes let him not goe with a southerly winde to the eastwardes of east-northeast or northeast and by east with a westerly winde so long untill hee hath the length of the Triacle Pots that they bee on his broad side The flood falleth southeast within the Triacle Pots and the seven Islands and should by night easily draw a ship towards them By day or when there is sight there is no such danger Within the Triacle Pots lyeth the tyde haven of Saint John de Doy two leagues to the westwards of the Green Island and two leagues to the eastwards of Morlions men may sayle from thence through the rockes unto Morlions and anchor in five and sixe fathom at low water To the westwards of the Triacle Pots lyeth a great rock the easterne entry of Morlions Morlions lyeth from it southwest and by south distant two leagues but the westerne entry lyeth from it westsouthwest west and by south foure or five loagues that goeth in by a great long ragged rock This entry men may sayle in south south and by west unto the castle of Morlaix Morlaix being about the castle they may run through the rocks againe to the eastwards and runne out againe at the easterne entry northnortheast and north and by east into sea according as the tyde shall be the flood commeth there out of the northwest If a man would goe from Morlaix to Morlions hee may goe on east through the rockes and so sayle to it It is all
broken land and there remaineth at low water five fathom depth If you are bound to S. Paul de Lion S. Paul de Lion you must run right with the great rock with the two horns or Sadle and so close alongst by it being past it edge to the land upon the strand lyeth a village called Plempoll sayle right with it alongst by it to the eastwards of it goeth in the river These are all tyde-havens but betwixt the rockes of the Morlions and the Islands Bay it is at lowe water deepe enough for to save a ship The land of S. Paul de Lion is double land upon S. Pauls Church stand two sharpe steeples The Island Isle de Bas lyeth thwart before it upon it standeth two stakes to see to a farre off like milles Upon the east end of that Island lieth a very high ragged rock when you are to the eastwards of this rock you shall see two sharpe steeples a little one from the other these are the steeples of Plempolle you may also then see the Castle of Morlaix lying southeast from you upon a high rock The foresayd outermost long ragged rocke of Morlaix lyeth from the top of the Island Isle de Bas Isle de Bas east and east and by south three or foure leagues Men may sayle alongst by the maine land within and through these rocks untill they come to the seven Islands they are all great bayes where inmost places is good anchor ground Five greate leagues north and by east of Isle Bas and southwest and by west 27 leagues from the Caskets lyeth a dangerous rocke or Cliffe called Roche Blanche Roche Blanche and lyeth from seaven Islands westnorthwest 9 leagues Within the Isle de Bas lyeth the town of Roskow Roskow you may sayle into the haven of Roskow on both sides of the Island For to sayle into the easterne channell when you are passed by the high rocke with the saddle or two hornes called Le Taureau and come by the land betwixt the east poynt of the Island and the poynt of the maine land over against it you must sayle still keeping the middle of the channell It is in this channell 7 and eight fathom deepe Being come within the poynt of the Island you must runne in about by it west by south west on untill you come about halfe wayes within the Island and anchor there in eight or nine fathom And then Roskow shall lye south and south and by east from you If you will sayle into the westerne channell you shall see to the westwards of it close by the maine land two great long rockes From the point of the maine land a little to the eastwards of the eastermost long rocke lyeth of a riffe from the land which maketh the west side of the channell you must runne in southeast betwixt that riffe and the west poynt of the Island when you come within the poynt of the Island you must edge up northeast unto the middest of the Island anchor there as here before is sayd From Isle de Bas alongst to the Fourne or Ushant lyeth the coast westsouthwest 16 leagues From the Island Isle de Bas unto the Fourne the outermost or westermost end of the maine land of Britaigne the course is westsouthwest and west and by south thirteene leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them both lyeth Obbevrack or Abberwrack About a league northwest without the rockes of Obbevracke or Abberwracke Abberwrack lyeth a rane of Rockes under water They that by night wil saile or turne to windwards from the Fourne or towards the Fourn The Fourn let them not come thereabouts nearer the land then in 45 fathom A league to the eastwards of the Fourne all alongst the coast even unto the Fourne lye many long black ragged Rockes in many places appearing like Villages these are called the Ovens within them on the maine land which is not very high men shall see sayling alongst by them many white sand-bayes and here and there some little houses whereby the foresayd land thereabout is very easy to be knowne The Fourne and Ushant Ushant lye westsouthwest eastnortheast distant two great leagues Ushant sheweth it felfe at sea at the south-end low and at the north-end going up sloaping upon the midst of it standeth a little flat Tower by which markes it is good to be knowne Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At Cape de Hague by the shore a south and by eâ— moone maketh high water In the Race of Blanckert a north and by east south and by west moone The flood falleth through the Race northeast and the ebbe southwest In the Islands also a north and by east and south and by west moone maketh a full sea Men cannot well reckon the tydes there because they have divers courses about the Islands but for the most part northeast by north A quarter of the tyde the flood falleth thwart into the Caskets In Garnsey a north and by east and south by west moon maketh full sea At Concalle Granville a westnorthwest moone At S. Maloes an east west moone maketh high water The flood falleth in there at the westerne channell goeth out againe at the easterne channell men must reckon there upon when they will sayle into these channels From the Island Briack in the bay of Benit the flood falleth southeast but in the fareway eastsoutheast and westnorthwest At the east-side of the Island Briack in the road southsoutheast An east and west moon maketh there the highest water Betwixt the Island Briack and Garnesey a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea the flood runneth there eastsoutheast and the ebbe westnorthwest On the coast within the Caskets the tyde runneth continually against the Sunne soo that it is there never still water Betwixt Sept Isles or the seven Islands and Garnsey in the fareway a westsouthwest moone maketh full sea Betwixt Briack and the seven Islands an east and by north and west and by south moone maketh full sea The flood fulleth there east and east and by south Betwixt the seven Islands and the outer rockes of Morlions the flood falleth in south east within the Triacle Pots towards the Green-Island but in the fareway in the offing east and east and by north At Morlaix and S. Pauls a west and by south Moon maketh the highest water but in the fareway in the offing thwart of it a southwest and by west and westsouthwest Moone At the Isle de Bas maketh high water a west and by south Moone In the fareway there in the offing the flood falleth e. n. e. and the ebbe w. s w. and so likewise from thence all alongst the coast of Bretaigne unto the Fourne or Ushant At Abberwrack an e. n. e. and w. s w. moone maketh full sea without Ushant a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moone and within the Trade a s w. by w. moone maketh full-sea Of the Depths
about these places and in what depths men may see the land Upon Cape de Hague standeth a Castle with a little turret a little to the eastwards of it in the land standeth a sharp Tower Two leagues to the eastwards off it lyeth Sherborough with a flat steeple The Island Ornay is upon the west end high with a steep going down poynt The east end is hilly or with hommocks but lower then the west end in sayling by it men may see upon it a Tower or two with some mills Upon the north side of the Island lyeth a white hill like a sand hill To the northwards of the Caskets two leagues from land it is deep 35 and 40 fathom Betwixt the Caskets and Garnesey it is 35 40 fathom deep most all stony ground Northwest about foure leagues from Garnesey is a pit where it is 80 or 90 fathom deepe els it is thereabouts 40 fathom deep Betwixt Ornay and Iarsey it is deep 20 and 25 fathom In the fareway of Jarsey Rockduve and the Island Briack it is deep 20 and 25 and 30 fathom About the Triacle Pots alongst the coast it is 45 50 fathom deep in such depths men may see the land thereabouts By night it is not good to come nearer that coast and the seven Islands then in 45 fathom Thwart of S. Paul de Lion and the Isle of Bas five leagues from the land it is deep 45 50 fathom Thwart of Abberwrack 5 leagues â—rom the land it is deep 50 and 55 fathom The Backovens or the land of the Fourne men may see in 50 fathom Ushant being about south from you you may see in 50 fathom Courses Distances From C. de Hague to the outermost of the Caskets west by north 9 leagues From the Caskets to Beachy n. e. by e. 36 leagues From the Caskets to Wight n. e. and by n. 20 leagues From the Caskets to Portland north and by west 13 leagues From the Caskets to the Steart westnorthwest 21 leagues From the Caskets to Silly west somewhat northerly 54 leagues From C. de Hague to C. de Voorha south by east 7 leagues From C. de Voorha to Granville s s e. 9 leagues From Granville to Mount Sint Michiel southsoutheast 5 leagues From Granville to the poynt of Concalle southwest 5 leagues From the poynt of Concalle to the easter channell of S. Maloes west west by south 5 leagues From the Island Sisember before S. Maloes unto cape de Farrele west 4 or 3 leagues From C. de Farrele to the Island Briack west and by north 9 leagues From the Island Briack to the Pickelles w. by s 2 leag From the Pickels to the seven Islands westsouthwest 5 leagues From the seven Islands to the Triacle Pots westsouthwest 3 leagues From the Triacle Pots to the Isle de Bas westsouthwest 9 leagues From Isle de Bas to Ushant westsouthwest 16 leagues From C. de Hague to the west end of Jarsey betwixt Sarck Jarsey through southsouthwest and south west and by south 11 leagues From the Caskets to the west end of Garnesey southwest by south 5 or 6 leagues From Garnesey to Jarsey s e. and by e. 7 leagues From Roche Blanche to Caskets northeast and by east 27 leagues From Roche Blanche to Isle de Bas south and by west 5 leagues From Garnesay to S. Maloes s s e. 16 leagues From the south end of Iarsey to S. Maloes south and by east 8 or 9 leagues From Garnesay to the rocks Rockduves southsouthwest 8 or 9 leagues From Rockduves to Manckiers east and by souâ—h 9 or 10 leagues From Rockduves to C. de Farella s e. 10 leâ—gues From Rockduves to the rock Camine south and by west 4 leagues From Rockeduves to the Island Briack south by west and south 6 leagues From Garnesey to the 7 Islands southwest 14 leagues From the Caskets to S. Paul de Lion southwest somewhat westerly 30 leagues From the Caskets to the Fourne or Ushant southwest and by west 46 leagues From the Caskets to the Lizard west and by west and by north 39 leagues From Garnesey to the Lizard west and by north 37 leagues From the seven Islands to the Lizard northwest and by west 32 leagues From the seven Islands to the Steart north and by west westerly 24 leagues From the seven Islands to Portland northnortheast 32 leagues From S. Paul de Lion to the Lizard northwest and by north 28 leagues From Sint Paul de Lion to the Steart north and by east 28 leagues From Sint Paul de Lion to Portland north east and by north 39 leagues From Isle de Bas to the Fourne w. s w. 12. leagues Heights The Caskets lye in 49 degrees 48 min. The 7 Islands or sept Isles in 49 degrees Ushant lyeth in 48 degrees 30 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Thus sheweth Ornay when you sayle alongst by it foure leagues from the land Thus sheweth Ornay with the Caskets when it is south south east from you 3 or 4 leagues Thus sheweth Ornay and the Caskets when you sayâ—e alongst by them and Ornay is south east from you three or foure leagues Garnâ—ey being east north east from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth Garnsey when it is thwart from you about 4 leagues S. Paul de Lion Obbevrack La Four Thus sheweth the land betwixt S. Paul de Lion and the Fourne when you sayle alongst by it 4 leagus from the land The third Demonstration Wherein Are delineated the Coasts of England from Beachy to Port-land TO the Westwards of the poynt of Beachy thwart of the west end of the 7 Cleeves right against the Chindle where men run alongst by into new Haven men may alsoo anchor in 7. 8 or 9 fathom A league and a half to the eastwards of the point of Beachy nearest e. n e. from the poynt lieth a little sand upon which there is at low Water and spring-tydes scarce two fathom At the west end of the seven Cleeves lieth the River of Cuckmer-Haven or New-Haven New-haven which hath two entries the westermost entry lieth in by the west land but is not to be used but onely with very small shipping it falleth altogether dry the eastermost is commonly the best and lieth northwest and by west in there is at high water with a common tyde not more then seven and with a spring-tyde 14 or 15 foot water within the ships lye every tyde dry But before the village they remaine a float there they moore with foure cables fast on 2 green shoares Upon these entries men cannot well make any reckoning they keep no certaine depth when it bloweth a storme out of the south they are oftentimes cast too with a chindle and opened againe with a freshut Shorum Shorum is a tyde-haven where is at high water and spring-tydes 18 foote water but at low water there remaineth no more then 3 foot water soo that then it
floweth 15 foot up and down With a common tyde at high water there is 12 foot and at low water 3 foot depth The towin Shorum lieth a little English mile within the haven ships that draw but 8 or 9 foot water can lie a float a little beneath the towne at low water or else they lye dry every where When you come from the eastwards from Beachy or New-haven along by the shoare you may see open into the Haven before you come thwart of it But comming from the westward you shall not see it open before you come right before it because the west poynt lieth somewhat further out then the east poynt From the west point runneth off a little tayle but at high water you may runne in alongst over it otherwise you must runne in by the east shoare Upon the east poynt stand 2 beacons which you must bring one in the other run in so right with them untill you come by the n. shoare and then in alongst by the foresayd north shoare At Shorum somtimes there are builded many great ships of 3 or 400 tunnes About sixe leagues to the westwards of New-haven lieth Arundell Arundell a tyde-haven where a ship may go in at half Flood you must goe in thereby the west land north east in In the entry it is two and betwixt the two lands 3 fathom deep at high water But within the Haven remaineth at low water 4 and 5 fathom There you must anchor before the village Five leagues west s w from Arundell and 13 leagues west and by south somewhat westerly from Beachy lye the bancks or shoals of the Owers Owers under water a great league and a halfe a seaboard the land About 2 leagues e. n. e somewhat easterly from the south side of the Owers and two little leagues south from Arundell lieth a shoale of rocks and chindles called East-borough-head Eastborough-head as great as an aker of land which falleth at low watet and spring-tide dry otherwise it commeth not above water close to it it is 15 fat deep They that sayle off from the haven of Shorum and are bound to the westwards must not go more westerly then s s.w untill they come in 18 fathom before they set their course more westerly for feare of this shoale About an English mile n. w. from this foresayd shoale lieth alsoo a sunken rock whereupon at low water it is no more then 5 or 6 foot water About halfe wayes betwixt Arundell and Selsey runneth of a ledge of Rocks thwart to the southwards from the shoare obut an English mile and a halfe into the sea called the Bogners whereof some of the rocks fall dry at low water but the outermost are alwaies under water De Custen van ENGELANDT tusschen Fierley en Poortlant â—ock hoese van Ornay gelegen zyn Betwixt the Owers and Portsmouth goeth in a great sound or haven within lieth the town of Chichester Chichester On both sides of the Island Wight men may saile within it and there come to anchor either under S. Ellens or before Newport where they will For to sayle into the Eastwards of Wight you must bring the easterne castle that lieth to the eastwards of Portsmouth over the Lyme-kilne that is a white spot in the land to the northwards of that castle and keepe them soo one over the other untill that the Culver cliffe come within or under the northeast poynt of Wight Then bring the Lyme-kilne over the east end of Portsmouth and keepe them soo untill that the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth come to the wood Thus doing you shall come neare neither plate nor sand to take any hurt of them and you shall come soo by little and little before S. Ellens Church When the Church commeth two ships lengths within the red poynt then you shall not come too neare the riffe at the poynt Or-else if you cannot see the Lyme-kilne then keepe the Castle to the westwards of the Culver cliffe untill that S. Ellens Church commeth a ships length without the poynt of the Island goe then boldy northwest in and you shall not come too neare the riffe And then bring the square Tower betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle When the Castle to the westwards of Portsmouth commeth to the east side of the Wood then you shall not as here before is said come too neare either the plate or the sand to take any hurt of them When the eastermost white spot standeth a ships length to the westwards of the Castle then you are to the eastwards of the riffe and when the Culver cliffe is covered or hidden behind the n. e. point of the Island theÌ„ are you also within the riffe The markes of the little plate Markes of the plate are these there standeth a square tower within the land a castle on the water side to the eastwards of Portsmouth thwart from it lyeth the foresayd Lime-kilne when that commeth to the eastwards of the foresayd Castle so that you may even see through betwixt them both the are you upon the little plate which at low water is not deeper then 10 foot then standeth the castle to the westwards of Portsmouth at the west side of the Wood. But when the foresayd square tower commeth to the west side to the foot of the Castle the Castle by west Portsmouth to the west side of the Wood there it is deepe at low water upon the little plat 12 foot When the square Tower standeth betwixt the east end of Portsmouth and the Castle even betwixt the Lyme-pit and the Tower and the Castle by west Portsmouth in the west side of the Wood there it is at high water tenne fathom deepe When Saint Ellens Church lyeth southwest and by west from you then lyeth the southeast end of the plate northeast and by north from you and the west end north and by east From the poynt of the roade of Newport eastwards lyeth abroad sand alongst the shoale called No mans-land No mans-land which falleth almost dry at low water it is so steepe that halfe a cables length off from it it is twelve fathom deepe upon the high land of Wight thereabouts stand two or three mills If you come neare the shoare that the foresayd mills bee hidden behinde the foresayd high land you shall not misse to come a ground against that foresayd sand but so long as you can see these mills you shall goe cleare of it The Roade of the Cowes is the best Roade in Wight Over against betwixt that and Calshot Castle lyeth a hard sand nearest the north shoare lying from thence to the westwards alongst the fareway almost soo farre as thwart of Newton called the Brambles The Brambles at low water and spring-tydes it falleth almost dry and then the sea breaketh much upon it to the northwards of it goeth alsoo a channell through but it is not to be used but with small
north northeast in it is broad and deepe A little to the northwards of Ramehead is a faire sand-bay where men may anchor close under the land in nine and ten fathom Two leagues south a little easterly from Ramehead lyeth a Rock above water called Eddystone Eddy-stone The poynt of Plymmouth lyeth from the Eddystone North and by east and Northnortheast distant about foure leagues In the sound by the land of Plymmouth lieth a little Island which is fast to the west side with a riffe or rane of Rocks under water so that men must sayle alongst to the eastwards of it whether they be bound into Catwater Catwater or into Hamoase the west harbour If you will goe into Catwater then runne in betwixt the Island and the poynt on the east side in with the land of Plymmouth untill that you see Catwater open on the starboard side of you goe then into the eastwards betwixt the point of Plymmouth and the foresaid east point on the starboard side of you leaving the most part of the channell on the starboard side of you until you come within the poynt and anchor there right against that high steepe norther-land there is at low Water with an ordinary tyde foure and five Fathom deepe When you sayle into Catwater you must take heed and give a good birth to the souther poynt of the entry of Catwater for there lye off to the foresayd poynt a ledge of Rocks under water neare about two cables lengths from the Land and upon the poynt of the ledge or shoale lyeth a buye where is at halfe flood about twelve foot water which buye you must leave on your starboard side in going into Catwater and when you have Catwater altogether open you may run into the eastwards leaving in the entry of the harbour two third parts of the channell on the starboard side as before is sayd because the south shoare is somewhat flat off there lying a sandy bancke which reacheth to the second poynt of the south shoare of Catwater A little to the eastwards of that foresayd little Island lyeth a rocke under water upon which is at low water not deeper then two fathom For to sayle within the Island you may goe into the eastwards or to the westwards of the rock according as occasion shall serve If you wil sayle into Hamoase to the westwards of the rock then take the sounding of the Island in foure or five fathom at low water and run in so by it untill that the Fisher Village lying to the northwards a little within the land come in the west side of the valley on the north shoare then are you to run through betweene the Island and the rocke and to the westwards of the rock Within the Island upon the land of Plymmouth standeth a wall or hedge when as you see that onendling and the chappel of the foresayd Fisher-village commeth to the north-side of the Valley and Catwater commeth open then doe you runne over the Rocke Betweene the Island and the maine men may anchor in twelve and thirteene fathom If you bee bound into Hamoase Hamoase you must runne in betweene the Island and the land of Plymmouth and then in amiddest the channel betweene the two Lands untill that the entry of Hamoase be open runne then into the northwards as the channel leadeth until you come in about the west poynt and anchor there in sixteen fifteen and twelve or ten fathom In the narrow it is fifteene sixteene seventeene also twenty fathom deepe and betweene the Island and the maine eight nine tenne and twelve fathom About halfe a cables length to the eastwards of the Passage way going into Hamoase lyeth a suncken rock under water The German a suncken rock called the German about two great shippes lengths from the shoare and at low water hath not above foure foot water upon it And when men doe come any thing neare this foresayd suncken rock going into Hamoase either with the flood or the ebbe the tyde wil set them right upon it if it bee calme Therefore to avoyd it men must with calme weather give this foresayd suncken rock a good birth untill they bring the houses of the Fisher-Village called the Stone-house open of the easter-poynt of the Passage way and then runne in over towards the north shoare until they have hidden the Island in the foresayd easterne poynt of the passage way for to avoyd a suncken Rock Suncken Rocks that lyeth off to the eastwards from the North poynt of the Beach on the West-side of the Passage way a halfe cables length off and then runne amids the channel into Hamoase Upon this foresayd suncken Rock at low water is not above 3 or 4 foot water In the sound of Plymmouth not farre to the northwards of the Mewstone lye two or three suncken rockes Suncken Rocks upon which remaine at low water not more then three or foure fathom water the markes of them are these To the eastwads of Plymmouth standeth a Tower with a Mill and to the Westwards of the foresayd little Island standeth a Gentlemans house when the little tower or turret of that house commeth over the poynt on the west side of the Island the foresayd Tower and Mill to the eastwards of Plymmouth come one over the other then are you upon the innermost suncken rocke or shoale which it at low Water foure fathom deepe But when the poynt of Hamoase commeth even without the poynt to the westwards of the Island and the foresayd Tower and mill alsoo one in the other Then are you upon the outermost rocke where it is at low water and spring-tyde three fathom and a half deepe From Ramehead west by south five leagues lyeth Foy and betwixt them on the coast lyeth a little Island a little to the eastwards of a poynt called Talland-poynt thwart of West-Louwe called Louw-Island Low-Island you may anchor there to the easterwards of the Island in 5 or 6 fathom Foy Foy is a broad haven where a ship may go in at a half flood at the east-side of the haven standeth a little church with a little steeple on the west side a white church somewhat greater then that upon the east land with a square steeple at the west end of it For to sayle into Foy you must have at least a halfe flood and runne in midst the channel betwixt the two poynts and being come within then chuse which side you will but the most water is by the west land betweene the stakes and the Tower that standeth upon the west land Being come within the Stakes as you come in by the west land then beare somewhat off presently from the west shoare almost into the middle of the channell nearest to the west shoare untill you come before the Village that lyeth on the west side there is a deepe docke where a shippe that draweth sixteene foot water may lye a float at low
water In the sayd dock may 3 or 4 shippes lye If when you come in by the east land you desire to bee in the foresayd docke or poole then saile in untill you come within the stakes and then edge over off from the east-land untill you come nearest the west land for to avoyd a Flat which lyeth by the east shoare alongst the haven and beginneth against the first house of the West-Village If it should happen that you could not lead it in with a saile then let your anchor fall without the stakes warp in with hawsers untill you come into the foresayd poole You may also sayle so farre in that you may see a wall on the west side of the haven where lyeth a village behinde it A shippes length to the southwards of that wall it is good lying by the east land being moored by foure cables there may alsoo a ship ride a float that draweth sixteene foot water You may also saile further in alongst by that Swach that lieth on the west side wherein the mill standeth but come not too neare the north poynt of the Swach for there by it lyeth a rock under water being past that you may moore your ship in the middest of the channell there is best lying for shippes that draw much water Foure leagues southwest and by west from Foy lyeth the poynt of Dodman Dodman two leagues to the westwards of it lyeth the Haven of Falmouth The poynt of Dodman is double Land with a round hill which to the westwards goeth sloping downe somewhat towards the west end standeth a mill with a sharp tower and some little houses upon the land somwhat to the westwards men may see the castle of Falmouth upon a round Hommocke against the high Land This land is very easy to bee known when you come from the west or from the Lizard Upon the west poynt of the haven of Falmouth Falmouth standeth a Castle upon the high land and in the entry nearest the west-side lyeth a great rock above water you may sayle about it on both sides at the inner side of the east point lye also some rocks off from the shoare For to sayle in there to the eastwads alongst by the foresayd Rocke you must runne in within two cables lengths alongst by the eastland leaving the foresayd rocks on the starboard side and the great rocke on the larboard side so sayle right in with the high land that lyeth on the west side within the haven Within in the haven standeth on the Land a white Chalkye spot also a little wood of trees keepe them over the North poynt of the foresayd high west-land and sayle so right in with them keeping them so untill you come neare them you shall finde so at halfe flood upon the shoalest not lesse Water then five fathom and that betwixt the foresayd Castle upon the west poynt and the easter Castle that standeth on the eastside within the haven over against it or a little within the Castles When you shall then come by that foresayd high west-land runne alongst by it unto the north-end of the same and anchor there in twelve thirteene or fourteene fathom You may also from thence edge over towards the east land anchor there under or behinde the banck that lyeth off from the easterne Castle alongst the middle of the haven in sixe seven or eight fatham the banck falleth almost dry at low water and is soft ground soo that the shippes sit in the oase when they come there a ground For to sayle into the westwards of the foresayd great rock you must take the sounding of the west land where the Castle standeth upon in five or sixe fathom being somewhat within the rock runne as before is sayd towards the west-land To the westwards of the rock it is in that channell six and seven fathom deepe at halfe flood but in the channell to the eastwards of the rock seven and eight fathom Foure leagues south by west from Falmouth lyeth the east poynt of the Lizard betwixt them both lyeth a haven called Helford Helford which is little used for ships At the south-side of the haven lyeth a steepe poynt and on the north-side a low sharpe poynt Within the haven on the south-side standeth a Gentlemans house beneath at the strand upon the hill standeth a tuffe of trees you must keepe these one in the other and runne so amiddest the channell into the entry of the haven On the north side stand also 2 or 3 trees these come a masts length to the westwards of a little house that standeth in a white sandy bay there upon you may sayle in alsoo amidst the channell it is a short in-let being come within you may anchor in six or seven fathom Upon the south side standeth also a sharpe Tower and upon the north side a little Castle upon the steepe land The Lizard hath three poynts the northermost is called the Blacke-head from that to the second the coast lyeth southwest and by west and alongst to the third about westsouthwest or west and by south from the second or middelmost poynt lye to seawards some rocks a cables length or a cables length and a halfe off called the Staggs To the northwards of the northermost or eastermost poynt of the Lizard betwixt Helford and the foresayd poynt lye some rockes a great league off from the land called the Mannackles Mannackles south and by east from the harbour of Falmouth eastnortheast from the foresayd Blacke-head where of many of them are above water at low water and some of them at high water remaine uncovered Betwixt them and the shoare it is very fowle and rocky so that men cannot run through betwixt them without great danger He that commeth out of Falmouth and is bound to the westwards must not goe more southerly with an ebbe then southsoutheast or southeast and by south according as the winde shall bee for to run cleare of these foresayd Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Jn Dartmouth and Torbay a west and by south moon maketh full sea Thwart off the Steart in the channel a westnorthwest eastsoutheast moone From the Steart to Portland in the middest of the channell the flood falleth eastnortheast and the ebbe westsouthwest Thwart of Dartmouth by the land the flood falleth n. e. by north the ebbe southwest by south Thwart of Torbay towards Exmouth in the baye the flood falleth northnortheast the ebbe southsouthwest In Plymmouth and Foy a west and by south and east and by north moon maketh the highest water Thwart of Foy in the channell an eastsoutheast moone A sea-board of Falmouth an east and by south but in the haven of Falmouth an east and by north moone At Helford at the Lizard by the land an eastsoutheast and westnorthwest moone maketh the highest water From Ramehead to the Steart by the land within the Eddy-stone the flood falleth
it then edge up to the westwards towards the Bay untill that you see that foresayd little Island with the 2 little short towers at the west poynt leave it on the larboard side runne in close alongst to the northwards of it for it is very cleane but leave the castle a great wayes on the starboard side being fowle about it Being come within the little Island at the west poynt you shall see within it a great sandy baye anchor there in seven or eight fathom Eastsoutheast and southeast winds doe blow there right open in for all other winds you lye there landlockt 〈…〉 Foure leâ—gues to the westwards of Mounts-Baye lyeth the Lands-end of England and lyeth from the Lizard w. n. w. distant nine or ten leagues About a league s e. from the Lands-end and halfe a league without the land lyeth a suncken rock which at low water commeth even above water Thwart off that rock standeth a Church upon the land when you can but even see that over the high land then are you thwart of the foresayd rock to wit even as farre from the land as the rock but when the Church is hidden behinde the high Land that you cannot see it then are you nearer to the land then the rock or within the rock towards the Land and so you shall goe through betwixt it and the Land Upon the Lands-end of England lye two round hills when you get sight of them you shall see upon the highest a spâ—re tower comming somewhat nearer you shall see upon the outtermost end in the low land another spire Tower there by is the Lands-end reasonable well to bee knowne The ground is thereabouts whitish sand with red sand and mingled with shels From the Lands-end unto the C. of Cornewall or to the little Island Bresam lyeth the coast most north about 5 leagues Rocks â—n the Lands end At the Lands-end lye some rocks you may runne in within them as well to the northwards as to southwards come to anchor in 8 or 9 fathoÌ„ to come in there from the southwards it is narrowest tenne fathom deepe from the northwards it is best and broadest and eight and nine fathom deepe but on the left side close to the north poynt of the Lands-end lyeth a suncken rocke which you must avoyd when you sayle in there Silly Silly lyeth from the Lands-end westsouthwest distant eigâ—t leagues but from the Lizard west sixteen or seventeen leagâ—es Betweene the Lands-end and Silly lye the Seven-stones Seven stones west and west and by south foure leagues from the Lands-end and north east and by east and e. n. e. allmost 3 leagues from Silly that is a rane of rocks which come not above water but alwayes breaketh upon them Southsouthwest and southwest and by south 3 leagues from the Lands-end and 5 leagues cast from Silly lyeth also a sharpe rock called the Gulfe The Gulfe which commeth at halfe tyde above water and is round about indifferent cleane Fâ—r to sail â—nto Silly Silly is divided into divers Islands alongst the west side lyeth a great multitude of rocks men may goe in there through divers channels or sounds but the souther channell is the best About the middest of the entry of that sound or channell lyeth a suncken rock men mâ—y goe in on both sides of it but to the eastwâ—rds of it it is broadest and best For to sayle in there comming from the east you must runne alongst by the east land in eight or nine fathom and you shall so runne alongst to the eastwards of that foresayd suncken rock which lyeth against a sconce a little without the castle The markes to avoyd this Rock are two rocks which lye on the west side within the haven the one to wit the innermost is somewhat greater then the other If you bring them one in the other or the northermost a little to the eastwards of the southermost or the smallest so that you may even see through between them and sayl soo right in keeping them soo you shall so sayle farre enough to the eastwards of the Rock If you come from the southwards or the westwards and are bound into Silly then runne towards the east-land soo long untill you bring the two foresayd rocks within the haven one in the other or even through one another sayle then soo in and then you shall runne as before is sayd cleare of the foresayd suncken rock thwart of the sconce At the inner poynt of the Island at the east side of this southerne channell lyeth another suncken rock whereof men must take heed For to avoyd it you must run so long to the northwards upon the markes of the foresayd two rockes untill you may see the little Tower in the sandy Bay then goe to the eastwards unto the Bay anchor there in eight or nine fathom When you come neare Silly upon the south side you shall see a square Tower in the sandy bay or valley and to the westwards many little Islands and rocks The ground of Silly is somewhat stony with some red shels Of the Depths and many sorts of grounds before and in the channel betweene Silly Ushant and thereabouts Southwest and by south from the Seames Seames seven leagues it is deep 72 fathom the ground pale white course sand like small fretted little stones with little peeces of queenes shels with gray flat little stones and white glistering needles sayle from thence north and north and by east and then you shall fall well to passe with Ushant About two leagues southwest from the Seams it is deep 52 fathom the ground there is white yellow rough and somewhat longish sand with a little red small shelly sand with many gray crompeld things and some small with glistering poynts of needles If men did finde there 70 or 80 fathom they would judge it to be good channel ground Westsouthwest from the Seames Seames soo farre from the land as men may but even see the Sheets from the poop with cleare sight it is 54 fathom deep the ground is red yellow white and black peeces like parings of cheese and a little course red sand mingled with all West and by south eight or nine leagues from the Seames Seames is 65 fathom the ground is white yellow with a little red small shelly sand with some peeces of shels queens not very great with much white and yellow some thing long sand and small white things like poynts of needles like as men find in the channell Seven leagues southwest from Ushant Ushant or thereabouts that men may even see it from the poop having cleare sight in 70 fathom there the ground is white and yellow course sand with some peeces of queenes shells and some peeces of white thin shels with some gray flat ragged stones Southwest and by west from Ushant Ushant about 19 or 20 leagues in 78 or 80 fathom the ground is white
Caldy which is between the Island and the poynt of the maine land to Tinbuy but it is there narrow yet cleane and deepe enough River of Carmarthen The river of Carmarthen lyeth from the Island Caldy northeast and by north distant about foure leagues the channell for to fayle in there lyeth in eastnortheast on the east or the south side lyeth a great Banck which lyeth off farre from the shoare and on the off-side goeth off flat For to sayle in there men may sound it in alongst by the east or north shoare untill they be over the shoalest of the barre there is upon it at halfe flood about foureteen foot water and being over the barre it will be againe foure fathom deepe or thereabouts then they may run in forth by theyr lead alongst by the south shoare untill they come within the river Foure or five leagues to the westwards of the Island Caldy lyeth Saint Gawens poynt S. Gawens poynt the south poynt of Wales by some called the White poynt About halfe an English mile southsouthwest from this poynt lieth a suncken rock called the Crow The Crow whereof men must take heede Two leagues to the westwards of S. Gawens poynt lyeth the haven of Milford Milford-haven a broad and wide sound lying in at the entry northeast in being come in within the poynts men may goe up to the northwards eastwards and southwards unto divers places and roades About by the north poynt men may sayle unto Daleroade there it is good lying in three fathom and three fathom and a halfe at low water When men come a little within the south poynt in the open of Milford haven there lyeth a little Island or rock like the Newstone by Plymmouth being past that a little they may run to the southwards into a bay where they may lye landlockt for all windes A little to the westwards of Milford-Haven lye two little Islands the southermost is the smallest called Stocholm Stockholm the northermost Scaline Scaline About two leagues northnorthwest or northwest by north from thence lyeth the Island Ramsey Ramsey there betwixt them hath the land a great Bay called the Broad-bay Broad Ramsey lyeth at the north poynt and Scaline at the south poynt off the Bay there in alongst the shoare is good riding for north northeast east southeast windes in 7. 8. nine fathom Upon the North poynt of this Bay lyeth a little Towne called Saint Davids S. Davids to the northwards off lyeth the Coast of Wales alongst Northeast unto Cardygan About 2 leagues west and by south to seawards from the Island Scaline and 3 leagues southwards from Ramsey lyeth that little Island Grasholm Grasholm which is a round cleane rock about foure leagues off from it lye also two little Lands which are fowle called the Smalles Smalles The lying of them with the dangers there of you may reade in the description of Ireland On the northwest side of the Island Ramsey lyeth the Bishop with his Clearks Bishop with his Clearks these are rockes that lye off to the northwards and southwestwards of that Island a good way to sea About five leagues northwest or somewhat northerly from Ramesey lyeth another great rock called Mascus Mascus which is all round about foule with many suncken rocks He that commeth to saile thereabouts or to lye by must take very good heed of them The Island Ramsey or the north poynt of Wales and the southeast poynt of Ireland lye about eastsoutheast and west northwest distant 16 leagues Of the Tydes and Courses of the Streames In Mounts Bay and at the Lands end of England a westsouthwest and eastnortheast moon maketh high water In Silly a southwest and by west moone maketh full sea A seaboard of Silly in the channell likewise a southwest by west Moone In the entring of the channell a southwest and northeast Moone From Silly to the Lizard the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest Betwixt Silly and Londey the flood falleth northeast the ebbe southwest In Silly a southwest and by west Moone maketh high water On the coast of England betwixt the Cape of Cornwall and Hartland poynt a westsouthwest and west and by south Moon maketh high water Thwart of the Island Londey a west and by south but on the Island an east and west Moone At the Island Londey and at the Holmes an east and west Moone maketh high water At Bristow within a west and by north Moone maketh full sea At Milford haven an east and by north and west and by south Moon maketh high water In the channel of Bristow betwixt Londey the Holmes the flood falleth e. n.e. and the ebbe westsouthwest Within the Holms towards Bristow the flood falleth northeast and by east and the ebbe southwest and by west Betwixt Londey and Mildford the streame falleth northeast and northeast and by east Of the Depths Men may see on Silly the south side in 52 fathom the ground there is stony with some red shels The lands end of England men may see alsoo in 25 fathom Silly may be seene on the north side in 45. 46. and 48. fathom there the ground is oasy with some little stones amongst it When men are to the northwards of Silly it sheweth first in two Islands upon the eastermost they shall see a tower or little castle to the eastwards of the 2 Islands they shall see also two great hilly rockes and to the westwards three high black rockes Westnorthwest and west and by north ten or eleven leagues from Silly the ground is oasie and soft that men can scarce get any of it upon the lead there come some little shels amongst it Betwixt the Lands end of England and Londey in the fareway it is 45 fathom deepe the land of Cornwall men may see in 44 fathom Three or foure leagues without the land thwart of Saint Yves Stoupert or Padstow the ground is sharpe and rocky but neerer the land it is all sandy ground Betwixt S. Yves and Hartlands poynt are many white chalky hills alongst the coast especially neere by Stoupert or Padstow whereby this coast is to be knowne In the channell betwixt the Holmes and Bristow it is deep 12. 13. and 14 fathom and men may see the land on both sides Upon the coast of Wales about Milford and to the northwards of it men may see the land in 42 and 45 fathom Courses Distances From the Lizard to the Lands end westnorthwest 9 or 10 leagues From the Lands end to Silly w. s.w 8 leagues From the Lizard to the Gulfe the course is west and by north 10 leagues From the Lands end to the Gulfe the course is southsouthwest 3 leagues From the Gulfe to Silly west 5 leagues From Silly to the Caskets east somewhat southerly 55 leagues From Silly to Ushant the course is southeast and by south 35 leagues From Silly to C.
of Iochull lyeth Dongarven haven betwixt both lyeth an out point a little to the eastwardes of it standeth a high blacke Tower called Ardimore Ardimore which may bee seen wel foure leagues at sea within it is a bay which is a good roade for westerly windes in seven or eight fathom Dongarvan Dongarvan is a narrow tyde-haven the mouth off the haven is ful of rockes and at lowe water it falleth drye men must goe in there at high water and runne in through betwixt the rockes it lyeth in northnorthwest within it is deepe enough The towne Dongarvan lyeth upon the west side of the haven From Dongarvan to Waterford are eight leagues Within Dongarvan northnorthwest landwards in lyeth the mountaine of Sleges which men doe cal the high mountaine of Dongarvan or Cape de Quin C. Quin. or Caray Quin it shewed it selfe with three exceeding high hommockes farr above all other landes thereabouts men may see it at sea alongst a great part of the south coast of Ireland When you shall have that mountaine northnorthwest from you and sayle in right with it you shal fall right with Dongarvan When you shall have it north from you and sayle in right with it then you shall fall with Iochul being northnortheast then you shall fall with Corck but when it shall be n.w. and so run in you shall fall with Waterford The haven of Waterford Waterford lyeth about five leagues to the westwardes of the s east poynt of Ireland being called Carnaroort the coast betwixt both lyeth eastnortheast and w. s w. and sheweth it selfe in the ossing within the land with high hilles two and three double one above the other but by the sea side it is all low land where you may see many flat Towers upon it as you sayle alongst by it The east poynt of the haven is a low rock poynt but it is cleane upon it standeth a high white flat Tower called the Tower of Waterford Tower of Waterford which you may see farre off at sea and is a perfect mark to know this haven by there stand many more flatt Towers to the westwards alongst the coast but this is better to be seen then all the rest because it is white and higher then the other The west poynt is a high and fowle poynt there lyeth a shoale soutsoutheast off into sea from it the channel is broad and cleane without it it is eleven and ten fathom deep in the havens mouth seven fathom and somewhat further in sixe fathom it lyeth in north and north by west within this river within the east poynt is a good roade in foure or five fathom a league within the rivers mouth there lyeth on the west side a steepe poynt from thence beginneth a shoale lying to the northwards alongst the shoare unto the steep poynt of Passage and shooteth over from that poynt with a tayle towards the east shoare Passage is a village where men passe over lying on the west side of the river a little to the northwardes of the foresayd steepe poynt Betwixt that village that point on the west side is a good roade very fit as wel for them that are bound out as for them that are bound up In sayling up you must take heede of a little shoale that lyeth off by castle standing on the east side of the river somwhat thwart over the River downwards at high water there is no more then two foote water upon it a man that looketh for it may see it it is also flat that a man may sound it About halfe a league northwards up the river from Passage there goeth another river westwards up to Waterford About halfe wayes betwixt the haven of Waterford and the poynt Carnaroort lye 2 little Islands about half a league from the shoare called Saltees The Saltees the southermost is the greatest and lieth distant from the Tower of Waterford directly cast almost three leagues Betwixt these two Islands you may sayle through in five sixe and seven fathom but you must keep neerest the smallest or northermost Island for to avoyd some suncken rockes that lye at the north end of the great Island and at low water are drye From the northermost or smallest Island of the Saltees towardes the maine land lyeth off a ledge of rockes where men were wont to goe over on foote but now may sayle over For to sayle betwixt the Saltees and the main land you must leave two thirds of the distance of water from the Islands and one third part from the maine and you shall have at low water about two fathom deepe About a half league without the southermost Island of the Saltees lyeth a rock above water called Kinbegh Kinbegh and s west about so farre from it s by west from the south end of the Saltees lyeth a suncken rock called Kimor Kimor of the bignesse of a ship it cometh with halfe ebbe even above water it is so steepe that a man may lie with a shipps side against it and have 14 fathom water so that a man without any danger may sayle alongst by it as neere as he will A man may also if need require sayle through betwixt Kinbegh and the greatest Island of the Saltees but a seaboard of all is best and securest To the eastwards off the rock Kinbegh southeast from the greatest Island of the Saltees lye also some suncken rockes called the Frailes The Frails which may be seen at low water there men may also sayle through within them Northeast from the Saltees lye also rockes the southermost is called the Tuns and the northermost the north rocke Tuns and northrock Northnortheast from the greatest Island of the Saltees or from Kinbegh and s west and by s from Carnaroort lyeth one rock above water called Blackrock Blackrock that is cleane and cleare round about so that a man may sayle round about it freely without feare of danger But a quarter of a league eastwards from it lyeth a suncken rocke called the Barrel Barrel of that a man must take heed Under the Islands of both the Saltees a man may ride under the greatest at the n. west side neerest the north end the marke or knowledge of the road is a black rock like a boat turned upside downe Road under the Saltees right against that you must anchor in seven eight or nine fathom there it is good sandground and landlockt for an eastsoutheast southeast and a south winde a southwest winde bloweth alongst the shoare If you anchor neerer the shoare in 5 fathom or there about there it is rough ground Under the smallest Island a man may ride at the east side in 7 or 8 fathom so that the north poynt of the Island lye n.n. west from you there you shall lye neere the land-lockt for s west and n. west windes From the point of Waterford the shoare lyeth to the eastwardes within the
land lyeth a high hill off fashion like a sugarloafe Sugarloaf that is the farthest in the land off the three hills which they call the Vineyards when you have them through one another and are northwest and so keepe them then may you boldly therupon run through the banckes into sea or out of the sea by these markes you may come in within the banckes that is a very large and broad channell Thwart from that foresayd Sugarloafe to the southwards of Brae lyeth a bancke that is not deeper then 4 fathom very stony and sharp ground Brahead Braehead is very steep likewise also the ground by it is 10 fathom deepe close by the shoare to the northwards of the poynt lyeth a little tyde-haven there stand the houses called Brae on the north side From Braehead to the Island Dalke Island Dalke lying at the s poynt of the Bay of Dublin the course is n. and by w. 4 English miles there betwixt both goeth in a bay At the n. e. side of the Island Dalke lie some rocks lying alongst the maine not far from it Men sayle within the Island through and leave al the rocks and the Island lyeth to seawards The Sound betwixt the Island Dalke and the maine land is called the Sound of Dalke the sound of Dalke it lyeth northnorthwest and north and by west through it is 7 8 and nine fathom deepe men may anchor under the Island nearest the Land there is good sandy ground or somewhat further in there lyeth a round rock nearest to the maine land there men may make fast a Cable on it an anchor thwart of the channell towards the other rocks because of the tydes for the tyde runneth there very strong through A s f. e. a s by east winde bloweth there right in but in regard it is there very narrow there can goe no great sea with a south east winde you are landlockt of the Island and a south winde commeth off the maine land From the Island of Dalke untill you are passad the village of Dalke the shoare lieth northwest and by west before the village you have some succour for a south east winde the winde being more easterly you lye in the open sea You lye there in 8 or 9 fathom the nearer the Island the deeper the place is called the Berton road Berton road you may not anchor further to the westwards then before the village to the westwards of the village the ground is foule and sharpe The north poynt of the Bay of Dublin called Houth Houth or Hedenho is a very high poynt it seemeth a farre off as if it were an Island but it is fast to the maine land with a small and very low necke To the northwards of it lye the Islands Yrelands-eye and Lambey those may bee seene being to the Southwards of the poynt Houth being before the entrance of Dublin over that foresayd small necke of Land From the Sound of Dalke to the Barre of Dublin the course in n. n. w. the fareway it is deep 9 8 7 5 and four fathom how nearer the Barre the shoaler water Wâ—en you sayle up you must keepe the westermost Rocke that lyeth without at the Island of Dalke a handspikes length open of the Island or the other rockes and shall so come before the entrance without havâ—ng â—â—y let or hinderance of the sand Or you may â—ayle more to the eastwads right towards the low laâ—d of the norther shoare then by your lead alongst by it to the â—â—rre If you come from the northwards you may runne in close about the point of Houth by your lead and then all alongst by the norther shoare untill you come to the mouth of the Barre there alongst it is the deepest water but towards Dalck it is shoaler From the south shoare runneth of a great tayle of sand almost unto n. shoaâ—e To the noâ—thwards of it goeth the deep in Upon that tayle a little within the poynt stands a beakon of a mast made by the Englishmen called the Paersing Paeâ—sing For not to come too neare this foresaid sand comming from the southwards Markeâ—◠〈◊〉 looke out for the Island Yrelands-eye keep that so that you may but even see it over the low land close after unto the high land of Houth so you can take no hurt of that sand When the Tower of Saâ—nt Patrickes in Dublin which standeth on the land side of Dublin commeth right over that beakon the Paersâ—â—g then are you yet right against the poynt of the sand which shooteth out a good way to the northwards o the Paersing For to goe cleare of that you must runne so farre to the northwards untill the Paersing commeth â—ight over a little Castle with three turrets or little toweâ—s which standeth to the southwards to the town or when the Paersing commeth betwixt that foresaid little Castle the towne then are you above the poynt of the sand then goe in west and by south untill you come over the shoalest of the Barre there is at spring tyde 15 or 18 foot water but at low water aâ—d â—eep tyde not more then 6 foot you may sound it on both sides When you are over the shoalest of the Barre then anchor within the sand by the beakon in Poelbergh Road in Poelberg there it is at high water 4 fathom deepe The marke of this road is that you bring that afore written hill like the Sugar-loafe that here before is spoken of and serveth for a marke for to sayle by into the Channell of Wicklo over another lower hill then are you in the best of the road bring out your best anchor in the southwest against the blowing of the s w. windes which sometimes come powring downe there very strong out of the s w. over the high land and the other in the northeast At low water the sands lie dry there round about the road Road by â—lantaâ—e Men may alsoo anchor somewhat further in at the north side of the sound right against a village called Klantarie in a pool where at low water remaineth 9 or 10 foot water but round about the ship as it is in most places of the haven it doth fall altogether dry so that there a ship hath but even roome to winde up to and again Men do moore there south southeast and n. n. w. A s e. n. w. Moone maketh there the highest water If the ships that come there be any thing great they must stay in Poelbegh close before the Town it is very shoaly and falleth at low water altogether dry with an ordinary tyde men cannot come before the towne with a ship that draweth 5 foot water but with a spring tyde with ships that draw 7 or 8 foot water At the north side of the river a little further out then the town right over against Ringsend lieth a little Island within it is a fit place to make ships
fathom and a halfe Somewhat more further out towards the n. point also on the n. side of the bay standeth a Castle called Mousehils Castle by it is a sandy bay where is good anchorage as well for great ships as small for the n. and the n.w. winds but a southwest winde maketh a bad road in these places A little to the northwards of the North point of the bay of Knockfergus lieth a little Island called Kow Kow island from thence lieth the Coast of Ireland forth northnorthwest about 9 or 10 leagues unto the Islands of Raghleens Betwixt them both lye the 9 Maydes one great league without the land The Maids and two great leagues to the northwards of the Bay of Knockfergus they are great Rocks that lye but little above water or low rocky little Islands and a multitude of rocks under water about them that lie off so far to the north north east that men cannot come neare them within 5 or six English miles There goe some Creekes through the soule grounds where men for need might sayle through but it is no wisdome to go about it when there is no need and that men can do better Not very long since there came a man by night unacquainted there in and ranne through onely upon the sight of the breaches of the water and got through without any hurt but not without great feare and danger He that commeth off from the faire Forland must at least goe South east and by east sor to runne alongst cleare of these foule grounds From the west side also lieth off a little tayle of a ledge of Rockes towards the land Further it is there cleane that men may sayle through there within but men must not come nearer the Maydes then about halfe channell betwixt them and the maine but the maine land so neare as they will which is both cleane and cleare with many Bayes where men may every where anchor yet here and there lie some Rocks but they are all above water There is nothing that can hurt you but men may easily see it A great league to the northwards of the north poynt of the Bay of Knock fergus and a halfe league south southwest from the Mayds lieth a haven called Old-fliet Old fliet For to know it when men come from the Northwards they shall see two flat little Towers the one somewhat higher then the other like as if men saw a ship with maine sayle foresayle without toppe or toppe-sayles these stand upon the northside of the Bay At the south point lieth a small round little Island or rock called the Knee Island Knee a speciall marke for to know this Bay Men run in there amidst the channell But when you come from the southwards and get sight of the little Island Knee then run in close about it From Old-fliet to the northwards unto faire Forland the coast is very cleane that you may sayle close alongst by it boldly without any feare except you runne farre off from land without the foresaid Maydes towards the Scottish coast Faire Hid or Faire Forland Faire Fotland is the outermost north east Poynt of the maine land of Ireland and lieth a little to the southwards of the Island Rachleens so that this point and the east point of Rachleens lye neare about south and north one from the other At Rachleens or Faire Forland the north east point of Ireland come Scotland Ireland nearest one to the other The Rachleens is an Island that men may sayle round about either to the Northwards or to the Southwards as they will according as it happeneth best convenient with winde and tyde At the southwest side is a faire bay where is good lying almost for all windes When men come from West it seemeth to the southwards of the Rachleens to bee close without any opening because the eastermost poynt of Irelands Faire Forland lyeth somwhat further out behinde the Rachleens but when they come neerer betwixt them sheweth it selfe open by little and little On both sides are the shoares flat and cleane so that men may anchor there where you wil either by the coast of the maine land of Ireland in 8 or 9 fathom or in the bay under the Jsland in cleane sandy ground Over against the Rachleens close by the maine land lyeth another little high Island called the Lambs Lambes Island or sheeps Island to the southwardes of it betwixt it and the main men may not sayle there about it but betwixt it the Island Rachleen it is broad enough From the Rachleens unto the Skires Portrush the course is w. s w. distant 7 leag About 2 leag to the e. wards off it in the maine land lyeth Porto Belletrie a bad roade for great ships the ground is there fowle and sharpe Betwixt Porto Belletrie and Skires Portrush neerest unto Skires Portrush lye the Chickens Chickens these are suncken rockes which may be sayled about on both sides for to come to anchor under Skires Portrush Skires Portrush The Skires Portrush is a rocky Island it hath on the south side a faire bay where you may lye in sixe and seven fathom cleane sandy ground land-lockt for all winds except for the eastnortheast winde which bloweth alongst the shoare there open in For to come under this Island from the east you must goe close alongst by the shoare off the maine land for to shun these foresayd suncken rockes the Chickens It is there all over cleane and cleare or els if you were minded to goe without or to the southward off the Chickens for to come under the Island you must shun the East poynt of the Island because of a suncken rocke that lyeth a little off from the east poynt of the Island At the northwest side of this bay is also a small narrow channell where you may sayle through A little to the westwards of Skires Portrush lyeth the Bant-haven Bant-haven there alongst you may sayle up unto the new Towne Colran it is a bad channell to come in as well by reason of the strong freshoale that commeth out as also because it is very shoale with shipps that draw 8 foote water you must have at least 3 quarters of the flood before you can goe in Three leagues n. west and by west from Bant-haven or west and by north from Skires Portrush lyeth the haven of Loughfoile Loughfoyle before it lyeth a great plate of sand called the Touns which lyeth from the west poynt of the haven a great wayes to the northwardes off from the shoare when the winde is out of the sea it breaketh very much upon it with small ships that draw little water men may sayle into Loughfoile haven at high water to the southwardes of the Touns betwixt the Touns and the souther-poynt called Magillions poynt but it is there very uneven and at full sea there cometh no more then eight foote water but alongst to the westwards
you may also sayle about to the northwards of it and sayle in by the Tower of Voorn or Four At low water this river falleth dry at least 4 leagues within the land For to sayle from Burnt-Island to Burwage you must sayle away s s.e keepe the little Tower of Heer 's to the westwards of the wood so long untill the tower of Voorn or le Four come over the little red-tyled house that stands rpon the s side of the river of Sherrant sayle then in s e and by little little s e by east untill that Pront a village that lieth upon the strand commeth to the n. wards of Soubise when as then Soubise cometh within the foresayd village and the mill above the village then you shall be against the poynt of Oysterbanck Oysterbancks goe then in alongst s e. by south and bring that outermost little Tower of Heer 's over the outermost sandy place where the gallowes standeth by keep them so standing and sayle in s s.e when as then the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the east side of the valley whicb is in the wood then keepe that sharpe little Tower right over the east side of the valley of the wood and sayle in so into the Creeke or river of Burwage At Burwage was wont not to stand a house where now is a strong faire Towne being builded so within 70 or 80 yeares past The Bannier lyeth alongst the land of Oleron and lyeth untill within Burnt-Island at low water it is uncovered and the tayle of it lyeth farre to the northwards If you should turn out from the Creek towards the Burnt Island then bring the Tower of Rochell not without the Burnt-Isand before you come thwart of it because of the Baniard Baniard thē you shall take no hurt of it At the south end of Oleron betwixt Oleron and the land to the southwards of it is yet another channell where men may sayle in and out called the Mamme-sound deep enough for great shipps it lyeth in from out of the sea east and by n. being come there within there runneth up ariver southeast towards Sales where men doe lade salt being past that to the other poynt of the Mamme-sound Mamme sound lyeth a plate where of men runne to the northwards upon these marks you must keepe the mill that standeth upon the lands of Oleron over the trees and so you shall runne to the northward off the plate there is the road for them that will lade salt at Oleron or Olderdon But if you will runne in through and out againe then you must fayle so farre to the eastwards untill that Sales come over the trees which stand within Merven for to avoyd the tayle or riffe that shooteth of from Oleron when Sales commeth over the trees sayle then north and by w. on the Burnt-Island but bring Duke Charles Tower to the s wards of the Burnt-Island for not to sayle within the Banniard When the little Tower of Heer 's commeth to the wood keepe it then so standing untill Rochell commeth over the north side of the Burnt-Island sayle then out at the Portrush There shooteth of also a riffe from the west-end of Saint Martens Island Riffe at S. Martens Island where of you must take heed About south or a little more westerly thirteene leagues from the Island Use southwest and by west from the Island S. Martens and w.n.w. or somewhat more northerly from the river of Burdeaux lye the Rockes of Rockedon or Rochebon Rocks of Rochebon of some called Urkamia in forme of a Trevet or Brandize The southermost of the three is the shoalest whereupon remaineth at low water about 2 fathom depth At the southeast side the ground is black little stones and at the northeast side white sand but you may not come neare them by your lead sound by them A little to the westwards not farre from the foresayd rocks lyeth yet another rock where upon is at low water 5 fathom water neverthelesse with a storme the sea breaketh terribly upon it Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Upon all these a foresayd places as kewise over the whole bending of the French Coast as alsoo before the River of Bordeaux a southwest northe moone maketh the highest water Of the Depths ahout these places and in what depths men may see the land Bell-Isle men may see from below in 55 but under the top in 60 fathom Without Use it is 35 fathom deep and then men may see the land from below when it is cleare weather men may see it in 60 fathom Westsouthwest from Use about 9 leagues you shall find 45 and 46 fathom the ground is full of fine small stones as greate as course sand and verry steepe The land of Olone men may see it from below in 25 and 30 fathom S. Martens Island and the north end off Oleron men may see in 28 and 30 fathom When men get sight off S. Martens Island they shall see upon it a high Tower with a high house and upon the strand a mill with foure or five high sand-hills Upon Oleron men shall see a high spire Tower upon a red poynt where men shall see some trees stand over it and to the southwards of it is at 2 or 3 places ragged sandhills How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Bell-Isle to the river of Bourdeaux southeast somewhat southerly 47 leagues From Bell-Isle to S. Sebastians s s.e southerly 75 leg From Bell-Isle to S. Andero south 71 leagues From Bell-Isle to C. de Pinas or Tores s s.w somewhat westerly 76 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Ortegall s w 88 leagues From Bell-Isle to Cape de Finisterre s w 121 leagues From the east poynt of the Cardinall to Croswyck e.n.e. 7 leagues From the poynt of Croswyck to Pierre-Perce east s e. 4 leagues From the Cardinall to Old-downes e. n. e. 7 leagues From the north poynt of the River of Nantes to the Picqueliers n.n.e. 7 leagues From Pierremen to Armentiers westsouthwest 2 leag From Armentiers or Picqueliers to the West end of Use s by e. s s.e at last 7 leagues From the east end of Bell-Isle to Use southeast easterly 16 leagues From Use to the Barges of Olone e. by s 7 leagues From Use to the Killiates or S. Martens Island e. s.e 12 or 13 leagues From Use to Cape de Pinas southwest and by south 75 leagues From Use to Cape de Ortegall southwest and by west 93 leagues From Use to Portrush or the Band of Oleron the course is southeast and by east 15 or 16 leag From the Band or Craghe of Oleron to the Tower of Cordan s s.e and s and by e. 14 or 15 leagues From S. Martins Island to the tower of Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux s s.e 16 leagues From S. Martens Islands to Cape de Pinas southwest somewhat westerly 80
2 great leagues s east the course is as before is said and it is there deep 4 5 6 and 7 fathom Over against Pouliack in the midst of the River lieth a little Island to the eastwards men must runne about it right in with Bloy but there men must goe over with the tyde for it is there at low water but a little more then one fathom deep When you are before Pouliack and will sayle to Bloye then let the water first flow an houre and then you may well goe over with a ship that draweth nine or ten foote water The markes for to sayle alongst in the deepest water of this reach are these there standeth a Mill halfe waies betwixt Bloye and Rocktaw keepe that without the new wall of Bloye and then you shall run in the deepest of the Channell Before Bloye Bloye it is againe three or foure fathom deepe runne then alongst by the north land in three foure and five fathom When you come before the River which lieth up to the eastwards called Dordoigne then sayle first right with the middâ—st of the second Island and leave it on the starboard side and go indifferent neare alongst by it untill that you be over against or past the Gallowes which standeth upon the east poynt of the River and then againe alongst by the north land unto the foure little houses From thence you must edge over to the high tower of Dublot or Pigeonhouse coming thwart of it you must presently edge over against to the east side to the hight neare Lermond in that edging over you shall runne through betwixt a stone banke on the larboard side and a shoale sand-plate on the starboard side over a banke called the Pace The pace which is the shoaliest of all the river there remaineth at low water a little lesse then a fathom Being come over the Pace to the east side goe then in alongst by the east shoare untill you be past Lermond then sayle againe over to the west side right with the houses of Charterhouse and then in all alongst by the west shoare untill you come before the towne of Bourdeaux in that crooked reach betwixt Larmond and Charterhouse it is 5 6 and 7 fathom deep and before the town 4 and 5 fathom When men will sayle out of the river of Burdeaux they must stay at Royan untill they have good weather and a sore-ebbe to run out with in running out keepe the high sand-hill north north east from you so long untill that the tower of Cordan be south east and by east from you then you may sayle out through the Asses northwest and by west into sea From Cordan or the river of Bourdeaux unto Arcachon the coast lieth s and n. twenty leagues it is all low sandy land betwixt them both lieth a tyde-haven called Anchises men may go in there well at high water with great ships Before the haven of Arcachon or Arcason Arcason lie three shoals men may sayle into the northwards of them and also into the southwards of them the norther entry goeth in betwixt the north poynt and the northermost shoale but it is narrow and not deep The souther entry lieth to the southwards of all the shoals by the souther poynt in betwixt two shoaly sand-bankes where of the one lieth off from the southermost shoale and the other from the south point of maine land s west and by w. in to the sea The land to the n. wards of this haven is altogethet somewhat low sandy land without trees but to the southwards of it they are all somewhat high sand-hils without trees also but comming before the havens mouth you shall see within in the land many trees When you come out of the sea either from the northwards or the southwards neare about this havens mouth you shall easily aspy the foresaid bankes on both sides of the souther entry by the breaking of the sea and you may borrow of them by your lead as neare as you please they are very cleane and flat Upon the sandhils within the haven mouth stand two great high masts If you will sayle in there For to sail in to the haven of Arcason then bring the two Masts one in the other and then they shall stand north east and by east from you keepe them one in the other and sayle in so right with them and you shall so sayle in betwixt the two foresaid bankes and at low water you shall not finde lesse then two fathom water but at high water you shall have five and a halfe and sixe fathom water go in so upon the markes untill you come within the shoals and to the end of the shoale sand on the larboard side Being gotten in within it you must luffe up about by it and goe then on north untill you come to the poynt which you shall see on the starboard side but give that a birth because there runneth off a tayle there is in that reach no lesse then ten eleven or twelve fathom deep Being come about that poynt you may then sayle in close alongst by the land on the starbord side which lieth east south east or you may anchor there in sixteen fifteen twelve and ten fathom or further in about the second poynt in two and three fathom Over against the first pont on the north side it falleth very far dry a great waies within From Arcason to Bayone Bayone the coast lieth south and north sixteen or seventeen leagues The Rivers mouth of Bayone lieth in betwixt two plaine strands e. s.e and east and by south and sometimes more easterly or northerly by reason of the shifting and altering of the sands before the Rivers mouth Upon the land on the south side of the channell stand two masts these you must keepe one in the other or the innermost a little to the northwards of the outermost and run so in over the Barre or shoaliest place untill you come against the south point and then in alongst by it Upon the foresaid Barre is at high water and Spring tyde at least three fathom with an ordinary tyde two fathom and a halfe but at low water no more then 3 foot water When you come about the point you must sayle up to the southwards keeping about the middle of the channell alongst the river or rather nearest the west side for to avoide some foule ground and shoale that lie on the east side and anchor before the town in foure five or sixe fathom This Bar and this River is Pilots water A little within this Barre on the north side of the river lieth up to the northwards a great water within of 7 leagues long and falleth out into Sea by Cabritton Alongst that great water the ships were wont to sayle up to Bayone but it is now upon the south end at the river of Bayone almost altogether paled too so that there can but small barkes goe through for to keepe the better
length from the foresayd poynt whereupon remaineth at low water no more then nine or ten foote water keepe therefore thwart off it somewhat off from the poynt When as you begin to see the Towne off Bayone then luffe up suddenly south and sayle before the Towne and anchor there in five or sixe fathom where you please or els that the poynts of the Castle come against the westermost Island of the two which lye off from the north poynt of the Bay or poynt of Vigo there it is good oasie ground that holdeth well set your anchors when you moore northwest and southwest the best anchor to the southeast from thence over the high land you shall have commonly the hardest windes If you must turn too againe into the bay For to sayle into Vigo or Cannas from the southwards then take very good heed when you run off from the Castle that you run not to far over s s.e right before the Towne s e and by east e. s.e from the roade about a musketshot lyeth another sunken rock which at low water is even uncovered it lieth a small cables length off from a little poynt in the south poynt of the Bay whereupon standeth a little house appearing a farre of like a great green rock you must be very carefull of it especially when you runne over towardes the southsoutheast But hee that is bound into Vigo or Cannas to the south wardes of the Islands shall sayle in betwixt that southermost Island and the poynt of the land of Bayone all alongst in the middle of the channell northeast or northeast and by north in at least two great leagues keeping the norther haven two shippes lengths open so long untill Cannas come to the north-land without the poynt of Vigo and then hee must leave the poynt of Vigo on the starboard side of him run in keeping the middle of the channell betwixt the northland and the Towne Vigo and anchor there either before Cannas or Vigo where hee pleaseth in ten or twelve fathom A little to the northwards of Camina lyeth on the coast a high steep hill above in the top with a clift or saddle being called S. Rego S. Rego it is allmost of fashion like Monte Lauro but at least once so high againe this hill is a very good mark for to know the places thereabouts About halfe wayes betwixt this hill and Bayone lyeth an Abbey upon the side of the land that is also a good marke for to know Bayone for him that commeth from the southwardes but the chiefest markes are the two foresayd high Hills within Bayone the one with two the other with-three hommocks when that with the three valleys or saddles is e. s.e from you run in then right with it you shall not faile to fall with the land right with the Islands Five leagues to the southwards of the Islands of Bayone lyeth the haven of Comina a broad haven where you must go in with great ships at the highest water In the havens mouth which lyeth in northeast and by east lyeth a rock neerest the south side close to the northwards of this rock is the deepest water for to sayle in or out Within in the haven on the north side lyeth a little Island and upon it standeth a little Tower you must keep that over the Tower which standeth upon the north land and so must run in right with them In this havens mouth is at halfe flood two fathom water At the north side of the haven it is altogether shoale water and very rocky and fowle there shooteth off a ledge of rocks or riffe where of mē must take good heed Of the tydes courses of the streames On these coastes as on the former a southwest northeast moone maketh high water A southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea at the foresaid places on the sea-coast within the havens a point later A northeast and southwest Moon maketh on these coasts full sea like as on all the coastes lying on the great sea there goe also no streames alongst the land because through the swelling off the Ocean sea the flood commeth right on against the coastes and falleth right in and out at the Havens How these landes doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Cape Ortegall to Siverus s w 5 leagues From Siverus to Cape de Prior s w 5 leagues From Cape de Prior to Feroll south and by east 3 leag From Feroll to the Groyne south south and by west 3 leagues From the Groyne to Cisarga 7 or 8 leagues From Cisarga to Queres south and by west and south south west 2 leagues From Cisarga to cape de Bylem or the east poynt off Monsy southwest and by west and westsouthwest 12 leagues From Cape de Bylem to C. de Coriane or Torrivian southwest 3 leagues From Cape de Coriane to Cape de Finisterre s 3 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cape de Prior southwest 10 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cisarga southwest and southwest and by west 19 leagues From Cape de Prior to Cisarga southwest and by west 8 leagues From Feroll to Cisarga west and by south 8 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Cape de Coriano southwest by west 33 leagues From Cape de Ortegall to Waterford in Ireland north 168 leagues From Cisargo to Cape Veio north 160 leagues From Cisarga to Silly north and by east 137 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Moores or Monte Lauro southeast 5 leagues From Rio Roxo to Ponto Vedra s s e. 4 or 5 leagues From Ponte Vedra or Blydones to the Islands off Bayone s s.e 5 leagues From Bayone to Camina south and by east 4 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Island of Bayone the course is s e and by s 20 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Port a Port s s e. 42 leag From Cape de Finisterre to Avero south by east and s s.east 53 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Burlings south 67 leag From C. de Finisterre to the great Canaries s s.w southerly 307 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Salvages southsouthwest 273 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle of Madera southwest by west southerly 197 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle S. Michael west southwest 247 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Isle Tercera w. s.w and w. by south 278 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the s w point of Ireland n. and by west and n. 173 leag From Cape de Finisterre to Cape de Claro North 173 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Waterford or to the Southeast poynt of Ireland north and by east 185 or 186 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Lizard northnortheast 153 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to the Seames n.e. and by n. northerly 112 leagues From Cape de Finisterre to Bell-Isle n.e. 122 leagues From Bayone to the
Burlings s and by w. 49 leagues Heights Cape de Ortegall lyeth in 44 degrees 5 min. Cape de Coriane in 43 degr 8 min. The Cape de Finisterre lyeth in 43 degrees Bayone lyeth in 42 degr 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea These 2 figures following belong at crosses one to the other shew the rising of the Land a little to the e. wards off the Cape Ortegall when the poynt marked with D is 5 or 6 leagues e. and by s or e. s e. from you and the hill marked with E is s s w. from you westerly Cape Ortegall When Ortegall is s e. from you it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Ortegall when it lyeth s e. and by s from you Thus ariseth Ortegall when the eastermost hill lyeth s s e. from you and that you may see the east end with cleare sight being eight nine or ten leagues off at sea C. Ortegall These two figures belong at the double crosse one to the other and shew the Cape Ortegall with the land to the westwards of it when the foresayd Cape is east and by south five or 6 leagues from you The land to the eastwards of the Groyne sheweth thus when it is south and by east from you Cape Prior the east poynt of the Groyne ariseth in this forme Cape Prior being southwest from you 6 or 7 leagues sheweth it selfe thus Cape Prior being southwest by south from you 4 or 5 leagues sheweth it selfe thus C. Prior. When the Cape de Prior is east and by north easterly 3 or 4 leagues from you it ariseth in this forme Thus sheweth the Island of Cisarga when you are one league thwart from it Thus sheweth the land of Monsie betwixt Cisarga Cape de Finisterre when you come from the east and sayle alongst by it When Cape de Finisterre is southsoutheast from you then it sheweth thus The Cape de Finisterre being southeast southerly from you sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Cape de Finisterre when it is southeast easterly from you When Cape de Finisterre is southeast by east you five or sixe leagues then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus doth Cape de Finisterre shew it selfe when it lyeth 5 or 6 legaues east and by south from you Moninck These three figures following belong one to the other at the letter AA and BB and shew the rising of the Capes de Coriane and Finisterre as is shewed in the description here under following The Cape de Finisterre sheweth it selfe with the land to the southwards of it as is pourtrayed in this the figure following when the Ragged hill standeth east from you 3 or 4 leagues then you shall see the land to the northwards of it unto Cape Coriane northeast unto past Cape Coriane in forme as in the figure before this This followeth the former and lyeth from the Cape of southeast and by south Thus sheweth the Cape de Finisterre when the ragged hill lyeth eastnortheast easterly from you and then the land of Moores lyeth from you eastnortheast as is here following demonstrated Thus sheweth the ragged hill of the Cape de Finisterre when it lyeth east and by north from you When the Cape de Finisterre lyeth northeast from you and the land of Moores eastnortheast 6 leagues from you then lyeth the Cape in three parts and the land of Moores thus When the ragged Hill betwixt the Cape de Finisterre and Moores lyeth east and by north from you six leagues off then it sheweth thus When the high land off Moores is northeast by north from you about 6 leagues then it riseth in this forme Monte Lauro The high land of Moores When Cape de Finisterre is northeast or northnortheast and Monte Lauro is eastnortheast 5 leagues from you the high land of Moores sheweth it selfe thus Island of Bayone Thus shew themselves the Jslands of Bayone and the high land to the southwards of them when the foresayd Islands are eastsoutheast a league or two from you Bayone Abbey S. Rego When the poynt of Bayone is eastnortheast and the high land is east from you then it riseth thus to the southwards of it lyeth the high Hill of S. Rego Bayone Abbey S. Rego When the high Hill S. Rego is east from you then the high land of Bayone sheweth it selfe thus Thus Abbey standeth about halfe wayes betwixt S. Rego Bayone The sixth Demonstration Where in Are shewed the Coasts of Portugal from Camina to Passage SEven leagues to the southwards of Camina lyeth Viana Viana upon a river From the north poynt lyeth off a ledge off rockes thwart over before the mouth of the river and upon the south shoare stand two Fire-towers If you will sayle in to this river off Viana comming from the northwards or out of the sea then ran so long to the southwards untill that the two foresayd Fire-towers upon the south side of the rivers mouth come one to the other and then run in right with them towards the strand untill that the little Tower upon the north-land come over the two houses keep them one to the other and runne then to the rock with the mast and sayle alongst close to the eastward of it and then you run in alongst over the Barre or the shoalest of the rivers mouth there is at low water with an ordinary tyde two fathom depth When you are past the foresayd rock with the mast then you shall see yet a head another rock with a mast or beacon which lyeth on the north side of the river run in like wise close alongst to the southwards of it and afterwards indifferent close alongst by the north-land untill you come before the Town there runneth of sometimes a little riffe which you must give a birth to and anchor before the town When you lye before the towne there lyeth a little Island to the southwards of you where upon standeth a little Chappell to the westwardes of that little Island lyeth a great Banke which at low water is uncovered behind that banck it is five and sixe fathom and before Viana seven eight and nine fathom deepe when you come in they may run in about to the southwards of this foresayd Banck and come out again before the town by the little Island where the little house standeth upon When you come in about a bow shot within the second rock with the mast there you may well let fall your anchor and bring Cables on the south shoare and moore there by foure cables Men may anchor without in the road in 12 fathom there is the cleanest ground for to take in a Pilot. It is a narrow and dangerous barre for to come into From Viana to Port a Port the course is south by east 12 or 13 leagues betwixt both lyeth Villa del Conde Villa del Conde seven leagues from Viana and from Metelyn Villa del Conde is a broad haven before the haven mouth lye many rockes where
east and by south being within you must sayle up e. n. e. and n. e. by east and when you come against the Abbey at Restier then you must edge somewhat over towards the south-land els you must keepe the northland alongst For to sayle into the Carrick deep For to sayle in at the Carrick deepe you shall bring Cascalis over the west-poynt of Roxent keepe it so untill that the little Tower which you shall see stand above the Abbey at Restiers come over the white Abbey which standeth the farthest from Restier to wit over S. Katherines Abbey or Cloyster goe then northe n. e. by n. in keeping these marks standing thus untill that you come within the poynt off S. Gillies and then goe in alongst by the north-land to Restiers within the Castle and anchor there where you thinke it best Upon these markes you may sayle in and out at the Carrick deepe If you come from the westwardes and will goe in to the Carrick deepe then bring Cascalis over the west-end of Roxent and sayle so about the norther Cachops untill that the Town off Lisbone come within two ships lengths neere to the southside of the River then further in northeast and by north when as then you shall see the sand-bay within the poynt of S. Gillians then are you in the righ fareway But if it should happen that you could not see the towne or the little Tower then keep the sand-bay which lyeth within S. Gillians poynt north e. land by north from you and sayle so n. e. n. e. by north in and take the sounding of the norther Cachops in eight or nine fathom when you begin to come against S. Gillians poynt sayle then indifferent close along by the northland as is before sayd He that will turne out or in to the Carrick deepe must bring the foresayd little tower that standeth within the land a shipps length to the s wards a shipps length to the northwardes off the foresayd Abbey or Cloyster off S. Katherines and then cast about every time and so turne too and againe out and in Also come not with calmes in this channel neither bound inwards nor outwards with an ebbe for it falleth very strong over the east end of the Cachops If you will run out at the Carrick deepe you must looke out for the foresayd little Tower when it commeth out from under that high land bring it then a little to the westwardes of the second white Abbey or Cloyster and goe away southwest and by south and then the little tower shall come to the Cloyster But if you must turne out too and again then you must be very carefull of your tydes for the streames fall strong over the Cachops so that it is very dangerous with calmes to come in or out at those channels but especially in sayling out with an ebbe for it falleth thwart over the Cachops From Roxent to S. Uves poynt the course is southeast by s 10 leag that is also a apoynt easy to be known by a high round hill which lyeth on it also men shall see the top of the castle of Sisembre upon a flat hill like a great top or ridge of a countrey house S. Uves poynt is called Cape de Pitcher by the Dutchmen Cape de Spichel a little to the southwards about the poynt is a rent or clift in the land before it is good riding in 9 and 10 fathom Before Sisember men may also anchor in 15 or 16 fathom Of the Tydes and Courses and streames On these Coastes as on the former a southwest northeast moone maketh high water A southwest and northeast moone maketh full sea at the foresayd places on the sea-coast within the havens a poynt later A northeast and southwest Moon maketh on these coasts full sea like as on all the coastes lying on the great sea there goe also no streames alongst the land because through the swelling off the Ocean sea the flood commeth right on against the coastes and falleth right in and out at the Havens Courses and Distances From Cape del Fisiron or nova Lisbona to the Rock or Roxent south 15 or 16 leagues From the Burlings to the Rock or Roxent south by east and s s.e 16 leagues From the Burlings to the Cape S. Vincent s by eâ—st 53 leagues From the Burlings to the great Canaries southsouthwest 248 leagues From the Burlings to the Island Palma southwest by south 256 leagues From Roxent to the Cape Pitcher or Saint Uves poynt southeast and by south 10 leagues From Cape Pitcher to Cape S. Vincent south somewhat easterly 29 leagues From Roxent to Cape Saint Vincent south and by east 37 leagues From Roxent or the river of Lisbone to ths great Canaries southsouthwest westerly 240 leagues Heights The Burlings in 39 degrees 40 minut Roxent lyeth in 38 degr 55 min. or as some hold in 39 degr Cape Pitcher or S. Uves point lieth in 38 degr 30 minut How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea C. Montego The Land to the southwards of Montego The C. de Montego being northeast from you foure or five leagues with the land to the southwards of it sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in this and the figure following at the letters AA they belong one to the other This belongeth to the former and is the land to the southwards of Montego untill thwart of the Burlings Thus sheweth the Burlings when the northermost are east from you a league The land betwixt Peniche and Roxent sheweth it selfe as is pourtrayed in these three figures following when the high land to the southwards of Peniche being called young Roxent is east from you the like letters as AA and BB belong one to the other Young Roxent Burlings This belongeth to the former figure and is the land to the northwards of the Rock or Roxent Roxent This followeth the former figure untill Roxent or the rocke at the B one to the other Young Roxent northeast and by east Roxent south and by east Thus sheweth the Rock or Roxent when it is south and by east and young Roxent is northeast and by east from you and that you are close by the land When the Rock or Roxent is northeast from you seven leagues it ariseth thus When the Rock or Roxent is east and by south and e. s.e from you 7 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus The eight Demonstration Which Contayneth the description of Algarve and Andaluzia from S. Uves to Palos or Clif. FIve leagues to the eastwardes of Cape Pitcher or Saint Uves poynt Road under Saint Uves poynt lyeth Saint Uves there lyeth a great bancke before the havens mouth Beneath the high land upon the water side standeth a white Castle when that is northnortheast from you then are you right before the havens mouth Cust van ANDALVZIA En Algarve Beginnende van Capo de Spichel tot aen het Clif. For to finde
next Tower to wit the next to the little castle there is fresh water to be gotten on the land The towne off Velez Mallaga Velez Malaga lyeth about a leag within the land but upon the strand standeth a great Packhouse appearing like a castle The Coast of Spain from Malaga to Modril From Velez Mallaga to Almunecar the course is east 15 or 16 leagues betwixt them both it is all cleane Coast men may anchor there under all the poynts which lye betwixt them both Two great leagues to the westwards of Almunecar lyeth a poynt whereupon standeth a fire-tower under is a good road for a west wind If you will anchor at Almunecar then anchor to the westwards of the rock where the little chappell standeth upon in twelve fathom there is good ground and shall lye there landlockt for an east westnorthwest wind Salobrena lyeth from Almunecar foure leagues to the eastwards that is a little Towne with a little Castle lieth upon a hill a little about the east poynt of Almunecar right before Salobrena lyeth a little Island he that will anchor there must anchor to the westwards of it there he shall lye landlockt for a northeast wind and also for a west wind then he shall have succour of the e. poynt of Almunecar Men may also well anchor to the eastwards of that little Island but too the westwards of it is the best road there lye also all the ships they may anchor there in fourteene and fifteene fathom clean soft ground in sixteene fathom they shall lye somewhat too farre out Men may if need so require run through betwixt the foresayd little Island the maine land betwixt them both there is about sixteen or senventeen foot water and the little Island is round about clean so that men may run very close alongst by it without feare Two great leagues eastwards from Salobrena in the same bight a half league from the sea side within the land lyeth Modrill which hath two Churches some trees thereabouts upon the water side standeth a square tower If you will anchor at Modrill then anchor before the foresayd square tower which standeth upon the water side in twelve or thirteene fathom so that you may see the little Tower upon the east poynt even without the other poynt there is cleane ground men lye there landlockt for an eastwind but a south east a southwind make there like as at all places on these coasts a lee shoare A little to the eastwards of Modrill lyeth the poynt called Cape de Sacrastijf The Coastes of Barbary For to sayle out of the Bay of Gibralter to Tetuan then run over south by east about close by the point of Seuta especially with a westerly winde you should otherwise be carried away so with the current which then commonly runs to the eastwards that you should fall too farre to the Leewards Comming then about by the point of Seuta you shall see out a head a black point called cape Porkes lying south from the poynt of Seuta When men lye in the Bay of Gibraltar they may see the foresayd cape Porkes C. Porques alongst over Seuta which is a poynt very easy to be known sail towards that point with a westwinde luffe up so neere as you can When you come about that poynt then you shal begin to see Tetuan which lieth up against the high land a great league within the land run then soo far to the s wards untill that the east end of the towne come right over a little round hommock which is upon the high land within In the middest off the towne standeth a black tower and in the innermost land of al within lye three little hills which doe as it were looke over the outermost inner land bring the three little hills over the foresayd black tower anchor then so farre from the shoare that the first little hill of the high land to the southwards of Seuta towards cape Porques come a little without Cape Porques there it shall bee sixteen fathom deep good soft ground Marks of the Roade before Tetuan If you anchor otherwise then upon these foresayd marks you shall have bad stony sharpe ground It hath happened that some ships have anchored there but their anchors fell so into the rocks that they could not weigh them again but must hew of their cables and leave their anchors behinde them Therefore if you come off from the point of Cape Porques then bee care full that you bring the foresayd first little hommock which lyeth a stearn of you in the bight of Seuta to the southwards of Seuta a little without the Cape Porques and so keep sailing to the southward and keep heaving of the lead continually without ceasing untill that you get the soft ground so soone as you shall feele it let then presently your anchor fal for the place where the soft ground is is not two cables length in compasse great Tetuan lyeth from Seuta about sixe leagues and three or foure leagues to the southwards of it lyeth a point called Cape Tetuan C. Tetuan whereupon standeth a tower He that hath never been at Tetuan might easily be mistaken by that poynt taking it to be cape de Porques the sooner because that some say that Tetuan at least nine leagues to the southwards of Teutan It hath happened that ships have sayled unto this poynt and have so runne past Tetuan therefore it is best that men goe not too farre from the shoare either by night or by day for to get the cape Porques certainly in sight The Bay off Tetuan betwixt the Cape Porques and Cape Tetuan is a sand-bay altogether of sand-strand with low hommocks here and there upon the sea-side which a farre of seeme as if they were shipps but the ground thereabouts is altogether foule except such a place as before is sayd Betwixt the Cape Porques and Seuta it is also a faire sandstrand but thwart of it is all good ground The Coast of Barbarie in the Straite of Gibralter lyeth from Seuta to Cape de Spartell west and by south and westsouthwest eight or nine leagues But the Cape de Spartell and Cape de Trafalgar on the Spanish side lye north by west and south and by east eight leagues asunder From Cape de Spartell to Arzila Arzila the coast lyeth south and by west seven leagues betwixt them both alongst the sea-side it is all lowe land with some poynts and high land within with a white sand-hilly strand A little to the southwards of the poynt of Cape de Spartell men may anchor for easterly windes in twelve or thirteene fathom cleane sand-ground but so soone as the winde doth shift to the west they must bee ready to get under saile lest they be inbayed upon a lee shoare About a league to the southwards of the Cape lyeth a little hommock upon the low land by the water side which sheweth in
Blanco to the C. Cantin the coast lyeth west s w and s w and by w. about 9 leag The C. Cantin C. Cantin is an even plaine point when you are to the n. wards of it it sheweth flat towards the w. going off towards the sea there standeth a fire-tower upon it but very small that sometimes you can hardly see it If you come from the northwards or from C. Vincent and are bound to Saffia then set your course south and s and by east and then you shall fall with the land 4 or 5 leag to the e. wards of C. Cantin or if you sayle a more westerly course you shall runne till you come in the height of 32 degr a half and then the C. Cantin shall lie due e. from you it is better to fall a little to the eastwards of the C. then to the w. wards of it because the winds blow there most common northerly If you fall to the eastwards of the C. the coast lyeth there s w and by w. and w. s w. and it is even plaine land About 10 leag to the e. wards of the C. lieth that little town Tyro with a high white tower upon the sea side 5 or 6 leag more to the westwards betwixt Casa Cavalgero and C. Cantin you shall see a little bight or Bay thereabouts lie upon the strand by the water side great black rockes which shew as if they were wrakes of ships and then forth alongst to the C. it is a faire flat sandy strand From the C. shooteth off a ledge of rocks somewhat off into sea which men must avoid when they sayle about the Cape From C. Cantin to the north poynt of Saffia the coast lieth s or somewhat more westerly 5 or 6 leag betwixt them both it is a steep rocky land without sandy strand but above upon it plaine and even A league to the southwards of the C. lieth a riffe or shoale by the shoare by some called the Gold-banke and lyeth about a league off from the land at sometimes of the year there is much fish to be taken To the southwards of the Bay of Saffia Saffia is high uneven and most of all double land but to the southwards of it it is even plain thereby men may easily perceive or discern whether they be to the northwards of Saffia or to the southwards of it If you will anchor in the bay For to anchor in the Bay or road before Saffia Saffia then bring the north poynt whereupon standeth a tower a little more westerly then n. from you anchor then in 18 fathom Or if you will anchor further in the Bay then bring the foresayd north poynt n.n.w. or a little more northerly from you and then the northermost of the two north points shall bee a shippes length without the southermost or the next unto you run then so farre to the southwards untill that the tower were men doe land with the boats which is a high square tower standing below even within the wal of the towne come right over a tower which is fast to the wall which commeth off from the Castle above to the southwards so that the foresaid thicke tower below come right over the Haven betwixt the poynt where the castle standeth upon the water side and the rocks where men goe in betwixt Or else anchor that the high Castle of Saffia stand e. and by s and e. s.e from you there it is 16 17 and 18 fathom deepe good fine sandy ground You may also anchor so farre within in the Bay in 15 16 fathom that the north poynt come to be n. w. n. w. by n. from you These are the Summer road in the Winter you men must anchor further from the land in 28 or 30 fathom there the ground is course sand Men may boldly run in before Saffia into the road by night there is nothing that they need to feare which may doe them hurt but the land About two leagues from Saffia lyeth the south point of the bay which is a low point that lieth out and two leagues to the southwards of it lieth another steep rocky point without sandy strand By it goeth in the River Tansit up into the land unto Marrocos From the poynt of Saffia to the Island Mogodor the coast lyeth southsouthwest 19 or 20 leagues Against the northeast end of the Island Mogodor Island Mogodor there shooteth off from the maine land a great row off rocks being hard sharpe rockes whereof the outtermost or those that lye next to the Island Mogodor lye high above water He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle in behind the Island Mogodor must runne in betwixt the Island and the foresayd rockes close in alongst by the Rocks It is there in comming in betwixt the Island and the Rockes five fathom deep Within the foresayd Rocks lye also some other Rockes on the larboard side which at high water are under water and at low water are uncovered When you come to the end of them you may luffe up about by them towards the maine land and anchor there within them in 3 fathom at low water there is good sand-ground But yet neverthelesse it is not there very good lying for by reason of the breaking of the Sea upon the foresayd rocks there goeth sometimes a great Sea so that it is not good lying there with a storme but further in under the Island it is good lying in two fathom and a halfe From the south-end of the Island lyeth off a little riffe towards the maine land almost to the foot strand and to the s wards off that foresayd little riffe lyeth a bancke off from the maine land almost a league off into sea If you will sayle out at the south end then run alongst by the shoare of the maine land untill that you bee about the foresayd riffe and run out then upon your lead along by the banck then you shall presently get deeper water of 4 6 8 10 fat then you may sayle there where you desire to be From the point of Saffia to C. de Geer C. de Geer the course is southsouthwest about 43 leagues but from Mogodor the same course is about 22 or 23 leag It is there betwixt them both a faire flat sand-strand with double land which at some places is very high About 8 leagues to the northwards of C. de Geer lyeth a point called C. de Taffalana C. de Taffalana under which men may ride in good sand-ground for east and northeast windes The C. de Geer is lower then the land to the northwards of it and falleth to the southwards flat off into sea which men shall first perceive when they come within 3 or 4 leagues of it About 4 leagues to the northwards of the Cape lyeth a high Hommocke within the land further northwards the land is yet higher but when you come thus
sail intâ— the road of Tercera let him run faire by the land off the east poynt and alongst by it unto the 2 little Islands called the Ilheos which lye a little to the eastwards of the road about a bow shot one from the other Men may run alongst to the southwards off these Islands or to the northwards of them as they will and also betwixt them both Betwixt these little Islands and the maine land of Tercera it is a great cannon shot broad and 15 and 16 fathom deepe through betwixt the little Island it is 5 and 6 fathom deepe cleane sand-ground Somewhat to seawards of these little Islands lie 3 or 4 rockes above water called Los Frayles Lâ—â— Frayâ—es Being past these foresayd little Islands you must sayle to the westwards untill that you come neare to the foresaid point of Brasill a little to the eastwards of it you must anchor before the town of Angra in 10 or 12 fathom or else men lay their sea-anchor commonly in 16 and their smaller anchor towards the land in 8 or 9 fathom Men lye there landlockt for a s w and n.e. and also for an e.n. e. winde but a s e winde bloweth there flat open in On the w. side of the point of Brazill is also a great sandy Bay for to anchor in Before a village called S. Martin Three leagues to the eastwards of the Towne Angra lieth a bight called Porto Judeo there the Spaniards landed with their forces when they tooke in the Island from the Portingals He that will sayle from Tercera to Fayall let him set his course w. s.w to the E. point of S. Georges which is from thence ten leag asunder Further betwixt the Pico S. Georges through to Fayall are 16 leagues it lyeth most w.n.w. through betwixt them the Island Fayall lyeth to the westwards of the Island of the Pico a great league asunder off from it He that will anchor in the Road of Fayall let him anchor right before the Village of Fayall in 14 or 15 fathom there is sandground but there goeth a hard tide of flood and ebbe On the s w end of the Island Fayall lieth a little haven for to sayle in there you must run in by the s w point so long about by the shoare untill that you see the haven open saile alongst about by the s w point untill that you come in the narrow betâ—â—xt the rocks which lye of from the w. side so soone as you come within the rockes let presently your anchor fall in 5 fathom bring your hawsers on the e. side on land fast to the pales which are there made for the purpose the haven is little so that men may lie in it with no more then with 4 or 5 ships Further in it is shoale water Of the tydes courses of the streames On the foresayd coasts maketh high water a s s.w s w. and by s moon Courses Distances From C. Spartel to C. Cantin it is southwest southerly 85 leagues From C. Spartel to Madera west by south and w. s w. 200 leagues From C. Cantin to Madera west 130 leagues From C. Cantin to S. Vincent north 90 leagues From C. Cantin to Teneriffe s w by w. 148 leag From C. Cantin to C. de Geer s s w. 50 or 52 leagues From C. de Geer to C. de Non s s w. and south by west 27 leagues From C. de Geer to the point of S. Cruz s e 5 leagues From C. de Non to Ossin south 13 leagues From C de Non to C. de Bajador s w by w. 69 leag From C. de Geer to C. de Bajador s w somewhat westerly 110 leagues From Saffia to Madera and e. and w. 130 leagues Erom C. de Geer to Madera w.n.w. 123 leagues From S. Michiels to Tercera n.w. by w. 34 leagues From Tercera to the east end of S. Georges westsouthw 10 leagues From the east end of S. Georges to Fayall westnorthwest 16 leagues From Saint Michaels to the C. de Finisterre eastnortheast 247 leagues From Tercera to Roxent or the River of Lisbon e. at least 267 leagues From Tercera to C. de Finisterre eastnorth e. e. by n. 280 leageus From Tercera to the Lizart n. e. by e. 287 leagues Heights Masagam lyeth in 32 degr 46 min. C. de Cantin lieth in 32 degr 32 min. The land Mogodor in 31 degr 18 min. C. de Geer in 30 degr 10 min. C. de Non in 28 degr 32 min. C. de Bajador in 26 degr 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Casa Cavalgero Thus sheweth the land betwixt Masagam and C. Cantin Thus sheweth it selfe Casa Cavalgero when it is south from you 6 leagues When the northerne Corner of Saffia is southsoutheast from you 4 leagues it sheweth in this forme When C. Cantin is northeast and by east 6 leagues and the poynt of Saffia eastsoutheast foure leagues from you then they shew themselves thus Thus sheweth the land to the southwards of the south poynt of the Bay of Saffia when it is eastsoutheast 3 leagues from you Mogodor When you are westnorthwest or thwart off from Mogodor 3 leagues then sheweth it selfe thus It is a high and double land C. Taffelana When the Cape de Taffelana is northnortheast 3 leagues from you the land sheweth thus unto Cape de Geer C. de Geer When the C. de Geer is northnorthwest 3 leagues from you it sheweth thus and when the Bay is east and by south from you the land is with sand-hils Thus sheweth the Island Saint Michaels on the north side Thus sheweth the Island of Tercera when it lyeth e. and by s about 7 leagues from you When Tercera is 4 or 5 leagues from you then it ariseth thus the west end of this Island Tercera is higher then the east end thereby it is indifferent easy to be knowne Thus sheweth Tercera on the north side Brefil Road before Angera Little Islands Thus sheweth the Tercera on the south side when you sayle alongst by it Thus sheweth the Island S. George when it lyeth southsouthwest 7 leagues When the west end of S. Georges is south and by east and the east end southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus being eight or nine leagues of from you When the Island Pico is southeast from you it sheweth it selfe thus the high Pieck you may see about 40 leagues of from it at sea The Island Fayal sheweth it selfe thus when it is south from you 8 or 9 leagues When the Island Gratios a lyeth westsouthwest 4 leagues from you then it ariseth in this forme Caarte Voor een gedeelte der Canarise Eylanden al 's Canaria Tenerifa Forteventura etc. De tyhavens Porto de Naos en Porto de Cavallos aen de Zuydoostzyde van Lacerota The second Demonstration In Which Are to be seene the Canary Islands THe chiefest Islands of the Canaries are 7 in number Lancerota Forteventura
or Porteventura great Canaries Teneriffe Gomera Palma and Ferro The Island Lancerota lyeth from Cape S. Vincent southsouthwest distant about 165 leagues It hath one haven upon the northeast end betwixt the two Islands Alagranca and Gratiosa where men may come in from the northwards lye landlockt for all winds it is deep there 10 15 and 20 fathom and they may sayle out again to the southwards along by Lancerota At the east side of Lancerota is a good road before the Towne of Lancerota there lyeth a banck to the northwards of it which men must avoyd and run about to the southwards of it there they may anchor in 10 11 and 12 fathom on the same southeast side lye also two bad havens a great shot of a cast peece one from the other the northermost is called Porto de Naos the southermost Porto de Cavallos which we have demonstrated in a large volume in the northwest corner of this card shewed the depths with number of feet at high water spring-tide Porto de Naos the deepest of these bad-havens goeth in northwest and by north betwixt two ledges of rockes there stand two beacons of heapes of stones in manner as the warders of Norway which you must bring and keepe one in the other and sayle so right in through betwixt the two foresayd ledges of rockes The shoalest of the Barre betwixt the two ledges of rockes is but a short space a great shippes length long and is deepe at high watet 17 foot at low water seven foot so soone as you shall be over it will presently bee 20 24 26 28 foot deep then you must edge up n. and then presently northeast anchor behinde the rockes which lye to the northwards of the Barre in the Channell the ground is rocky hard uneven If a ship should come to strike there it should presently be broken The ledge is so without as it is within very steep soo that you may come very close unto it where the anchors stand marked it is altogether cleane sandy ground 30 34 foot deep at high water with a sea wind there can goe here a great sea but that happeneth seldome for the winds doe blow most out of the n. n.e. and therefore it is almost alwayes there smooth water This haven is very narrow betwixt the rockes which lye to seawards of you the shoare it is but a little more then a great cables length broad and from the havens mouth to the main land about a Cables length a halfe The Havens mouth also is not broad but at high water the rockes doe flow a good wayes on both sides under water which at low water againe are uncovered Betwixt Porto de Naos and Porto de Cavallos lye two little Islands the northermost is the greatest at high water men may goe through with boats within the Islands into Porto de Cavallos but not with ships for at low water it falleth dry there within Upon the southermost little Island standeth an old Castle fallen downe which heretofore hath beene spoyled by Englishmen From the south side of that little Island shooteth off a riffe to the southwards or the w. wards of it lyeth in the Barre which is very narrow not above ten fathom broad upon the maine land stand also two little beakons as at Porto de Naos which you must bring one in the other and saile so right in At high water and spring-tide there is no more then twelve foot water or an halfe foot more the ground in the havens mouth is also hard nothing else then rocks where you must goe in over but within it is cleane sandy ground where you may lye a ground without any danger with a shippe that draweth tenne or eleven foot water At the highest water the most part of the rockes on both sides of the Havens mouth lye under water so that at many places men may goe over them with boats At low water there remaineth in this Havens mouth no more then a foot or a foot and a halfe depth so that a shippes boat cannot goe in within men lye landlockt for all windes and although it blow very hard yet the water is alwayes smooth In both these havens a south and by west and north and by east moone maketh high water Neare the Havens there are no houses where Spaniards or Moores doe dwell then only by Porto de Cavallos a little Church where they have Masse sayd on Sundayes when shippes lie there Men go from thence betwixt the Mountaines to the town which lieth 3 leag from thence He that wil come here must provide himselfe with fresh water for there is very seldom fresh water to be gotten Upon this land there groweth neither fruit nor wine In some good years it giveth out Wheat Bally Orsilly the Inhabitants are Moore under the command of the King of Spaine Betwixt Lancerota and Forteventure lyeth a little lIsand called Isle de Lobos which is on the outer side to wit on the n. west side very foule Men may anchor on both sides of that Island in 15 or 20 fathom also in six fathom a shot of a cast peece southwest and by west from the west point off the Island there men may lye land-lockt for all windes except for a northnorthwest and southeast windes The coast of Forteventura is at the northeast end very foule with many riffes that lye out whereupon the sea doth break exceedingly The Island of great Canaries lieth from Forteventura west 19 or 20 leagues distant The road there lyeth at the east side of the Island behinde the n.e. point thwart off a Castle that standeth upon a Chindle The foresaid northeast point is a very high point with a long small and low sandstrand fast to the other land so that when it is five or sixe leagues northwest or southeâ—st from you it seemeth to be an Island asunder off from the other land If you desire to go in there into the road then saile about by that northeast point alongst by the Isolettes leaving them on the starboard side of you untill that the Castle do lie near about northwest and by north from you anchor there in eight nine ten or twelve fathom then lieth the north point northeast and by north and the south poynt southsoutheast from you At the south end of the great Canaries is a faire sand-bay called Maspalomba there is a good road for southerly windes fresh water to be gotten The north point of the great Canaries and the northeast point of Teneriffe called Punte de Nago lie westnorthwest and eastsoutheast distant 21 leagues In Teneriffe is a road on the southeast side before the town S. Cruz there is a faire sand-bay a little to the northwards of the town is the best road in 20 or 24 fathom and then Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe lieth northnortheast from you and the south point south and by west
declination towards the north 28 degrees 51 minutes The clearest in the Foot commeth a quarter of an houre before the great Dogge into the South his declination is 16 degrees and 40 minutes towards the north Canis Minor or the little Dogge called Canicula Procyon This little Dogge Canicula hath 3 starres in this forme the clearest of them commeth 50 min. after the great Dogge into the South his declination is six degrees 7 minutes in the northside of the Line The Water Snake Hydra The Heart or the clearest in the Water-snake commeth after Syrius or the great Dog two houres 40 minutes to the south his declination is in the Southside of the Line 7 degrees and 8 minutes and sheweth it selfe with such little stars as are here noted whereby he is easily knowne The Lyon The Lyon hath foure beautifull stars sit for use sheweth it selfe with other as is here set forth the first and foremost of them is called Regulus or Basiliscus otherwise the Heart of the Lyon which commeth 3 houres and 30 minutes after the great Dogge into the south his declination is 13 gr forty min. in the northside of the line the second called the necke of the Lyon 3 hour 30 min. after the great Dogge into the south and hath his declination from the line 21 gr 37 m. the Back of the Lyon comes into the south 26 min. after the great Dogge his declination is in the Northside of the line 22 gr 28 min. the taile of the Lyon comes 5 houres after the great Dogge into the south his declination 16 gr 33 min. in the Northside of the Line Virgo or the maide That which is in the Wing called Vindemiatrix comes into the South 6 houres 16 min. after the great Dogge her declination is in the Northside of the line 12 degrees 54 minutes The eare of corne or Spica Virginis cometh 6 houres and 36 min. after the great Dogge into the South her declination is 9 degrees 15 minutes in the Southside of the Line Bootes the Waineman Seven houres 30 minutes after the Star called Syrius the clearest Star of Bootes comes into the South standeth between his thighes in this forme with some other Stars and is called Arcturns his declination is in the North-side of the line 21 degrees 5 minutes The Northern Crowne After Bootes followeth the North Crowne bearing fashion of a Circle as followeth of the Mariners it is called the Hospital and when in cleare whether they behold some small Stars in it they call them the sick the greatest and clearest of them comes eight houres 58 minutes after the great Dogge in to the South its declination is in the Northside of the Line 27 degrees 57 minutes The Waights Libra The ballance or Waights follow the signe of Virgo as followeth The North Ballance comes 8 houres 48 minutes after Syrius to the South the declination thereof is 8 degrees 58 minutes in the Southside of the Line The Scorpion Scorpio Then followeth the Scorpion as this figure sheweth the heart of Scorpion Antores commonly called comes 9 houres 38 minutes after Syrius into the South his declination is 25 degrees 33 minutes in the South side of the Line The Snakebearer and Hercules The head of the Snakebearer comes 10 houres 48 minutes after Syrius to the South his declination 12 degrees 52 minutes in the Northside of the Line The head of Hercules standeth by the head of Serpentarius and comes 20 minutes before it into the South and hath his Declination Northward 14 degrees 51 minutes Lyra. Then followes Lyra in this manner the greatest with two little ons by it which the Mariners call the three Castles the lightest and clearest Starre come 11 houres 55 minutes after the great Dogge into the South the declination thereof is 38 degrees 30 minutes on the Northside of the Line The Eagle Sheweth him self as this figure declareth the clearest of these that is to say the middlemost of the three comes 13 houres after the great Dogge or 11 houres before into the South the declination thereof is 8 degrees on the Northside of the Line The Swanne The Swanne is shaped thus the starre that is the most North in the brest cometh 13 houres 40 minutes or after 10 hour 20 minutes into the South before the great Dogge and hath his declination in the Northside of the Line 39 degrees 9 minutes That which stands most to the South of the two in the brest is a new starre and hath shewed it self first in the yeer 1600 the North wing comes 10 houres 4 minutes after the Dogge into the South the Northern declination thereof is 44 degrees 15 minutes The S. Wing comes 14 houres after the great Dogge into the South the declination of it is 32 gr and thirtie minut in the Northside of the line The lightest and clearest of the Swanne which is placed in the taile of it comes 14 houres after the great Dogge or 10 houres before into the South the declination of it is 44 degrees 3 minutes in the Northside of the Line Capicorne The most Southerly and clearest of the two lightest in the houre of Capricorne as is here to bee seen cometh 13 houres 30 minutes after the great Dogge into the South the declination is 15 degrees 50 minutes in the Northside of the Line The Flying Horse The Flying Horse Pegasus we may see in the heavens in this proportion the Starre in the mouth comes 14 houres 56 minutes after or 9 houres 4 minutes before the great Dogge into the South his declination is 8 degrees 15 minutes The Northside of the line That which standeth on the right hippe or right legge called the Schaet the same comes 16 houres 16 minutes after the great Dogge or 7 houres 44 minutes before it into the South the declination of it is 26 degrees 9 minutes in the Northside of the Line at the same time comes the first and foremost into the South placed in the Wing which is called Marcab The declination of it is 13 degrees 18 minutes on the Northside of the Line The last and utmost in the Wing of Pegasus comes 16 houres 44 minutes after the great Dogge or 7 houres 16 minutes before it into the South the declination of it is 12 degrees 3 minutes in the Northside of the Line The Head of Andromeda making with some Starres of Pegasus a great quadrangle whereby it is easily known comes after the great Dogge into the South 17 houres 24 minutes or 6 houres 36 minutes before it the declination is 27 degrees 39 minutes North from the Line The Starre named Fomahant is placed a good space in the Southside of the Flying horse in the uttermost part of the flood running from Aquarius it is a great and cleare Starre and comes 16 houres 16 minutes after Syrius or 7 houres 44 minutes before it into the South the declination thereof is 31 degrees 26 minutes in the Southside of the Line Cetus or the Whalfish After these
of Cassiopeia commeth right above the Northstarre then is the Northstarre above the Pole at its highest when it is right under the Northstarre then is the Northstarre at the lowest under the Pole according to the demonstration in these figures hereunder specifyed The stars of the greate wagon are knowne to every one And of the Starres of Cassiopeia There are 5 very cleare the principall in forme as formerly standeth expressed the second of them that is which is farthest distant from the Northstarre and is in the breast and standeth neere upon as farre from the Northstarre as the northermost fore wheele of the greate Wagon if you hold a straite stick upon the sight marke on end through betweene the Wagon and the horses and marke it in the midst over the Northstarre and then the other end shall stretch over the foresaid starre called Cassiopeias breast The 32. Point The use of the North starre when you take the height by the wayters which are on the northern hinderwheele of the great Wagon FOr as much as many Pilots know not the names of many of the fixed starres and therefore follow the use of the north starre according to the points of the compasse we have for the use for these men made two sorts of tables the one according to the waters which we have mended the other according to the northern hinder wheele of the great Wagon both of them on the foure strokes north south east and west and in as much as in this kinde or worke the north star hath a different standing in sundry heights of the Pole we have calculated the tables agreeing to divers heights or latitudes from 10 degrees to 10 degrees as followeth At the height of 10. degrees When the brightest of the wayters standeth in the East then is the north star under the Pole 1 degr 28 min. North then it is 2 degr 48 minutes under the Pole West 1 degree 22 min. above the Pole South 2 degrees 18 min. above the Pole At the height of 20 degrees When the brightest of the wayters standeth in the East the n. star is 1 degree 31 min. under the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 18 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 1 degree 19 min. above the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 19 min. above the Pole At the height of 30 degrees When the brighest of the wayters standeth in the East the n. star is 1 degree 35 min. above the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 18 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 1 degree 14 min. above the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 19 min. higher than the Pole At the height of 40 degrees The wayters in the East the n. star 1 degree 39 min. under the Pole North the n. star 2 degr 17 min. below the Pole West the n. star is 1 degree 10 m. above the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 19 min. above the Pole At the height of 50 degrees The wayters in the East the n. star is 1 degree 44 min. below the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 17 min. below the Pole West the n. star is 1 degree 3 min. above the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 20 min. above the Pole At the height of 60 degrees The wayters in the East the n. star is 1 degree 52 min. under the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 16 min. below the Pole West the n. star is 53 min. higher then the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 20 min. above the Pole At the height of 70 degrees The wayters in the East the n. star is 2 degr 5 min. under the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 15 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 32 min. above the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 22 min. above the Pole At the height of 80. degrees The wayters in the East the north star is 2 degr 33 min. under the Pole North the north star is two degr 12 min. under the Pole West the north star is 33 min. under the Pole South the north star is 2 degrees 44 min. higher then the Pole The use of the North starre agreeing with the northermost hinder wheele of the Wagon At the height of 10 degrees When the northermost Wheele of the wagon standeth in the East then is the n. star higher then the Pole 1 degree 1 min. North the n. star is two degrees 27 min. above the Pole West the n. star is 1 degree 13 min. lower then the Pole South the n. star is under the Horizon out of sight At the height of 20 degrees The northern wheele of the Wagon East the n. star is 54 min. higher then the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 27 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 1 degree 19 min. lower then the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 27 min. above the Pole At the height of 30 degrees The Northermost hinder-wheele of the Wagon East the n. star is 47 min. higher then the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 27 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 2 degree 26 m. above the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 27 min. under the Pole At the height of 40 degrees The northermost hinder wheele East the n. star is 38 min. above the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 27 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 1 degree 34 min. below the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 28 min. above the Pole At the height of 50 degrees The Northermost Wheele East the n. star is 24 min. above the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 26 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 1 degr 45 min. under the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 28 min. above the Pole At the height of 60 degrees The Northermost hinder Wheele East the n. star is 2 minutes above the Pole North the n. star is 2 degr 26 min. under the Pole West the n. star is 2 degr 1 min. under the Pole South the n. star is 2 degr 28 min. above the Pole At the height of 70 degrees The northern hinder Wheele East the n. star is 41 min. under the Pole South the n. star is two degr 25 m. under the Pole West the n. star is 2 degr 22 min. under the Pole South the n. star is two degr 29 min. above the Pole At the height of 10 degr the n. hinder Wheele of the great Wagon cannot come from the Horizon at the same height with the northstarre A Declaration of the East West South and Northerne Waiters and of the great Wagon The Waiters north that is when the clearest standeth right above the northstarre even as in the second figure The waiters west that is when the middlemost of the waiters standeth towards the west and there withal one high above the Horison as in the third figure
the needle beginneth to decline from the north towards the west untill you come a little on the east side of the Iland S. Brandaon where it is at the height of 22 gr or two whole strokes that is increasing northwestering Sayling from thence you begin to decrease till you are at the south point of Celebes where againe the needle draweth right this is called decreasing northwestering For the common navigation from this Countrey to the east north England France or Spaine the stiles to direct the Lilly right north set fast under the rose about two third parts from the stroke from the north to the east The stretching and course of the one Country towards the other in the common Cards are drawne by such a Compasse so that you may sayle it without altering of the Compasse or shaking any other reckoning or account In great journies when the needle declineth sometime to the west and sometime to the east a stroke or two or more it is necessary to observe it sharply over what side and how much it standeth from the north that you may be certaine what course you shall hold in sailing Lastly make a ring of brasse or wood as P Q R that you may hang the box on it that the uppermost flat A B C D may hang Water-compasse the south side B C F G and the edges B F C G and the Line L O just in the lead this being thus prepared the use followeth Of the Tides IT is knowne to all experienced Mariners that the ebbing and flowing of the sea is governed by the Moone soo that every new and full Moone the waters are higher which they call spring-tydes and at the quarter of the Moon the waters are lowest so that you may know and that certainly by former observation although the true and reall cause thereof is yet hidden from us the houre of the tyde and on what point or stroke the Moone maketh high water in any particular place to the great profit and furtherance of navigation If you set such a compasse with the bottom water compasse the line H K just north and south to wit H to the north and K to the south and the lower end of the gnomen by such a degree of the Quadrant F C according to the height of the Pole where you are there will the roundell A B C stand even with the surface of the true Equinoctiall and the gnomen E D with the axeltree of the world The sight on such a Compasse and a common one differeth very much and by how much nearer the Equinoctiall soo much more will the difference bee as will appeare by this example following The first Example On the height of 50 gr or thereabout the Sunne being in the beginning of Cancer in the greatest northerly declination it is on a common Compasse east at halfe an houre past seven and west at halfe an houre past foure that is he goeth from the east to the west through the south in nine houres but from the west through the north to the east in 15 houres The Second Example At the height of 30 degrees hee comes little before halfe an houre past nine at the east and a little after halfe an houre past two to the west and so it goeth in lesse then five houres and a halfe from the east through the south into the west but from the west through the north to the east he goeth more then 18 houres The third Example The Dragonshead being in the beginning of Aries and the Moone in the beginning of Cancer they make 5 gr more declination than the Sunne and go to the foresaid height of 30 gr more then an houre sooner from the east to the west then the Sunne to wit about the space of 4 houres and againe from the west to the east about the space of 2 houres Under the line the Sunne having noo declination riseth in the morning in the east and rising remaineth east untill he commeth to the Zenith and passeth that to the west and abideth so descending west till he approacheth the Horizon and is according to a flatt driving compasse the one halfe of the day east and the other west without comming on any other stroke but it is not so on such an Equinoctiall compasse The Sunne and Moone both going alwayes in the same distance of time over every stroke to wit from the east to the south in six houres and from the south to the west in six houres and againe from the west through the north in twice six houres The first Example Under the Line the Sunne being in the Equinoctiall I set the end of the gnomen E directly north the other end D to the south at the upper-edge of the Quadrant at G on O the gnomen E D shall lye water Compasse like the axeltree of the world and the roundell right in the lead upright like the true Equinoctiall there The Sun comâ—ing above the Horizon the shaddow of the gnomen â—â—all direct you to the sixt houre in the east for the rising but if hee rise beyond the edge of the roundell and devideth that in the same time into equall parts with the shaddow being 45 gr above the Horizon the shaddow of the gnomen will direct you to the 9 houre in the south being â—ome into the Zenith the shaddow shall fall just on the â—ead at the twelfth houre in the south againe 45 gr that is â—escending halfe way the west the shadow shall be at the â—â—ird houre in the afternoone in the southwest but coâ—ing to the Horizon the shaddow shall fall on the sixt â—oure in the west As this is spoken of the Sun the same must bee underâ—â—ood of the moone in as much as concerneth the points 〈◊〉 strokes af the Compasse To reckon by the age of the moone we have set in the table following under every stroke two rankes of ciphers the first are the dayes of the age of the moone or the dayes past since the moone was new or at the full The second the houres and minutes of those dayes in the which the moone comes to such a stroke maketh at the place standing by high water The Second Example Eight dayes after the moon hath beene new or at the full I desire to know when the moone commeth to the south at Embden or Enckhuysen and such like places makes high water for there a north and a south moone makes full sea I seek under the north and south stroke the 8 day in the 1 columne and by that in the second 6 houres 24 minut on that then shall the moone come to the north and south at 6 hour 24 min. and make high water in that place The tyde 48 min. later every day that is foure or fivâ— parts of an houre then if you know at what houre the new or full moone make high water in any one place you shall reckon from that first day every day foure or five parts of an
reckoning they are good longst markes when Monnickedam is about the west end of Schyteldoecks-haven and the house at Muyen betwixt Weesp and the church at Muyen then are you thwart of Muyen sand For to saile right through over Pampus then keepe the steeple of Diemen over or about the point of Tyoort so long as you can see Tyoort that is a right longst marke for to saile over Pampus When you are come thwart of the east end of Marken goe then on northeast or somewhat more eastwardly towards the Fall of Urck which is 7 leagues when you are come with in a great league of Urck you shall meete with a hard sand The Houtribbe called the Houtribbe lying southeast and northwest thwart over the Farewaye there is no more water upon it then upon the Flat of Wieringen or of Freesland you shall finde alsoo no deeper water there then eight through When Enckhuysen lyeth northwest northwest and by west from you then you are upon the Houtribbe Before that you come against the sand you can by night see the fire upon Urck. When as Urck or the fire is more northerly then northeast from you and that you get shoaling then that is certainly of the Houtribbe for so you cannot come too neare the Enckhuysen sand When you come from the southwards you are not about the Enckhuysen sand before that the church upon Urck come without the little village of houses which is then east and by south and east southeast from you if that then you goe away northwest and by west or westnorthwest you shall runne close alongst by the side of the sand With a ship of great draught bring the church a good way through the houses untill that it stand eastsoutheast from you then goe bouldly on northwest and by west or keepe Medenblick without the point of the Ven and so you shal not come too near neither to sand nor shoale Likewise if you come from the northwards and bring Urck not more eastwardly then eastsoutheast from you Marks of Enckhuysen sand then you cannot take hurt also of the Enckhuysen sand From Urck to the buyes upon the Cripple and Hof-stede the course is northwest and by west with that course you may runne all alongst unto the souther buye upon Wieringheâ— Flat in turning to windwards you may well bring Medenblick a little within the point of the Ven but when as Medenblick is without it then you are in the right fareway Betwixt Urck and the buye upon the Hofstede northeast somewhat eastwardly from the steeple of Enckhuysen lyeth a little plate of hard sand lying towards the end of Enckhuysen sand which is not deeper then the Frees Flat about to the eastwards of it is the deepest water but about to the westwards of it by some called the Katte-gar you shall be sooner about the High horne or the Enckhuysen sand it is good for ships that draw but little water The thwart markes of the buyes Marks of the buyes upon the Hof-stede Cripple both upon the Cripple and Hosstede are Grootebroeck and Hem two sharp steeples right one in the other and Warnis a little sharp steeple in Freesland to the south side of the Cliffe of Staverne then you have the length of these buyes which lye each of them in three fathom the one on the east shoare and the other on the west shoare upon the tayle of the Cripple There is in the right fare waie two foot lesse then five fathom and soft ground When the steeple of Medenblick commeth to the northwards of the house of Medenblick so farr as the house is broade then you are cleare of Cripple sand and past it goe then on northwest and northwest and by north to the buye upon the Creyl according as the winde and tyde shall be the right farewaie there is deepe 5 fathom scarce Thwart of the Creyl in sailing out or about the Cryel in sailing in that is a little within the Creyl The Crâ—yl on the north shoar lyeth alongst the reach towards the buye upon the Hosstede a hard sand or plate called the south Creyl South Creyl upon which there is no more then twelve foot water at low water betwixt that banck and the north shoare it is three fathom deepe and soft ground and to the southwards or the westwards of it foure fathom and an halfe When Mirnes a little flat steeple in Freesland commeth over a long countrie-house to the southwards of the cliffe of Staverne then you come right thwart of that foresayd plate Mark of the Creyl The markes of the buye upon the Creyl are the sharpe steeple of Twisck over the Cornemill to the westwards of Medenblick and that little flat steeple of Mirnes to the south side or east side of the cliffe The right fareway there is four fathom and an half five fathom deep soft ground the buye lyeth in four fathom if need require men may runne wel a cables length about to the eastwardes of it From the buye upon the Creyl to the buye upon the Freese plate Freese plate the course is north and by east When the steeple of Twisck commeth a little to the northwards of Medenblick then keepe them soo standing so long as you can see it then you shal not saile within any shoales betwixt that plate and the Creyl Betwixt the buye upon the Creyl and the Freese plate on the west shoare alongst the Reach lyeth a hard sand called Monick-sand Monick-sand which men may be foul of if they runne somewhat too farre over to the westwards When you are come about the Creyl you may goe on north and by east with a shippe that draweth but little water over the tayle of Broad-sand right to the buye upon the sand called West-worckum but with shippes of great draughts you must keep the right farewaye For to finde the deepest water upon the flat bring Pendragen a little flatte steeple standing to the westwards of Worckum to the westwards of a little village which standeth alsoo to the westwards of Worckum and saile so right with it that is a good longst marke of the buy upon the Freese plate and soo you shall runne right with the buy when as that Warnes and Mirnes come one in the other to the northwards of Staveren then you have the length of the buy which lyeth on the west side of the Plate you must runne alongst to the westwards of it there is the deepest water when you come from the northwards you might sayle within the Freese-plate on the east shoare Being past the foresayd buye upon the plate goe on northnortheast untill that Pendragen come betwixt the little village and Voorwolde If that you have then the cliffe through Staveren then you have the deepest water upon the shoalest of the slatt then men runne commonly a little more norherly unto the buye in the Bight Buy in the Bight and alongst to the westwards
8 9 and ten fathom deep Bâ—twixt Keeshoeck and Schuytesand or betwixt the beakons of Claesoomen the point of the water lyeth a little narrow plate alongst the reach allmost in the middest of the fareway nearest to the west shoare where upon it is not deeper then four fathom or 3 fathom and an hâ—lfe when men turne to windewards they are over it with 2 or 3 casts of the lead Westwards from the buy upon Keeshoeck lyeth the Old-Flye Old-Flye it lyeth in first s s.w and then forth to the buy upon the Nesse in the Tessel stream The after floud with the fore ebb fall in verie strong into this channel In sailing upwards you might sail within it in 4 fathom The marks of it are the steeple of Franiker right to the southwards of the steeple of Harlingen From thence outwards off unto Schieringshals the w. shoare is verie steep in eight fathom you shall be close by the shoare The fareway betwixt these buyes and thwart of the buye upon the Ellbowâ— is tenne and eleven fathom deep From Keeshoeck to Wolfshoeck Wolfshoeck the course is first northwest and northwest and by north unto the buye betwixt them both by some called the Schor tun and by the Pilots the buy upon the Ellbowe Schor tun or the buy upon the Ellbow and from thence to the buy upon Wolfshoeck north or somewhat more easterly which lieth in four fathom on the east shoare From the buy upon Wolfshoeck unto the buy unto Schieringshals Schâ—eringshals the course is northnorthwest north w. and by north according as the winde and tyde shall be To the northwards or to the eastwards of the buy upon Wolfshoecke goeth up a broade bight southeast farre into the groundes so deep as the right farewaie called the Inschot The Inschot comming in you might saile within in seven fathom the forefloud falleth from Schieringshals verie strong into it and the fore ebbe to the contrarie very strong out of it upon the taile of Schieringshals where by maine ships are miscarried Schieringshals is a tail of sand which shooteth off from the west shoare upon it lyeth a white buye in three or four fathom comming in from without men might saile within it in sixe fathom the right deepe betwixt Wolfshoeck and Schieringshals is nine fathom From Schieringshals to Longsand Longsand the course is northwest and northwest and by north betwixt them both on the w. shoare it is shallow water and the best roade of al the Flye streame there goeth also little tyde The right deepe is eight nine and ten fathom Longsand men might sail within it on the east shoare in sayling up but if they keep themselves in 7 or 8 fathom they shall not come too neare neither of Longesand nor Schieringshals When the eastermost house upon Grindt commeth a little to the northwards of the westermost then you have even the length of the buye upon Longsand From Longsand to the Sloot the course is forth northnorth w. the right deep is tenne fathome Moncksloot or men runne alongst by the beakons upon Crakesand untill they come into the Sloot The Island Flyeland is three leagues long and a land very easy to be known upon the east end lye high white sand-hilles and to the westwards it is a land ful of short low hommocks or knobbs Upon the west end standeth a Church with a mill to the eastwards of it From the w. end shooteth off a riffe a good waies into sea To the westwards of this riffe betwixt Flyeland and the Eyerland goeth in a deep called the Westergat or Westfiel deepe which is not for great ships but onely for Fisher boates there is not above 8 or 10 foote water Upon the east end standeth a mill with a Cape the which are markes for to avoyd the grounds which lye before the Flye The east end of Flyeland and the west end off Tessel lye eight leagues asunder Eastwards from Vlieland lyeth der Schelling der Schelling and is about three leagues long Upon it stand two Churches and upon the west end thereof it hath an high stubbed tower called Brandaâ—ies and by it standeth a Mill about the middle of the land standeth a sharpe steeple called Midlands East thereof standeth another Spire steeple called the Hoorn betweene Midland and the Hoorn standeth a mill On the east end there lye little hills or downes Upon the west end standeth a Light-house upon which there is fire at night and two Capes the biggest serveth as a Mark of the easterne Booms channell and the least for the westerne Booms-channel Stortemelck To sayle into Stortemelck that is the Landdeep of Vlieland bring the Cape that is on the east end of Vlieland and the Lighthouse together they shall then stand from you southsoutheast or a little easterly sayle there upon and you shall fall right upon the first buy that lyeth in five fathom on the outermost of the long Banke the Banke is on the northside reasonable plaine so that those who come out of the north may run thereby upon the lead in five or six fathom and so likewise find the outermost Buy If neede require men may run over the end of the long banke but nâ—â— too farr eastwards of the outermost buy in three â—â—â—â—om or eighteen foot towards the shoare though not eastwards of the second Buy but a good way westwards lyeth right southwards the point of another small tayle whereupon neere the buy is no more then eleven foote water betweene this tayle and the long banke runneth a Chopp in the ground to the eastwards off five fathome deepe It happeneth sometimes that shippes comming over the end of the Long bancke and finding againe deeper water doe thinke themselves to bee in the right depth of Stortemelck where upon they luffe but runne in the foresayd Chopp in betwixt the two foresayd tayles and if with a westerly wind not without greate danger and yet must run out againe backwards Comming out of the west alongst by Vlieland in foure or five fathom you shall not misse to run the foresayd outermost buy in sight Hee that in the night falleth about Stortemelek let him bring the light-house southsoutheast from him and run there upon till hee come neerer the shoare hee shall run to the westwards of the outermost buy within Stortemelck there lye 7 blacke buyes with one white buy sayling in leave all the blacke on the larboard and run alongst the southwards leave the white on the starboard even as al other white buyes as well in Booms channell the letting as upon the Vliestream In comming from Stortemelck you must somewhat shun the shoar for it hath a shoale right over against the first buy The second Buy called the outtermost Drooge drie lyeth on eleven foote upon the ridge or the shoalest of the channell south thereof is alsoo not more then 11 foot water and a little further againe 16 foote deepe The third is called
the innermost Drooge drie lyeth on 16 foote the right depth betweene both is 3 fathom The fourth is called Heyckhoeck betweene this and the third the right depth is in five fathom over against the fourth lyeth the white Buy on the strand hard by runneth a little tayle from the shoare which you may under sayle when you sayle outwards to this white Buy or to the third from without it stretcheth eastnortheast in from the fourth to the fifth allmost east further more more southerly The fifth buy is called the outtermost corner buy the sixth the middlemost corner Buy and the seventh or last the innermost corner buy betwixt the outtermost and middlemost corner buy the next outtermost runneth a tayle from the shoare which you may under sayle from without this groweth sometimes allmost as farre as the Buy then breaketh the depth by the wall againe through and scoures the tayle wholly to the north shoare from the innermost buy men run forth alongst by the strand of Vlieland or southward to the buy upon the plate The easterne Booms Channell To sayle into the easterne Booms Channell Comming out of sea or from the westwards bring the Cape on the Schelling the tower of Brandaries together they shall then stand south from you south by east run there upon and you shall find the outermost buy without the Channell in sea upon 4 and a halfe and 5 fathom right without and eastwards the outermost poynt of the steepe grounds they are without upon the northside soo steepe that you are hard by them in 12 and 13 fathom upon them remaineth not more then 5 foote water hard by to the westwards of the foresayd Cape standeth a lighthouse where upon there is light every night Comming by night out of the east you must hold the stroke of the shoare and you may run alongst there by in three fathom till the fire bee right against you and so still further upon three fathom till you come to Heyhoeck then is the fire almost east and east and by north from you there get you deeper water In foure fathom you maâ— run without about the steep grounds The easterne Booms Channell is very hard to bee sayled in by an unxeperienced man it is full of wandring grounds even as by Oesel The foreflood falleth eastnortheast thwart over the Channell till allmost halfe flood before it drawes right inwards contrariwise the fore ebbe falleth also westsouthwest thwart over the Channell till almost halfe ebbe before it falleth right out therefore it is best with a northeast or easterly winde fore ebbe A little eastwards of the Cape and the tower get the east shoare and so run alongst thereby upon three fathom this is cleane and flatt wholly till within Cape and the Tower The second buy lyeth within the outtermost poynt of the steepe grounds distant from the first about southwest and by west the steepe grounds are so steepe on the end that it is very neere it 18 foote deepe the east shoare is flatt going up and dryeth by little and little from 18 to 16 14 and 12 foote Eastwards the second buy the fareway is three fathom deepe and to the westwards it is five fathom but not wide therefore you may not run too farre westwards you should bee very suddenly with a fore ebbe upon them they are likewise within very steepe The east shoare you may run soo neare upon your lead as you will onely with a storme the sea breaketh thereupon quite to the second buy The second third fourth and fifth buy lye all upon a row one from another to wit southwest and northeast the third on the east coast though you may goe there a little more eastwards about the east coast is there most flatt and the fareway westwards of the buy seven fathom deepe The fifth called the buy upon Heyhoeck lyeth also on the east shoare but neerer then the third in five fathom these may you also sayle to the eastwards but not farre the fareway westwards these is 7 8 and 9 fathom deepe till you come past this buy you may from without sayle in alongst by the east coast upon your lead also by night or darke weather from thence inwards it is wide and broad From Heyhoeck you must saile to Robbegat Upon the north side of the Robbegat upon the poynt of the dry plate standeth a beak on in the middle of Robbegat next the dry plate lyeth a small shoale before upon the shoale on the poynt in the comming in lyeth a buy betwixt that buy or the small shoale and the foresayd Beacon is the deepest water but you must run in hard by the Beakon that so you may not be deceived with the streame which falleth thwart over the drye plate below and betweene this small shoale and the Rosyne plate it is wider and the Robbegat stretiches in southwest and southwest and by w. Beeing through the Robbegat run to the strand of Vlieland and alongst somewhat neere thereby The Westerne Booms Channell To sayle into the westerne Booms Channell comming from the west bring the Cape and tower of Brandaries together that is then east and east and by south from you thereupon you must run to find the outermost buy there is six fathom water keepe then the Cape and tower so standing till you come to the second buy bring then the tower a greate handspikes length to southwards the Cape and sayle thereupon then you shall sayle betwixt a white and black buy there is it upon the shoalest 17 foote with low water from thence you come to six and seven fathom then you come againe in the right Booms Channell on the northwall it is the deepest it is wide and broad that you could wel vere it up the stream runs there of it selfe right in in still weather To sayle into the letting The letting comming through the Robbegat about the Rosyne plate you must run towards the buy upon Langesant aâ—d forth betweene the white and black buy leaving in sailing up the black on the larboard and the white on the starboard till you come by the beacons upon the Nakens you may easly see from buy to buy sayle then forth alongst by the Beakons upon the Nakens e. s.e on till Brandaries commeth hard by Grind but not upon it keepe them so standing and run southwards on and you shall saile upon the buy on the tayle of Hendryck 't Iaerts plate these you may under saile on the e. side Leave them on your larboard and run on west away southsoutheast to the last Buy that lyeth upon the south poynt of the foresayd Hendryck 't Iaerts plate Over against the Beakons upon the Nakens lye on the southwall two white buyes the most easterly lyeth upon the tayle which sayling off you may undersayle southwards betweene the two last blacke buyes by the west coast is the Roâ—de where the ships which are bound to Harlingen set on to lighten NOTE
leagues From the Flye to Hitland the course is n.w. by north somewhat northerly 156 leagues From the Flye to Fairehill northwest by north about 151 leagues From the Flye to Scuytenes the course is north by w. somewhat northerly 106 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Schelling when you saile alongst by it about two leagues from the Land Thus sheweth Flyeland when you are two leagues thwart off from it Ameland sheweth it selfe thus when you are two leagues thwart off from it The second Demonstration Where in The Scholbalgh Lauwers both the Eemses the Weser the Elve the Eyder and other channels of the Sea betweene them SChiermonck-oogh Schiermonck-oogh lyeth from the east end of Ameland east somewhat northerly 3 leagues it is a little low plaine Island about 2 leagues long there standeth no speciall thing upon it to bee knowne but upon the west end two capes with a white sand-hill otherwise it is all with lowe blackish sand-hils or hommocks but higher then upon the east end and mingled with white the east end is a long flat strand with little low rough sand-hills When you bring the two capes upon the west end one in the other and runne so in you shall finde the outermost buye which lyeth without the channell at sea in 7 fathom or there abouts Sometimes there lye two and sometimes three buyes in the channell which you must leave on the starboardside and runne alongst to the eastwards of them being come within the channell you shall find also beacons on the w. shoare which you must follow all along untill you come to Ostmerhorn where you may anchor The lying in and depths of that channell do alter and shift oftentimes and sometimes much within a short time so that there is no certaintie to be written off it where unto men might trust Foure leagues to the eastwards of Schiermonckoogh lyeth the Island Rottum Rottum and betwixt them the little Island the Bosch A few yeares past through setting off spyrie grasse or heath there was grown two or three handsome sand-hils but are now againe altogether blowne away and altered into a plaine flat strande which the sea at high flouds doth altogether runne over Betwixt these Islands the Bosch Schiermonckoogh was wont to goe in a channell of indifferent depth called the Lawers which is now most cast too by the foresayd strand of the Bosch which is grown in all alongst unto the oogh so that there is no more remaining then a narrow shoale creek To the eastwards of the Bosch goeth in the Schille also an altering uncertain channell which is sometimes deepe and sometimes againe shoale and the channell shifteth too and againe so that there is no certaintie to be written of it whereunto men might trust The Island Rottum is a little Island about a league half long and very easy to be knowne the west end is high and steep the rest is low land with some little sand-hills Upon the east end stand two capes the greatest or the runner standeth upon the e. end upon the flat strand the smallest on the south side of the sand-hill There stand also two houses upon it the one upon the west end the other in the middst of the Island in a valley Borckum Borckum is also an Island easy to be knowne two great leagues long it ariseth commonly when you come in out of the sea in three parts as if it were three Islands when you come from the westwards it sheweth it self in foure parts for with high flouds the water runneth through in 3 places The Wor. Counsell of Embden hath caused to be set upon the west end a high thick steeple which men may see far off at sea on the west side of that steeple standeth a little low church From the west end of Borckum shooteth off a riffe a great wayes into sea called Burckum riffe To the southwards of it to witt betwixt Borckum Rottum goeth in the wester-Eems which is the verie best channell that lyeth in all this coast The Old or westerne Eems Bring the Capes upon Rottum together and they shall then stand southeast and somewhat more easterly if you come out of the sea sayle resolutely upon them then shall you find the outermost Buy then shall you have the Tower of Borckum e. and more southerly from you the west end of Rottum southeast by south lyes upon the tayle of Geltsacks plate Geltsacks-plate there is a white buy with a little flagge lyeth upon 6 fathom with low water and is marked in the Card with the letter a. From the first to the second the course is southeast by south is marked with letter b and is the first black buy upon 7 fathom on the south shoare let this buy in your sayling in lye on your starboard and the white on your larboard then have you from this foresayd black buy the tower upon Borckum east the Capes upon Rottum southeast by e. from you from the first black buy to the second third and fourth buy marked with the letters c d e your course is east and by south Comming from the w. neere the Lauwers or Bossandt keepe the stroake of the shoare upon 5 fathom till you are past it sayle then freely eastwards on so shall you run within through Geltsack plate in five foure and three fathom afterwards on eight fathom and soo come by the fourth blacke buy which lyeth in foure fathom Pascaarte vande EEMSEN Al 's de oude ofte wester Eems en de ooster Eems Pascaarte van't VLIE Al 's mede een gedeelt van't Amelander gat PascaerteVande EEMS ELVE Weser Eyder en de Hever al 's mede hoe die selvighe gaten van Heylighe landt gelegen syn The Borckummer riffe Borckummer riffe commeth on from without and is flatt on the end when as the Capes upon Rottum stand southeast off then come you over the riffe and shall come upon the tayle of the riff with low water with lesse then 7 dutch ells depth of water for it is flatte and broad on the inner side it is very high and steep and shootes with a brest inwards but you may cast your lead well upon it From the fourth buy till within the bending of Rottum the course is eastsoutheast is marked with f and lyeth upon 7 fathom from this to the buy upon the high plate and is the sixth buy marked with g and lyeth upon 7 fathom as also to the Huyberts buy h the course is east and by south when the Cape upon the south-side and the tower come together they stand southsouthwest from one another so are you even with the outtermost Huyberts buy goe then eastsoutheast on to the innermost Huyberts buy marked with i which lyeth also even as the first Huyberts buy in 6 fathom upon the west side of these buyes you have Huyberts plate which is now devided from
two fathom or two fathom and an half For to sayle from the Iade to the Weser then sayle by the third buy over the shoalest of the High way on eastnortheast to the Mellembuye and you shall finde at low water upon the foresayd shoalest place or by the third buy no more water then nine or tenne foote and being over there you shall get againe deeper water and then you are in the Weser Reckon well your tydes for the ebbe falleth very strong northnorthwest out at the Iade and the flood to the contrarie very hard inwards so that you can hardly stemme the tyde when the weather is somewhat calme whereof you must be very carefull For to sayle up into the Iade leave the foresayd third buye on the larboard side and go from thence most south up unto the poynt of the Dyke called Hormerscheel when you are come by the Dyke there the Iadeis wide and broade without the foresayd Dyke standeth a beacon or two for shipps that are bound over the Wadt If you will sayle further up into the Iade then keep the west shoare untill you come thwart of the church without a steeple which standeth by the Dyke there you must leave the west shoare because of the Aentâ—n or Ieppe plate which shooteth off from the Veer alongst the west shoare and sometimes lyeth drye at low Water The west shoare lyeth most southeast somewhat southerly A south and north moon maketh the highest water upon the Jade and it floweth with an ordinary tyde a fathom and an half up and downe The Weser For to saile up the Weser come no nearer Wrangeroogh then seven fathom being in seven fathom then edge off from the shoare into 11 fathom and you shall there finde the first buye at the comming into the Weser lying in seven fathom upon the taile of the Redsand Menser Church that is a flat Church without a steeple in Vroukens land is then southsoutheast from you Being thwart of the first buye and that the west end of Wrangeroogh is southsouthwest from you then you runne over the taile of the Red-sand in five fathom From the outtermost buy to the second third fourth fifth the course is due east which lye all in 7 fathom the south side to wit the Red-sand nearest each a point different from Menser church so that Menser church lyeth from the second south and by east from the third south from the fourth south and by west and from the fifth southsouthwest The fifth buy is called the buy upon the Head for to know that from all the other buyes there standeth a staffe upon it of a halfe fathom long With a white knotte upon it Over against the buye upon the Head lyeth a white buye on the white grounds Betwixt all the foresayd buyes you must reckon wel your tydes the floud commeth out of the north west and falleth alongst over the Red-sand and the ebbe to the contrary The right deep thwart of these foresaid buyes in the comming in is eleven fathom but thwart of the buye upon the Head five fathom at low water Right before the We lyeth the Middle-plate Middle plate the Eastermost or the Innâ—â—side beginneth right to the northwards of the buye upon the Head by the white grounds lyeth alongst the reach of the third buye to reckon from without and is on both sides flat for to sounde about On the west side of the foresaid plate lyeth a white buy about from Menser Church which you must leave in comming in on the larboard-side For to sail from the buye upon the Head out again to the eastwards of this plate unto the Elve Then sound it out about the white grounds in 4 or 5 fathom untill you be out in the sea For to saile further up into the Weser the course from the buye upon the Head unto the sixth buye is southeast northwest Menser Church shall then lie from you southwest and by south the Weser is thwart of it about 20 fathom deep From the sixth buye to the seventh that is the buye upon the Cours or the Wapperbuye or the southwest buye because Menset Church lyeth southwest off from it the course is southeast The Jade buy lyeth about south or south by west from this buye From the buye upon the Cours unto the Mellem buye the course is yet southeast which you might sail within ar unawares in sixe fathom Menser Church lyeth off from it southwest and by west From the Mellem buye to the buye upon Bollenziele the course is southeast somewhat easterlie you must reckon your tides there verie well because the floude falleth exceeding hard into the west shoare Langworder church lyeth right south by east from that buye upon Bollenziele Buye upon Bollenziele over against it upon the point of the blackgrounds lyeth a white buye come no nearer to it at half floud then four fathome and an half you might unawares sail within that point in sayling in in four fathom From the buye upon Bollenziele to the beakon upon Bollenziele the course is southsoutheast or southeast by south Langworder church lyeth about south from that beakon you must leave it on the starboard side comming in within that beakon upon Bollenziele is a good roade for a westerly winde From the beakons upon Bollenziele to the first buye upon the flat the course is southeast till you come somewhat beneath the beakon then alongst eastsoutheast The marks of the first buye upon the Flat is when you can see through the belholes of Langworder steeple then you are thwart of the first buye Langworder Church is then from you somewhat more southerly then southsouthwest From the first buye upon the Flat to the second the course is eastsoutheast Betwixt these two buyes stande five beakons on the larboard side upon the black grounds From the second buye upon the flatt to the Meyland the course is southeast and by south Being come thwart of Wadnis or the Meyland sayl then close along by the green shoare untill you come within Blixem there is the roade for great ships that are bound to sea Like as upon the Iade so also upon the Weser a south north moon maketh the highest water it floweth there also 2 fathom and a half up and downe To the eastwards of the Weser lye the south grounds South grounds of the Elve there go in 2 faire deep Balghs or Creeks of 10 12 13 fathom The Til called also Broadbalgh is the westermost and lyeth so far to the westwards that men can but even see the New-worke from thence If it should happen that comming to the eastwards of the Weser you should be beset upon the souther grounds being a lest shoare be in danger then saile to the south grounds in 4 or 5 and 6 fathom but not much nearer also for they are somewhat steepe When you running so along by these grounds upon the same course shall get 8 9 yea 10
Ameren-Born He that commeth off from Holyland and is bound to the northwards need not feare so much for the shoale for it shooteth out most by the land The Haven of List About eight leagues to the northwards of Silter-deep lyeth the Haven of List which runneth in by the north end of the Island Silt. For to sayle in there comming from the southwards runne so long to the northwards in six or seven fathom that you may see a little Island without the poynt which lyeth within these outer Islands upon which standeth a house called Ieurtmans house when that house commeth a mast length without the poynt of List then goe in east and by south and eastsoutheast keepe those markes so standing untill that you bee within the poynt off List edge then up to the southwards about the poynt and anchor before the Vuchts house there it is nine and ten fathom deep At the entring of the channell lyeth a plate or sand called Haef-sand Haefsand that you shall leave on the larboard side when you come in it is on the off-side very flat and good for to sound when you come from the northwards For to avoyd that when you come from the northwards edge off so far from the shoare that the red Cliffe come without the sand-hills or that you may see it plainely Then you may goe well over Haef-sand with a ship that is not of a very great draught Likewise when you come out at the channell of List and are bound to the northwards sayle so farre out that you may see the Cliffe and then you may goe over the foresayd sand which lyeth from the south end of Rem a good wayes into sea On the south side of the channell of List lye also two sands or banks alongst the shoare not very farre without the strand the innermost or northermost is called Barling-sand Barling sand and the outermost Rust or Rusting Rust or Rusting that lieth to the southwards almost thwart of the red Cliffe betwixt these sands and the strand of Silt goeth in the Land deep For to sail in there comming from the southwards you must seek betimes to the strand of List about the red cliffe because of the Rust which lyeth off from the north end of List a little without the strand When that you have the sounding of the shoare and are come somewhat within that red cliff there shall meet you a flat from the shoare which you must somewhat avoyd and then you may sound very well keep all alongst the foot strand there you can take no hurt of it From the Inner poynt of List shooteth off alsoo a little riffe where of you must take heed When that you are come within the Innermost poynt of List then you may anchor where you please If you will goe to Lutke Tonderen then leave that sand which lyeth to the southwards of Iuresand on the starboardside and runne through betwixt them both He that is bound to Hoesem or Silt over the Wad must leave that sand on the larboard side Upon Vooren stand two or three trees these you must keepe over the westermost church or steeple and run so alongst unto Vooren Betwixt the Rust and Barling-sand goeth a faire deep channell through called the New deepe right in alongst to the southwardes of Rock-sand Rocksand that is a shoale which lyeth to sea-wards of Rust and Barling-sand For to sayle in at that New-deepe bring the white cliffe upon Silt east and east and by north from you and run in so right with it and you shall fall right in the New-deep betwixt these two bankes leaving Rocksand or the Maber on the larboard side of you run in so alongst by Rust but come also no nearer to it then in foure fathom untill that you come into the Land-deep but comming against the shoare and getting shoaling of the strand run in alongst by the foot-strand on inwardes as is rehearsed in the description of the Land-deep Betwixt Haef-sand or Haes-sand and the Island of Rem goeth in yet a little Land deep of about a fathom a halfe water The Island Rem is three leagues long and very flat on the off-side so that you shall scarce see that land in 6 or 7 fathom Banck of at sea About eight or nine leagues a seaboard of the Island Silt lyeth another banck along the shoare of eight or 9 fathom and is about two leagues long about so long as the Island is Betwixt this Bancke and the Island it is thirteene fathom deepe being in nine fathom a sea-board the Island Silt then lyeth Holyland about south from you Knuyts-deep or Riper-deep From the channell of List to Knuyts or Ryper-deep the course is north and south about seven leagues but Ryper-deepe Holyland lye north somewhat westerily and south somewhat easterly one from the other for to sayle into Knuyts or Ryper-deep comming from the southwards run about by the flat of Rem and Manu towards the south end of Phanu called souther head or Souther-heigh and so you shall see two Câ—pes upon a drye sand somewhat to the southwards of Southerhead bring those Capes a little through one another to wit the innermost or longst a little or a hâ—ndspikes length to the northwards of the shortest or outermost and then they shall stand eastnortheast from you keep them so standing and sayle right in with them and so you shall finde the outermost buye lying on the north shoare in foure fathom in the channell called Old Ruper-deepe leave that buye on the larboard side and then goe inwards east and by north east and east and by south unto the second buye you must runne also about to the southwards of it for thwart of it commeth a shoale shooting off from the north shoare from the outermost Cape towardes the second buye which you must avoyd Or keepe the sounding of the south shoare called Coersand Coersand and run by your lead first east and by north then east and at last east and by south in by it you shall finde there upon the shoalest not lesse then ten foot at low water and common tyde there within it is again 6 7 and 8 fathom deepe Being past the Capes then luffe up to the northwards about the sand where the Capes stand upon and anchor there where you please there it is wide and broad and also deep and steepe so that there you can take no hurt The Ryper ships that are bound out doe lye there for to stay for a winde Behinde the Island Manu it is 6 and 7 fathom deepe there also men may ride from thence you may go up the deep to Rypen but not up alongst to Rype with great ships close to Rypen the deep endeth so that there is a shoaleneck betwixt both where there is no more then 6 foot depth With small ships you may also sayle about behind Rem towards Iursand there is a low water about 7 foot water
high hill a little from the strand called the Blawenbergh going playn downe on both sides which is somewhat blacker then the other land being grown with spyrie grasse to the southwards of this Blawenbergh lyeth that fishers village Wester-zyt betwixt that village and the Horne lyeth one Black hommock and also a Gentlemans house otherwise the land is altogether full of hommocks Rinkopper deepe To the northwards of the foresayd Blawenbergh lye three or four lowe white Sand-hills and by the haven of Numen also two great white Sand-hills close one by the other To the northwardes of these Sand-hills runneth in that Haven of Numen the land lyeth betwixt the haven of Numen and the Doodenbergh most south and north about 7 leagues all alongst a faire strand the best to bee knowne of this Coast is the foresayd Blawenbergh and these two foresayd white Sand-hills For to sayle into Rinkopperdeep Rinkopper deepe or the Haven of Numen runne alongst by the land of West-zyt in six or seven fathom untill that you come to the two foresayd great white Sand-hilles and then you shall see upon a low land two capes upon each of them standeth a barrell Bringe them one in the other and then they shal stand north or north and by east from you saile in right with then and you shall finde a buye excepit it be laide somewhere els Right before the haven of Numen lieth a Sandplate named Gladde Jaep Gladde Iaep For to saile into the souther channell then leave that plate on the larboard side and run in close by the south shoare or foot strand where the aforesayd white Sandhilles doe lye upon right with the Capes and there you cannot doe amisse but runne in boldly by it upon your lead that is the very surest waye of all to sayl in alongst by the strand when men are carefull of the lead Being past Gladde-Iaep runne then towards the north shoare you may sayle about by it so close as you will it is a lowe playne poynt altogether cleane and very steepe When you are come within this poynt you may anchor where you please This channell lyeth in most north and north and by east untill you come within Gladde Iaep and then somewhat more easterly towards the foresayd poynt In this channell goeth an indifferent strong tyde because there lyeth such a great sound within It floweth there little up and downe no more then two foot and a halfe with a common tyde A southwest and northeast Moone maketh there the highest water Right to the northwardes of Gladde Iaep runneth in another channell but there is no more but eight foot water Further within the Haven of Numen it is Pilots water but shippes that are not of great draught may well sayle up especially at a low water The deepe runneth alongst by the strand of Numis keeping alongst by it you cannot doe amisse so soone as you goe off from it you shall bee in danger to sayle within the shoares or tayles which lye off from the Wadt towardes the land of Numit therefore runne close alongst by the foresayd strand of Numit so long untill that the little Church with a flatt steeple bee about east from you against the high land of the Holme come to the south side of the highland then you are within the tayles and sands that lye out leave then the strande and goe in northnortheast and northeast and by north untill that a round hommock come close to the southwardes or right over a little blew Church upon the highland of the Holme Goe then in alongst northeast and by east untill that the foresayd little blew Church commerh over a Gentlemans house beneath in the low land close to the water Sayle then on north and by little and little north and by east untill you come before Rinkoppen it is there broade large and wide and the right deep two fathom and two foote Rinkoppen and the havens mouth of Numen lye four leagues asunder one from the other To the northwardes of Rinkoppen goeth a little river into the land upon which lye two little townes seven or eight leagues in the land the one named Hostebro and the other Huysbuy A halfe league to the southwards of Boevenberghen goeth in yet another little haven inwardes out of the sea named Trosmone there stand two mastes you must keepe them one in the other and runne so into it there lyeth a little village within called Trosmonde From thence you may sayle over the Wadt to Rinkoppen This little haven is not to be reckoned for a Haven because sometimes it is cast too and sometimes there may goe in and out againe Boates or Crayers and small shippes From Rinkopper Deepe or the Haven of Numen to Boevenbergen the land lyeth most north and south ten leagues there is all alongst betwixt them both a faire strand with white sand-hills growne with spyrie grasse When you sayle alongst by it you may see the blew double land of Rinkoppen called the Holmes alongst over this land Betwixt Boevenberghen and the Reefhorne lye some banckes of seven eight and nine fathom and also some that are deeper Boevenberg Boevenbergh is a long smooth hill having in the middest a high round hommock or hill and upon that hill standeth a church with a steeple when you come thwart to land with Boevenbergen it sheweth it selfe in three hilles the middlemost is the highest upon which standeth the foresayd church with a flat steeple upon both sides of that hill stand also other churches but they are not so high you may see the land in thirteene and fourteene fathom the ground is grosse red sand with some little stones there in When Boevenbergen is east northeast from you it sheweth it self in a long hill with some dale in the middest on the northside with a church and also a church on the south side also another hill to the northwards of it From Boevenbergen to the Holmes the land lyeth northnortheast nine or tenne leagues betwixt them it falleth in with a Bight it is blackland with hommocks and sandhilles growen with spyrie grasse here and there standeth a flat steeple in the land About five leagues from land lyeth a banke of tenne fathom but it lasteth not long before you get againe deeper water The Riffe Betwixt Boevenberghen and the Holmes lyeth the great Iuttish Riffe west into sea running over it in twelve or thirteene fathom then lyeth the Naze from you northwest by north 24 leagues running over it in seventeen or eighteene fathom you may see the land on the north side it is grosse sand on the south side stonie like as pease and beanes Westnorthwest from Boevenbergen about eight leagues it is sixteen fathome deep grosse stonie sand ground ten leagues from the land it is twentie fathom deep grosse stonie land like to pease Southwest and by west from Boevenbergen about nine leagues it is 25 fathom deep redde and black sand ground
it From the great Helme unto the Island Wero Wero the course is northnorthwest and southsoutheast foure leagues distant there it is foure and five fathom deep From Wero there runneth off a shoale unto Kyholm and about Kyholme Kyholme and also about the little Island Samps Samps it is also full of shoale grounds which run off unto the great Island Sampso From the great Helm unto the Island Sampso Sampso it is southwest northeast foure leagues From the north end of the Island Sampso there shooteth off a little riffe north into the sea you must sound close about by it for to come into the road of Sampso when you will anchor there It is there in the road tenne fathom deepe and you shall be there under the Swan-grounds sheltred for all winds From the south end of Ebeltud to Aerhuysen Aerhuysen the coâ—rse is west and by south and westsouthwest five leagues It is there all shoale water of 2 and 3 fathom deep He that will anchor in the road before Aerhuysen let him bring the great steeple in the midst betwixt the two other sharp steeples there is the best ground and good road in three foure and five fathom so shoale as you will To the southwards of Aerhuysen goeth in the Wedersound Wedersound betwixt Jutland and Sampso he that will sayle in there must bee well acquainted for it is there all full of riffes and shoals You may not also use that fareway by night by reason of all the sand and shoals aâ—â—lso by day you must be very carefull circumspect in â—â—oking out For to sail through the Wedersound and not spare your lead but you may ancâ—or and have road there every where When you will saile through the Wedersound comming off from the gr at Helme or Ebeltud you must leave the Island Tâ—â—â—s and the Swangrounds on the larboard side running all alongst by the Juttish coast in 2 or 3 fathom untill past Horsens or the Island Endelau which you mâ—y not sayle to not come neare from the westwards by reason of all the grounds which lye before it on the west side It is a narrow channell betwixt Endelau and the main land lying from the Wedersound through the Swan-grounds Swanne-grounds south it is on both sides shoale and but a creek for to sayle through When you come off from the Melversound and will sayle through the Wedersound it is best to runne alongst by the Juttish side untill thwart of the river of Horsens then you must edge somewhat off there from the land and sayle right with the Island Tons and so you runne through betwixt the Norther and Souther grounds leaving the Island Tons on the starboard side When you are then past Tons you shall runne out close by the north poynt of Sampso towards the land of Ebeltud it is altogether one course from Horsens to Tons and forth to Sampso and the poynt of Ebeltud to wit northeast and southeast eight or nine leagues From Horsens or that Island Endelaw unto the Melversound Melversound the course is south and south and by west 7 or 8 leagues The Melversound is a deep sound of 20 and 25 fathom very crooked to come into it goeth in betwixt Fuynen Jutland which are both high lands From the Island Ebelo unto Melversound the course is southwest and southwest by south five great leagues From the road of Sampso to Ebelo the course is south by west 5 leagues From the south end of Sampso to Ebelo Ebelo the course is southwest and by south 4 leagues From Sampso to Roems Roems the course is southeast and by south six leagues The northwest coast of Fuynen lyeth southwest and by west eight leagues The little Island Ebelo lyeth off a league from the same right before Bowens but you cannot sayle through betwixt the Island and Fuynen To the southwards of the Island lyeth a great rocke under water betwixt this rock and the Island is the road before Bouwens Road before Bounes in eight and nine fathom Betwixt Syro and Wero lyeth a dangerous riffe long and broad lying further then halfe way to Syro When you will runne through betwixt the two foresaid Islands a weather of Russenesse you must leave at least the two third parts of the water on the side of Wero and goe in southsouthwest towards Roems which is nine leagues distant The foresaid riffe is called Haters riffe Haters riffe is on the east side very hard and stony hee that commeth from Balt-sack he shall run close to the Island Wero for to avoyd that riffe the channell betwixt the riffe and Wero is not very broad 3 fathom or 3 fathom a halfe deep He that commeth from Roems or Rusnes wil saile through Wero sound let him bring the great Helm to the east side of Wero and keep them so standing sailing on so right with them he shall so doing take no hurt of Haters riffe Betwixt Syro and Haters riffe and somewhat more southwardly the ground is very uneven of 5 6 7 8 and 9 fathom On the south side of Haters riffe it is good anchoring for northerly winds in six seven fathom Rusnes and Syro lye northnortheast and southsouthwest about five leagues a sunder From the poynt of Rusnes runneth off a little riffe to seawards but to the eastwards of it betwixt Rusnes and Haselyn lyeth off a riffe at least two leagues into sea which lyeth dry at the end by it it is very steep close alongst by the end it is eight fathom deep From Rusnes to Spro it is south and by east eight or nine leagues Betwixt Rusnes and Spro lyeth Callenburch Callenburgh which is also a lade place and about 2 leagues to the southwards of Callenburch lyeth a flat alongst the coast about a league from the shoare of five fathom depth you must also avoyd the south corner of Callenburgh for there shooteth off a riffe halfe a league into sea there is also to the northwards a long flat alongst the shoare but not deep to the seawards betweene Callenburgh and Rusnes it is good lying for an easterly wind From the east end of Spro runneth off a little riffe or ledge of rocks and over against it commeth also a flat shooting off from the land betwixt them both it is foure and five fathom deep Going on the south side of Spro it is also very foule more then halfe a league without the shoare But behinde or thwart of Spro lyeth Casseur Casseur a faire Haven where men doe lie at the Kay and let their goods be carried into the ships where also it is betweene both fourty fifty and sixty fathom deepe but in the middle of the fareway lye some banks where there is no more then five and six fathom water good strand ground From Spro to Langeland the course is south and south and by east foure leagues distant He that
commeth alongst to the eastwards of Wero through the channell betwixt Wero Haters riffe and will saile to Roems let him go on due south and by east and then he shall runne alongst about an English mile to the eastwards of the Boltsack and fall with the land a little to the eastwards of Roems likewise hee that goeth from Roems or a little to the eastwards of it on north and by west hee shall fall betwixt Wero and Haters riffe right in the fareway Betwixt Roems and Fuynen you may run through in two fathom but with great shipps you cannot goe through there From the north end of Fuynen shooteth off a little riff about an English mile into sea About a league east and by north from Roems lyeth a shoale of 3 4 and 5 fathom which is steep and shoaleth up so suddenly that a man not knowing of it and finding it so by the lead should bee affrighted at it To the southwards of Roems in the land of Fuynen lyeth a little towne for to lade called Cartemonde Cartemonde The Haven goeth in from the eastwards and it is shoale on the west side there lye no buyes in the Havens mouth there is no more water then five six or sometimes seven foot From Roems to Spro the course is southeast 5 leag Betwixt Spro Spro and Knuytshead it is 12 13 fathom deep But betwixt Roems and Spro it is 10 11 fathom deep Even about to the southwards of the poynt of Knuytshead in Buyen lyeth the Haven of Nyburgh Nyburgh when you are about the poynt you runne right up to the towne about northwest a league there it is 6 and 7 fathom deep Men doe lye there with ships to the Kay and let their goods bee carried in what they will From Knuytshead to Langeland the course is southeast 4 leagues then you leave Spro lying on the starboard side From the southwest end of Spro shooteth off a little riffe which you must avoyd At the north end of Langeland lye the little Islands of the Frissell The Frissell which are round about very foule From Knuytshead to the Islands Tassing the course is south and south and by east foure leagues and then you leave the Frissell lying on the larboard side and run through betwixt the Frissell and Fuynen If you be bound to Swineburgh Swinburg then go from the Frissell to the southeast end of Fuynen on southsouthwest and you shall meet a little Island which you may runne about on both sides of it Through betwixt Tassing and that little Island or you may run alongst by the land of Fuynen untill that you come to the little Towne of Swineburgh which lyeth over against the Island of Tassing Over against the poynt of Fuynen lyeth a little Island called Olms Olmes then you must goe up to the westwards You may also runne about on the other side of Tassing and leave the Island Arr with the foule grounds which lye betwixt Arr and the southeast end of Fuynen on the larboard side of you it is no deeper upon these grounds then six foot Now when as that you shall come by the little Island Olms or by the southeast poynt of Fuynen then you must as before is said goe up to the westwards about the poynt of Fuynen towards Woburgh Upon the south side of these foresayd grounds goeth also a Deepe through west and west and by south through betwixt the grounds and the Island Arr upon this Island Arr lyeth a little Towne called Koping Koping This foule ground is 3 leag long and that Island Arr is also 3 leagues long they lye both of them east and west and the Munk Island lyeth at the end of these grounds before Woburgh in Fuynen which hath two riffes the one shooteth off from the southeast end east into sea the other from the north point northeast into the sea When you saile through to the northwards of these grounds to wit betwixt Fuynen and these grounds towards Woburgh you shall also meet with the foresayd Munk with another little Island or two more leave them lying on the larboard side and run all along by the land of Fuynen about west and west and by north Unto the poynt of Askens Askens which is about six leagues distant from the southeast poynt From the east poynt of Askens unto the little Island Toreu Toreu the course is west and by north and westnorthwest two leagues and to Areu westsouthwest 3 leagues these two little Islands lye one over against the other the one on the side of Jutland and the other on the side of Fuynen men runne through there betwixt 2 riffs which run off one against the other it is there 4 and 5 fathom deep To the northwards or westwards of Areu lyeth the Sound of Haddersleu Sound of Haddersleu which lyeth in about west and by south upon it lyeth the towne Haddersleu two leagues within the land From Areu or Toreu to Melversound the course is northnorthwest five leagues which you must run into from the southwards first westwards unto the sound of Coldingen Sound off Coldingē being a broad Sound which goeth a league into the land if you will goe through the Melversound you must leave it on the larboard side and goe up to the eastwards unto the towne of Melver where you come then againe into a crooked channell The Melversound goeth out to the northwards with a very crooked channell and you come out againe upon the broad water to the northwards of Fuynen as is before said You may also sail off from Areu into the sound of Aelsem alongst southsouthwest unto Apenrade Apenrade and then about behind the Island of Aelsems untill you come into the sound of Flesburgh The Melversound the little Island Areu lye southsoutheast and northnorthwest one from the other To saile out of the Aelsen sound from Areu or the Melversound then go from Areu or Toreu unto the Roen The Roe◠eastsoutheast 3 leagues and then through betwixt the Island and Fuynen that is alongst to the northwards of Roen for you can not goe about to the southwards of it The Roen is a bad and shoaly riffe shooting off from Aelsen whereunto it is fast the outer end of it lyeth dry like Anoutriffe From the Roen to Arr or Koping the course is east and by south 5 leagues From the south east end of Aelst shooteth off a great riffe towards Arr called the Poles riffe Poles riffe you must run betwixt Arr that riffe leaving two third parts of the water on the Aelsen side and one third part towards Arr runne on so with the south end of Langeland untill that you come against Copen From Arr to the south end of Langeland the course is eastsoutheast foure leagues And from the Poles riffe to the south end of Langeland the course is west west and by north six leagues You may run
through betwixt Langeland and Arr to the northwards and come out againe into the Belt by Nyburgh from the south end of Langeland to Tassing Tassing it is north six leagues you may sail about Tassing on both sides and leave Arr and the foule grounds lying on the one side of you Upon these grounds it is but 6 foot deep You may also saile through betwixt the foresayd grounds and Fuynen into the sound of Aelsen unto the little Islands of Areu and Toreu as hath been said here before From the little Island Areu to Apenrade the course is south and by west five leagues The sound of Apenrade is a broad open sound upon which lyeth the foresaid towne of Apenrade From the river of Apenrade unto the crooked channell of Sonderburgh The sound of Apenrade which goeth in betwixt the Island Aelsen and the maine land the course is east 3 leagues there you may saile through about behinde the Island of Aelsen to Sonderburgh and then forth into the sound of Flensburgh It is very narrow and crooked betwixt the Island and the maine land but when you are come through the narrow and crooked channell into the sound of Flensburg there it is broader and larger The sound of Flensburgh Sound of Flensburg goeth in betwixt Senderburgh and Holsterland being a broad sound He that will saile in there must take very good heed of the Holsterside when you begin to come betwixt the two lands and run in alongst by the land of Aelst Calck-ground for from Nubell or Holsterland lye off the Chalck grounds halfe wayes the deep This sound lyeth in west and by south untill that you come before the river There lyeth in the rivers mouth a little Island on the starboard side you must run into the eastwards of it and goe in west and by south west untill you come within the crooked channell of the River or Sound and then you must goe up againe southwest then you shall see the towne of Flensburgh lye before you To the southwards of the Sound of Flensburgh lye yet three Sounds or rivers where great ships may goe into to wit the Sley Nylhofvoert and the Sound of Kiel the land lyeth off from Flensburgh to Kiel south southeast or somewhat more easterly sixe leagues From Sonderburgh to the Sley The Sley the course is southeast and by east foure leagues that is a broad deepe sound lying in first about west and when you are within it then it runneth in about southwest and by west past Sleeswyke there also come out many great ships The town Gottorpe lyeth also upon this river Betwixt the Sleye and Kiel lyeth Nylhofvoert Neylhofvoert upon it lyeth a little towne calleâ—â—eckelenfoort The sound of Kiel Kiel is a broad Sound with lyeth in about southwest there you may go in also with great ships From Kiel to the west end of Femeren it is east by north about eight leagues From the Poles riff to Femeren Femeren over the Coelberger Heyd the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues but from the south end of Langeland unto Femeren it is south east by east eight leagues The channell betwixt Femeren and Laland is 5 and 6 fathom deepe you may sayle round about Femeren there it is all shoale ground Betwixt Femeren and Holsterland you may run through in eight or ten foot there lyeth a little town called Heyliger haven Heyligerhaven where you may anchor with ships of small draughts for to lade wheat or barley From the Island Femeren to Gester-rif the course is east and by north ten leagues But from Femeren to the Trave of Lubeck southsouthwest ten leagues there goeth in a good deep for great shippes it is deep upon the banck twelve foot water There is also a great bay and a good haven where men may lye safe for all winds except the northeast and northnortheast winds From the Trave of Lubeck to Gester-rif the course is northeast and southwest about nineteene leagues Deepe of Wismer From the Trave of Lubeck to Wismer-deep the course is first northeast and by east and then eastnortheast there goeth in a faire deep for all sorts of ships For to sayle in at the deep of Wismer bring the steeple upon the south land south from you and sayle so in untill that the steeple standing upon the east land by that eastermost house commeth to the five or sixe houses by these houses stand some trees together from that east land runneth off a little riffe lying off northwest by north from it when the steeple commeth to those houses then goe in southsoutheast in that deepe is twelve foot-water In the Summer there lye two buyes in the havens mouthâ— the one upon the tayle of the sand that shooteth off from the eastland and the other upon the shoale ground you must run in betwixt them This deep of Wismer lyeth from Femeren southsoutheast distant about seven or eight leagues but from Wismer to Gester riffe the course is northnortheast twelve or thirteene leagues About south from Gester riffe lyeth Rostick Rostick there goeth in also a good deepe of ten foot it is there very flatt you may sound it in on both sides with the sounding pole Wismer and Rostick lye about eight leagues asunder Somewhat to the eastwards of Rostick lyeth a high land called Robbenesse Robbenesse from it shooteth off a great riffe or shoale to seawards towards Gester riffe it is betwixt Gester riffe and that shoale not deeper then twelve or thirteene fathom If you â—ome nearest to Gester riffe then it doth shoale up suddenly but if you come nearest this shoale then it shoaleth by little and little Gester riffe as hath been beforesayd is a shoale riffe and runneth off at least three leagues into sea A little too the eastwards of this foresayd shoale lieth Barts Barts there goeth in a deepe of six foote at the west poynt goeth off a riffe which men must avoyd The Island Langeland is about eight leagues long and lyeth south north to the eastwards over against it lyeth the Golversound Golversound lying into the northwards of Laland all alongst up unto Nestvelt and Wordenburgh and commeth into the Greensound and into the Wolvegat and again into the east sea Before the Golversound lye three little Islands the one at the poynt of Laland which is called Wedero Wedero and is also fast to it with a riff so that men cannot sayl through there betwixt them to the northwards of it men doe runne into the Golversound leaving that Island on the starboard side the other two lye to the northwards of the foresayd Island of Wedero the one is called Arnis the other Ooms Arnis Ooms Ooms is a little playne Island but Arnis is the greatest which lyeth nearest to Zealand is full of trees From the Island Ooms lieth off a riffe southwest to seawards which is a great
For to sayle to Elleboge or Malmuyen and Landscroone If you will sayl out of the Sound to Elleboge or Malmuyen goe from Ween southeast and southeast and by south and then you shall see the steeple or the towne lying before you sayle towards it in that farewaye it is most seven or eight fathom deepe when you come within the south Holmes it wil be five or six fathom deep it doth shoale up suddenly from the seven fathom to five but before the towne it is shoaler water you may anchor there in three four or five fathom if you will you may lye also at the end of the Head in three fathom there it is good lying but with a northwest winde it is a bad roade for it bloweth there open in If you will runne out againe to the southwards of the south Holmes towards Fasterborne or Steden you must take heede of the south Holmes which are foule round about From the north end shooteth off a riffe a great wayes Upon the east side at the south end it lyeth very farre off shoale there lyeth also the Northvliet Northvliet that is a ledge of rocks under water but you may perceive it through the water you shall leave it on the south Holmes side to witt on the starboard side of you but the Southvliet Southvliet which lyeth thwart of Old Fasterborne you shall leave on the larboard side so runne through betwixt them it is in that farewaye at the shoalest four fathom deep When you come off from Malmuyen and that the steeple of Coppenhaven come to the south end of the South Holmes then you are past the Northvliet When you sayle thus there through you must be very carefull to avoyd these foresayd grounds You may runne out also alongst by the strand of Schoonen and leave both the Northvliet lying on the starboard side you may sound that strand in four and five fathom as also the riffe of Fasterborne He that will sayl into Lands-croone Lands-croone must know that there lyeth a shoale before the havens mouth and must runne in about to the southwardes of it there standeth a little church on the north side by the water side and a Gentlemans house somewhat farther within the land bring that church over the house and then you are cleare of the shoale then saile in right with the poynt and anchor in three fathom To the northwards of old Fasterborne goeth in a deepe called Hull or Hulwater Hulwater it is a deepe haven for ordinarie ships which goeth in most northeast in three or foure fathom you may sound it in alongst by the footstrand of old Fasterborne in three fathom leaving old Fasterborne on the starboard side it is there large broad enough How men shall sayle out of the Sound through the shoales or grounds and into the Reefshol He that will sayle out of the Sound towardes the shoales or Groundes let him goe on south and by east or he may Sound alongst by the wood in five or sixe fathom and then hee shall not sayle a misse of the norther buye Norther buye for it lyeth in five or six fathom on the north end of the Middle ground to the eastwardes of the buye it is seven fathom deep but in the right farewaye thwart of this buye it is nine or tenne fathom deep the markes of this buye are when that end of the wood is westsouthwest from you then you are thwart of the norther buy and there standeth then a flat steeple a prettie wayes to the southwards of that wood there commeth also three hommocks to the north side of the town these are all marks of the norther buye From the Norther buy to the Middle buye the course is south and by east When you come by the Middle buye then commeth the southermost mill on to the southwardes of the towne of Coppenhaven and the flat steeple commeth within a handspikes length unto the sharpe steeple that are the markes of the Middle buye or second buye in the shoales or grounds it is here eight and nine fathom deepe From the Middle buye to the third Third buye and forth to the buye upon Casper Caniell the course is south and by east When the white castle commeth over the sharpe steeple they are the markes of the fourth buye or the buye upon the Casper Caniell the third lyeth at the south end of the Middleground it is not there verie broade but steepe on both sides the deepe thereaboutes is seven or eight fathom If you must turne to windewards there you must cast about so soone as it doth begin to shoale as well on the one side as on the other Buy upon Casper Caniel Fisher The fourth buye lyeth on the north end of Draecker upon the flat over against it lyeth a rock above water called the Fisher east by north from the buye there you may well sound the south holme for it is there shoale water Betwixt the third and this sourth buye commeth running out a channell from Copenhaven which men doe call Casper Caniell or the Kingsdeep From the fourth buye or Casper Caniell to Draker riffe the course is south south and by east the land of Draecker you may sound in three four and four fathom and a half The Riffe of Draecker Riff of Draker lyeth a good wayes without Draker it lieth off a halfe league east into sea The markes of the buye upon Draker-riffe are these When the steeple of Copenhaven commeth to the southwards of Draker to the wood then you are thwart of the buye The shoalest water that you shall finde betwixt this buye upon Draecker riffe and the foresayd fourth buye is five fathom lesse two foot For to sayl by night through the shoales or grounds go from the Island Ween south and south and by west so long untill that you come thwart of the point of the wood in four fathom then keep somewhat off from the shoare and go on southeast by east untill that you come in seven fathom and then forth southsoutheast untill you be over the Middle ground the first or northermost buye as is beforesayd lyeth in five fathom but you may well go over to the westwards of it in three or foure fathom keepe then somewhat off untill that you come in eight nine or ten and eleven fathom and sail then on south unto Casper Caniell there it will be by little and little shoaler to wit about 8 fathom Thwart of Draker it is uneven for to sound the one cast five and the other foure fathom but go your course except you knew that you where neerer the one shoare of Draker or the south holmes then the other Without Draker it will be againe 6 and 7 fathom deep Full southeast from Draecker about a good halfe league lyeth a stone three foote under water and is about 2 rods length from the greate where Cornelis Iansz Buysman from the streeck in
September 1628 run upon with his shipp For to saile into Rifsholl or Copenhaven comming from the northwards out of the sound runne along somewhat to the westwards of the Norther buye for to avoyd the plate or Middle ground which lyeth to the westwardes of the buyes in the shoals which upon the north end is not deeper then twelve foote and on the south end eight nine and at some places ten foot deep all hard stony and rocky ground keepe the sounding of the shoare on the west side in two three or foure fathom so deep as you please untill you come before Copenhaven on that side you can take no hurt it is there broad and wide and lyeth in south by west in the middest betwixt the shoare and the Middle-ground it is 5 6 and 7 fathom deep If you should turne to windwardes there then come not neerer the middle-ground then in foure fathom but the west shoare you may runne to by your lead as you please From the north end of the Island Draecker runneth off a riffe to the northwards upon the poynt of that riffe lyeth a buye which men do call the buye in the Reefsholl Buye in the Reefs hol leave that on the larboard side and run in untill you come before the towne and anchor there If you come from the southwards and will saile unto Reefsholl then run alongst to the eastwards of the foresaid fourth buy which men do call the buye upon Casper Caniel then luffe up presently about by it and go on northwest into the Kings-deep unto the buye in Reefsholl which lye one from the other due northwest and southeast you shall then also see right out a head in the northwest within the land a flat steeple right over a great house or Hospital that standeth close upon the sea-side keepe them so one in the other and saile right in with them and so you shall runne in right amidst the channell it is there in the farewaye five sixe seven eight fathom deep This Kingsdeepe is somewhat uneven of ground therefore be carefull in using of the lead and come not too neere the north side that is the Middle-ground which is very foule and rocky from the south shoare about halfe wayes betwixt the two s resaid buyes it lyeth off somewhat shoale of that you shall have at one cast five or sixe the other but 3 fathom When you come by the buye in the Reefsholl which lyeth upon the point of the norther riffe of Draecker leave that on the larboard side and runne on south about by it unto Copenhaven Markes of the buy in the Reefshol The Markes of this buye are these there lyeth a round hommock or great rock about half a league within the land when that is right east from you then it commeth right with a flat steeple which stands about a league within the land then you are eventhwart of the buye or poynt of the foresayd riffe These marks will serve at times when the buy lyeth not there A little to the northwards of that buy lye the great ships which tarry for wind in five or six fathom there is good anchor ground From the buye upon Draker-riff unto Kuyck Kuyck the course is southwest five great leagues but unto the riff of Fasterborn or Steden it is south and south and by west 5 leagues in the fareway betwixt Draecker and Fasterborn it is six seven and eight fathom deep but between Fasterborn and Steden 10 or 12 and 13 fathom but by Steden deepest Under Steden you may anchor as well to the southwards of it for northerly Road under Steden as to the northwards for southerly windes If you wil anchor for northerly winds then run in betwixt Steden and Meun a good wayes into the bay so that the steep poynt of Steden lye about northnortheast from you anchor there in 8 or 9 fathom and you shall lye land-lockt for north and northwest winds But if you wil anchor for south or southwest winds then anchor to the northwardes of Steden so that the southeast poynt be south and by east or southsoutheast and the northwest poynt northwest or westnorthwest from you there it is good lying in seven fathom the ground is there small white and blanck sand If you will set saile from thence to the shoales or grounds then go not more northerly then northeast so long untill that you come by the riffe of Draker then run about by it in five fathom To the northwards of Steden the coast of Zealand goeth in with a great bay into Kuyck it is there all to the westwards shoale water in five sixe and seven fathom and good anchor ground so that you may anchor every where there abouts The riffe of Fasterborne lyeth off southwest to Seawards a league and a halfe Marks of the riffe of Fasterborne It is a fowle stony and rocky riffe upon the end of it lyeth a buye in foure fathom You may run about by it upon your lead in five fathom with small ships of little draughts Men doe hold for a marck of this riffe that when the steeple of Fasterborn and the castle come one in the other that then they are thwart of the poynt of the riffe He that commeth from the northwards and will sayle about Fasterborne with a northerly or northeast wind and that he will come somewhat neere about the riffe and commeth in five or sixe fathom he must be very quick in using the lead When old Falsterborne Church commeth halfe wayes to the Castle and the Church of Fasterborne then beginneth to come the worst and shoalest of the riff that lasteth untill that Old Fasterborn church commeth to the eastwards of the houses of Fasterborne before that you are not past the riffe If you should luffe up sooner about by it you should run in great danger with a ship of great draught you shall have comming against the riffe the one cast 4 or 5 and then presently three fathom upon it all hard stony ground Therefore it is best with a ship that draweth twelve or fourteene foote to come no neere this riffe then in six or seven fathom If when you come from the eastwards you will saile about Fasterborne and come alongst the shoare with a northeast wind in six or seven fathom and Falsterborne is about north or northnortheast from you then it shoaleth up very fast in two fathom or two fathom and a halfe Therefore keepe you further off from the shoare in tenne or twelve fathom so long untill that the Castle be northeast or northeast and by north from you or that old Falsterborne church come halfe way to the castle of Falsterborn and Falsterborn church then you cannot sayle upon the riff from the eastwards but running about by it in five fathom then you must be very carefull in using your lead But if you will come neere the riff in foure or five fathom when old Falster-born Church commeth to
the Sisters lying from Farder east northeast about 7 leagues When you will sayle in there you must leave the sharp poynt on the larboard side within lyeth a round rock which you may sayl about on both sides thwart of it is good anchor ground North from this rock lyeth a great Bay fit for ships to lye in that tarrie for a winde within lyeth also a round rock Men do run in alongst by the west land which lyeth in first north about the Island northnortheast they leave the Island on starboard side run in northnorthwest by the west land To the eastwards of Graswijcke also betwixt the Sisters Akersound lyeth Shiphill that is a Haven where men lade Spars and fat wares From the Sisters The Sister unto Bast the course is northwest and by west five leagues Behind the Sisters to the southwards of the poynt of Roge lyeth the haven of Elffang 5 leagues When you come off from Farder you goe must distant from the Island Farder northeast and by east five leagues When you come off from Farder you must run through within the rocks which lye within the Sisters untill you come against the land there you shall find a great gray rock which you must leave on the larboard side and the small rocks that lye there within on the starboard side and then alongst about by the west-land then the haven opens it self which is narrow within flatt and soft ground When you sayle from Farder or Bast unto Soen-water you shall meet with a red poynt betwixt the Soen-water and the Copperwycke He that is bound into Soen-water must run alongst to the eastwards of it but he that is bound into Copperwycke must goe up alongst to the westwards of it and leave it on the starboard side When that you come within the Lams you shall espie a little Church upon the west-land there is the lade place of the Copperwycke Copperwijcke you may sayl up from thence to Brakenes On the north or east side lyeth Holmsound from Farder to the poynt of Roge the course is northnortheast five leagues At the east end of Roge you may anchor there is a playn strand you may run through betwixt the Roge Roge. the Calf but anchor under Fletto then you must run through within the two small rocks From the Island Farder to the Soen-water Soen-water the course is north somewhat easterly but from Bast north and by east The Soen-water lyeth in most north Upon it lye many havens and lade places most on the starboard side as you come in First there is Mos-sound a Haven that goeth up to the eastwards and then there is Wykestee Wykestee which is a bight behind an Island afterwards Shiphill Ship-hill a sandbay and a very good road that goeth so up alongst to the northwards into Anslo and then it runneth about to the southwards into the Bottom Custen van NOORWEGEN van Der Neus tot aen de Pater noster oock hoe de seluige Landen van Iutlant gelegen zyn The Laerwyck Laerwyck is a great broad Sound where are many Bights and Lade-places where men may lye and lade Firretimber From the east poynt lyeth off a great rane of rocks a good wayes oft southeast and by east into sea and run in almost halfe the Sound called the Larwykes Swines where of men must take heed Within in this Sound it is flat water and shoale so that farre within no great ships can lye a float A league to the eastwards of the Nesse or east poynt of the Longsound Stavange lyeth Stavange they are ome out-rockes where men may sayle within on both sides to the eastwards of it lyeth the Sound of Laerwyck For to sayle into the Nesse The Nesse that is on the north side behinde the eastermost poynt of Longsound you must run through betwixt the great rock whereupon the Warder standeth and the land of old Longsound leaving the foresayd rocks on the starboard side and so alongst about that rough Island untill you come into the Nesse which lyeth behinde a chindle strand there you shall lye under a chindle of rockes like red sand There lye also some little rockes thwart of that chindle This is a good handsome haven and light for to come into there it is four and twenty and five and twenty fathom deep The Longsound is one of the fairest havens of all Norway and lyeth northnortheast from Jofferland distant one great league Before old Longsound lyeth a high round rocke whereupon standeth a great round Warder Coninxhaven for knowledge of this haven Coninxhaven that is the southermost or westermost channell of the Longsound goeth in betwixt the westermost through poynt and Conings Island and then men run alongst to the eastwards of the Baers which lyeth off from the foresayd rough poynt For to sayle in there you must run in amid channell and anchor in the Coningshaven in eight and twenty and thirty fathom For to sayle through within Iofferland from Westkiell the Sound lyeth through the channell first northeast and northeast and by north and then eastnortheast and afterwards againe northeast and then you come to a place where the sound is somewhat broader there lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave on the starboard side and edge to the north shoare Being past that you shall come againe in a very narrow sound which lyeth through most northeast and is at some places so narrow that the yard armes doe almost touch the rockes Being through that narrow place you must goe northeast and by east and eastnortheast untill you come thwart of the Longsound then you may sayle in there northnorthwest Road Behinde Iofferland or sayle into the sea as you wil Behinde Jofferland you may also anchor in fifteen or twenty fathom From the Baers unto the northermost rocks of Jofferland that is the southermost or westermost point of Longsound the course is southsouthwest a great league going southsouthwest from with out the Baers The Baers then you shall find a third part of water to Jufferland or shoale which you see quite under water about seven foote Betwixt them both lye two havens Eastkiell and Abbefoord men sayl in there to the eastwards of the out-rocks of Jofferland From these foresayd northermost out-rocks of Jofferland unto Eastkiell it is northwest about a league but to Abbefoort northnorthwest and north and by west also a league Men may comming from the southwards or from Westkiell Westkiel sayle through within Jofferland into Eastkiell or Abbefoort When you come before Westkiel you may see within the land three high hills and also the high land of Long-sound lying northwards from you that land is altogether very easy to be knowne he that seeth it once and takes regard of it shall know it very wel another time when he commeth thereabouts A league to the eastwards of Sandvoort lyeth the haven of
leagues From Ekesound to Sierowach the course is northwest by north 2 leagues From Sierowach to Mids-Iedder northwest and by north two and a half league From Mids-Iedder to Rut northnorthwest 4 leagues From Rut to the Veetstone north and by west a league and a half From the Veetstone to Sybrichstone northnortheast 4 leagues From the Veetstone to Schuytenes northnorthwest 5 leagues From Sybrichstone to Schuytenes through within Whitings eye west 5 leagues From the Naze to Outseers northwest 31 leagues Heights According to the Iudgments of the Mapps the Corner of the Naze lyeth in 57 degrees 40 minutes Schuytenes lyeth in 58 degrees 36 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the land of the Jedder when it is northeast five leagues from you Thus sheweth the land of the Jedder when it is eastnortheast 5 or 6 leagues from you The seventh Demonstration In which is set downe How you may sayle up into the Liet of Bergen BEtwixt Schuytenesse Bock goeth in the Liet of Bergen Schuytensse is about foure leagues long at the south end lye some suncken rockes and fowle grounds for to avoyd them comming in out of the sea you must keep the top of Bock a little without the poynt of Schuytenesse and then you shall goe cleare of them But if you bring Bock close by or to the poynt of Schuytenesse and saile so right in for to runne about close by the poynt of Schuytenesse you shall surely sayle upon those foresayde suncken Rocks and fowle grounds From the south end of Schuytenesse the Liet lyeth in first north and north and by west two leagues to the great Warder The great Warder which is a road so called after four great Warders which stand there thwart of it upon the land of Schuytenes for the knowledge of this road there lye commonly the ships that tarry for a wind being bound either to the northwards or to the southwards there it is very good lying in five six 7 or 8 fathom as well for northerly as southerly winds you may also anchor to the northwards of the Warders about a poynt in five six eight ten and twelve fathom there you shall lye landlockt for southerly winds A little to the southwardes of the Warders lyeth a Bay Coperwijke called the Coperwyke within it is also a good haven for them which are bound to the eastwards and will set sayl with a west wind when a easterly or northerly wind you can not well shift roads from thence or come out At the comming in to this Baye lyes a sunken rock called the Coppernaile Coppernaile upon it standeth alwayes a great Pole where by you may see to avoyd it Without at the south point of Schuytenes on the east side is also a little Bay or two where men may anchor A little to the northwardes of Bock on the east side of the Liet is also a Bay called Bock-haven Bock-Haven where men may come to anchor All these roads as also the Coperwycke are good for those which comming from the southwardes by reason of contrary winds can not get to the great Warders A little more southerly then the Coperwycke on the east side of the Liet to the northwardes of the Bock lyeth in north into the land a Sound which sheweth it self when you come from the southwardes much broader then the right fareway so that those that are not there very well acquainted should not think otherwise but that it was the right channell and so should lightly go up a contrary way Therefore it is necessary needfull to sayl close alongst by Schuytenes and not goe off from the west shoare untill you come thwart of Coperwycke then you shall be within the point of the foresayd Sound Pascaerte van't Liedt van BERGEN Beginnende van Schuitenes tot aen Bergen About a great halfe league by north the great Warder lyeth Notou Notou there standeth a little white church and some houses thwart of it in the Bay is also good anchoringh for northerly winds and good road for them which are bound to the northwardes Likewise se it is good anchoring by north the poynt of Notou for them which are bound to the southwards Almost at the north end of Schuytenesse is also a road called Sichstreame where is also good lying Sichstream At the north end of Schuytenesse lyeth a little Island when you sayle up or downe the Lieth you can see through betwixt them into sea At this Island is alsoo a good road under a rocke or Island called Wybrants-eye Wybrants eye there it is good anchoring for all windes Betwixt that foresaid Island and the maine land you must saile through a narrow strait which is but a little more then a shippes length broad on the east side where of which is on the side of the maine land there lyeth a little rock or suncken rock therefore you must saile close by the west side that is close alongst by the Island for to avoyd the foresayde rock From Wybrants-eye over the Bommel The bommell to the Blocx the course is northnorthwest but first somewhat more westerly about two leagues betwixt them both it is on the west side a broken land great and little Islands and rockes About halfe wayes betwixt them both goeth a channell into sea where men doe sayle much in out and it is cleane broad and wide He that will runn out there comming from the northwards may easily espye it when he is a halfe league past the Blocx On the west side lye two little Islands or great rockes which shew much greater then the other rocks these you must leave on the larboard side and run out by them southsouthwest into the sea He that will runne in here out of the sea he shall when he commeth to the end of Schuytenesse see many little Islands or rocks he must saile past al these untill that he get sight of those foresayd two great rocks and then in by them leaving them on the starboard side so he shall come somwhat to the southwardes of the Blocx The Blocx or Longholme into the Lieth The Blocx are 2 rockes lying very neare even with the water which you must leave on the larboard side in sailing up and runne close alongst by the east shoare through betwixt the Blocx and Longholm Longholm Longholme lyeth a little above the Blocx within it is a good Haven where is good lying A little to the northwards of it lye 2 rockes more thwart of them lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd From the Blocx alongst over the Bommel it is yet two leagues first north and then northnortheast al alongst by the land of Bommelhead the south end of this land is a high steepe poynt called Bommel-head to the southwards of it runneth a channell westsouthwest into the sea called Bommell-sound Bommell-sound This channel is easy to bee known comming in out of the
sea The land of Bommel-head is about 4 leagues long and the first long Island to the northwardes of Schuytenesse it is altogether low plaine land except on the south end which is so steep a poynt as if it were hewen right off with an Axe About the middest between both ends of this Island on the sea side lyeth a very high round hill called Sick Sick of fashion almost like a sugerloafe or a mans hat and lyeth farre above al that low land which you may easily see at both the ends of this Island and also further where by it is very easy to be knowne For to sayle into this foresaid channell out of the sea you must bring that steepe poynt of Bommell-head Bommell-head east northeast or somewhat more northerly from you and saile then towards it And then you shall leave a great many little Islands and rockes on the starboard side and the foresayd poynt on the larboard side and close in about by it to the northwardes A little about this poynt of Bommel-head on the Innerside lyeth a Haven called Bommelhaven there lyeth a rock before the mouth of it and also a suncken rocke betwixt that rock and the north poynt of that Haven He that will go in there must go into the southwards of the rock in betwixt the south poynt the foresaid rock leaving the rock on the starboard side of him So soone as men are within the Haven they must let fall their anchor within it is broade and wide and men lye there landlockt for all winds At the end of the Bommell lyeth Munsterhaven Munsterhaven in the land of Bommell-head on the west side of the Lieth even about the poynt This is also a good haven for them which are bound to the southwardes and by reason of contrary winds cannot get further there standeth a little white church thwart of it men must anchor in ten or twelve fathom From Munsterhaven to Beulhave it is north an English mile there is also good anchoring for southerly windes Beulshaven further it is north somewhat easterly to Volger-roade Volger-road before it lyeth a little Island under it or by it on the one side or other men may anchor for all winds Men may also sayle round about it and run in and out at both sides of it if they will From Munster-haven to Bremer-holme the Liet lyeth north somewhat easterly about two leagues Bremer holm there the Liet is devided into 2 parts to witt into the Old and the New Liet The old Liet goeth through to the eastwards of Bremer-holme and the Island that lyeth to the northwards of it but the new land alongst to the westwards of it The Olde Liet Old Liet is not well to be used by them which are not there very well acquainted also great ships that draw twelve or thirteenfoot may not goe through there Somewhat more then thwart of the middest of Bremer-holme in the narrow of the Old Liet lyeth a shoale where upon is no more then thirteene or fourteene foote water A little to the northwardes of it on the east shoare lyeth a bay called Ingesound where is good anchoring there lyeth also a bay on the west side halfe wayes betwixt that foresayd shoale Bremerholm where men also may anchor The New Liet New Liet is broad deepe enough Thwart of Bremer-holme in the fareway nearest the west side lyeth a sunken rock where of you must take heed For to avoyd it you must marke the Island before Volger road If you keep it so that you may see it without the north-poynt of Volgher-roade then you cannot come too neare that suncken rock but if you bring that Island behind the foresayd poynt so that you cannot see it you shall without fayle sayle right upon it you must observe these marks as well in sayling up as in sayling off In the middest of the New Lieth lyeth Ruighe-holme Ruighe-holme there men lye with shippes fast unto two Rings the one is upon the Island and the other upon the poynt to the northwards of it where they bring out Cables to From the New Lieth to the poynt of Redholme Redholm it is northnortheast a halfe league betwixt them both goeth out the Soltmerfioerd westsouthwest into sea which is a fayre broad large channel On the south side lye some suncken rockes but if you runne out amidst the channell you can take no hurt of them At sea men doe know this Soltmerfioerd Soltmerfioerd by that foresayd high and round hill Siecke which is very easy to be knowne lyeth two leagues to the southwards of it about halfe wayes betwixt this Sound Bommel-sound The land on the south side of Soltmerfioerd towards Sick are small white rockes which you must leave on the starboard side and runne in so amidst the channel eastnortheast and then you can take no hurt of those foresayd suncken rockes lying on the south side of this channell There lyeth also a suncken rocke at sea before this Sound on the south side a little off from the north poynt of the land of Bommell-head with hard winds out of the sea the sea breaketh very much upon it but it lyeth at least five or six fathom under water When as you come in there you have Redholm on the larboard side and you must run northeast alongst by it until you come about the foresayd poynt From the poynt of Redholme to the Narrow it is north through the Narrow northnorthwest north by west at least a halfe league In this strait it is so narrow that you can but even turne through it on the west side of the strayt lyeth a little Island thwart of it is good anchor-ground in 13 14 fathom Reine Knaep From the straite to the Reine Knape the course is northwest and by north two leagues this is a little Island without trees cleane round about which you may sayle about on both sides Thwart of Reine Knaep on the east shoare lyeth Deepesound a good haven for them which are bound to the southwards Deepe sound the mouth of it is narrow and also but three fathom deepe but within it is broad large and twenty fathom deepe Alongst to the westwards of the Reine Knaep it is broadest to the eastwards lyeth a point by it a little Island you may sayle through betwixt the point the little Island From the Reine Knaep to Bag-holme the course is north by east a great league Betwixt them both lye some Islands and rocks all which you must leave lying on the starboard side there you may at divers places sayle through and within these Islands and rocks and at last come out againe by Bag-holme into the Liet but it is not to be done but for them that are there extraordinary well acquainted Men might lightly get in amongst these Islands and rockes so that they should not know how to come out
againe At the east side of Bag-holm men may anchor but there shooteth off a little ledge of rocks from the north end whereof they must take good heed Crabkerk From Bag-holme to Crab-kerke it is north about three quarters of a league this is an indifferent haven for southerly winds but it is little there can lye no more then two or three shipps From Crabbe-kercke to Bock up Ra it is north somewhat easterly a league betwixt them both runneth out the Crosse-sound or Cruysvoert westsouthwest and southwest and by west into sea which sound is very easy to be knowne at sea by three hils almost like the Drommels on the east side of Norway but not so high which lye there abouts within the land which are also called by some the north Drommels North-Dâ—oÌ„mels when they are northeast or thereabouts from you then you are open before the Crosse-sound Before the mouth of it lyeth a little Island nearest the south side from which lye off some rockes to seawardes the broadest and largost channell is alongst to the northwards of it you may wel also sayl through to the eastwards of the Island betwixt it and the land but there it is narrow yet cleane cleare without any dangers When you are within it you must goe in alongst eastnortheast and northeast by east so shall come into the Liet against Cruysenes a little to the southwards of Bock up Ra. Bock up Ra â—ock up Ra. is a little Island which you may sayle about on both sides alongst to the westwards of it is the common fare-way and also deepest When as you sayle about to the eastwards of it and come to the north end of Bock there it is very narrow and there right in the fareway somwhat nearer the east shoare then Bock lyeth a suncken rock there standeth allwayes a pole upon it for to avoyd it you must leave it on the starboard side and run alongst to the westwards of it Betwixt this Rock and Bock it is no deeper then sixteen foot Right to the westwards thwart of Bock lyeth an other Island under it you may also anchor in Bock-lieth To the westwards of this Island goeth through the Cobbelieth Cobbeliet which men doe sayle through with bare winds or when they must turn through because it is broader then on either side of Bock up Ra. From Bock to the Wattingstream Wattingstream it is north a league there you cannot sayle amisse If you doe not sayle against the land for there lye no dangers except at the west shoare lyeth a suncken rock close by the land whereupon remaineth at low water about ten foot water Upon the end of Watting stream the course is north west about a shot of a cast peece or a quarter of a league and then you come thwart of little Alefioerd Little Alifioerd which is a haven on the west shoare where is good anchoring both for a north south wind under a high round Island where you shall lye land-lockt From thence to the Reestone Reestone it is north about two leagues betwixt them both on the west shoare lyeth great Alefioerd Great Alefioerd which is also a haven both for northerly and southerly winds thwart of it the fareway is about two musket shot broad The Reestone is a rocke under water lying by the poynt where the two high hills stand which men doe call the Lethoorns Lethorns these are two high sharp hilles which men may see farre off as they sayle up or off that Lieth Upon the Reestone standeth allwayes a Pole that thereby men may avoyd it You may also sayl alongst to the eastwards of it but to the westwardes of it is broadest and the right fareway over against it on the west shoare lyeth Knorwyck knorwike a haven where men may also anchor From the Reestone to Werckenesse Werckenes the course is eastnortheast about a quarter of a league and then you leave the Island Asland lying on the larboard side to the northwards of you in it lye also two havens where you may also goe to anchor the one called Struys-haven Struys-haven Schoon-haven Ieltefioerd and the other Schoon-haven To the westwards of Asland you may sayle to Jeltefioerd run out there about northwest into the sea When you come out of the sea into Jeltefioerd then you come into the westwards of Asland against the Reestone into the Lieth At the south poynt of Asland lyeth Ielteschaer Ielteschaer a little round Island or rock whereupon standeth a great Iron ring when as men come up the Lieth and with calmes are in danger to be driven with the current to the northwards along by Asland then they bring with the boat a cable fast on it Men may wend round about the foresaid rock without any danger From Werckenesse to Hornesse Hornesse it is east a little distance when you come by it you may see the towne of Bergen lye before you you must anchor before it in the Wage in 11 12 or 13 fathom To the northwards of Asland lieth the Island Harle Harle which is about five leagues long when you come from the northwards you may runne about it on both sides and so come into the Waghe of Bergen The Harlefioerd goeth out about north and by west and northnorthwest betwixt Asland and the land of Harle How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Schuytenes to Bommelshead northnorthwest somewhat northerly 7 leagues From Bommels-head to Cruysoort n.n.w. 9 leagues From Cruysoort to Harle northnorthwest 13 leagues From Schuytenes to the Outseers west and west by north 4 leagues From the Outseers to Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen north 26 leagues From Schuytenes to the Flye south and by east southerly 106 leagues From Schuytenes to the Tessell south and south by east 112 leagues From Schuytenes to Walcheren south 138 leagues From Schuytenes to the Holms before Yarmouth south by west or somewhat more westerly 113 or 114 leagues From Schuytenes to Flambrough head southwest by south 104 or 105 leagues De Cust van NOORWEGEN Vertoonde van Bergen tot aen de hoeck van Horrel From Schuytenes to Tinmouth the course is southwest 99 leagues From Schuytenes to Boeckenes w. by south southerly 72 leagues From the Outseers to the Flye south by east 106 or 107 leagues From the Outseers to the rocks Outweers north and by west somewhat northerly 43 leagues From Jeltefioerd or the wage of Bergen to Hitland west 63 leagues From Jeltefioerd or the Wage of Bergen to the North-end of Hitland west west by north 63 leagues From Schuytens to Hitland west and by north westnorthwest 73 leagues From Schuytenes to the north end of Hitland westnorthwest somewhat northerly 80 leagues How these lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the Boek when you are to the southwards of Schuytener
called the black Oxe Black Ox. Betwixt it the point goeth in an entrie called after the foresaid rock also the black Oxe northeast and by east it is not verie wide and upon the shoalest 4 or 5 fathom deep at low water the nearer to the Oxe the deeper the nearer to the main land the shoaler water A little within the Rock the black Oxe lyeth an other great rock or Island pale of coulour called White-holme which you must leave in sayling also on the larboard side you cannot sayle through betwixt it the black Oxe be cause from the one to the other it is all full of rocks some above some under water A little within or to the end of Whiteholm Whitteholme lyeth a sunken rock Suncken Rock which you must leave also on the larboard side In calm weather or smooth water you cannot well see it but when it doth blowe any thing hard you may well perceive it by the breaking of the sea upon it On the starboard side within Whiteholm lyeth a great multitude of rocks as if they where sowed along the shoare amongst these rocks a little within or to the eastwards of the point of Stemneshest lyeth Smeerholme an Island where men may ride under and lye sheltred for all winds Smeerhelm except with e. northeast windes which blowe there in open with those windes you cannot also come out there neither with southsoutheast south southsouthwest southwest winds you cannot also come in there You must sayle in there from the northwards behind the Island In the going in which is not above a cables length broad 8 or 10 fathom deepe lyeth a little round rock at high water about a fathom above water by which you may runne about on both sides Northnorthwest about a halfe league from the black Oxe lyeth also a greater and broader but a lower rock called the Vogel The Voghel which at high water lyeth a little above water but with a spring tide the sea runneth alongst over it Betwixt it the black Oxe there seemeth to lye in a broade and wide channell but betwixt them it is full of suncken rocks and soule grounds under water When it is smooth water it is in no wise good to runne in there but in foule weather and with a growne sea and that you cannot doe otherwise you might runne in there by the breaking of the sea Mew-holme A great half league northnorthwest from the Voghel lye yet some rocks lying to the eastwardes called the Mew-holmes betwixt them and the foresayd Rock the Voghell goeth in a broade large channell verie cleane without any dangers which after the Rock is also called the Vogell there men may see all that can doe hurt The marks for to finde this channell comming out of the sea are two hills verie easy to be knowne which lye from thence east and east by north within the land The westermost is a hill somewhat low and round of fashion Clapmuts Mangelbergh allmost like a flat cap called the Clapmuts The eastermost is a high steepe sharpe Hill above on the one side with a cutt like as a steepe called Manghelbergh When these are one in the other then they are about east by north from you and then you are also right open before this channell For to saile in there keepe these two foresaid hills one in the other and sayle in right with them east and east by north or when as you come within the Vogel somewhat more easterly so that you have the foresaid Hills out a head a little on the larboarde side untill that you come by the main land and then eastnortheast alongst by the shoare if you be bounde to Dronten unto the Island Edou or Edoe About a league within the Vogel lye two rockes the westermost is high and somewhat round the other is low and also round and lyeth to the eastwardes from the first towards the land you shall runne with the a foresayd course of east e. by north off from the Vogel about a shot of a cast-peece alongst to the southwardes of the 2 rockes About half wayes betwixt them and the Vogell but nearest the 2 rocks lye two suncken rocks Two sunken rocks these you leave with the same course also on the larboard side you may see the sea alwayes breake upon them except in very smooth Water You may also sail through betwixt these two foresayd Rocks and the Mewholmes to wit alongst to the northwardes of the rocks untill you come into the Liet leaving these 2 rocks on the larboard side and the Mewholms on the starboard side Alongst to the northwardes of the Mewholmes and those two foresaid rocks lyeth also a channell where men may sayle through into the Liet then you must leave these 2 rockes to the southwardes on the starboard side some other rocks to the northwards of them on the larboard side and so come also into the Liet About three quarters of a league within these two foresayd Rocks lyeth a great suncken rock right in the middest of the farewaye which breaketh allwayes and at low water is uncovered about which you may sayl on both sides From this suncken rock to Swegge sound the course is east and east and by north a league but the Voghel or black Oxe Sweggesound are distant about three leagues Sweggesound Sweggesound is a litle Haven behind three great rocks with a little Island of an English mile long on the east side of it when you sayle alongst by it being but a little off from the shoare you cannot discerne this Island from the maine land but it seemeth to be all whole land he that is not there verie well acquainted cannot perceive that to be an Island before that he come close to it for to runne in behind it You may sayle into Sweggesound either to the eastwards of that Island or to the westwards of it according as the winde will serve To the westwards of Sweggesound or the three foresayd rocks at the west end of the end of the foresayde Island lye a great multitude of rocks foul grounds For to sayle into the western channel you must leave them all on the starboard side and runne in betwixt them and the three foresayd rockes when you come to the and of these three Rocks you must luffe up to the southwards about by them towards the northeast or north anchor there in seven or eight fathom there you shall lye landlockt for all winds but with a storm out of the west the growne sea can come in rowling there through You may also sayle in further behind the rocks untill you come in behinde the foresayd Island in a little narrow Bay there men doe lye in 2 fathom and a halfe or three fathom and also sheltred for all windes In this Haven of Sweggesound the ships commonly doe lye there to tarrie for the winde He
streames on these coasts From Stade to Dronten a south and by east and north and by west moon maketh high water with a spring it falleth a fathom and a halfe up and downe with an ordinary tyde scarce a fathom The tydes run not there alongst the land but the flood falleth thwart on against the land and the ebbe to the contrary thwart from the shoare to seawards Courses and Distances From Stemneshest to Gryp northeast and by east 6 leag From Gryp to the Islands of Momendall northeast 18 leagues From Gryp to Holyland northnortheast and northeast and by north 27 leagues From Gryp to Rust north and north by east 64 leag From Gryp to the north end of Hitland southwest and by west 115 leagues From Gryp to the south end of Fero westsouthwest 167 leagues From Grype to the east poynt of Island west and west and by north 233 leagues Of the heights of these lands The Islands Whitholme and Smeerholme lye in 63 degrees 54 minutes The Island Gryp in 64 degrees The town Dronten 64 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Thus sheweth the point of Stemmeshest or Heynst Flenseu Roofen Island Lemseu Low Island Harnsoe Luycko Thus sheweth the Islands of Roemsdale when the middle most of the three highest and the westermost is southeast from you about 3 leagues Stemneshest The Islands of Roemsdale Thus sheweth the Land between Stemmeshest and the Broad-sound when as you saile a seaboard alongst by the Roemsdaels Islands Schares These two figures belong at the crosses one to the other The land from Gryp westwards or southwards towards Stemmeshest like these two figures here above when as you saile alongst by it seven leagues without the land The tenth Demonstration In which The east side of England is shewed from the River of London to Welles BY two wayes men may saile into the river of London from the southwards alongst by the north Forland and from the northwards alongst by the Naes If you will sayle in there from the southwards then you must first shun the North Forland it is there shoale a good wayes from the shoare bring the north Forland also not more southerly from you then southwest that you do not run on against the north-grounds which lye farre to seawards Comming by the land run alongst by it but come not too neere it that you loose sight of the spyre of the steeple of Margat behind the land for then you should come too neere it but if you keepe so far from the shoare that you can see the foresayd steeple above the high land or keep it even in your sight then you cannot take hurt of the south grounds Comming thwart of Margat then you are past the foresaid shoals or south grounds Run then boldly towards the shoare and within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the north grounds which lye farre to the southwards towards the land Sayle on so west all alongst by the shoare untill that the Reculvers which are two steeples upon one Church come one in the other and then you shall run in sight of the first buye upon the Lasts which lieth upon the foresaid markes of the Reculvers Reculvers being by it you can also see the other buy which lyeth like as the first also on the north side and over against it on the south side standeth a beakon there you must saile through betwixt them both leaving the buye on the starboard side and the beakon over against it on the larboard side From thence you may with little shippes or shippes of little draught but not with ships of great draught at high water run over the Swallow on westnorthwest towards Sheppy for it is there shoale water with ships of great draught you must runne through the Fishers deep towards Black-tayle You may also runne from Margat with small shippes alongst by the shoare upon the lead at high water even unto the Sheppy but in sayling alongst there you must cast your tides well for the flood falleth very strong into the Swallow and the ebbe to the contrary very strong out When you come by Sheppy Sheppy runne within two cables lengths alongst by it for to avoid the taile of the Spanjard The Spagniard untill that you be past Quinsbrough edge then off from the south shoare for to avoyd the Noere The Nore which is a sande that shooteth off from the south poynt of the River a good wayes to the eastwards upon the outermost end where of standeth allwayes a beakon whereby you may know it Run alongst to the northwards of it leaving it on the larboard side and alongst in the middle of the channell into the sea-reach for to avoid the grounds which lye off from the north shoare goe in so alongst towardes Gravesend To sayle with shippes of great draughts alongst by the north Forland up into the Thames you must when you are past the buyes upon the Last sayle through the Fishers deep Fishers-deep toward Black-tayle which lyeth from the second buye upon the Lasts unto the first buye in the Fishers deep northwest and northwest and by west which lyeth upon the north side of the sand which men doe call the Spanjard those two buyes lye a great wayes one from the other Sayling from the buye upon the Lasts it is a great wayes all shoale water so that you must runne over there with high water but comming neare the buye upon the Spanjard it is by little and little deeper water He that will saile over here must reckon his tydes well the flood falleth there alongst towards the southwest almost thwart over the deepe and the ebbe to the contrary The second buye in the Fishers Deepe you must leave on the starboard side the buye upon the Spanjaerd on the larboard side being past that you come against the Blacketayle to the southwards of the Shoebeakon into the right deepe The cast poynt of Sheppy shall then lye about south from you From the Shoe-beakon the course is southwest to the point of Blacktaile there runneth off a hooke which men might at unawares sayl within comming from the northwards in five or sixe fathom but if you keep from the shoar in seven fathom you cannot sayle within it From Black-taile to the beakon upon the Noere the course is westsouthwest leave it on the larboard side as before is said and runne in alongst the river in the middst of the channell betwixt both lands unto Gravesend For to saile into the river of London comming from the northwards For to saile into the river off London from the northwards you must come neere the coast to the northwards of Orfordnes which is to the northwards of all the sands there lye Albrough Dunwich Walderswike Sowle and Covehit all betwixt Orfordnes and Leystaf Covehit is a sharp steeple like as also Leystraffe but Sowle and Walderswyke Albrough and Orfordnes are flat steeples Sowle Sowle and
Dunwich Dunwich lye both upon the high land betwixt them both is a valley therein you may see Walderswike when you are thwart of it Dunwich is the best to be knowne of all these foresayd places it hath two flat steeples and on both sides some trees To the southwards of it lyeth Albrough Albrough which is also very easy to be knowne it hath one high flat steeple with three mills the two stand to the northwards and the third to the southwards of Albrough when you are thwart of it but sailing to the southwards they come at last all three to the southwards of it The land without Albrough and to the southwards of it is very low flat and chindely land Betwixt Albrough and Dunwich about half wayes betwixt them lyeth a Wood which is at both ends high and in the middest low with a saddle this you shall commonly see first when you fall with the land thereabouts and is the best to be knowne for to know the coast by the land without it and to the southwards is very low flat chindely land About two leagues to the southwards of Albrough lyeth Orfordnes Orfordnes betwixt them both stand also two woods of trees which shew themselves a farre off like castles or towers Orfordnes is a flat steeple with a thick or broad castle which hath also athick flat steeple almost of fashion like the steeple of Rarop open above with holes in it like Bellholes Before Dunwich you may anchor there is good lying in eight or nine fathom somewhat soft ground Before Albrough is the best road of all the coast thereabouts in six and seven fathom East from Aelbrough about two league lieth Aelbrough Knock Aelbroug Knock. this is a sand which at low water is not deeper then seven or eight foote you may sound round about it in five fathom but is not good to come nearer it With sea winds you may descerne it plainly by the breaking of the sea upon it but with lawderly or westerly winds faire weather the sea breaketh not upon it hee that runneth thereby to the northwards with an ebb shall see it commonly ripple very much upon it like as upon most of the English bancks not indeed upon the bankes but against them for upon the shoalest or middest of the bankes is alwayes the smoothest water like as you finde every where When as Aelbrough is west from you and the two steeples of Orfordnes are one in the other there you shall finde Albrough Knock. These are sure marks of that sand The Whiting or Whiting sand is somewhat a long small sand lying before Orfordnes and the chindely land to the southwards of Aelbrough and lyeth alongst the reach but the south end lyeth further from land then the north end there is at low water not above six or seven foot water upon it Comming from the northwards men sayle commonly to the westwards of it that is through betwixt the land and Whiting-sand towards the Naze Men may also saile alongst to the eastwards of it through betwixt Whiting-sand Whiting-sand and the eastermost poynt of the Court The Court or Court-sand which some doe call the Rib. The north end of the Whiting lyeth alongst close to the shoare and lyeth from the steeples of Orfordnes southeast and by south it is so exceeding steepe and needle too that you shall have the one cast nine the next cast five fathom and then you are no more but a ships length from it before you can heave the lead again you should be upon it When as you sit with the foreship against it it is at the stearne five or six fathom deep Alongst the inner-side it is also everie where so steepe that you cannot sounde it but on the outer side you may runne alongst by it in five fathom upon the lead untill you come within the sands When as you come from the northwardes and wil sayle through within the Whiting you must run close alongst by the shoare southwest about by the poynt of the chindle to the southwardes of Aelbrough untill you come within the north poynt of the Whitinge when the steeples of Orfordnes come to be northwest and by north from you then you are right thwart of the north poynt of the Whiting being within it goe againe more southerly to wit southwest and by south towardes Balsy cliffe If you should fall to the southwards of Whiting or els comming from the southwards will sayle in there to the northwardes then bring the steeples of Orfordnes westnorthwest or northwest and by west but for all not more northerly then northwest from you and sayle so right in untill you come by the Chindle strand then run in alongst by it as is before saide and then you shall run far enough alongst to the northwardes of the Whiting For to runne into the eastwards off the Whyting If you will sayle into the eastwardes or the southwardes of the Whiting then bring the steeples of Orfordnes northnorthwest or northwest and by north or northwest from you and sayle in so right with them untill that the wood of trees that standeth upon the next poynt to the southwardes of Balsy cliffe come to Balsy cliffe which shall then stand about westsouthwest from you keepe that aforesayd woode to the south side of the cliffe and saile in bouldly right with it and then you shall runne right in the farewaye in betwixt the Whiting and the tayle of Courtesand but if you bring the foresaide trees more then a handspikes length without the cliffe you shall not fayle to runne on against the point of the Courte That aforesayd wood of trees is verie easy to be knowne because there abouts stand no other trees Or bring the steeple of Balsy westsouthwest from you and saile in so right with it untill you come by Whiting-sand in five or sixe fathom and leade it in so by it upon the leade untill that you come by Balsy or that you gett deeper water When you come neare Balsy whether you be come in from the northwards or the southwardes of Whiting-sand you must keepe somewhat off from the shoare because of a litttle riffe or smalltayle that shooteth off from the shoare thwart of Balsy cliff which you must avoyde somewhat with shippes of greate draughts there remaineth at low water upon it not more then two fathom you may commonly perceive it well by the rippeling of the tyde Fot to sail in at a channell through the Court. You may also sayle into the southwardes of the Ribbe that is the tayle of the Courte or Courte-sand thus Bring the steeple of Balsy northnorthw or a little more northerly from you and sayle in so right with it and so you shall runne into the northwardes or through the Courte at a channell of eight fathom depth the e. side of this channell is steepe come no nearer it then eight fathom but by the w. side you may
finde betwixt Elleknock and the poynt of Longsand five fathom depth being past Elleknock it will be eight nine and ten fathom deep If you will sayle out of the sea into Boston deepe and not alongst by the land as is before sayd then bring the foresayd trees a handspikes length without the point of Lagernesse which shall then stand from you about westsouthwest sayle in so right with them untill that the high land within Lagernesse or Winfleet begin to come even without the poynt of Lagernesse which shall then be from you somewhat more northerly then west then you are within the point of Longsand Or else there stand three little houses on the sea side about halfe wayes betwixt Lagernesse Ingoldmils when they come to be northwest from you those foresayd trees without the poynt then you are also within the poynt of Longsand goe in then southwest betwixt Elleknock and Longsand as aforesayd Alittle past Lagernesse lyeth a shoale or plate about the middest in the fareway but nearest Longsand when the trees upon the poynt to the southwards of Winfleet come in the second valley of the high land within Winfleet then you are right thwart of this shoale edge therefor to one side or other rather towards the shoale there is widest keepe boldly the sounding of the shoale run southwest alongst by it untill that the steeple of Boston come over the steeple of Butterwyke Butterwyke that is also a flat steeple but smaller then that of Boston standing in a wood of trees thwart of it runneth the shoale somewhat off with a poynt being past it goe on westsouthwest all alongst by the foresayd showld untill that the great steeple of Boston come over the second mill there it is good anchoring by the west shoare in five fathom at low water He that commeth there at low water must anchor and stay for the tyde untill halfe floud before that you may not sail further in from thence and then you shall not also find more then two fathom upon the shoalest From thence the Deep lyeth in alongst by the beakons about south to the third beakon being past that westsouthwest and then by little and little more westerly northerly but run all alongst by the beakons leaving them on the starboard side at last on north into the River Upon the poynt of the river standeth a house which is a sheephouse before that you come by it it seemeth as if there were no opening by reason that it is al even green land run in by it all alongst by the land being past it the River doth open it self Being come within the poynts you must run in betwixt two dikes a league up untill you come before the towne in the river it is at half floud everie where deep enough When as that you come a little within the houses of the towne on the larboardside there you must let fall your anchor and stay untill that the water begin to fall then you shall have floud enough for to drive to the Kay there you make fast with one cable it doth not begin to bee ebbe there before that water be fallen three foot An east and west Moone maketh in Boston deepe the highest water but before the towne an east and by south and eastsoutheast moone He that commeth from Boston and will sayle out at the deep with a high water let him look out for the foresayd high land within Lagernes when that commeth behinde the poynt of Lagernes then he may boldly set his course whether he desireth to be either to the eastwards northeastwards or northwards there is nothing then that can hurt him From Lagernesse to the Hommer it is about seven leagues most north betwixt them both about a league to the southwards of the Hommer lyeth a place called Saltfleet haven Plate by Saltfleet haven a little to the northwards of a sharpe steeple called Wilgrip Thwart of that foresayd Saltfleet haven about an English mile from the shoare lyeth a banck or Sandplate not verie great which at low water falleth almost drye you must runne about without it leave it lying towards the land from you but yet for need you may also sayl through within it For to sayle into the Humber For to sail into the Humber comming from the northwards you must sayle alongst by the shoare and runne about by the n. poynt but comming by the poynt you must keepe somewhat off from the shoare in 4 or 5 fathom for to avoyd a little taile which lyeth off from the poynt being about it runne to the little Island which lyeth a little by west that foresayd north poynt If comming from the southwards you desire to sayle to the Humber then bring the Pawle Steeple which is a high sharpe steeple standing on the North side of the Humber a little by south the North poynt of the Humber or over that foresayd little Island and sayle so right in with it untill that you come by that little Island being come by it leave it on the starboard side and run in close by it for to avoyd a great Sand called the Bul which lyeth off from the South shoare almost unto that little Island When that you come within that little Island then bring the two beakons which stand upon that little Island one in the other keepe them so standing Road before Grimsby sayle so on to the westwards towards Grimsby you leave the Buye upon the Bull lying then on the larboard side run along to the northwards of it In this faireway it is seven and eight fathom deepe You may not come neerer the Bull then in sixe fathome Before Grimsby you may anchor in three or foure fathome at lowe water it floweth there at least three fathom up down a westsouthwest eastnortheast Moone maketh before the Humber the highest water Within the foresayd Island at the north poynt of the Humber you may anchor in three or foure fathom There lye commonly Ships that are bound out and tarrie for the Wind. From Grimsby in alongst to Hull the course is west northwest to the end of the Banck or ballast Plate which you must leave lying on the north side On the south side lyeth also a little plate there standeth commonly a Beakon upon it that you must leave on the Larboard side run along to the Northwards of it being past it you may run alongst by the South shoare in 3 fathom The fareway there is foure five and sixe and thwart of the foresayd Beakon eight and tenne fathom When you come to the end of the Banke you must edge up to the Westwards about by the poynt on the South side but there runneth off a Flat which you must avoid Being a little about that poynt you shall see the Towne of Hull lye before you there you may anchor before it in sixe seven or eight fathom An east and west Moon maketh full sea before Hull He
May or the point of Fifsnes on the north shoare lye divers little Havens where of some of them doe also yeeld out coales but are little or nothing used by the Hollanders On both sides of Inchkieth is good ground good lying as well for westerly as easterly winds From Inchkieth to Lieth it is southeast a league Before Lieth Lieth about halfe an English mile from the shoare lyeth a Rock upon which standeth a Mast with a crosse or some other thing of wood upon the top of it for a beakon At high water the Sea floweth over it at low water it falleth dry With a spring tyde at low water men may go on foot to it From the east side of that Rock lyeth off a Riffe almost unto Inchkieth You may also run through to the southwards of Inckieth betwixt that foresayd Riffe the south shoare but is not to be done but by them which are there exceeding well acquainted There is altogether full of Rockes foule grounds When as you sayle in to the northwards of Inchkieth you must leave the foresayd Mast on the larboard side and run about to the northwards of it then towards the south shoare and anchor about halfe an English Mile by west Lieth and also halfe an English Mile from the shoare in 6 7 or 8 fathom Lieth the Haven Edenbrough are tyde Havens which fall dry at low water From Lieth to Queenes Ferrie Queenes Ferrie there lye on both sides many Rockes some above and some under water In the Narrow before Queenes Ferrie lyeth a little Island called Inchgarve which you must runne alongst to the northwards of on the south side it is with a Stone bancke where men may goe over at low water fast to the mayne Land alongst to the northwards of it it is cleane and deepe Within that little Island lye Caryn and other places more where men doe lade Coales Under the east side of the poynt to the northwardes of Queenes Ferrie is good road in 2 3 or 4 fathom according as you lye farre from the shoare A league north from the Island May lyeth the poynt of Fifsnes Fifsnes lying from S. Abbens head northwest and by north 4 great leagues From thence to Dondee it is northnorthwest five leagues Dondee Dondee is a good Haven which goeth in betwixt 2 high Lands being within men doe anchor before the Towne Farther in upon the River lyeth another Towne called S. Johns S. Iohns which you may goe up to at high water Betweene the poynt of Fifsnes and Dondee lyeth also the Baye of S. Andrewes S. Andrewes there is all over good anchor ground Foure great leagues north by e. from the poynt of Fifsnes northeast from S. Andrewes lyeth a great Rock called the Inchkap Inchkap which the Sea floweth over at high water and at low water it falleth so dry that the Fishermen goe upon it Seven leagues to the northwards of Dondee lyeth Monrosse Monrosse a good Haven First you must sayle in there amidst the channell and edge up to the northwards anchor before the Towne Over against Monrosse lye three Hommocks which shoote out from the other land bring the middlemost and the houses upon the strand together then shall you find the middle of the fareway on both sides of the havens mouth lyeth a blind cliffe Betwixt Dondee and Monrosse lyeth an out point called Redhead Redhead about a great League to the Southwards of Monrosse There standeth a high Tower upon the Land called Abrot From Monrosse to Stone Baye Stone-Bay or De Torre the course is northeast by North foure leagues This is a deepe bay a good Havē for those that are bound to the southwardes where men may lye Land-lockt with many Ships Three leagues to the northwards of it lyeth Aberdyn Aberdyn In this Havens mouth it is three fathom deep The west poynt is somwhat foule therefore you must run in by the east land untill you come within the Haven and anchor before the Towne in foure or five Fathom Up to the northwardes is a great Bay but is shoale on both sides There goeth through a little Creeke towards old Aberdyn which is an old ruinous Towne From Aberdyn to Boeckenes Boeckenes the course is northnortheast twelve or thirteene leagues Betwixt them both lyeth a tyde Haven Boeckenes is a high Hill and lyeth upon the south side of the point To the northwards of Boeckenes lyeth a Bay as a Haven called Spy Spy or Spilaert and right before the shoare lyeth a sand called Ruttenbrugh which you must take greate care thereof as you come from the northwards From thence the land lyeth in west west southwest unto the Haven of Rosse or Luvernes To the northwards of Rosse lyeth an out poynt called Cape Tarbate C. Tarba right in the bottome of the Baye betwixt Catenes Boeckenes distandet from Boeckenes about 19 or 20 leagues In this bay are manie havens sounds which are deep enough for to come into with great ships It is from thence to Catenes 14 leagues northeast by north Catenes lyeth from Boeckenes northwest northwest and by north 20 21 or 22 leagues From Boeckenes unto the outermost Orckanes it is north and by west and northnorthwest two and thirtie or three and thirtie leagues The Orkeneys are one and thirtie Islands in number first Wayets or Elhoy which lyeth next to Scotland five leagues about the poynt About northnortheast off from the poynt of Catenes lye two little Islands Pits Pichlandscare there you may run through to the westwards betwixt Elhoey and Scotland To the northwardes of them lieth an Island called Heynda with an other Island called Platta to the northwardes off Platta lyeth Mayland or Ponoma On the north side of this greate Island are all the havens where the ships come to Upon the east side of this great Island lyeth another Island called Kabunsa to the northwards of it lyeth an other Island at the northeast poynt of the greate Island you may also run through there towards Papewester and leave Sand a lying on the starboard side Close to Papewester lyeth Fara to the southwards of it is Sirza To the eastwards of Sirza and Fara lye two Islands in the middest of all these Islands called Eeda and Chapnoza Sanda lyeth to the northwards of al these Islands but Papa Stronza lye to the southwards of Sanda To the eastwardes of Stronsa lyeth an Island called Cuistella that is the eastermost Island of all the northermost is called Ronalze or Northernase Eleven or twelve leagues northwest from the great Island lye two rocks the one under water the other above water he that commeth from the westwards must take heede of them Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames On these coasts betwixt Tinmouth S. Abbens-head a southwest northeast moone maketh high water At Lieth in the Haven a southwest
Island Kilduyn and the River of Kola somewhat nearer the River than the Island lyeth a haven called Bliesna Silensi Bliesna Silensi that is so say the next to Silensi there you sayle in by a round reddish Hommock being come within it you must edge up to the westwards so that the haven is altogether shut and that you can see no sea you may anchor there so deepe or shoale as you will it is there every where cleare and cleane white sandy ground and somewhat oazye and soft there you may also without feare sayle on against the shoare in the oaze and so may save a shippe without anchor or cables The Island Kilduyn Kilduyn is about two leagues long and one league broade and lyeth westnorthwest and eastsoutheast alongst the land like as also the channell betwixt the Island the maine land which is at some places about a halfe league broade and at some places narrower but all over very deepe and cleane About the middest yet nearest the cast end is a faire close road betwixt two poynts that lye out towards the maine land there men lye under the Island close to the shoare before the Laps tents under the eastermost poynt which is a low playne poynt in twelve thirteene or fourteene fathom sand-ground more to the southwards it is very deepe you shall soone have fifty and sixty fathom For to go into Kilduyn from the westwards If you will goe to anchor under Kilduyn comming from the northwards or the westwards then runne about by the west end in betwixt Kilduyne and the mayne land When you are come somewhat within you shall espy a little round Island there the Channell beginneth to be narrow yet it is broade enough for to turne to windwards through sayle forth towards the southeast end untill you come in betwixt those two poynts and run to the foresayd low poynt and anchor there within the bight before the cabbens so neare to the land as you please there you lye landlockt for all winds as if you lay within a towne in a close haven For to saile in from the eastwards For to sail into Kilduyn from the eastwards you must sayle in to the westwards by the east end so long untill that you come by the foresayd low poynte of the Island then edge up about it to the northwards and runne into the foresayd bight before the Cabbens and anchor there in twelve thirteene and fourteene fathom that is the chiefest roade At the north and east end of Kilduyn betwixt the Island and the maine land there is also a very good roade in eight tenne or twelve fathom where men may lye sheltered for all winds Thereabouts is on the Island a good water place there the water commeth running off from the high land there men may goe lye by it and fill their caskes lying in the boate You may also anchor under the maine land betwixt the narrow and the Roade of Kilduyn at the place where the anchor standeth marked in the Carde At the east end of Kilduyn lyeth also a Fishers village called Kammen at a high poynt which is called the Sacrifice poynt From the Island Kilduyn to the poynt Tiribiry the course is southeast and by east about five leagues betwixt them is a great bay In this bay a great league from Kilduyn lyeth a high Island called Bliesna Olinie Bliesna Olinie which is the next or the nearest Olinie behinde it under the mayne land nearest the south end of the Island is a good road where three or foure ships may lye very well The lyeth a round hill or high Hommock upon the maine land which sheweth out above all the other hommockes and is very easy to be knowne upon which standeth a high crosse of two crosses one above the other to the northwards off it lyeth a flat poynt thwart of it lye some rocks alongst the shoare which at high water are covered At the south end of the Island Olinie a little from land lyeth a rock almost even with the water but you may alwayes see it well by the breaking of the water To the Northwards of the Island about an English myle lyeth a rock not farre from land and also to seawards from it a suncken rocke which you cannot goe over at low water Hee that will comming from the northwards goe to anchor behinde Olinie must runne a good wayes to the eastwards of this foresayd rocke alongst to the northwards of the Island for to avoid the foresaid rocke Being come behinde the Island you shall espy the foresayd round hommock with the crosse you must not runne past the crosse but leave it on the larboard side and sayle inclose by it for to avoyd the foresayd rockes which lye off from the flat north poynt the poynt with the crosse is very cleane and so steepe that you might lye with a ship on against the shoare without any hurt He that will come into this Road from the southwards let him run alongst by the coaste which is very cleane untill past the foresayd poynt with the crosse and edge up close about by it as is beforesayd Men doe anchor within the poynt in seven sixe five foure and three fathom deepe or shoale as they will there goeth no grown sea at all About halfe wayes betwixt the Island Olinie and Tiribiry Tiribiry is another haven or great Bay where men may lye landlockt for all winds Tiribiry is a great River and off-off-water where is a great Salmon fishing there men may goe in with great shippes and anchor every where within it where they will in good sandy-ground it lyeth in most south and afterwards more westerly the eastermost poynt lyeth out more to seawards than the other so that it maketh a bay where men ride under for a northwest winde Two leagues to the southwards of Tiribiry lyeth Waronia which is a great sand-bay or haven with at the mouth is narrow but within it is a broad Sound there is also an off-off-water where is also much Salmon caught Within this bay it is every where good anchoring shoale water and cleane ground Before the mouth of this haven lye three little Islands behinde them is also good road Two leagues or two leagues a halfe to the southwards of Waronia lyeth a Gabriele Gabriele a tyde haven which falleth dry within so that men may goe over there dry at low water it floweth there twelve foot up and downe a southsouthwest moone maketh high water on this coast In the mouth of this haven lye three Islands two on the north side which are the lowest and one on the south side that is the highest you must runne neerest the southermost when as you will sayle in there being come within the Islands you must edge up to the northwards behinde the two northermost Islands and anchor there on the north side of the haven there it is seven and eight fathom deepe cleane ground About a
league to the southwards of it lyeth Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi that is to say the farther Silensi but betwixt them both a little to the northwards of Silensi lyeth yet a great indraught which lyeth in at least two leagues into the land and is about so wyde as the River Tye before Amsterdam there may lye a great multitude of shippes it is there broade and large enough and all over good anchor ground A little to the northwards of this in-draught lieth a little Island or rock somewhat high about which you may sayle within to witt through betwixt these rockes and the land but may make no road under them Salensi Daelna Daelna Silensi is a great broad bay before it lye three Islands which are to see to gray of colour as the mayne land To the northwards of these Islands upon the poynt off the bay standeth 3 great Warders and a little to the southwards of the Islands on the mayne land lyeth a steepe hill by which markes this bay is very easy to be knowne If you will sayle into this bay comming from the northwards alongst the shoare by the foresayd great in-draught a little to the northwards of this baye you must looke out for these foresayd great Warders leave them on the starbord side sayle in close by them through betwixt that poynt and the Islands first westsouthwest somewhat within and then more southerly untill behind the Islands and anchor there in five six or seven fathom you may also sayle further to the southwards into the baye so deepe as you will there it is all over cleane When you come before the channell it seemeth to bee very narrow but it is broad enough To the southwards of these Islands is also a channell which is very narrow but yet for need you may sayle out there The southermost Island that is whereupon the Fishermen dwel is fast to the northermost with a shoale whereupon is at high water 10 or 11 foot water but at low water you cannot goe over it Two little leagues to the southwards of Salensi lyeth the Island Daelna Olinie Daelna Olinie that is to say the Furthest Olinie it is an Island almost of Fashion like Bliesna Olinie at the north end high at the south end lower and upon the end very steepe it hath in the middest but some what neerer the south end then the north end a low valley where at high water the sea doth almost run alongst over it Behinde this Island not under the Island but under the mayne land are good roades For to come in from the northwards behind this Island it is a broad large and very deepe Channell without any dangers but if you will sayle in behinde it from the southwards then you must runne in close by the Island for to avoyde a foule and stony riffe which lyeth off from the maine land halfe wayes to the Island and so shoale that it falleth dry with the spring tydes at low water About halfe wayes the Island nearest the south end is a point lying out from the mayne land twoards the Island to the northwards of it men doe anchor in 6 7 or 8 fathom When you come in from the northwards you may so soone as you come within the points lusse up towards close about the point of the main land into a bay anchor there in eight six five or foure fathom according as you sayle far in there it is very easy lying In these roades under the mayne land it is all cleane flat rising ground but under the Island it is deepe and the ground rising very steep therefore it is not good anchoring there Betwixt this Island Daelna Olinie Silensi lye 3 little black Islands where is very easy road under them in 8 7 and 6 fathom From Daelna Olinie to Rinde Rinde are five leagues Rinde is a very faire Haven before it lye foure little Islands where men may goe to anchor behinde them behinde these Islands this Haven hath two bayes upon the point betwixt them both standeth a great Crosse the southermost baye is farre the greatest into it commeth also a river or off water where men doe catch Salmon The middlemost Island which is the northermost save one is the greatest and highest upon which standeth a great Warder the northermost is somewhat long and small so low that at high water the sea runneth up a good wayes upon it on both sides and so maketh that Island smaller Betwixt that Island and the maine land or the north shoare of the Havens mouth lyeth a suncken rock which you must leave in comming in on the larboard side and runne in close by the main land this channel is so narrow that you cannot sayle in it except you have a large wind at low water there remaineth no more then 9 or 13 foot water To the southwards of that great Island lyeth another Island that is indifferent high and the southermost of them all betwixt that and the point of the maine land lyeth in the souther channell which is broad and deep enough but when you seyle in there you must run nearest the land for to avoid a suncken rock which lyeth at the foresaid poynt of the maine land These channells both from the southwards and from the northwards lye in both alongst the shoares when as that you come then within the Islands you may anchor there all over where you will there it is broad and large and every where cleane cleare Men doe anchor commonly under the greatest Island thwart of the great Warder and also behinde the norhermost Island in five foure or three fathom there it is very easy lying but with a southeast winde the sea commeth a little rowling in but there can goe no great sea Farre within the southermost bay almost before the river lyeth a rock but above water Without the greatest and the southermost Island lyeth a little Island or great rock somewhat round you may sayle out and in betwixt the southermost and the greatest Island alongst to the n. wards of that little round Island that is you must leave the southermost Island with the outermost little round Island both on the starboard side and the greatest Island with the Warder on the larboard side when you sayle out this is a very narrow channell but very cleane and cleare so that there is nothing to bee avoyded but onely a little suncken rock which lyeth at the north end of the outermost little round Island and falleth dry at low water neverthelesse it is not good to use it except it were for need that you could not doe better He that is bound into this haven must run close alongst by the shoare for to get sight of the foresayd Islands for by reason that the inner land is high the Islands lye so under the land that men can hardly see them when they bee any thing farr off from the shoare A halfe
countrie-church come to that aforesaid old peece of wall of the old ruinous castle and then right in as hath beene before said Or runne in by the first markes untill within a shot of a cast peece neer to the west shoare then edge up to the north shoare untill that Ahuys come in the middest of the River and anchor there as hath been said Hanno Hanno is a high round Island which men may sayle round about under it is good road for south and southeast windes Behind Hanno runneth up a little River to Self-brough but serveth onely for small shippes or Crayers which go not deepe From Ahuys to the Rockes the course is east and by south twelve or thirteene leagues betwixt them both lye divers little townes as Fleholme and Rottenbuy Fleholm Rottenbuy where men may anchor before in sixe seven and eight fathom good anchor ground And other Havens more but little or nothing knowne by Hollanders Thwart of Rottenbuye lyeth a little Rocke somwhat off from the land called Malqueren under which men may also ride From the north poynt of Bruntholm to the Rocks the course is northeast somewhat northerly sixteen leagues but from the poynt of Sandhammer eastnortheast sixteen leagues If you runne alongst close by the north poynt of Bruntholm you shall runne with a north waye alongst even without the Rocks But if you runne alongst close by the poynt of Sandhammer and will saile from thence to the Rockes you shall with a northeast by east waye fall with the Land even within them or to the Westwardes of them The Rocks The rocks are some little rocks together which men may sayle round about but can have no Roade under them they lye 3 or 4 leagues distant from the maine land are smaller then the Eartholms A leagues or two to the northwards of them lyeth the Vrouwen of Greene Island by some called the Rough-Island and also the Outlyers It is not so brooken in it selfe as the Rocks and also much greater off to seawards from it lye some rocks to the westwards of it it is all full of rocks some above and some under water alongst even fast to the Land you may saile about within the Greene-Island betwixt it and the rockes but no man can doe it but he must be verie well acquainted there and then also not without great daunger To the s wards of it you may also finde Road at some places but you must be verie wel acquainted also not without daunger by reason of the multitude of suncken rocks and sharp grounds The east side of of the Outlyers lye from the rocks northeast and by north The south end of Oeland Oeland is a sharpe point and lyeth from the rocks east west about ten leagues distant Thwart of it betwixt the mayne land and the aforesayd south poynt of Oeland it is about four leagues broad betwixt them both goeth in the Calmer-sound For to sayle up into the Calmer sound then goe on from the rockes or from the Outlyers northeast and by east and then you runne in betwixt Oeland the maine land upon 14 fathom and sayle then northnortheast betwixt them both a middest the channell both the shoares are verie foule but if you come not nearer them then in 7 fathom you can take no hurt there From the Rocks to Calmer are sixteen leagues About halfe wayes betwixt them northwest from Southerorden the southermost poynt of Oeland lyeth the towne of Christianopell Christianopel lately built there upon a little Island by the Kings Majestie of Denmarke and so called after his name Thwart of it was wont to lye upon the mayne land a little towne called Overschare Overschare now it is one with Christianopel thwart of it lyeth a ledge of rockes about a great English mile off from the shoare southeast into the sea come no nearer it then in ten fathom At Christianopel is a haven on the east side from it lyeth off a riffe towards the eastnortheast into sea therefore he that will sayle in there must come in from the northwards for to avoyde this riffe To the northwardes of Christianopel towardes Calmer it is on both sides as well on the side of the mayne land as on the side of Oeland all full of rocks and foule grounds but you may sound both the shoares in the middest betwixt both in the farewaye it is tenne and twelve fathom deep all soft claye ground to the southwards of Christianopel it is deeper but to the northwards of Calmer it is by little and little shoaler Two leagues to the northwards of Christianopell lyeth Bercker haven Bercker-haven there men doe lade oaken beams there within it is good lying but verie bad for to come in or out because of the multitude of sunken rocks and other foule grounds which lye before it about a half league off from the shoare to seawards About a league to the northwards of Berckerhaven lyeth Hosmes ground Hosmes ground which is a very bad foule ground lying somewhat farther off from the shoare to sea-wards then the other rocks which lye alongst the shoare thereof you must take heede About a league to the southwards of Calmer two leagues to the northwards of Hosmes ground lyeth a poynt called Steensoe Steensoe which is a somewhat high rough and very foule poynt a halfe league long lying within a halfe league neare to the towne to the westwards of it runneth in a great bight where is good lying also for manie shipps but you cannot come in there because of the manie foule grounds and dangers except it be with a very skilfull Pilot upon the west side over against the poynt standeth a white house The King of Denmarks fleet of ships laye there in the time of the last siege of Calmer When you come so farre in that you leese the south end of Oeland out of your sight then you get the Castle of Calmer Castle of Calmer in sight sayle towards it but shunne the shoares as hath been sayde here before The Castle hath four great towers when the two eastermost of the four come one in the other then is the Castle about northwest from you then you come by the Grimschaer Grimschaer this is a rock easy to be knowne upon it standeth a mast with a Barrell upon the toppe of it which lyeth much nearer the west shoare then Oeland when you get it in sight then sayle towards it Thwart of the Grimschaer or Tonholm lyeth a sunken rock about a cables length off from it and a little more to the eastwards upon it is no more then five foot water The farewaye is through betwixt this sunken rock the Grimschaer about northeast and by north sayle close alongst by the Grimschaer leaving it on the larboard side and then the foresayd sunken Rock remaineth on the starboard side of you Being a little past the foresayd sunken Rock Grimschaer you come then
you so farre that you may but even see it from below The Rose-head Woolsackes Reefcol Thus sheweth the land betwixt Reefcoll and the Rose-head when you sayle alongst by it three leagues without the land Thus sheweth the land betwixt Colbergen and the Stolp when you sayle alongst by it about 2 leagues without the land The second Demonstration Where in The Sea-Coastes betweene Rygs-head and Der Winda are set forth FRom the Rose-head to the Heele the course is southeast eight or nine leagues distant When you come neere the Heele you are allmost ground off in thirty fathom On the coast of the Hee le close by the land it is four and twenty and also thirty fathom deep Under the Heele Roade under the Heele you may anchor in twelve and twenty fathom close by the land the ground there goeth off very much If you be a little off from the land then you are ground off not very farre without the land you have no ground in fourty fathom A league to the northwards off the Hee le there runneth of a flat from the land where you must take heed when you will go to anchor under the Heele you may anchor on both sides of the Heele but on the innerside it is soft ground From the Heele to Danske before the Wissell the course is south and by west 5 leagues If you will anchor before the Wissell then anchor to the westwards of the Chests or the Wester-head in ten or twelve fathom But for to sayle into the Wissell or the Danske Deep Danske Deep you must look for out the two masts with barrels upon them which standeth upon the Chests or the Wester-head bring one in the other and sayle in right with them in betwixt the Chests but when you are within Termunde you must chuse the easter shoare for the West shoare is flat when you come before Boatsams flat you must chuse the side off the Green-shoare and make there fast with foure hawsers or cables The Quinsbrough deepe Quinsbrough deep lyeth from the Wissell or the Chests of Danske east and by north thirteen or fourteen leagues From the Rose-head east southeast southerly 19 or 20 leagues and from the Heele eastsoutheast easterly 12 leagues From the Wissell to the Quinsbrough-deep al alongst to the northwards of it it is altogether a faire white sandy strand upon both sides off the deep stand some withered trees to see to as if they were burnt but upon the south side stand two Capes or beakons If you wil sayle in there bring the capes one in the other when you come in 10 or 8 fathom and sayle in so right with them and so you shall run right with the buyes which lye on both sides of the Deepe to 8 or 10 in number to wit on each side foure or five sayle in betwixt them untill you come within in the Kettell There is no certainty to be written of the lying in of this channell as also of the the Danske deep whereunto men might trust for by reason of the scouring of the Freshuts and with great streaming of the Ice they doe change oftentimes and sometimes in short time but the Lords of the land there have very great care to give charge that they be alwayes well set with buyes and beakons For to anchor in the road without the deep then anchor so that the poynt of Locksteed lye about north and by east from you there it is eight nine and ten fathom deep Within the Deep in the Kettell men do lye to tarrie for the wind in three fathom and three fathom and a halfe For to sayle up the Haff go out of the Kettel about e. untill you come against the Heert and southeast over it and then alongst the Haff amidst the channell unto the Haverstrome the course is most east Being over the Heert edge somewhat to the south shoare for to avoyd that riff which lyeth off from the north shoare about a third part into the Haffe to wit from the point by east Fishouses there lyeth a little buye upon it and come no neerer it then twelve or thirteene foot The right fareway is to the southwardes of it fourteen and fifteen foote soft ground untill about Brandenburgh from thence further it is by little and little shoaler twelve eleven and ten foot upon the Haverstraw When you get the steeple of Quinsbrough in sight then you shall see also by it a round black little wood keep the steeple on the north or east side off that little wood untill that you be past Brandenburgh then let the steeple come a ships length to the eastwards of the little wood of trees sayle so right with it till you come by the buyes or little trees of the Haverstraw there you must run through amidst the channell betwixt them untill you come into the Pregell which lieth up northeast unto the towne From der Pillo to Quinsbrough are about eight leagues but to Melven Melven it is about 9 leagues you must also sayle up there amidst the channell about southwest but the poynt over against the Pillo where the castle Terbaly standeth you must avoid somewhat which runneth far off flat Foure or five leagues north and north and by west from the Quinsbrough Deep lyeth the poynt of Brusteroort and betwixt them both Loocsteed whereupon standeth a Castle with a Church not farre one from the other and also two high hommocks or hills and the land there abouts is all full of trees From Brusteroort to the Deepe off Der Memell Der Memell the course is northeast and by north sixteen or seventeen leagues It is there betwixt them both a faire strand and the land lyeth in a great bay The deep of Der Memell lyeth in northeast and northeast and by east and is two fathom deep within it you come into a great Haffe you may runne to the westwards about the poynt and anchor there where you will From Der Memell to Heyligena the coast lyeth north by east four leagues From Heyligena to the poynt of Sevenbergen north and by east five leagues that is with hommocks and hilly land Foure or five leagues north and by east from Sevenbergen lyeth Terlyba Terlyba There goeth into the land a little river but there can go in no shippes there is no more then six foot water On the north side of the river standeth a Gentlemans house or Castle with a turret upon the midst of it the north end of the house is covered with boards and the southend with red tyles to the southwards or the eastwards of it stand also some houses covered also with tyles in betwixt two woods to see to If you will anchor in the road of Terlyba then anchor a little to the southwards of the village so that the foresaid Gentlemans-house with the turret doe stand east and by north from you in foure fathom and a half and five fathom lesse two foot there is the
eastsoutheast from you then it goeth behinde the land that you cannot see it The third Demonstration Where in Are Described the Sea-Coastes betwixt Der Winda and Revel and the Islands of Aland THe lying of Derwinda and how men shall know it is here before declared From Derwinda to Lyserorte the coast lyeth northeast and by north foure leagues and from Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast twelve or thirteen leagues When you are thwart of Lyserorte you can perceive no poynt it seemeth to be all an even right coast from Derwinda to Domesnes but comming from Derwinda or Domesnes and being a league or two to the eastwards or to the westwards of it you can see well that it is a blunt poynt lying out Thwart of Lyserorte runneth off a great uneven shoale at least two leagues into sea but you need not feare of it you may runne over it in four five or six fathom by the lead like as also alongst all the coast of Coerland from Derwinda untill about Domesnes To the westwards of Lyserort the land hath a little bight there you may anchor for northeast eastnortheast and east winds when it bloweth hard that you can do no good with turning to windwards you must bring the poynt of Lyserorte eastnortheast from you in seven fathom there is clean sand-ground and good lying The land betwixt Domesnes and Derwinda is very easy to be known At the poynt of Derwinda it is high and goeth sloping down by little little to the eastwards unto Lyseroort Likewise 3 or 4 leagues by west Domesnes lyeth a high blewhill called the Doembergh which is steep on the east side goeth by little little sloping downe to the westwardes unto neare Lyserorte so that there two high double blewlands do go down into a valley one against the other the low land betwixt both is Lyserorte Leyserorte The poynt of Domesnes it self is low sandy land it lyeth out about 3 leagues to the eastwards of the foresayd Doembergh but all that is together full of trees The south end of Oesel Riffe off Oesel lyeth from the poynt of Domesnes northwest and by west about six leagues a sunder there runneth off a great Riffe about south and by west and southsouthwest into sea towardes the shoale Lyserorte called Swalverorte Swalverorte that is a dangerous riffe at lest three leagues long verie hard and uneven at some places towards Oesell it lyeth drye above water and at some other places it is two two and an half three fathom deep To the westwards of that riffe lie also manie uneven Dwael-grounds a good wayes off from the land which lye alongst the coast of Oesel to the northwards which are at some places not deeper then two three and four fathom Pas caarte van LIIFLANDT ende Oost-Finlandt van der Winda tot aende hoeck van Alandt ende voort tot Revel If you will goe to Rye and comming out of the sea doe fall with the land about Derwinda then leave not the coast of Coerland but runne about by it upon the lead all along unto Domesnes in four five sixe or seven fathom according as you have the wind that you may not fall without or to the westwards of that riffe Swalverorte The channell betwixt Coerland and that foresayd riffe is fourteen fifteen and sixteen fathom but very uneven The ground upon the shoale thwart of Lyserorte is at some places also very uneven for to sound sometimes sixe sometimes eight and nine fathom the one cast at least two or three fathom more or lesse then the other and that not very farre from the land but you need not feare of it you may bouldly runne to the shoare in four and five fathom But if when you come out of the sea you are past Lyserorte and come with the land to the northwards of it against Oesell then you have deeper water for not far to the westwards without Swalverorte Marks to shunne Swalverorte it is thirty fathom deep If you can see Oesel and Coerland and that the Doembergh be eastsoutheast or southeast by east from you then runne on southeast untill you come neare Coerland for to avoyd Swalverorte and then alongst by it upon your lead towards Domesnes as is beforesayd Or when as you have the Doembergh eastsoutheast from you then keepe it so standing from you and sayle in so right with it and then you shall without hurt runne alongst over the taile of the outermost shoale of Swalverorte it shoaleth up there very soone and suddainly from 13 or 15 and nine fathom but if you bringe the east side of the Doembergh not more southerly from you then eastsoutheast and southeast and by east then you shall not meet with any dangers of the Dwaelgrounds nor of Swalverorte you shall thus sayle alongst at least three leagues over the Dwaelgrounds and Swalverorte over very uneven grounds the one cast at least twelve the other nine and also wel seven and sixe fathom but goe on your course without feare when as the Inner side or east side of the south end of Oesel commeth to be north and north and by east from you then you are over the riffe within all the foule grounds that might hurt you when as that you get then 13 or 14 fathom then sayle bouldly without fear towards Domesnes If it should happen that with a northwest winde you should fall with the land to the northwards of Derwinda or Lyserorte should fear to come neere the Coast of Coerland then keepe not further off to Sea then that the east poynt of Doembergh be eastsoutheast from you when as then you bring the east side of the south point of Oesell northnortheast from you then you shall runne alongst over Swalverorte in seven fathom Betwixt Oesel and Coerland it is sixteen and seventeen fathom deep When as Domesnes is southeast and by east and the south poynt of Oesel northwest and by north from you and that you are a like neare to them both there it is eighteen farhom deep From the poynt of Domesnes runneth off also a riffe northeast and by north or a little more northerly a league and half into the sea which is on the east side very steepe but on the west side somewhat flatter When you come from out of the west and are bound to Rye you may runne about by it upon your lead in 5 6 7 8 9 and 10 fathom so neare as you will but according as the winde and weather shall be I know of some that have sounded about it in foure and foure fathom half but he that will runne so somewhat neare about it must be very carefull in using of his lead not let it rest Not very farre from the riffe on the west side it is 12 and 13 fathom deep When as the poynt of Domesnes where the withered trees stande upon come to bee southsouthwest from you then you come on against the west side of
little deepe of eight foot water Before that Deepe lyeth a banck which you may sayle about on both sides and come within it there it is three fathom deep The Island Kyn Kinne lyeth from Sales northwest and by west 7 leagues from Round east and east and by north seven leagues and from the Deepe of Rye north and by east about 14 or 15 leagues It is a little low Island about 2 leagues long hath round about it most foule ground Betwixt Kyn the coast of Lyfland it is 7 leagues broad and the right deep betwixt them both is 8 and 9 fathom deep Northwest eight leagues from Round and north and by east seven leagues from Domesnes lyeth Ambrook Ambrook that is a little Island which is round about foul with sharpe stony ground and lyeth two leagues distant from the coast of Oesell Betwixt Round and Ambrook but nearest Ambrook lye many uneven Dwael-grounds Dwael-grounds of three four and five fathom Ambrook and the south end off Oesell lye eastnortheast somewhat northerly and westsouthwest somewhat southerly about five leagues distant Under the south poynt off Oesell Roade under Oesell on the east side is a good roade for westerly winds If you will anchor there then anchor in eight or seven fathom so that the white Church which standeth somewhat within the southermost poynt doe stand west and by south from you there is good soft clay ground and you shall lye sheltred for a west westsouthwest winde The ground is there very even slatte when as you get the seven fathom and sayle towards to land it continueth long all one depth of 7 fathom untill you come very close by the shoare before it will be shoaler It is there all alongst by the east coast of Oesell flatt ground of three four and five fathom For to sayle from the south end of Oesell unto Arentsbergh through within Ambrooke you must leave two thirds of the water on the larboard side towads Oesell and one third part on the starboard side towards Ambrooke there you shall have about seven fathom water and soft claye ground towards the Coast of Oesell it is full of uneven Dwale-grounds alongst by the west side of Ambrooke you cannot lightly take hurt Arentsbergh Arentsbergh lyeth from the south end of Oesel northeast distant eight leagues but from the Island Ambrook northnorthwest four or five leagues Upon the west side of Oesel the coast lyeth off from the south end unto Hondsoorte with divers bayes about northnorthwest southsoutheast twelve leagues betwixt them both lye two lade places Wyke and Reeck Alongst this west coast of Oesell lye very manie uneven and soul grounds where of men must take very good heed Hondtsoort the northwest poynt of Oesell and the poynt of Dagerorte lye northnorthwest and southsoutheast about 8 leagues distant Betwixt them both is a great haven there runneth also a channell through but it is so shoale that no ships can go through and all over sharpe and uneven ground Upon Dagerorte Tower upon Dagerorte standeth a high tower which the Wor. Counsell of the towne of Revell caused there to be builded for to know the land by which men may see on both sides of Dagerorte farre into sea and also may see it over the land farre in the foresayd baye Under the poynt on the south side of Dagerorte is good lying for north and northeast winds and cleane sand groundâ— you may sound about by the poynt of Dagerorte in seven or eight fathom on the north side of the poynt is good road for southerly winds From Dagerorte to Syburghnes the coast lyeth eastnortheast seven leagues Betwixt them both to witt three leagues from Dagerorte and four leagues from Syburghnes lyeth a ground going flat off thwart from the land northwest into sea at least five or sixe leagues almost in manner as the great luttish riffe is first of three four five sixe and seven fathom deep and waxeth deeper by little and little towards the Finnish Scheers where at last it runneth to nothing About three leagues without the land of Dagerorte north and north and by east from the high tower there lyeth a sunken rock which is very steep whereupon there is no more then ten foot water A man of Ossanen hath beaten upon it which went no deeper then eleven foot and a half presently after the stroke he cast the lead and found five fathom depth The tower of Dageroort was then from him south and south and by west Syburghnes Syburghnes is an out poynt with two poynts from each of which shooteth off a riffe betwixt these two riffes is a faire flat sand strand where you may anchor so neere the shoare as you will in six five or four fathom A little to the westwards of the westermost poynt of Syburghnes not farre from the land lieth a shoale under water about so great as a shipp whereupon it is not deeper then twelve foot From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm the course is e. by n. 7 leag betwixt them both goeth in the Moensound To the southwards of Oetgensholm goeth in a great bay into the land where in lyeth an Island and behinde it a little towne called Hap-sael there you may anchor where you will On the southwest side of this baye runneth off a great shoale or ledge of rocks at least a great league into the sea which is very broad you may runne in alongst by it into Moensound Eastnortheast and w. s.w from the east hoeck of Oetgensholm a league in sea lyeth a cliff under water whereupon in the yeare a man of Harlingen is cast away From Syburghnes to the Oxeholm Oxeholm the Grasholm Grasholm the course is southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues the Grasholm are two little greene Islands and the Oxeholme lyeth about a league to the northwards of the Grasholm about which you may sayle and anchor round about a little league northeast from the Oxholm lyeth a ground loose from the land which you must avoyde called the wester Grasground Grasground there are two shoales which are called the Grasgrounds the other Grasground which is called the eastermost lyeth over against the Grasholm towards the riffe of Hapsael upon which there is no more then five footwater He that will sayle into the Moensound must take heed thereof He that will sayle off from Oetgensholme through the Moensound Moonsound must goe on southsouthwest to the Grasholme and sayl in close by it for to avoyd the Grasground which lyeth to the eastwards over against it From the Grasholme to the poynt off the Oesell where the great tree standeth upon the course is east five or six leagues From the Grasholm towardes Oesell lye four little Islands each about a league one from the other When as you sayle from Grasholme towardes Oesel you must sayl alongst by these little Islands leaving them lying about two or three cables lengths on the
starboard side untill that you come to the land of Oesel over against the great tree In this fareway it is five fathom deepe When as you come sayling so alongst past the Grasground you shall meete with an Island on the larboard side to the northwards of it goeth in the Deepe unto the Castle of Moensound The Castle of Moone sound in three fathom but sometimes it is shoaler for there it is all full of sands To the southwards of the same Island goeth in another Deep which you may sayle through untill you come to the end of Oesell and then you leave the two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the starboard side But the right and best Deep goeth from the foresayd great tree in alongst by the land Oesell which is three and four fathom deepe and at last it will be six seven eight fathom when you sayle alongst there you leave the foresayd two little Islands by the south end of Oesell lying on the larboard side From the great tree to the first little Island the course is eastsoutheast eight or nine leagues then from the first little Island to the second south east and forth to the end of Oesell east and by south From that ende or northeast poynt of Oesell runneth off a foul riffe a great half league into the sea called the Paternoster Pater-noster which you must avoyde From this northeast poynt off Oesell unto Parno the coast of Lisland lyeth eastsoutheast and westnorthwest When you come about that poynt you may sayle into the sea or buye off Rye where you will west and by north to Arentsbergh southw or somewhat westerly to Ambrooke south somewhat easterly to Round southeast and by south to Kinne or where you will the lying of Kinne is described here before From Kinne to Magno and Serckholm all alongst unto Parno the course is northeast and by north eight leagues Thwart of Magno Serckhollom Magno Sterckholm it is betwixt Coerland and the Islands five and sixe fathom deepe and alongst Coerland altogether a faire strand Parno Parno lyeth in a great Baye it is there in the roade three and four fathom deep For to anchor there you must anchor so that the steeple of Parno stand northnortheast from you there is the best roade Oetgensholme Oetgensholm and Syburghnes lye east and by n. and w. by south seven leagues distant one from the other You may sayle round about Oetgensholme and anchor under it for northerly and northwest winds in sixe or seven fathom but you must beware of the Blinde as before is sayd From Oetgensholm to great Roge Great Roge. the course is east four leagues betwixt them both a little to the southwardes of the fareway lyeth a shoale even above water which you may sayle round about but you may not come verie neare it because it is stonie and rockie round about it Great Roge is an out point with two or three white Chalck-hills and thereby is verie easy to be knowne Betwixt this poynt and Oetgensholm somewhat more southerly lyeth another poynt called little Roge Little Roge. betwixt it and great Roge goeth a broade Sound into the land of sixe and seven fathom depth but in the end it is shoale There-abouts it is all cleane ground and good for to anchor in From great Roge to the Island Narghen the course is east somewhat northerly five leagues When you sayl from great Roge towards Narghen you shall finde four leagues to the eastwards of great Roge an other poynt with two white chalck spots called Surp betwixt it and great Roge the land falleth away to the southwards into a great baye If you will saile to Revell then sail alongst by that poynt of Surp towards Narghen leaving it on the larboard side off you going on still east untill you come to the east end of Nargen Being there by it then goe on eastsoutheast a league and an half and then you shall come by the end of the riffe which lyeth off from the Blote Karels Riffe off the Karels come no nearer it then in sixe fathom When as the castle of Revel commeth without the Karels then sayl right unto the head of Revell Revell untill you come to the east side let your anchor fall there and then hawl with the fore-ship or stearne to the head and make you fast by foure cables for the north and northnorthwest windes which blow there flat open in making it a lee shoare so that sometimes with such winds there commeth in a rowling sea East about 4 leagues from the south end of Nargen lyeth the Island the Wolfe which is about a league long Northnorthwest and northwest and by north two leagues from the west end of the Island the Wolf and northeast and northeast and by east from the north end of Nargen lyeth a rock under water called the Revel-stone although there be no more water upon then 3 or 4 foot yet it is in the Summer time with faire weather oftentimes so smooth water that it doth not break upon it and it is also very steep so that you may not come neerer it by your lead then in 12 fathom The markes for to knowe the place of this Revel-stone Revell-stone are these When the northeast end of Nargen is southwest and southwest and by west from you and the high steeple of Revell is a capstane barrs length or a little more to the westwards off the west end of the Island the Wolfe then you are right thwart of this rock The steeple of Revel is also the right south from you But when the steeple of Revell commeth to the Wolfe The Wolf and that you are bound to the eastwards and you are surely past this Revell-stone and a good wayes to the eastwards of it From the west end of the Island the Wolfe lyeth off a riff to the northwards into sea about an English mile toward the Revell-stone upon the end of this riffe lye five or sixe rocks a little above water If you come away from Revell on north and by west alongst by the Wolf then marke the poynt of Surp when that commeth even unto the south end of the Island Nargen then you shall also have even the length of the foresayd riffe If you looke out then on the starboard side and be not sayled very sarre alongst to the westwardes of the Wolf you shall see the foresayd rockes lying upon the end of the riffe lye thwart from you and then you may run to the northwards about by them in five fathom without doing amisse Betwixt Nargen and the Wolf lyeth also a stony shoale which is very broad but much neerer Narghen then the Wolf and lyeth from the south poynt or Narghen shoale of Nargen about northeast and from the north poynt eastsoutheast Therfore if you bring the south poynt of Nargen about southwest or southwest and by south and
the foresayd north point westnorthwest from you and that the Wolf lye then free from the mayne land you shall not misse to fall upon this shoale You may sayle round about Nargen Nargen and also anchor under it for northerly and westerly winds in 10 12 14 18 fathom From Nargen to the Island Wranger the course is east seven leagues The lying there of you may see in the following directions Of the Coast of Finland betwixt the Alands Haffe and Elsenvos Betwixt Uxe or Bostell on the coast of Sweden the Island of Aland Alandts goeth in the Alands Haff which men do call the North Bodem which lyeth up so farre to the northwards into Finland that a ship with good fresh way should scarce be able to sayle to the end off it in five dayes upon the farthest end of this North Bodem lyeth the towne Toreu there Sweden is parted from Finland At the outermost rocks off Finland on the Alands Haff lye Islands Ercke Castelholm and Corpe Ercke Castelholm Corps Ercke is the westermost of all and the outermost from thence goeth in the Corpe sound northeast alongst thwart off Castelholm and Corpe Corpe lyeth within the other Island and from Corpe you may edge over into the Liet off Abbo which commeth running off from Uttoy you may alsoo sayle up into this channell about behind Lipland and so come out into the North Bodem Uttoy is a great Island upon it standeth a great mast with a barrell for a beakon and lyeth from the Island Corpe east and west about nine leagues On the west side of Uttoy Uttoy goeth up the Liet of Abbo which lyeth in first north north and by east about three or four leagues and then you come on against a great Island And then it lyeth in alongst that great Island northeast unto the the Sound of Abbo Abbo Abbo lyeth at the end of that foresayd great Island This Liet runneth up alongst to the eastwards through betwixt the rocks about thirteen leagues within it lyeth a rock under water which is a Magnes Magnes or Load-stone also the grounde seemeth to be there of the vertue of the Load-stone or when you come thereabouts the compasses doe not stand but run and turne without any certain standing still untill that you be at least a league past it and then they begin to stand right againe From thence it lyeth east and east and by south all alongst through the rocks unto the Rough Island to the westwards of it runneth the channell of Luys into the sea when you are thwart of it sea you may see the land of Revel It is there betwixt them both to wit betwixt the Out rockes and Nargen or the land thereabouts ten leagues broad The Out-rocks of Luys and the channell of Uttoy lye east west about 21 or 22 leagues distant although it be there betwixt them both all broken land and full of rocks yet nevertheles there are no havens nor channels fit for ships to come into From Luys Luys alongst without the Rocks to the channell of Elsenvos the course is east and by north 15 or 16 leagues but Nargen or the Wolf and channell of Elsenvos lye northnortheast southsouthwest about 16 or 17 leagues asunder How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Derwinda to Lyserorte northeast 4 leagues From Lyserorte to Domesnes eastnortheast 12 or 13 leagues From Domesnes to Round east and by north somewhat easterly 8 leagues From Round to Duynemondt or the mouth of the river of Rye southsoutheast 15 leagues From Domesnes to Rye or Duynemond southeast 20 lea From Duynemondt to Lemsael or Sales northeast 14 leagues From Duynemond or the mouth of the river of Rye to the Island Kin north and by east 14 or 15 leagues From Round to the Island Kinne east by north east 7 leagues From Domesnes to the south end or the road of Oesell northwest and by north 6 great leagues From Domesnes to Ambroeck north and by east 7 leag From Round to Ambroeck northwest 8 leagues From the south end of Oesell to Arentsbergh northeast 8 leagues From Luseroorte to Howbrough west by south somewhat westerly 40 leagues From Lyserorte to the poynt of Alant or the Islands north and by west somewhat westerly 52 leagues From the south point of Oesell to Hondsorte northnorthwest 12 leagues From Hondsort to the poynt of Dagerorte northnorthwest 8 leagues From Dagerorte to Syburghnes east and by north 7 leag From Syburghnes to the Oxeholme and the Grasholme southsoutheast 4 or 5 leagues From the Grasholme to the great tree upon Oesell south 5 or 6 leagues From the northeast poynt off Oesell to Parno eastsoutheast 20 leagues From Arensbergh to the northeast point of Oesell east and by south 8 or 9 leagues From Ambroeck to the northeast poynt of Oesell northeast somewhat easterly 9 or 10 leagues From Round to the northeast end of Oesell north somewhat westerly 13 leagues From Lemsael to Parno north and by east 11 league From Dagerorte to the Rose-head southwest and by south 80 leagues From Dagerorte to Eastergore southwest and by west 39 leagues From Dagerorte to the Godtsch sand w. s.w 26. leagues From Dagerorte to Boechschaer northwest and by west 18 leagues From Dagerorte to the poynt off Alandt or the Islands northwest and by north 26 or 27 leagues From Syburghnes to Oetgensholm east and by n. 7 leag From Oetgensholm to great Roge east 4 leagues From great Roge to Surp east 4 leagues From Roge to Nargen east somewhat northerly 5 leag From the south end of Nargen to the Island the Wolf east 4 leagues From Revell to the Wolf north somewhat easterly 5 lea From Oetgensholme to the Out rocks of Luys north by east 15 or 16 leagues From Syburghnes to the channell of Abbo or Uttoy northwest and by north 20 or 21 leagues From Uttoy or Abbo to the channell of Luys the course is east 22 leagues From Luys to the channell of Elsenvos east 16 or 17 leag From Nargen to the channell of Abbo the course is westnorthwest 32 or 33 leagues From Nargen to the channell of Elsenvos northeast and by north 17 leagues From Nargen to the Out-rocks of Luys northwest by north 13 leagues From the Wolfe to Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leagues From the channell of Abbo to Boeschaer southwest somewhat southerly 16 leagues From the Island the Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Coerland sheweth it selfe in this forme betwixt Lyseroort and Domesnes when you sayle alongst by it Domesnes Doembergh Lyseroort Derwinda Backovens Towards Der Lyba Thus sheweth the coast of Coerland from Domesnes past Derwinda and the Backovens towards Der Lyba When you sayle about Domesnes then Oesel sheweth it selfe thus The little Island Ambroeck The Island Round when you sayle alongst by
the eastermost of the greatnesse off a ship very steepe and high but the westermost is small run in there betwixt them the Sound is called Cramerpoort Cramerpoort When you are within them goe then in north and by east and then you shall presently meet with a greate Island called Carmer Cramer leave that on the starboard side and so you runne right on with an other greate Island called the Hester leave that on the larboard side and anchor betwixt the 2 Islands Cramer the Hester there is good anchor ground From the mouth of the Sound of Elsenvos to Pelting-sound Pelting-sound the course is eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues Pelting-sound lyeth in northeast there you lye within a great many great rockes or little Islands sheltred for all winds You may sayle from thence through within the rocks all over where you desire to be if you have a good skilfull Pilot. From Peltingschares to Putsfagre Putsfagre it is 8 leagues Putsfagre is a great rock or Island lying from High-land northnorthwest distant five or sixe leagues About a league south from this Island Putsfagre lyeth a suncken rock which you must avoyd He that will sayle through within the rocks let him take a Pilot from Putsfagre that may bring him through the rockes where hee desireth to be you may run in there every where and within the rockes it is most all over good anchor-ground From Putsfagre to the Epelschares Epelschares the course is east six leagues these are a great many out-rocks a little to the eastwards of them lyeth a great rock called Quadeschare which you may sayle round about From Epelscharen to the Goeschare Goeschare the course is east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues That the lying of the land dangers from thence eastward hath beene described here before How these lands doe lye from the other and from other lands From the Wolf to the Kocxschaer east and by north 3 leagues From Wolf to the Peltingschares eastnortheast 20 leag From Wolf to Wranger east and by south 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the east end of Wranger south and by east 1 league From the Kocxschaer to little Wranger southsoutheast 2 leagues From Wranger to Eckholm east and by south 14 leag From Eckholm to the Castle of Telsburgh eastsoutheast 5 leagues From Telsburgh to the roade of the Narve e. s.e 15 leag From the road of the Narve to the Russe-haecks north by west 5 leagues From the Russehaecks to the River Nioa or Oreschack east northeast 22 leagues From Oreschack to the Rode-hell north w. 15 or 16 leag From Rode-hell to Schares terny southeast 10 leagues From the Russehaecks to the Rodehell n.e. by n. 23 lea From Russehaecks to the Island Rette Sarre north 5 leag From Rette Sarre to Sommers n. and by w. some-what westerly 4 or 5 leagues From Eckholm to the Island Highland e.n.e. 10 leagues From the west side of High-land to the road of the Narve southeast and by south and southeast 15 leagues From Highland to the little Tutters southwest and by south 3 leagues From Highland to the great Tutters south 3 leagues From the Island with Mast to the little Tutters east by south and eastsoutheast 3 leagues From the Kocxschaer to the Island with the mast east by south 18 or 19 leagues From the Island with the mast to the Highland northeast and by east 4 or 5 leagues From the Kocxschaer to high land east 23 leagues From Highland to the Sommers east 7 leagues From the Sommers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher northeast and by north somewhat easterly 7 leag From the great Fisher to the little Fisher northeast by east 3 leagues From the little Fisher to the Corsnes eastnortheast somewhat easterly 1 league From Corsnes to the Rodehell northeast by e. 3 leag From the sound of Elsenvos to Peltingsound eastsoutheast 13 or 14 leagues From Pelting-sound to Putsfagre east 8 leagues From Putsfagre to the Epelschaers east 6 leagues From the Epelschaers to the Goeschaer or great Fisher east somewhat northerly 9 or 10 leagues From Eckholm to Elsenvos northwest and by north somewhat westerly 23 leagues From Highland to Peltingschares northwest by west 9 leagues From Highland to Putsfagre northnorthw 5 or 6 leag How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea The Island Wranger sheweth thus when it is southeast and by east 3 leagues from you Northwest poynt Midland Southeast poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the westwards that it lyeth to the eastwards from you Southeast poynt Northwest poynt Thus sheweth Eckholm when you come from the eastwards and that it is to the westwards from you In this forme sheweth the Island the Huftes when you are to the southwards of it and sayle alongst by the coast of Lyfland The little Tutters shew themselves thus when they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the great Tutters when you sayle alongst by the coast of Lysland and that they lye to the northwards from you Thus sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Rivers mouth of the Narve when you come thereabouts comming off from the High-land In this forme sheweth the land to the eastwards of the Narve when you come off from the High-land Thus sheweth the Island High-land when you see it comming from the westwards The fifth Demonstration Where in Are set forth the Coastes of Sweden betweene Oeland and Stockholm ABout two leagues more northerly over against it on Oeland lyeth Borckholm Borckholm Coping wyke a little to the northwards of it lyeth Copingwyke where men do lade many Toomb-stones and other stones with a northerly winde it is bad lying there Northwest or somewhat westerly from Borckholm about 3 leagues on the Sweeds side lyeth a Haven in the rockes where men do lade Beames to the northwards of it northwest and by north from Borckholm lyeth Munsteraas Munsteraas that is a good Haven also for very great ships From Calmer to the Sweeds-Ioufer Sweeds-Ioufer the course is northnortheast 9 or 10 leagues this is a round rock and very high you may see it alongst over Oeland being a good wayes to the eastwards of Oeland it is not very great but cleane round about so that you may anchor neare under it on every side 18 19 fathom but by reason that it is not broad there commeth in with hard windes a rowling Sea From the Sweeds Ioufer to the channell of Westerwyke or Silbuy the course is northnorthwest 7 leagues but from Northeroorden the north-end of Oeland northwest 8 leagues The channell of Westerwyke and Silbuy is called Idesound Idesound after a great rock lying on the north side of this channell called Ydehoe off from it lye many rocks some above and some under water 2 great leagues to seawards which are called Idebanks Idebancks He that will saile from the north-end of Oeland towards the barsound and by bare
Hommelwyke Hommelwyke you shall finde also a great rock on the starboard side you may run about to the westwards of it untill you come within the other rocks little Islands and anchor there in 3 fathom soft ground but if you wil anchor there then you must shun somewhat the w. end of the great Holm because of a suncken rock that lyeth even without the point of the rock From that foresaid road unto Hassellholm the course is yet in alongst n. w. and north but with ships of great draught you must anchor before the channell of Hasselholm From the Hevering to the Hassell-holm it is in all about 3 or 4 leag From Hassell-holm Hassell-holm alongst upwards through the stone reach it is not deeper then nine foote you must also if you will sayle up there first set the rockes or suncken rockes with beakons with your boat or else you should sometimes sayle upon some of the rockes in seven foot depth The narrowest of the Stone-reach Stone-reach is thwart of an Island which you must leave on the starborard side off from which lyeth a suncken rocke in the narrow you must goe close alongst by the suncken rock for to the westwards of it is very shoale water Being past this stony ground you shall get oasie ground where it is not deeper then sixe foot being come over that by the town Nycopping Nicopping it is again eight foot deep but stony ground This ships lye without the towne thwart of the beakons over against the Castle which lyath on the west side of the river From Hassell-holm to the town Nycopping it is about a league first up north and by w. and afterwards west For one that is unacquainted it is not easy to sayle up it is also Pilots water so soone as you come within the channell you can get a Pilot to bring you where you desire to be From Nycopping you may sayle alongst through the rocks to the northwards off Hassell-holm unto Trosa and Telghen Landesoort Landsoort which is the west poynt of the Liet of Stockholm lyeth from the Hevering east and by north distant 6 or 7 leagues About halfe wayes betwixt both lyeth a great high rock very easy to be knowne a good wayes without the land alone called Hartsoe Hartsoe and a little league to the westwards of Landsoort lye also some fowle out-rocks called the Heyr-hamer When as you sayl from the Hevering on eastnortheast then you run alongst a little without the Hartsoe leaving it on the larboard side With that coursey on cannot also sayle too neere the Heyr-hamer Heyr-hamer and then you leave it lying also on the larboard side towards the land The land to the westwardes of Landsoort lieth w. or w. and by north with divers great rockes and havens where you may sayle into About a league to the westwards of it lyeth a haven within a low rock in betwixt two other low Rocks there you must make you fast with cables on both shoares and with an anchor in the Sound Before the havens mouth lyeth a high round rock which shutteth the havens mouth A little to the westwards off Hartsoe goeth in a haven or Deep where you may run through with Barkes within Elsnap unto Stock-holm A little to the westwards of that Deep lyeth the Sound of Telghen lying in northwest allmost unto the great Lack de Mell upon the end of that Sound lyeth Telgen but at the mouth of the Sound lyeth a little towne Torsa About an English mile southwest from the poynt of Landsoort lye 2 rockes even with the water and within these rockes close by Landsoort lyeth also a suncken rock He that commeth from the southwardes being bound to Stokholm and falleth with the land to the westwards of the poynt of Landsoort must take heed of them you may sayle within these two rockes lying even with the water to wit betwixt them the foresayd suncken rock and also as Pilots say you may sayle through within the suncken rock that is betwixt the suncken rock and the mayne land Landsoort and the north poynt of Oeland lye southsouthwest and northnorthe a little more northerly and a little more southerly distant 23 or 24 leagues If you sayle on northnortheast from the north end of Oeland you shall fall with the land right with Landsoort or a little to the eastwards of it It is better to fall with the land somewhat to the westwards of it then to the eastwards of it to the westwards the land is better to be known then the rocks to the eastwards off it Therefore when as you will sayle from the north end of Oeland to Stockholm especially in dark weather goe on somewhat more northerly then n. n. e. or north by east then you shall runne in sight off the foresayd rock Hartsoe which is easy to be knowne The Lieth of Stockholm goeth in northeast by the poynt of Landsoort About a league east from the pointly some black rocks some above and some under water called the Karwasen Betwixt them and the poynt about once so neare the Karwasen as the poynt lyeth an other black rock not great called the young Karwasen betwixt that rock and the poynt off Landsoort men doe sayle into the channell of Stock-holm Close to the poynt lyeth also a little Island which you must leave on the larboard side and run alongst to the eastwards of it a league northeast from the poynt lyeth the Wigstone W gstone lying southeast or eastsoutheast thwart off from the shoare This a somewhat a long rock with tree hommocks the two westermost are the greatest and shew like a saddle the eastermost hommock is the smallest upon it standeth a little walled cape you must sayle alongst to the eastwards of it and leave the rock on the larboard side You may well sayle also about to the westwards of this Wigstone it is cleane round about but on the west side it is narrowest betwixt it and the land lyeth also a rock with a little rock off from it which you must avoyd A league northeast from the Wigstone lyeth the Middle-stone Mâ—ddle-stone which is a great high rock with a great cliff or saddle with another great rock a little to the westwards of it you cannot sayle through betwixt them they are fast one to the other with rocks In sayling up men leave this Middle-stone on the starboard side and run about to the westwards of it From by east the Wigstone to the Middle-stone to witt alongst to the westwards of it the course is northnortheast About a great English mile east from the Wigstone and north from the Karwasen lyeth another rock called the Gomberg-stone Gâ—mberg stone and to the eastwards of it another called Schaeropen When you sayle from the Wigstone to the Middle-stone you leave them both on the starbord side Thwart of the Middlestone on the Westland lyeth the haven of Ramskloof â—â—msâ—oâ—f there
northeast from you two leagues it sheweth thus In this forme sheweth the land a little to the westwards of Eastergore when that point is a great league west from you there it is four and twentie and five and twentie fathom deep soft ground Eastergore being a league west from you sheweth thus there it is five and twentie fathom deepe FINIS The second part THE FIRST BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is contained the Description of the Sea-Coasts of Holland Sealand and Flanders from Tessell to the Heads Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famous Seamen and lovers off Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaarte van de NOORT ZEE Vertonende van Caliz tot Dronten al 's oock tusschen Doeveren en Hitlandt The second part of the New LIGHTNING COLUMNE OR SEA MIRROUR THE FIRST BOOKE Of the WESTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The description of the Sea-Coasts of Holland Zealand and Flanders from Tessell to the Heads of Dover and Calice The first demonstration Where in Are delineated the Tessel-streame and the Channell of the same WHEN you saile from Amsterdam to the Fall of Vrck you must keep the middle of the channell in sailing to Tyoort from thence over Pampus Pampus with a shipp of great draught that draweth tenne foot or more keepe Marken church without to the land of Udam called Schyteldoecks-haven soo long untill that the steeple of Zuyderwouw come past Kinnigherbeurt which are the houses half way betwixt Schyteldoecks-haven Durgerdam goe then towards the land east untill that the New church of Amsterdam come about Durgerdam keepe that soo standing untill that the church of Weesp be come past the House or Castle at Muyen so that it do stand somwhat nearer to Muyen then to the House keepe Weesp standing soo untill that Edam come without the east end of Marken In this fare waie it is a foote deeper then if you sailed right through For to avoyde Muyen sand men were wont to bring the houses which were wont to stand upon Tyoort to the southwards of the Heyliger-stee at Amsterdam thereby you may make some reckoning they are good longst markes when Monnickedam is about the west end of Schyteldoecks-haven and the house at Muyen betwixt Weesp and the church at Muyen then are you thwart of Muyen sand For to saile right through over Pampus then keepe the steeple of Diemen over or about the point of Tyoort so long as you can see Tyoort that is a right longst marke for to saile over Pampus When you are come thwart of the east end of Marken goe then on northeast or somewhat more eastwardly towards the Fall of Urck which is seven leagues when you are come with in a great league of Urck you shall meete with a hard sand called the Houtribbe The houtribbe lying southeast and northwest thwart over the Fare waie there is no more water upon it then upon the Flat of Wieringen or of Freesland you shall finde also no deeper water there then eight through When Enckhuysen lyeth northwest and northwest and by west from you then you are upon the Hout-ribbe Before that you come against the sand you can by night see the fire upon Urck. When that Urck or the fire is more northerly then northeast from you and that you get shoaling then that is certainly of the Houtribbe for so you cannot come too neare the EnckhnyseÌ„ sand When you come from the southwards you are not about the EnckhuyseÌ„ sand before that the church upon Urck come without the little village of houses which is then east by south and east southeast from you if that then you goe afâ—ay n. w. and by w. or w. n. w. you shall runne close alongst by the side of the sand With a ship of great draught bring the church a good way through the houses untill that it stand e. s.e from you then goe bouldly on n. w. by w. or keepe Medenblick without the point of the Ven and so you shal not come too near neither to sand nor shoale Likewise if you come from the northwards bring Urck not more eastwardly then e. s.e from you then you cannot take hurt also of the Enckhuysen sand Marks of Enckhuysen sand From Urck to the buyes upon the Cripple Hofstede the course is n. w. by w. with that course you may runne all alongst unto the souther buye upon Wieringhen Flat in turning to windwards you may well bring Medenblick a little within the point of the Ven but when as Medenblick is without it then you are in the right fare way Betwixt Urc and the buye upon the Hofstede northeast somewhat eastwardly from the steeple of EnckhuyseÌ„ lyeth a little plate of hard sand lying towards the end of Enckhuysen sand which is not deeper then the Frees Flat about to the eastwards of it is the deepest water but about to the westwards of it by some called the Kattegat you shall be sooner about the High horne or the Enckhuysen sand and it is good for ships that draw but little water The thwart markes of the buyes both upon the Cripple and Hofstede Marks of the buyes upon the hof-stede Cripple are Grootebroeck Hem two sharp steeples right one in the other and Warnis a little sharp steeple in Freesland to the south side of the Cliffe of Staverne then you have the length of these buyes which lye each of them in three fathome the one on the east shoare and the other on the west shoare upon the tayle of the Cripple There is in the right fare waie two foot lesse then five fathom soft ground When the steeple of Medenblick commeth to the northwards of the house of Medenblick so farr as the house is broade then you are cleare of Cripple sand and past it goe then on northwest and northwest and by north to the buye upon the Creyl according as the winde and tyde shall be the right farewaie there is deep five fathom scarce Thwart of the Creyl The Creyl in sailing out or about the Creyl in sailing in that is a little within the Creyl on the north shoar lyeth alongst the reach towards the buye upon the Hofstede a hard sand or plate called the south Creyl South-Creyl upon which there is no more then twelve foot water at low water betwixt that banck and the north shoare it is three fathom deepe and soft ground and to the southwards or the westwards of it foure fathom and a halfe When Mirnes a little flat steeple in Freesland cometh over a long countriehouse to the southwards of the clisse of
steeple it is al most one course south south east or somewhat southerly the buyes lye along the west shoare men may for need sayle alongst to the westwards of them but not farre for the west shoare is so steepe that if a great shippe should lye with the stemme against it there should be at head no more then 3 foot and by the main mast at least 3 fathom deepe but the east shoare is flat men may runne alongst by it upon their lead untill they come within the buyes The buy upon the tayle that is the innermost buy of the old slenck lyeth from the buy upon Cape and steeple south by west s s west but the Helder southeast men may sayle from the buy upon Cape and steeple rightwith the Helder without danger or to the buy upon the tayle from thence alongst by the south shoare which is also very steepe or right to the Helder according as shall be best convenient for the wind and tyde The foreftood falles very strong over the south ground to the Spaniards channell till half flood and the fore-ebbe s.s.e. till halfe ebbe The faling of the tide The Helder lyes from the buy upon the tayle e.s.e. and s.e. and by e. When you are come near the Helder run close by it so to avoyd a tayle shooting off from Geest sand which you may sayle within as you come from the sea there lyeth a Buy upon it which leave on the Larboard side Being past the Helder goe northeast or a little more easterly or alongst the Tessels side in eight or nine fathom unto the Copevaerders road The Wieringhen side is steep The Slenck In The Slenck used to lye six buyes but the sands are growne now soo high and have stopt the passage Within the sixth Buy it is wide enough to sayle in from thence right to the Helder east southeast To sayle out at the Land-deepe The Land deep run alongst within a bow-shot of the foot strand of Huysdown and about by the heads and you shall not misse the innermost Buy lying on the shoals nearest the west shoare in seventeen foot at high and 13 foot at low water that shoaly place is not above 2 ships lengths broad over it and alsoo within it it is deep enough Thwart of that Buy shooteth off a little tayle from the shoare towards the Buy therefore run close alongst by the Buy and leave it on your starboard side in sayling out Besides that Buy there lie 3 other Buyes in the Land-deep which you must leave all lying to seawards of you and so run betwixt them and the shore when you are past the 4 Buy you are past all the shoale and may sayle where you will To finde the Land-deep comming from the sea southwards you must sound the shore in four fathom and a halfe and running so by the shore you shall sayle right with the outermost buy which doue come no neare the shoare els you should saile within the taile of Arrian Bergers Creek which shooteth off from the shoare to the south sandhill Or els if you come from sea with an open winde thē keepe the great Cape upon Huysdowne over Dirckooms sandhil that is a round sandhil a litle to the south of Kyck downe bur not soo high and sayle soo in right with it you shall then meet with the outermost buy which lyeth at low Water in 4 fathom and a halfe nearest the Wester-grounds or the hakes leave it on the larboard side and run in alongst to the eastwards of it betwixt it the shore it lyeth most northeast and northeast and by north in you can take no hurt on either side if you take heed to keep you from the shoare Thwart of the Kyckdowne or comming to the southwards of it you must edge a litle from the shoare to avoyd a shoale which lyeth neare somewhat off from the shore When you come to the second buy then commeth the mill to the Northwards of Kyckdowne and at the third the mill and Cane Nels howse come one in the other which two buyes lye in 5 fathom at low water From the third to the innermost buy it is n.e. and by e run close along to the east ward of it to avoyd the foresayd little tayle of sand which thwart of it lyeth off from the shoare and then forth within a bow shot about the heads and so along by the strand of the Helder Conrerning the Mase and Goerees Gat. The Mase is at present but a wide or broad flatt having little change of depth which may bee sayled with all winds When the wind is south regard the old markes that is comming from sea before you see the Capes bring the steeple of Brill which is a stumpy steeple e. s.e south from you To sayle in to the Mase with a south wind or a little e. or southerly after you have gotten the cape bring them together and run on or if you bring the Brill steeple a spades length northwards the tower of Oostvoorn and run on you shall then first run the buy in sight lying in 3 fathom at low water From this first buy to the 2 and 3 buy wee sayle right upon the Capes The second buy lyes on 13 and the third upon 11 foote beeing there come the steeple of Goer comes a little upon the foote strand of the land of the Brill the fourth buy lyeth much alike with the third right upon the Capes though a little more southerly betweene these buyes the shallowest of the Maes is about ten foote by the fourth buy it begins to deepē with a common low water it is about eleavē foote deepe but with a southerly or s e. wind it runs shallower From thence to the fourth buy it is broad so that there wee may sayle in a reasonable depth Below the Heydyck or inmost beacon it is much narrower The fifth buy lyes distant from the fourth e. n. e and n.e. and by e. From the fourth buy to the fifth southward along the buyes in the right channell it is deep 14. 15. 16. 17 foote neare the fifth buy five fathom The sixth buy lyeth from the fifth e. and by N. in twelve foote there alongst the southward it is 5 6 fathom deepe and is called the Pitt Comming then a little beyond the sixth buy soo commeth Maeslandt sluce and Vlaerding steeple together keepe them so and run forwards soo long till you bring the old head of the Brielin the new head then you may run to the land of the Briel and so further alongst the southwall till you come before the Briel where you may anchor Now who will run higher up the Mase let them run all along the soutwall till hee is past the New sluce chuse then the Northwall From the east end of Roosenburgh there comes a tayle off which you may undersayle comming westwards If then when you are past the heads of Swartewal you bring not
with halfe flood or against the highest Water to the shoales goe from Flushing first alongst by the shore and then westnorthwest untill that West-cappell come within two shippes length to the poynt of the Sand-hill to wit that West-cappel stand soo much within the west poynt of the Sand-hils bring that alsoo not further out not neerer to the poynt of the Sand-hills for els you should sayle upon the Raen When that West-cappell standeth soo and S. Anne a flat Steeple in Flanders to the westwards of Sluce standeth amongst the east Sand-hils of Casand then goe northwest and by west out at the Doorloy When that S. Anne commeth then to the westwards of that foresayd Sand-hill then commeth the castle of Sluce under or behinde that sand-hill keepe that under or right to the east side of the foresayd sand-hils then goe out northwest and by west and you shall goe cleare of the Raen and the Rasses If you bring West-cappell without the sand-hills before that Saint Anne come without the foresayd sand-hills of Casand then you shall be to farre to the northwards and to neer the Rasses Or if you bring Sint Anne without the sand-hills of Casand before West-cappell come to the end of the sand-hills then you shall be to farre to the southwards shall come against the Raen but when you bring West-cappell to the poynt of the sand-hill S. Annes without the sand-hills of Casant one as soone as the other then you are amid the channell of the Doorloy right in the fareway For to finde the Doorloy comming in out of the sea For to find the Doorloy comming in out of the sea you must run to the Raen by the lead untill that West-chappell come within a masts length neere to the Sconce and sayle soo right in or take the sounding of the Raen and run alongst by it untill that S. Anne come to the foresayd east sandhill of Casand then goe in alongst s e. by east you shall soon be over the shoalest find deeper water but you must reckon wel your tyâ—â—â— for the flood falleth in to the Doorloy first south as also the after-ebbe afterwards s s e. at last to the southwards Therefore if you will goe in at the Doorloy with a fore-flood you must go at least e. s east or els if you should goe in upon your direct course you should lightly be carried against the Raen Comming then out of the sea alongst by the Raen untill that S. Anne be hidden amongst the sand-hils of Casand then goe on eastsoutheast untill that Westcappell come within the poynt of the sand-hils and then run boldly right on with Flushing In darke weather men may sound alongst by the Rasses when that you keep the Castle of Sluce to the eastwards of the foresaid sand-hill upon Casand then you cannot take hurt of the Raen but when the Church of Sluce standeth to the w. side of the foresayd sand-hills then you are thwart of the shoalest of the Raen The Splete For to saile from Flushing out at the Splete you must goe on first as is before fayd w. n. west untill that west-cappell come almost to the poynt of the sand-hils but not without it or that the steeple of Middlebrough come to the Inner sand-hill then goe w. s west then you run out at the Splete which is more then a great halfe league broad and at low water upon the shoalest 4 fa. a halfe deepe Betwixt Soutland and Dyshoeck lieth a high sand-hill which is at the east end somewhat steepe called the Doorne-hill Doornhil to the eastwards of it lieth another sand-hil which is somwhat long not altogether so high as the Doorne-hil with a clift or little dale in it which doth as it were divide the long sand-hill in two sand-hills the southermost is called the Inner sand-hill Inner sand hil because that to the southwards of it there are no more high sand-hils When that the steeple of Middlebrough commeth over that Inner sand-hill or in that foresaid clift keepe that over it or in it then you runne out at the Splete and can take no hurt neither of the Poll nor the Raen Engllsh Pol. The English Poll is â—epe but with easterly windes men may borrow of it by the lead The Raen The Raen is flat on the Inner side as well as on the out side so that men may sound out alongst by it all the Splete when you cannot have sight of the foresayd markes in dark weather and it is so broad that men have an halfe houres worke for to sayle thwart over it but the English Poll is so narrow that men may runne over it with foure or five casts of the lead When that Aerdenburgh commeth without the foresayd sand-hils of Casant then you are past the drye Raen Markes of the Raen but it lyeth yet out to the westwards with a great flat soo farre to the westwards untill Bridges commeth to the eastwards of Blanckenbrough in the Gallow sherds which are high sand-hils to the eastwards of Blanckenbrough where in times past was wont a Gallowes to stand then you are past all the shoales and may goe your course where you desire to be Blanckenbrough hath a flat steeple somewhat higher but not so thick as Liswegen From the end of the English Poll lieth a long ribbe about a shot of a cast peece broad to the westwards untill past Oostend The Ript called the Ript it is hard sand good ancher ground When Blanckenbrough standeth southeast by e. from you there is upon the Ript at low water sixe fathom deepe more to the eastwards towardes the English Poll it is shoaler but the farther to the westwards the deeper unto the outerbanck thwart of Oostend A shot of a cast peece to the northwards of that Ript it is deeper and soft ground Also when you come towards the south or s s e. a shot of a cast peece over the Ript it will be presently a halfe fathom deeper and soft ground that is then the other channell of the Wielinge Therefore when you come out of the sea and will sayle in at the Splete edge to the coast of Flanders when you are by your reckoning past Oostend and borrow to it by your lead untill that you get hard ground and shoaler water that is then for certaine that foresayd Ript having found that in sixe seven or eight fathom according as you shal be to the eastwards or the westwards then edge of againe to the northwards into the sea until it begin to shoale and bee hard ground keep so the sounding of the Ript untill that you find again deeper water and soft ground runne in then eastâ—â—â—theast and edge now and then to the southwards towards the north side of the foresayd Ript untill that Bridges comâ—eth to Liswegen being a flat and very thick steeple or that Blanckenâ—rough stand south from you then you come thwart of
the poynt of the Raen into the Splete Then bring the steeple of Middlebrough over the foresayd Inner sand-hill betwixt Soutland and Dishoeck and run in right with it e. n. e. on untill that the castle of Sluce come to the eastwards of the foresaid east sand-hils of Casant sayle then right on with Flushing and so you shall goe cleare both of the Raen the Pols If it should happen in darke or misty weather that you cannot see Middlebrough then run in by your lead alongst by the north side of the Ript eastnortheast until that you find shoaling and haâ—â— ground of the banck and so you shal run in betwixt the Raen and the banck The west end of the Raen is flat which you may sound very well In the channel betwixt the banck or English Poll and the Raen it is soft ground on both sides as well towards the Raen as towards the banck it doth begin to shoale and to be hard ground When Heyst that is a high sharp steeple commeth to the firebeakon thwart of that is the banck or English Poll at the shoalest to the eastwards of that the banck waxeth deeper Being come past the shoalest if you edge towards the banck you shall finde deeper water and may run over there at halfe flood with 18 foot but it is not good to doe it for not to sayl upon the French Poll but keepe all alongst the sounding and hard ground of the banck and shape your course a little more easterly for to avoyd the Rasses which lye thwart of Soutland are steepe When you are come somewhat further in go then east on towards Flushing you shall not come neare any shoals Thwart through the Raen goeth a Slenck Slenck through the Raen where remaineth at low water not lesse then â— fathom and a halfe water for to finde it comming in out of the sea you must bring Aerdenburgh a little without the point of the sand-hils of Casand or Westchappel in Flanders a little to the eastwards of Knock sayle then right with it untill that you get deeper water or that the steeple of Middlebrough come over the inner sand-hill then in alongst with it West-chappel in Flanders is a short flat little steeple with a little short blunt spire or cap upon it but Knock is a sharp steeple not so high as Heyst The Wielinge and inner-Wielinge For to saile in at the Wielinge comming in out of the sea you must run on to the coast of Flanders when you are past Oostend until you come in 5 fathom Thwart of Blancken-brough there was wont a few yeares past to lye a bancke or share off from the shore which men might saile within comming from the westwards now there is nothing but a little flat and Dobbelsand is alsoo altogether cleane gone Or else you must looke out for Liswegen a flat steeple and the thickest thereabouts When the steeples of Bridges being called the Bruggelingen stand a cables length to the westwards of LiswegeÌ„ then are you yet to the westw off all the sands polles and banckes keepe these steeples so standing and runne on to the coast until you come over the foresayd Ript and that you find againe soft ground and more depth untill you come in 5 fathom go then n.e. and n.e. and by east with a flood or northeast and northeast and by north with an ebbe reckon well your tyde which runneth there most e. s.e somewhat southerly and w.n.w. somewhat northerly and the tyde runneth but a little houre alongst the land keep the steeple Wenduynen one or 2 ships lengths without the Sconce of Blanckenbrough so long as you can see them and stil in 5 fathom when as Heyst commeth then to Bridges and Westcapel to Knock then are you right in the fareway of the Wieling the nearer that you are to the bancke of the English Poll the deeper water you shall finde except that you have the shoaling of the banck it selfe Bridges must come first to Heyst or else you should be to far to seawards or to neare to the English Poll with a foreflood you may bring them both at once together but not with a fore ebbe If you get then shoaling that is of the English Poll goe from thence alongst the same course through betwixt the English Poll and the French Poll or Innerbanck that is a hard sand steep but the English Poll is thereabouts flat which you may sound When as that the castle of Sluce commeth to S. Lambert a high flat steeple upon Casand to the northwards or to the eastwards off the Sluce then you are past the French Poll Markes of the French Poll. goe then east on right with Flushing or else observe these markes following Liswegen must not come within Heyst before the Castle of Sluce come to the e. sand-hil of Casand but remain without it or else you should sayle on against the innerbanck when as that the Castle commeth to the sand-hil goe then boldly northeast and by east and eastnortheast for to avoyd the French Poll untill that the steeple of Flushing come to the northwards of the Prisongate then you get deeper water goe then on east and east by south right with Flushing There remaineth in the Wieling as also in the inner Wieling at the lowest water not lesse then 4 fathom a halfe water The inner Wieling The inner-Wieling lyeth in through betwixt the innerbank or French Poll and Casant When you come from the westwards into the Wieling and are come soo farr that Westchappel come to Knock and will go in at the inner-Wieling then goe from thence east and by s on and you shall espy the buy upon the poynt of the Paerd-marck that is a sand that shooteth off from the east poynt of Sluce haven and is very steep leave that buy on the starboard side keepe S. Lamberts steeple even without the s sand-hill of Casant or Sluce haven and goe on n. e. or somewhat more northerly alongst by the shoare for to avoyd the Krakesand Krakesand when as then the Castle of Sluce and S. Lamberts steeple come one in the other then goe on east right with Flushing Flanders is a Land full of sand-hils and hommocks with many steeples alongst the coast lying from the Haven of Sluce unto Callice most w. s w. and e. n. east The first steeple to the westwards of Sluce is S. Anne a flat steeple and then Westchappell a little short flat steeple with a blunt cap upon it Heyst to the westwards of them is a long sharpe steeple higher then Knock. Betwixt Heyst and Blanckenbrough lieth Liswegen somewhat within the land that is a flat steeple the thickest of all the steeples there abouts Blanckenbrough is alsoo a flat steeple higher then Liswegen but not soo thick Within the land from Blanckenbrough standeth Bridges two thick sharp steeples upon one Church to the westwards of Blanckenbrough a great halfe league lyeth
Wenduynen a sharp steeple Of the tydes coâ—â—ses of the Streames Before Brewers-haven a s s w. and n. n. e. Moone maketh high water In the Channell of Brewers-haven a south and by west Moone At Ter-Veer a s s w. and n. n. e. Moone In the Veer-gat a s and n. Moone It is not good to runne in at Veer-gat especially with a southerly or southwest wind before that the flood be halfe spent for the after-ebbe and the foreflood fall thwart over the Baniaert hard in at the Roompot towards the land of Schowen but when the flood is halfe spent then it falleth right in at the Veer-gat When the Moone is southeast or northwest then the water is there already two third parts flowen Like as it is here before sayd of the Mase and the Goerees-gat so also here before the channels of Brewers-haven and Ter-Veer the flood turneth about with the Sunne soo that the after-flood falleth in the channels the afterwards turneth about to the southwards and becommeth a running ebbe but the after-ebbs fall right out at the channels thwart into the sea and then with the fore-flood about againe to the northwards Before the Wielings a south and by w. and a s s w. Moon maketh the highest water At Flushing Ramekens a s s.w Moone At West-chappell on the land of Walcheren a south and north Moone maketh high water When the water is a halfe houre fallen then the tyde beginneth to fall out there and when it is flowen a halfe houre it beginneth to fall in but before the Botkill it beginneth to goe therefirst an houre before the lowest water but it falleth long at sea In the Splete and over the shoals lying the abouts the tyde turneth about against the Sunne and at last falleth in at the channels A south and north Moon maketh there the highest water The fore-flood falleth over the shoals there towards the land When the Moone is about eastsoutheast or that the water bee about two houres flowen then it beginneth to turne towards the south first southsouthwest and then past the south towards the east untill that the Moone be southsoutheast and then the flood falleth to the eastwards When Blanckenbrough standeth about southeast and by east from you from thence to the eastwards the tyde turneth about against the Sun but from thence to the westwards you shall not finde the tydes to turne about Against Zealand in the fare way a third part of the flood falleth towards the land and afterwards east and by north Men may see Zealand from the poope in 16 fathom Courses and Distances From Flushing to Blanckenbrough nearest Westsouthwest 9 leagues From Blanckenbrough to Oostend southwest and by west 2 leagues From Flushing to the north Forland west somewhat southerly 25 leagues From the Wielings to Dover w. and by south 26 leagues From the Wielings to Lay-stasse or Yarmouth north west 32 leagues Heights Flushing Ramekens and the south coast of Walcheren lye neare in 51 degrees and a halfe Brewers-Haven The land of Schowen sheweth it selfe thus when it is three or foure leagues thwart from you De Cust van VLAENDEREN Beginnende vande wielingen tot aen de Hoofden met alle haer sanden en droogten Renisse Blenck or wolsack E. S.E from you Visnamenghen sandhil Lauwest sand wagon path Cape Cape Fire beakon The Hoot S.S.E. When you are before the Channell of Brewers-Haven the land of Schowen sheweth it selfe thus West-chappel Souteland Middelleburgh Souburgh Coukerek Flushing Thus sheweth Walcheren when you are in the Doorloy or before the Splete S. Lambert Sluce Knock Heys Liswegen Blanckenbrough Thus sheweth the coast of Flanders from Blanckenbrough eastwards when you sayle in or out at the Wielings The fourth Demonstration Which unfoldeth The Coast of Flanders from the Wielings to the Heads about Callice together with the Coast of England from Dover to the north Forland BEtwixt Wenduynen Blanckenbrough standeth another little steeple called Iohn Davids steeple Oostend lyeth a great league to the westwards of Wackerhout A halfe league to the west wards of Ostend lyeth S. Catelyn a league to the westwards of it is Midlekerck being a high thick flat steeple From Middle-kerck to Newport it is two leagues there is a flat steeple with a little sharpe steeple A little to the eastwards of Newport lyeth our Lady of Lombardy a high flat steeple From Newport to Broers it is two leagues and from Broers to Dunkercke three leagues The Southkoten is a league to the eastwards of Dunkerck Dunkerck hath a high flat steeple with a little sharpe steeple From Dunkerck to Graveling are three leagues betwixt them stand these steeples first little Sinten a little sharpe steeple great Sinten a thick flat steeple Mardycke a thicke flat steeple and S. Georges a high sharpe steeple Graveling hath no steeples but there stand two mills one on the Easter-gate and the other on the west end of the towne From Graveling to Callice are three leagues Callice hath many sharpe Steeples where of one is higher then all the rest and betwixt both lye these villages most without steeples First Hooghenpryse and Dasen two flat steeples more Valdam a flat Church with a little spire upon the middest of it that is all the knowledge of Flanders The Coast of Flanders betwixt Callice and Blanckenbrough is foure and twenty leagues long or as some say one and twenty leagues Blanckenbrough from Flushing nine leagues Soo that Flushing is from Callice at the least 30 leagues or as some say 33 leagues at the most That which is here sayd of the steeples and leagues alongst the coast of Flanders is very serviceable and needfull as well for that which is before described of the Wielings as also fot the sayling into the havens of Flanders but especially for the knowledge of the Flemish bancks For to sayle into Oostend Oostend you must run close to the eastwards of the towne into the haven called the Gueule on the east poynt of the haven lyeth a head whereupon standeth a beakon you must run close in by that head there it is deepest from the west side to wit towards the towne shooteth of a little flat whereof you must avoyd that side a ships length or 2 at low water a common tyde remaineth in this havens mouth 6 foot and at high water there is two and twenty foot water A little within the haven you may anchor where you will and at low water you may lye there with a great ship a float Newport Newport is a tyde-haven which falleth altogether dry at low water and at high water and a common tide there is 13 footwater close before the havens mouth is a bank which lyeth from the eastwards of the Haven of Newport over to the westwards thwart before the Havens mouth and at halfe flood lyeth dry and at high water there commeth no more upon it then eight foot water He that will goe into Newport must go
in from the westwards betwixt the foresayd banck and the land For to fall into Newport and sayle unto the southwards of the banck soo long untill that the innermost beakon come even through or to the eastwards of the outermost and then run in so right by them in alongst amidst the channell betwixt the heads Betwixt the banck and the land it is on both sides flat rising ground so that you may sound the shoares on both sides but on the north side the banck is somewhat steep it is 3 fathom deep close alongst by it Within the havens mouth it is set on both sides of the deep with beakons where you must run through betwixt untill you come before the Towne which lyeth about a Cannon shot from the seaside There is fire in the night upon the 2 great beakons out not longer then from halfe flood to halfe ebbe From New-port to Dunkercke alongst by the shoare through within the banckes it is cleane without any foule ground or bancks and at low water fifteene foot deepe the neerer the shoare the deeper Thwart of the Cloyster Ten Duynen betwixt it and Broers banck it is narrowest which lyeth not farre from the shoare thwart of it you must goe close alongst by the shoare The Quade-bancke Quade-banck runneth of to the eastwards of the head of Dunkercke at least two leagues to the westwards ending thwart of the heads of Dunkercke To the eastwards of the easter head of Dunkerck mē may anchor behind this banck and lye sheltred for a northwest north and northeast winde it is two fathom deepe there at low water but in the comming in it is shoaler Before the Havensmouth of Dunkerck it is 9 and ten fathom deepe and to the westwards of the wester-head of Dunkerck 6. 7. and 8. fathom from thence men may runne over the small banck in three fathom and come against the Broad bancke This small bancke Smal-banck lyeth right thwart before the Haven of Dunkerck to wit betwixt Dunkercke and the Broad-banck For to sail into Dunkerck For to saile into Dunkerck you must bring the fires within a capstane barrs length one to the other to wit the innermost so much to the eastwards of the outtermost keep them soo and run in then close alongst by the easter-head the wester-head lyeth somewhat further of into the sea then the other thwart of it lyeth a sandplate with some pales therefore you must avoyd it and runne in close alongst by the easterhead it is a narrow haven at high water and a common tyde there commeth no more then 12 foot water In the night they doe fire there as at Newport from halfe flood to halfe ebbe and the lowest fire-beakon standeth next unto the sea From the wester-head of Dunkerck runneth of a bancke about 2 leagues long called the Splinter The Splinter which falleth dry at low water at many places men may sayle in by the shoare behind this banck from the westwards almost to the westerhead of Dunkerck and there may come to an anchor in 5 6 7 and eight fathom About halfe a league from the foresaid wester-head there runneth a Slenck through the foresaid bancke where little Shippes may goe through at high water Graveling Graveling is also a tyde-haven where men must goe in at high water there stand two beakons which you must keepe one by the other and sayle so in betwixt the heads on the west side runneth off a little riffe which you must avoyd When you come from the eastwards alongst the coast running through Wolbreck Sound at the end of the Brakes that are the banckes before Dunkerck and from thence westwards then you come against the west poynt of the foresayd little riffe or out-sand off Graveling which lyeth a good way of into the sea to the eastwards of it men run into the Haven of Graveling by night right in with the fires To the westwards of the Haven of Graveling lyeth a bancke or flat alongst the shoare lying a good way of from the land to sea-wards almost as farre to the westwards as Callice Newlanden called the New-Land men may runne alongst by it or over it in five foure and three fathom according as men will The haven of Callice Callice falleth every tyde altogether dry and at high water with a common-tyde there is no lesse then three fathom water For to sayle in there you must keepe the mill standing on the east corner of the towne right over the easter-head run in soo close alongst by the easterhead and let the castle lye on the west side of you from the wester head runneth of a little the riffe therefore you must avoyd it When you are come in within the westerhead you must goe up to the westwards into Paradice and there lye dry at low water By night when the tyde serveth there stand two fires you must run in right with them It is not good to come into this haven before high water because of the exceeding strong tide that runneth in there with the flood for to avoid the anchors of the ships which lye there within It is there within dangerous and bad lying especially with a n. ly winde which bloweth there opē in Thwart of from wester-head of Callice lyeth a bank of two fathom betwixt the head or Meyland and the same banke men may runne through in three fathom at halfe flood the bank is two fathom deepe Under Callice cliffe at the east end men may anchor in then fathom but at the westend lyeth a rocke under water a bow shot from the land Callice cliffe Callice-cliffe lyeth betwixt Callice Blanck nesse Of the Flemish Bancks West from West-cappell and northwest from Oostend about nine leagues without the Coast of Flanders lyeth a little plate whereupon at low water is no more then two and twenty foot water in foule weather the sea breaketh very much upon it About two leagues from Oostend without the land lyeth the Trick The Trick or outerbanck upon it there is no more then fifteen or sixteen foot water When S. Catherines steeple commeth against Oostend then you come on against this banck betwixt this bank and the heads of Oostend lyeth another bank of three fathom water Betwixt Oostend and Newport lye foure bancks all which foure begin about thwart of Oostend the two nearest to the lands end thwart of Newport The other lye all alongst the land almost to Dunkercke the first and nearest to the land is called the Geere The Geer betwixt that and the land goeth a channell through of 8. 9. 10. fathom The second called Laland Laland endeth also against Newport betwixt these two goeth a channel through of eight and nine fathom The third are two banks one to the other the eastermost ending halfe wayes Laland is called stroom Stroom the westermost ending thwart of Dunkerck is called the Stone-bank Stone-banck which hath on the
of 5 6 7 and 8 fathom depth and runneth to the southwards towards the land of Bulleyn West and by south from Callice-cliffe and south and south and by east from Dover is the shoalest of it at low water not deeper then sixteene or seventeene foot On both sides of this banck as well alongst to the eastwards as to the westwards of it it is 20 22 23 and 24 fathom deepe Men may anchor before Dover for a north and northwest wind right against the Castle in tenne fathom is the best road and cleane ground For to sayle into the Downes from the southwards you must run about by the south Forland within two cables length alongst by the land and anchor thwart of the middlemost Castle in 7 or 8 fathom The southermost poynt of Gooding and the south Forland lye n. e. and s w. asunder Betwixt Goodding Goodding and the Valley in the land off the north Forland called Ramsgat lye two shoals whereof the westermost is called the Quernes and the eastermost the Brakes For to sayle from Dover through within the Goodding betwixt the Goodding and the Brakes to the north Forlant you must goe on north and by east so long untill that the mill upon the north Forland come to the west side of the Valley in the north Forland then goe yet north and by east and northnortheast untill that the little steeple upon the North Forland come to the East-side of the foresayd valley then you shall bee to the northwards of the Brakes and then the little flat steeple on the south Forland commeth too or right over the third white Chalck-hill to the Northwards of the south Forland that is a direct long marke for to sayle through betwixt the Brakes and Goodding as well when you come from the Northwards as from the South-wards For to sayle through within the Goodding from the Northwards you must not come nearer the Brakes Brakes then in seven fathom and set the south Forlant southsouthwest from you and sayle then so right with it and then you shall runne alongst the best deepe When as the flat steeple upon the North Forland standeth in Ramsgat ot the Valley then you shall be thwart of the Brakes and when the mill commeth in Ramsgat you shall be to the southwards of the Brakes When you lye in the Downes and that the inner poynt of the cliffe of the south Forland lye southsouthwest from you then the Quernes Quernes lye north and by east from you and the end of Goodding n. e. from you The north end of Goodding and the poynt of the north Forland lye southeast and by east and n. w. and by w. a league a halfe asunder For to come from the northwards into the Downes through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes For to saile through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes there standeth a Church upon the high land of the south Forland to the northwards of it which is a flat steeple the church somewhat great of body there are 3 Castles upon the strand of the Downes you must bring the foresayd Church with the flat steeple right in the middest betwixt the two southermost Castles and then you are in the fareway in the middle of the channel and that wil serve for a leading mark to run through betwixt the Brakes and the Quernes and the course lyeth through s s west If the winde bee southerly that you must turne to windwards through runne not further over to the eastwards then that the foresayd church come within 2 ships length of the southermost castle for if you should bring them neerer or together then you should run upon the brake and being cast about run not further over the westwards then that the foresayd church come within two shippes length of the three for if you should bring them neerer or together you should run upon the Quernes and these markes will serve to turne to windwards through betwixt the Brakes Quernes either from the northwards or the southwards The Brake is steep being 5 s close alongst by the side of it and in the middle of the channell is but 15 foot at low water soo that it is deeper by this side of the Brake then in the middle of the channell As you turn to windwards and run over to the eastwards towards the Brake as soon as you must cast about or els you should be against the Brake the Querne is flat but neverthelesse as soon as you finde it shoaler in running over to the w. wards the Querne then 15 foote you must cast about again Thwart markes of a tayle of sand lying of from the Goodding and so turn through About halfe a league from the north end off the Goodding to the southwards lyeth of a flat tayle or spit of sand to the westwards from the Goodding a great musket shot of and falleth dry a good wayes of at low water which maketh the channell there betwixt the Goodding and the Brake very narrow the thwart markes of this tayle of sand are these up within the land a litle to the southwards of Ramsgate stand 3 or 4 high trees together when these trees doe come right over the southermost end of the cliffe that lyeth alsoo a litle to the southwards of Ramsgat then you are thwart of this foresayd tayle of sand as soon as you shall bee past it then you shall have more roome to turne to windwards and may run further over to the Goodding For to run about a seaboard of Goodding For to sayle from Dover without the Goodding to the north Forland you must keepe the poynt to the westwards of Dover without the south Forland and goe on northeast untill that the north Forland come n.w. and by west from you then you may boldly run to the north Forland and anchor before Margate or where that you shall think it best but thwart of the steeple where the mill standeth by is the best roade Or when the poynt of the north Forland lyeth southsouthwest and southwest and by south from you there is alsoo good riding in 8 or 9 fathom Betwixt Margate the Reculvers mē may anchor every where in sixe or 7 fathom at halfe flood Betwixt the Querns the north Forland men may also run through to Sandwich there runs of a litle stone-banck from the shore called the Fourefoot betwixt that and the Quernes it is at halfe flood two fathom deepe The Quernes are lately growne much lesse and shifted soo that the north ende of them is allmost gone Of the tydes courses of the Streames Alongst the coast of Flanders on the Land a south and north moone maketh full sea In the fareway without the Flemish banckes in the sea a s w. moone maketh high water In the middest betwixt the heads a s w. Moone At Dover a south north moone In the Downes a southsouthwest moone At the n. Forland a south n. moone Alongst the Flemish
banckes the fore-flood falleth over the banks towards the land about the third part of the tyde afterwards alongst the Land but the after-flood falleth to the northwards alongst the sea in the right fareway When the flood beginneth to go there thwart off at sea then it is already halfflood on the land and the water flowen halfe wayes soo that men may goe into all the Havens on the Flemish coast with 5 or 6 foot water In the middest through the Heades the flood falleth n. e. by east the ebbe southwest by west Fro. Dover to the n. Forland the tyde falleth through within the Goodding n. s over the Brakes Quernes Before Callice and Blacknesse the flood falleth first one quarter to the land afterwards n. n. e. Of the Depths In the right fare-way betwixt the Marsdeep the Heades it is 23 24 fathom deepe A little without the Flemish bankes 18. 19. 20 fathom but neere Goodding or about the north Forland it is 26. 28. and also 30 fathom deep the neerer Goodding the deeper water Being thwart of Goodding in 28 or 29 fathom you shall not be 2 shots of a cast-peece from it For to sayl out of the Marsdeep towards the Head go not on otherwise then southwest southw and by south but you must be very carefull to take heed of the tydes when you shall reckon to have sayled 40 or 46 leagues then edge over to the Flemish banckes untill you come in 20 or 18 fathom when that you are sure of these grounds then goe on southwest at length southwest by west you shal come in the midst betwixt the Heads of Callice Dover Flanders you may see from the Poope in 16 fathom and then you are within the poynt of the Flemish banckes Callice cliffe the south Forland or the poynt of Dover you may see when you are before them in 24 fathom Courses Distances From Blanckenbrough to Ostend s w by w. 2 leagues From Oostend to Newport w. s.w 3 leagues From Newport to Dunkerck w. sw 5 leagues From Dunkerck to Graveling w. s.w 5 leagues From Graveling to Callice w. s.w 4 leagues From Callice to Callice-cliffe s w by west 1 league From the Heades of Callice and Dover to the Riffe of Iutland northnortheast 120 leagues From Callice-Cliffe to the Naze in Norway north north east somewat northerly 143 leagues Heights The Heads and Dover lye in 51 degr 12 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Wenduynen Ostend Middlekerck Newpoort Wackerhout S. Catelijn Lombardside Thus sheweth the coast of Flanders betwixt Ostend and Newport Thus sheweth Dover when you sayle to the westwards of the Vaen or Vrow-sand through the Heades When you run from the Downes towards the north Forland then the land sheweth it self thus Newport The Broers Soutkoten Dunkerck Graveling Callice Thus sheweth the coast of Flanders betwixt Newport and Callice when you sayle alongst by it The second part THE SECOND BOOKE OF THE LIGHTNING-COLVMNE OR SEA MIRROUR WHEREIN Is contained the Description of the Sea-Coasts of the Channell between England and France and likewise the Sea-coast of Ireland Furnished with all the needfull Seacards sights of Land with divers changes as well in the courses distances as in the heights and purged from many faults Gathered together from the experience of divers Famons Seamen and lovers of Navigation never before brought to light By IOHN van LOON Practicioner in the Sciences of Astronomy Geometry and the Mathematiques IN AMSTERDAM Printed by Iohn Iohnson dwelling at the Signe of the Passe-card 1654. Pascaart vant CANAAL Begrypende in sich Engelandt Schotlandt en jerlandt al 's mede een gedeelt van Francryck De Cust van NORMANDIE en Picardie al 's mede een gedeelt in Engelandt tusschen de Hoofden ende Ornay The second part of the New LIGHTNING COLUMNE THE SECOND BOOKE Of the WESTERNE NAVIGATION Containing The description of the Sea-Coasts of France from Blackenesse to Ushand and the Coasts of England from Dover westwards to the Lands end the Channel of Bristow with all the Sea-Coasts of Ireland The first demonstration Where in Are set fourth the Coasts of France from Blacknesse to the Island Aldernay or Ornay From Dover to Beachy ABout a great league to the westwards of Callice cliffe lyeth Blackenesse Blacknisse a fowle out-poynt thwart of it lye many rocks alongst the shoare From Blacknesse to the River of Bullen lyeth the coast south and by east three leagues a league to the southwards of the Nesse the land falleth somewhat in with a faire sandy Baye In this Baye lyeth a Fisher village on the coast thwart of it in the sandy Baye is a very good roade for easterly windes in 5. 6. 10. 15. and 16. fathom according as you will lye farre from the shoare For to anchor there you must bring the steeple of the village over the middest of the houses This place is called S. Iohns roade S. Johns Roade A little to the northwards of that foresayd Fisher village stands a mill with some houses from thence to the northwards you may not anchor for there the ground is fowle and stony To the southwards of the Roade towards the River of Bullen lye alsoo some little rockes alongst the coast which you must not come very neere to Upon the north poynt of the River of Bullen standeth a high thick Tower called the Tourd ' Ordre Tour d' Ordre by sea men the Old-man Oldman a speciall mark for to know the River by About an English mile to the northwards of this Tower a little mile from the shore lyeth a little suncken rock Suncken rock under water where a Huye or Smack may not goe over Upon the south poynt of the River of Bullen Bullen standeth a stone wall and upon it a great Beakon of a mast thwart of it from the south poynt lyeth off a little riffe or shoale that you must shun and run close alongst by the Head which lyeth at the north poynt and hath been there lately made When you are come within this Head you must presently let fall your anchor and ride there It is a tyde-haven there you must goe in at high water and at low water lye drye upon the chindle Without before the River lyeth a banck men were wont from the southwards to run in over in two fathom and from the northwards in three fathom but it is now to the southwards deeper through the scouring of the water alongst the foresayd Head which is made at the north poynt From the Oldman or the River of Bullen to Somme The Somme is the course south about eleven leagues between them lye alsoo two other rivers Cauche Auty upon the first lye Eastaples and Monstreu there you must goe in a middle channell at the highest water within it falleth altogether drye at low water Men may sayle into the Somme For to sayle into
the west Beachy sheweth thus when you come from the west De Custen van BRETAIGNE Waer in vertoont wort alle gelegentheyt tusschen Caap de Hague en t' Eylant Heyssant The second Demonstration Where in Is decyphered the Coast of Britannie from the Island of Ornay to the Island of Ushant TWo leagues west and by north from Cape de Hague Cape de Hague lyeth the Island Aldernay or Ornay betwixt them goeth the Race of Blanckert The Race of Blanckert through Aldernay or Ornay Ornay is about three leagues long and lyeth east west The east end is cleane men may sayle reasonable close alongst by it but the west end is very foule There lye some little Islands close by the west end being passed them men may sayle towards Iarsey without any feare To the southwards of the foresayd little Islands at the west end lyeth of a ledge of rockes within it on the south side it is cleane except at the south poynt that is also foule Hee that will anchor on the south side of Ornay must be mindfull thereof anchor a little to the eastwards of the Tydehaven From the west end of Ornay lyeth a great multitude of rockes west and by north westnorthwest off three leagues into the sea Upon the outtermost and westermost end lyeth a great high rock with many other smaller rocks about it Halfe wayes betwixt this great rocke and Ornay lyeth another great rock but not soo high as the foresayd westermost from it lye off a multitude of rokes towards the outermost which fall dry at low water but at high water many lye under water These two great rockes are called by the French Les Casquettes and by the Dutch the Kiskassen and by the English the Caskets Catskets Close by the west end of Ornay towards the Caskets lye other two great ranes of rockes called the Barroches Barroches From the east point of Ornay to the east end of Garnesey about to the southwards of Ornay the course is westsouthwest 9 leagues but from the Caskets to the west end of Garnsey southwest and by south 6 leagues Road under Garnsey If you will anchor under Garnsey comming from the Caskets then runne on to the northeast poynt of Garnsey and so farr to the eastwards of it untill you get sight of the castle that standeth upon the rock on the east side of Garnsey Or if you come about to the westwards of the Caskets then goe on southeast or somewhat more southerly untill the northeast poynt of Garnsey be south and by west from you sayle then towards it till you shall come in sight of that foresayd castle upon the rocke Bring that over the south poynt of Garnsey and sayle in upon that marke betwixt the Island Arem or Harm and Garnsey untill you come by the foresayd Castle betwixt these Islands it is on both sides full of rockes where of you must take good heed especially on the larboard side towards Arem when you are come by the castle you may anchor within or without it where you please without the Castle in 12 or 13 fathom or within the Castle that is betwixt the Castle and Garnsey in six or seven fathom at low water It doth flow there six or seven fathom up and downe which men must reckon upon Under the south side of Garnsey men may ride for northwest north northeast windes If you come from the west or from the Caskets you must runne close about by the southwest poynt called C. de Gruse and alongst by the south side of the Island well halfe wayes the Island and anchor there where you think good in eighteene or nineteen fathom If the wind shift to the southwest or to the westsouthwest then you may runne about by the south poynt unto the foresayd Castle and anchor there either without or within it as here before is sayd From the aforesayd south poynt lyeth off a little ledge of rocks where of some rocks lye above some under water these you must avoyd when you sayle about by it South by west and southsouthwest about eight leagues from Garnsey lyeth a great ledge of rockes more then a league great called Rockeduves Rockeduves About 2 leagues southeast from Garnsey lyeth the Island Sarck Sarck there men may anchor round about it in five and twenty six and twenty and seven and twenty fathom From the north end lye of some Rocks where of some lye above and some under water At the south end hereof lye alsoo some rockes but all above water Betwixt Garnsey and Sarck lye two other little Islands Arck and Arem Arck and Arem or Harm there men may sayle through betwixt them The Island Iarsey from Garnsey southeast distant 7 leagues round about this Island are good roades at divers places All alongst the north side men may anchor in 10 11 fathom At the same north side somewhat within the west poynt lye some great rockes a good wayes of from the shoare called the Pater nosters Pater noster or Pierreleg At the southwest poynt lye many rockes which lye of a great wayes into the sea to the northwards of them to wit betwixt them and the westermost poynt at the west side of Iarsey men may anchor at divers place in ten eleven twelve fathom At the south side of Iarsey is also a good road for a northwest w. n. w. Windes At the east side lyeth Saint Catherines baye S. Catherines Bay there is alsoo very good roade for westerly windes The west end of Iarsey and Saint Maloes or the Island Sisember before S. Maloes lye south and by east and north and by west eight or nine leagues asunder About halfe way betwixt both right in the fareway lye a great number of high rockes together which containe in circuit in sayling about seven or eight leagues Mankies Rockes called the Mankierrs they lye farre towards Iarsey some above and many under water soo that it is not without great danger to runne through betwixt Iarsey and the Mankiers When men will sayle through the Race of Blanckaert bound for S. Maloes they run commonly through betwixt Sarck and Iarsey may alsoo sayle to the eastwards of all the Islands and shoals alongst the coast of Normandy towards S. Maloes in manner as followeth When men come a little past the C. Voorha they shall meet thwart of the Island Iarsey with three or foure high rockes called Le Beuf Le Beuf men may runne to the westwards of them and so through betwixt them and the Island Iarsey or els to the eastwards of them alongst by the mayn land even as they will towards the riffe of Mortefaim that lyeth upon the coast of Normandy southsoutheast 8 leagues from Cape de Voorha Over against or thwart of the Riffe of Mortefaim lyeth a rane of rockes lying east and west more then a league in length called Beufkin
Beufkin at the east end many of them lye above at the west end most of them lye under water Men must sayle through betwixt them and the riffe of Mortefaim that are bound for Granville Betwixt the foresayd rockes Beuf and Beufkin lieth another great rane of rockes called Eckerof Eckeroâ— which lye of from the southeast poynt of Iarsey towards Granville you must leave all these rockes on the starboardside run alongst to the eastwards of them From the riffe of Mortefaim to Granville the course is southsoutheast and from bufkin southeast 4 leagues Cape de Voorha Granville Gâ—anville are two points that lie without the other land About the south poynt of Granville lye two or three little rockes along by them men must run in within a Pier or head where the ships lye dry at low water Betwixt cape de Hague and Granville men may see upon the land many little houses mills trees as they sayle alongst by it A little to the southwards of the riffe Mortefaim standes a Church with two steeples called Quotanse All alongst this whole coast is every where good anchorage in 6 or seven Fathom especially a little to the southwards of Cape de Hague About two leagues west from the poynt of Granville lyeth another great rane of rockes two great leagues long lying east west called La Shausee La Shausee betwixt them the poynt of Granville men must sayle through that are bound for Concalle or S. Maloes About five leagues to the southwards of Granville in a great baye lyeth an Island before the river of Avrantie about a league without the land called Mount de S. Michiel Mount de S. Michiel upon it lyeth a Castle or little towne called S. Michiel with a high Tower which men may see at sea This Bay is to the southwards of Granville within the rocks of Concalle very flat and rising ground from thirteene tenne eight sixe and foure fathom to one fathom so that at low water the Bay falleth soo farre drye that from the strand men see no sea nor water From Granville to the poynt of Concalle Concalle the course is southwest 5 leagues from that eastwards lye three rockes under which men may anchor in ten fathom For to sayle to the towne men must run in betwixt the poynt the foresayd rockes It is betwixt them both eight and nine fathom deepe Before the towne it is shoaler water To the north-wards of the Towne lye other two rockes there men may also anchor under in 5 and 6 fathom water From the outermost rockes by the poynt of Concalle untill you come before S. Maloes the course is west west and by south 5 leagues Before the haven of S. Maloes lyeth an Island called Sisember S. Maloes Sisember upon the west end thereof standeth a mill and upon the east end a church with some little houses being a Friery comming out of the sea you can but even scarce see the Church but being within the Island you may see it better because it standeth on the south-side of the Island A great shot of a east peece to the eastwards of Sisember lyeth a great high rock called the Meuwstone Meuwstone betwixt them and Sisember it is all full of rockes and stones which at high water lye most under water there is a little channell betwixt them both which the French men use with theyr small shipping through betwixt the rockes but is not to be used with great shipping neither by them that are not very well acquainted with it Betwixt the Meuwstone and some other rockes to the eastwards off it lyeth in a channell south and south and by east called la Congie La Congie For to sayle in there you must runne in close aboard to the eastwards of the Meuwstone southeast and by east right in with the towne untill you bee gotten in two third parts of the distance betweene the Meuwstone and the Towne from the Meuwstone are one third part of the distance from the Towne that is when the Meuwstone is twice so farre from you as the Town then you shal see by the northwest poynt of the Town two great rockes about a cast peece shot from the foresaid poynt upon each rock standeth a little house the outermost is the smallest is called the little Bee the neerest to the Towne is the greatest and is called the great Bee The lâ—ttle and great Bee saile then towards them and run in about them within a cables length of them but keepe that course so long untill that the little Tower that standeth a little to the southwards of the towne upon the poynt come over the tower of Bore a little to the eastwards of Saledoor keepe them one over the other and sayle soo in unto the south end of the town where the mils doe stand then you shall see there upon the rocks two beacons run betwixt them through at high water untill you come within the towne at the eastside the shippes lye moored with soure cables dry at low water two fast on the towne two upon the sand Betwixt these two foresayd beacons to the southwards of the town and thereabouts is the ground sharpe rockie and stonie therefore men must take heed not to stay there at low water or to ground there but within on the east side of the town it is cleane sandie ground there may the shippes lye a ground without danger A little within or to the southwards of the foresayd rock the little Bee men may anchor in five or 6 fathom water at low water so that the towet of Bore commeth little to the eastwards of the little Tower upon the poynt to the southwards of the Town that road is called by the French La Ranse The Road La Ranse there men commonly first anchor and stay for high water for to goe in about to the southwards of the Towne It sloweth here at S. Maloes thereabouts seven fathom up and downe with an ordinary tyde From the west end of Sisember lye off alsoo a great many rocks alongst to the westwards more then a great shot off a cast peece at the end of them goeth in the Wester-channell of S. Maloes east and by north in For to sayle in there you must look out for a sharp little Tower that lyeth somewhat to the northwards or to the eastwards of S. Maloes within the land called Pellemy when you have brought that east and by north from you then you shall see upon the shore right against it a great black rocke which for Blackenesse sheweth it selfe without all the other rockes thereabouts and thereby is very easy to bee knowne Bring that rocke the foresayd little Tower one to the other saile soo right in untill you come thwart of the Island Sisember or els that the little Tower upon the poynt to the southwards of the Towne come to the
things and little stones A great kenning south southeast from the Staert it is deep 40 fathom the ground red sandy clay with pits in the tallow Southwest eleven or thirteen leagues from the Steart Steart in fifty fathom the ground is white and yellow small shelly sand with some pieces of white shels with gray and crumpeld and alsoo glistering little things like needles In fine he that soundeth much getteth many divers sorts of grounds and sometimes great change in little distance of place But he that soundeth findeth white shels with little things like strawes and needles it is certaine that he is nearest to Ushant but if he finde brandy ground or blacke little stones mingled with white little things then is he nearest to Silly Hee that soundeth thwart of Ushant Marks of Ushant Silly and findeth small white sand and little shels and small little things oasie and white Ushant shall then lye north east from him If he finde long small little things like needles then shall Ushant lye southeast from him But if he be not sure of these grounds then he shall beare to the northwards And if he finde deeper water then he is towards the Seams but if hee finde it shoaly then he is in the entring of the Channell to the northwards of Ushant If he be between Ushant and the Seams in 70 fathom he shall finde the ground to be small little stones like black sand of the earth or else if he finde the ground to be great red sand then he must stand to the northwards untill that he finde the white sandy ground and long small things then he may hold himself certaine to be in the entring of the channell From the Lands-end of England to the C. of Cornwall the coast lieth north about 5 leagues but Silly and the foresayd Cape lie southwest and northeast distant about 9 leagues By the Cape lieth a little Island or Rock called Bresam I. Bresam betwixt it and the Cape men may sayle thorough From the Cape of Cornwall unto the little Towne Saint Yves S. Yves lieth the coast about east and by north and east northeast five or sixe leagues Saint Yves lieth upon the west poynt of a great Bay which is about two leagues broad At the East poynt of the Bay lieth a little Island there lieth off from it a great ledge of rocks a great halfe league thwart off into sea where of many of them come at halfe ebbe above water therefore he that commeth off from the Cape of Cornwall and will sayle alongst the coast towards Stoupert or Padstow must keepe off thwart of this ledge at least a great league from the shoare because of the foresayd rocks Betwixt that foresayd little Island at the east poynt of the Bay the maine land it is also at many places rocky and foule soo that one that is not there very well acquainted may not sayle through there without great danger In the Bay of Saint Yves is on both sides good sandy ground where men may anchor all over and come soo neare the shoares as they will At the West side of the Bay at the Towne is a head where small shippes and Barkes doe goe in within it and lye there succoured for northerly windes but great ships may not doe soo they must anchor without in six or seven fathom From Saint Yves to Hartland poynt the course is northeast seventeen or 18 leagues betwixt them both about halfe wa lyeth the poynt of Stoupert to the eastwards of it lyeth Padstow Stroupert Padstow in a Bay where is a very good road in seven or eight fathom At the west side of that poynt lyeth a suncken Rock under water and upon the poynt a great high rock to the westwards of that poynt towards Saint Yves are many white sandy and chalky bayes alongst the shoare whereby the coast there is very easy to beknowne Hartland poynt Hartland poynt is a poynt that lyeth out foure leagues north from it lyeth the Island Londey which is somewhat a long Island it lyeth most north and by west and south and by east At the east side of that Island men may ride for Westerly windes in 14 and 15 fathom but on the west side the ground is foule Foure leagues to the eastwards of Hartland poynt eastsoutheast from the south end of Londey lyeth the sound of Biddeford Biddeford being a broad haven where many ships doe sayle in and out A little within the mouth of the haven it divideth it selfe into two rivers upon the westermost on the starboard side lyeth Biddeford and upon the eastermost on the larboard side lieth a town called Barnestable Barnstable From the poynt to the northwards of Biddeford Haven unto Ilfercombe the course is e. n.e foure leagues that is a haven where remaineth at low water 3 or foure fathom deepe Before the haven is also good roade in 8 or 9 fathom at halfe flood Eleven or 12 leagues to the eastwards of Ilfercombe Ilfercombe lie two little Islands about two leagues north south one from the other called the Holmes the northermost is called the Flatholm and the southermost the Steepholm Flatholm Steepholm betwixt Ilfercomb the Holms somewhat nearer the Holms then Ilfercomb lieth a little towne called Mynehead where many ships do lade In the fareway betwixt Ilfercomb the Holmes on the English side on the one side and the bankes on the Welsh side on the other side in the middest of the channell it is deepe 30. 25. 20. 18. 16. and 15 fathom the nearer the Holmes the shoaler water When men come from the westwards within the Island Londey then they may see the Land on both sides to wit of England and Wales The English coast even from the C. of Cornwall to the Holmes is altogether cleane but the coast of Wales is most all foule and shoaly from the Island Caldy unto Bristow with many bankes sands and riffes that lye off The Holmes and the Island Londey lye west southwest and east northeast distant 19 leagues He that will sayle from Londey to Bristow must run alongst by the English coast untill that he come within the poynt of the Naes for to avoyd Naes-sand and then forth alongst through betweene the Holmes leaving the Steepholme on starboard and Flatholme on the larboard side Men may alsoo with little ships of small draught sayle about to the southwards of the Steepholme but it is there so shoaly that there remaineth at low water no more then two fathom water Under Steepholm Roâ—d under â—â—eepholâ— men may anchor where they will in foure or five fathom He that commeth off from the Naes and is bound to Bristow must stand over to the Steepholme and run alongst to the northwards of it It lyeth from the Naes eastsoutheast about seven leagues For to sayle through between the Holms For to sail through between the Holms the
Saltees eastnortheast until Carnaroort with many bayes and all oasie and black sandy A man being acquainted there should at a need in many places finde good roads there is nothing that can hurt you except a little fowle place a little to the. w. ward of Carnaroort close by the shoare He that commeth out of Waterford For to avoyd the fowle grounds of the Saltees and will goe about to the southwards of the Saltees must not go more easterly then e. s east for to go cleare of the fowle grounds wich lye to the southwardes of the Saltees and when the Saltees shall be north of him then lyeth the course from thence to the Tuskar directly northeast or a little more easterly But for to go alongst without the Tuskar a man must goe at least northeast and by east to goe cleare of him The Tuskar Tuskar is a great black smooth rock lying like unto a ship turned up-side down but is about twice so great at the north side of it lye also two small rockes under water The Tuskar lyeth from the poynt of Grâ—noore s e by east and e. s east distant one league from the Saltees n.n. east foure leagues and a halfe from Black-rock also east northeast two leagues and a halfe and from the Lands end of England n. and by west Southeast and by south about ten leagues from the Tuskar lye two little Jslands close one by another about foure leagues from Grasholme called the Smaels Smaels at high water spring tydes the water floweth over them the northermost is called Scakum the southermost is called Kamey there lye off in the sea 2 little shoals from them the one north-northwest and the other southsoutheast Betwixt the Smals and Grasholme lyeth also a ledge of rockes which at low water may bee seene above water It is not without great danger to goe through betwixt them both especialy with calmes by reason of the tyde that runneth very strong there through an eastsoutheast moone maketh high water without the Smaels From the Tuskar east and by south about eight leagues lyeth also a great rock with many small rockes round about it called Mascus Mascus rock Hee that commeth from England and will sayle towards Ireland must take great heed thereof especialy when as through westerly or northerly windes he shall be driven a little to the eastwards of the course Road under Carnaroort For to anchor under the poynt of Carnaroort comming from the west you must take heed to come no neâ—rer the shoare then in sixe fathom untill that you shall be passed by the high hill that lyeth to the westwards of the point when you shall have brought out the mill to the eastwards the length of a capstane barre then you may anchor in 9 fathom There is very good riding From Carnaroort to S. Margets bay the shoare lyeth along northeast one league it is betwixt both rocky and fowle but the fowle ground lieth not farre off at sea For to keep cleare without it you must keepe so far off the shoare that you may see the topps of the double land within about the cliffe land you need not feare but if you come so neere the shoare that the double land within bee covered of the foremost cliffe land or that thereby it get out of your sight you shall then surely sayle upon the foresayd rockes By S. Margets Bay upon the foresayd land standeth a Gentlemans house in the hills when you have brought that wâ—th the mill that standeth within one in the other then you may goe into the roade and leave the rockes which lye above water halfe waies over the bay either on starboard or larboard of you anchor there in five or sixe fathom sandy ground About s f.e from S. Margets Bay off at sea lyeth a suncken rocke that at low water lyeth dry called Caliach Caliach for to avoyd it take heed unto these markes when you come from Carnaroort and have Black rock with the great Island of Saltees one in the other and keep them so and then sayle on northeast you shall goe right upon this suncken rock For to goe to the southwards of it then keepe black rock with the smallest Island of the Saltees one in the other Marks for Caliach or els for to goe to the northwards of it keep Blackrock without or to the eastwards of the great Island and then you shall not need to feare any danger of this suncken rocke From S. Margets bay to the point of Grenore lyeth the coast northeast halfe a league The poynt of Grenore is not very high but steep and flat on the toppe Riffe of Grenore off from it goeth a shoale about a quarter of a league into sea east and by south of very rocks and stones the which at low water falleth dry a good wayes off the shoare The ships comming from the southwards that are bound for Dublin or washford goe in commonly betwixt the Tuskar and the foresayd rockes of Grenore for to come within the banck or sands Oftentimes they goe into Waterford for to hire a pilot to bring them up For him that will be his owne Pilot wee will describe all the markes that are to be taken heed of as well for to sayle into Grenore as also into the deep or haven of Washford as they are now at this time and hereby doe advise men that they doe not alwayes continue so because by reason of the floods the channell doth shift and stretch it selfe out more northerly and also waxeth deeper Comming out of the sea about a league or two neere unto Grenore you shall see the high ragged double land high above the poynt of Grenore which as is aforesayd is not very high but flat on the top By that sayd high ragged double land within men do know the entrance of the channell of Washford When men doe come from the southwardes and the eastwardes When you have sight of the poynt of the Grenore you may boldly goe right with it untill that sayd double land doe shew it felfe by estimation but a mans length above the poynt of Grenore a sheweth this figure The high land over the poynt of Grenore The stat foore land of Grenore Then are you farre enough from the shoare not to bee in any danger of the shoale of Grenore Or els you may fit you selfe that you come no neere the shoare then in sixe or seven fathom but yet for need a man may borrow of the shoale in five fathom or foure fathom a halfe but you must also take heed that you goe not so farre off from it that you have more the eight or nine fathom depth otherwise you should come to neere the banck that lyeth to the northwardes of the Tuskar which on the inner side is very steepe and needle too upon it is no more then twelve foot water and close by it ten fathom deepe If that you
the northermost poynt where the crosse standeth over is north and by west about five leagues from you and Grenoore southwest by west so farre that a man may but even see it from below and then a man may see the Tuskar from the top in the southwest Sugarloafe Brahead Thus sheweth the coast of Ireland when as Sugarloafe is northwest and the poynt of Brahead northwest and by north about seven leagues from you When as Sugarloafe commeth northwest and by west from you then may you runne so in over the north grounds through a broad channell of nine and ten fathom deepe When the Sugarloafe is thwart from you it sheweth with the high land within it thus Sugarloafe Braehead Island Dalke Sound of Dalke Thus sheweth the coast of Ireland betwixt the Sugarloafe and the Island Dalke lying at the south poynt of the Bay of Dublin when a man is about Braehead one or two leagues from the land Sound poynt of Dublin Island Dalke The poynt Houth Island Lambey When a man commeth from the southwards thus sheweth the Bay of Dublin with the poynt Houth and the Island Lambey to the northwards of it The seventh Demonstration Wherein is Delineated the north east Coast of Ireland betweene Hedenhoo or Houth to Hoornhed THe n. poynt of the Bay of Dublin called Houth is round about cleane so that a man may anchor round about it To the northwards of it lie the Islands of Irelands-eye Irelands-eye Lambey Irelands-eye is the smallest it lyeth betwixt the aforesayd poynt Houth and Lambey At the west side of it standeth a little Chappell right against it you may ride At the s end lyeth of a stony riffe which must be avoided Right over against that Island in the maine land lyeth a haven for small ships at a little town called Malcheall Malcheall Under Lambey Lambey you may ride upon the n. side for a southerly winde in 12 and 13 fathom but for a sea winde you must shift unto the west side by a Gentlemans house and anchor there but it is not very good lying there because alwaies there commeth in a great sea About 6 leag n. w. and by n. from Lambey lyeth the haven of Drodagh betwixt them both nearest Lambey close by the land lie rocks called the Skires About 2 miles to the northwards of Lambey lyeth a great rock called Rock a Bill you may run round about it on both the sides Drodagh Drodagh hath a narrow crooked haven which is not good to come into without a Pilot or some one that is well acquainted with it Foure or 5 leagues to the northwards thereof lyeth the haven of Dondalk which is very shoale and little used at low water a man may go over a foot North and by west about 11 leagues from Lambey seven leagues to the northwards of Drodagh and two leagues from Dondalk lyeth the haven of Carlingford Carlingford the north poynt of that haven is somewhat foule and rocky but you may goe in about it by your lead the s poynt is very foule with rocks and suncken rocks which you must shun and runne in by the northerne shoare Some say that men may runne in through betwixt the rocks and the souther poynt with small ships but it is not without danger When you are within the suncken rockes you must runne over to the souther shoare and in alongst by it untill you come before the town of Carlingford and anchor there in six seven or eight fathom so shallow as you will you may sayle in upon the oase and save a ship without anchor or Cables Green-Castle Greene-Castle lyeth at the n. e. side of the haven 2 miles from Carlingford About 7 leagues n. e. from Calingford lieth a poynt called S. Iohns poynt S. Johns poynt betwixt both about half waies lyeth the mount of Carlingford a high Mountain From S. Iohns poynt lyeth of a ledge of rockes whereof you must take heed A great league to the northwards of S. Iohns poynt lyeth Arglas Arglas from thenceforth to the haven of Strangford it is 3 small leagues De Noord-oost zyde van YERLANDT Van Caap de Hoorn tot aen Hedehde en al 's mede hoe t' van Schotlandt gelegen is About a league and a halfe to the northwards of Strangford lie the Rockes Southrocke and Northrocke of them read as followeth From Strangford Haven to the Northwards lieth the coast forth n.n.e. one league unto a point which some doe call the point of Arglas others the point or head of Molines from thence falleth away the coast unto the Bay of Knockfergus northnorthwest By the foresaid point of Arglas or Cape of Molines Point of Arglas C. de Mo lines to wit to the northwards of it two little miles lye two great rockes the southermost is called the Southrocke Southrock it lyeth about two mile to the Southwards of the Northermost called the Northrocke Northrock From the south end of the southrocke lieth a ledge of rockes at the least two miles off also one from the northeast point a great waies northeast off into the sea The north rocke is a great plate of rocks whereof many at high water are under water There goeth also from it a foule ledge off unto the land so that a man may hardly sayle through betwixt the rocks and the maine land except a man be extraordinary well acquainted But betwixt the northrock the southrock goeth a faire broad Sound through where men may well turn too and again and at many places may anchor it is all over good clean sandy ground 6 or 7 and 8 fathom deep From the east side of the southrocke unto the Islands at the east point of the bay of Knockfergus called Koppen or Kopland Isles the course is North northwest or somewhat more northerly about six leagues for when men sayle from the east side of these Islands to the southwards with a s s.e way they goe farre enough without the north and Southrocks There betwixt them both lie divers more little Islands rocks and suncken rocks shoals for the which men must take good heed when they will come neare by the shoare The Kopland Isles lye about an English mile from the land they are upon the off side to seawards cleane but from the inner side there goeth off some ledges and foule ground in the mid-way there going through it is 5 six fathom deepe but it is best to goe without except for them that are well acquainted The n. point of Knockfergus lieth distant from the Copland Isles 3 or 4 leagues n.w. or somwhat northerly for which a s e course from the north point towards the fore said Islands that goeth farre enough without them The bay of Knockfergus Bay of Knockfergus is a great broad Sound About 3 leagues inwards in the Bay w. from Copland Isles is the road before Knockfergus there is good anchor ground in 3
of the Touns it is very deepe men may sound about the Touns on the off side in foure fathom For to finde the Channell that lyeth into the westwardes off the Touns comming from the east or alongst by the Touns you must looke out for a little sandy Bay that lyeth on the west-side even within the north-poynt of the river under the high land bring it soo that you may see it open of the foresayd north-poynt and sayle in there upon untill you come by the land and then runne in alongst by it southwest untill you come right against Greencastle If you come from the west or the north you may boldly without feare runne alongst the shoare about the poynt upon your lead without comming neere the towne you may see any thing that might doe you hurt comming by Greencastle there may you anchor so that you may see Withcastle without the poynt of Green-castle there you may lye within the Towns sheltred for windes out of the sea Road in Loughfoyle For to sayle up from Green-Castle you must runne up alongst by the west shoare by your lead and shunne the little sandes that lye here and there alongst that side until you come past With-castle right against the three trees there is the ordinarie road Betwixt Green-castle and With-castle neerest unto Green-castle goeth a Creecke ot Slencke through the grounds unto the easterne shoare which is as deepe or deeper then the right fareway unto With-castle When men come off from Green-castle they must take good heed not to goe farre off from the westerne shoare lest they fall into that Creeke How men shall saile from the foresayd roade forth up unto the Towne Derry they may perceive or marke by the card From Lough-foile-haven unto the Islands Enesterhul Islands Enesterhull by some called Monsterhul the course is northwest foure or five leagues these are small black Islands or rockes not very high above water and lye a little off the northermost poynt of Ireland called Enistom a high plaine land and very good to knowe for him that hath once seen it Betwixt the Islands and the point men may saile through but not-without great danger for them that are not very well acpuainted with it because off much fowle ground and shoals that lye betwixt them both Under the foresayd poynt Eniston on the west side men may anchor for easterly windes or els to stoppe the tyde From the Islands Enesterhull unto Lough-Swilly Lough-Swilly of some called Locksillie the course is southwest 5 leagues that is a faire haven For to sayle in there men must shunne the west side and goe in alongst by the casterne shoare The land about Lough-Swilly is the highest land of the whole north coast of Ireland and thereby it is also very good to know for those that comming out off the north do fall with the lands there abouts Foure or five leagues westsouthwest or somwhat westerly lyeth a large broad haven called Sheepeshavē but it is at some places foule ground within it men may lye landlockt for al winds The west poynt lyeth out called Hornehead Horne-head or Cape de Horne Cape de Horne upon it is a hill with two hommockes in fashion like two hornes and there after the poynt is named At the west side of this poynt men may ride and anchor within the rockes for easterly windes Betwixt Lough-Swilly sheepshaven lyeth also a Bay where men may anchor but the ground is not very cleane and right against it in the offing halfe a league from the land lyeth a ledge of rockes which at high water are under and at low water lye above water may for need run through betwixt it and the land but without it is best and surest The Coast of Scotland The haven or sound of Loughrean Loughgrean or Loockreen in Scotland by the poinr of Galloway lieth distant from Faire Forland the n.e. poynt of Ireland e. s.e about eleven leagues but the poynt called Cantir lyeth distant from Loockreen n.w. s e 9 leagu there betwixt them both goeth up a great broad sound northeast in called Dunbritain Firth through which men saile up unto Glas kow in Scotland The sound of Lookreen you may sail in Dubritaine Firth and a good wayes you may turn in to and againe for to anchor there within for westerly winde if you doe come no neerer the Gores on either side then in foure fathom you can take no hurt You may anchor somewhat in by the second high poynt on the east shoare in tenne or 12 fathom About seven leagues to the northwards of the poynt of Galloway in the foresayd great sound lyeth a high sharpe Island cleane round about of fashion al most like unto a pook of Hay called Ailza or Elzee there you may boldly sayle round about Elze Island it is there round about it and close by it 18 fathom deepe From Elzee northwards sixe leagues lyeth also another little Island close by the east side of the great Island Arren called Lamblash or Lamb-Isle Lamb-Isle cleane also round about there you may sayle round about it and anchor under it for all winds in ten twelve or thirteene fathom to wit within it betwixt the Island the great Island of Arren North and by east and northnortheast two great leagues from Lamb-Isle lyeth an Island by the poynt of the maineland called Commer-Isle Commer-Jsle on the east side of it betwixt the Island and the maine land you may sayle through in to a faire bay Bay of Commer-Jsle where men are landlockt for all winds and from thence may sayle forth unto Dunbrittaine or into the river Glaskow The foresaid Island Commer-Isle lyeth from the Island Elzee about north by east For knowledge of this Island when men come off from Elzee or from the southwardes towardes this Island men shall see a great castle on the east side of the maine about a great league to the southwards of Commer-Isle and also a little castle a good wayes to the northwardes close upon the water side that standeth right to the southwardes of the Island Commers-Isle or the sound that lyeth there into the eastwards of it upon the same Island standeth alsoo a little castle close to the water side Runne in betwixt the Island and the maine land about northnortheast in and leave the Island a great cables length on the larboard side and the main land on the starboard side you must shun more because of a great ledge that lyeth off from it towardes the Island and somewhat more northerly Having gotten cleare of the end of this ledge runne then right towards the maine land into the bay or sound and anchor there in ten fathom right against a stone house with an ore hard thereby it shall be then a stearne your ship about 7 fathom deepe and there moore your ship well For to sayle out of the Sound of Commer-Isle towardes Glaskow
To saile frō Commer Jsle to Glaskow goe first northwest by north unto by the poynt of the Island that is to the westwards of you and then north alongst by it then by little and little more easterly at length northeast runne soo all alongst by the easterland without leaving of it you shall not saile to come to the sound of Glaskow Comming by the poynt runne close about by it first eastnortheast east and east and by south at least eastsoutheast all alongst by the southerne shoare you shall then see a castle somewhat a head upon the souther-land close upon the water side with two tuffes of trees upon the high land right eastsoutheast from the castle keepe that foresayd castle between the tuffes of trees and sayle in there upon so shall you run right alongst the deepest of the Creeke there is at high water five fathom and at low water three fathom From the north shoare lyeth off a great shoale which lyeth over the Sound more then two third parts from the norther shoare towards the south shoare it falleth dry at the lowest water there fore men must shun the norther shoare runne alongst by the souther shoare There standeth a white castle upon the south shoare right against that begin the foresayd sands In the Creek it is soft ground but towards the sand the ground is hard therefore when you feele by your lead that it is somewhat hard that is a token that you come too neere the shoals saile then so forth upwards to Dunbrittaine there lyeth a little Island on the south shoare which is at low water fast to the Island when you shall be past it about two Cables length then anchor there in five at high water A south and by west moone maketh there the highest water Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames At Dublin a southeast and northwest moon The flood commeth here from the southwardes and also from the northwardes about the north part of Ireland and meete one another about right against Carlingford where they stopp one the other The ebbe contrariewise falleth to the northwards off Carlingford to the northwards and to the southwards of Carlingford to the southwardes On the coast of Ireland from the Southrock and North-rocke unto the Copland Isles a southsoutheast and northnorthwest moone maketh full sea But to the northwardes of it a southeast moone On the Island off the Ragleens Skires Portrush an eastsoutheast and westnorthwest moone The slood commeth there out of the west and falleth through betwixt Ireland and Scotland from the cape Cantir to the mull of Galloway southsoutheast unto the Island Man there floods out of the south and north doe meer one to the other The ebbe contrarie wise falleth alongst the coast northnorthwest betwixt Ireland and Scotland to the westwards unto the Ocean sea At Englistoun in the Sound of Glaskow a s west moone maketh full sea In the haven of Loughfoile an east and by s and west and by north Moone maketh full sea The flood commeth there out of the west and northwest At the Islands Enesterhull and in sheepe haven an east and west Moone maketh full sea The flood commeth there out of the west Courses Distances From the Sound of Dalke to the poynt Houth northnortheast two leagues and a halfe That course runneth without the poynt Houth Irelands eye Lambey and Rock a Bill From Lambey to Drodagh northwest and by north 6 leagues From Lambey to Carlingford north and by west 11 leagues From Carlingford to S. Iohns poynt northeast 7 leagues From S. Iohns poynt to Strangford northeast and by north 4 leagues From Lambey to the South-rocke northnortheast 22 leagues From the northrock Southrock unto the Copland Isles n. n. west 6 leagues From the Copland Isles to the north-poynt off Knockfergus northwest somewhat northerly 3 or 4 leagues One league to the northwards lyeth the haven of Oldefliet From Oldefliet to the Raghleens within the Maydes through northnorthwest 7 leagues From the Ragleens to Skires Portrush westsouthwest 6 or 7 leagues From Loughfoyle to the Islands Enesterhull northwest 4 or 5 leagues From Enesterhull to Lough Swilly southwest 5 leagues From Lough Swilly to Sheepe haven w. s w. westerly 4 or 5 leagues Heights The Islands of Enesterhul at the northermost poynt of Ireland lyeth in 55 degrees and 10 or 12 minutes How these Lands doe shew themselves at Sea Sound poynt of Dublin Island Dalke The poynt Houth Island Lambey When a man commeth from the southwards thus sheweth the Bay of Dublin with the poynt Houth and the Island Lambey to the northwards of it The Island Lambey sheweth it selfe thus when it is from you northwest and by north one league off Thus sheweth the land a little to the southwards of Carlingford when this high poynt is northwest from you about five leagues He that will goe into Carlingford must goe in close by the shoare The land to the northwards of Carlingford sheweth it selfe thus when the northermost poynt is north and by west from you 5 or 6 leagues S. Johns poynt sheweth thus when it is 4 leagues northwest from you Thus sheweth the poynt of Scotland over against the Bay Knockfergus called the mull of Galloway when men saile alongst by it 1 league without the land that the northermost the low poynt is n. e. from you the southermost s e. from you Under the north poynt it is on both sides good anchoring in 10 or 12 fathom for southerly and easterly windes The Island Elzee in the great bay of Dunbrittain sheweth it selfe thus The Island Lamblash or Lamb Isle on the e. side of the Island Arren sheweth it self thus being 2 leag off from it The Island Commer Isle lying before the sound of Dunbrittaine or Glaskow sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth Cape Cantyr when it is from you northwest and by west about 7 or 8 leagues Isle Man sheweth thus when you are 4 leagues southeast from it The eighth Demonstration In Which Are shewed the northwest Coasts of Ireland from Hoornhead to Slynehead WEstnorthwest about two leagues from C. de Horne or Hornhead lyeth the Island Tore to the southwards of it lye three Islands called the Islands Balenesse men may sayle through to the southwards of Tore Island Tore Isle to wit betwixt Isle Tore and the Island of Balenesse Islands Balenesse alsoo within the rocks From the Island Tore to the Isles of Aran Islands of Aran. the course is s w. 6 or 7 leagues betwixt them both not far from Island Aran lye some high rockes called the Staggs of Aran. Staggs of Aran. Alongst all that coast betwixt Horne-head the Islands of Aran is good anchor ground all over For to come to anchor under the Islands of Aran comming out of the North runne alongst by that great Island leaving it on the starboard side untill you be within it goe then towards the southwest anchor on the
southeast side there is the roade Men may also anchor in the Islands over against it towards the maine in divers places and lye landlockt for all windes Upon the northwest point of Ireland a good wayes landwards in lyeth a high hill of fashion al most like a Sugarloafe which is seen in cleare weather before any other land at least nine leagues at sea When that hill lyeth east and by south from you then sayle in in right with it you shall not misse to fall right with the great Island Aran. Erom the Island Aran unto the point Telling-head called by the Irish cape de Telling or Tellin Cape de Telling-Telling-head rhe course is southsouthwest eight or nine leagues Three or foure leagues to the northwards of C. de Telling lyeth an Island called Raigleene borne At the Cape Telling lyeth a little Island halfe a league from land men may saile through betwixt the Island and the cape boldly without any danger To the southward of C. de Telling to wit betwixt the Cape and the Stagges of Broadhaven lyeth the land with a great bay where in lye many good Havens as Tilling-haven Kilbegh Dungall Ballashaven Slego Endrigo and Moye From the Cape of Telling unto Kilbeg Kilbegh lyeth the coast e. s.e about foure leagues betwixt both about one league and a halfe from the cape lyeth Telling-haven a round bay with good sandy ground there may about 30 ships lye west and southwest windes doe blowe there open in for all other windes men are there landlockt De Noordwest zyde van YERLANDT Beginnende van Capo de Hoorn tot aen Schynes ofte Slyne-head About a little league to the eastwards lyeth another Bay within some rocks called Mackswyns bay Mackswyns bay but it is not to goe in except men be very wel acquainted they must go betwixt the rocks in untill they bee gotten in there they may save a ship without cable or anchor A great league to the southwards of Kilbegh lyeth a long lying out poynt called S. Johns poynt S. Johns poynt right west from that poynt a quarter or a little halfe league lieth a great Rock under water whereupon the sea breaketh with great noyse Betwixt that rock and the poynt of S. Johns point men may sayle boldly through it is there cleane and cleare About 2 great leagues to the eastwardes of that foresayd point S. Johns point lyeth the Haven of Dungall Dungall-haven into the southwards For to saile in there you must first shun the easter shoare which is very foule with dry plates and Rocks When you are come right against a little castle that standeth on the north side right against it lieth off a little riffe from the shoare that you must avoyd also And when you are come about the poynt of that riffe you must goe over again to the northside for the south side is there slat and shoale Betwixt Saint Johns point and Dungall-haven alongst the coast is all over good anchor ground The Haven of Moy Moy. hath at the comming in a broad bay in it lye some rockes For to sayle in there you must leave them all on the west side that is on the starboard side run towards little sandy Island that hath at the north end a little riffe you must goe into the westwards of it and leave that Island on the larboard side Even within that foresayd Island lieth another little round green Island that must bee left on the starboard side so soon as you shal be right against it you must let fall your anchor for a little further it is shoale and hard sandy ground the greatest anchor must be brought towards that foresayd long small Island the small anchor towards the little greene Island it falleth there at low water allwayes dry If you will goe from thence before the Town Moy you must light your ship to 8 foot for to come through betwixt the long small Island and the s grounds there is at high water with an ordinary tide no more then 9 foot water being come over the neck you shall come into a poole before the towne Moy there you may ride a float at a low water In the road against the Island it is 15 or 16 foot deep The Stagges of Broad-haven Staggs of Broad haven are Rockes that lye to the northwards a league or a league a halfe a seaboard of the point to the northwards of Broad-haven Broad-haven lieth in s and by west in the sound lye 3 or 4 rocks these must be left on the larboard side run in there alongst to the westwards until you come within the haven A great league to the westwards of Broad-haven lyeth an out point southwest from the Staggs From thence lyeth the coast alongst to black-rock s s.w Black-rock Blackrock is a great high black-rock with more other rocks by it and lyeth from the foresaid point s s.w distant about 6 leagues about a leag northwest from the out point Acklehead Acklehead Acklehead is a very high poynt and sheweth itselfe a farr off like an Island with agreat Saddle thereby it is good to be knowne Within this poynt lye also 2 exceeding high hills which together with the point men shall see first at sea before any other part of the land so that the poynt doth shew it selfe first like three Islands Men may sayle through betwixt Acklehead and Blackrock comming from the southwardes men doe leave Acklehead on starboard and Blackrock with the rocks thereby a seaboard on larboard the course lieth through betwixt them both n.n.e. n. by east unto the point of Broad-haven it is there large and wide To the n. wards to the e. wards of Acklehead lie divers havens where it is good riding a little to the n. wards of Aclehead you may run into the w. wards betwixt the low land to the n. wards on the larboard side the high land of Acklehead on the starboard side a great wayes in anchor in 7 8 fathom landlockt for all winds from thence may come out againe to the n. wards or else may come out into the sea again to the s wards round about the land of Acklehead From Acklehead to Slynshead by the seafaringmen called Twelve-pence Slynshead Twelve-pence because the land doth shew it selfe in 12 round hommocks the course is southwhat easterly 11. leagues betwixt them both lye three Islands before a great bay the northermost or next to Acklehead is called Cleere this hath a high hill on the n. end that is very steepe and at the south end it is slat going downe The second or middlemost is called Boche wihin it is a road for those that are bound to the southwards where men may anchor in foure fathom The southermost is called the Horse Betwixt Acklehead Twelve-pence lyeth within in the land a very high hill like a Sugerlorfe called S. Patricks-hil Patricks-hil
little Islands called the Hoggs A little to the eastwards of Smerrick lieth Sinbrandonhil Sinbrandonhill a very high hill which lyeth in hight very much above all other lands thereabouts they that come out of the sea from the westwards shall see that hill first before any other Land and thereby easily know it Men may see it at sea in the offing 12. 14 and sometimes 16 leag off according as the weather is cleare Foure or 5 leagues westsouthwest from Smerrick a little off from the land lye 4 or 5 Islands being high round Hills and rocks called the Blaskeys Blaskeyes with some other rocks and little Islands about them The Sound betwixt them and the maine land is called the Sound of Blaskeyes lyeth through nearest n.n.w. and s s.e Hee that is bound to the Northwards may anchor at the south side before the sound for westerly northerly winds and not be in-bayed upon any lee shoare For if the winde shift easterly hee may either goe through the sound or else goe about a Seaboard the Blaskeys If the wind shift westerly or southerly he may run through the Sound further his voyage There runneth through a very strong tyde as well of the flood as of the ebbe which must be considered Six leagues to the southwards of the Blaskeyes lye three great Rockes called the Skellocks Skellocks the eastermost about a league and the westermost two great leagues a seabord the land when you come from the southwards see them first they shew like sayles of ships Betwixt the Skelloekes the Blaskeyes goeth in a great broad Bay deepe into the land called Dinglebay Dingle-bay with divers havens in it About a league and a half from the Sound of Blaskeyes lyeth a haven called Ventrie a great league to the eastwardes of it another called Dingle or Dingle Couch it lyeth north and by west in at the west poynt of it lyeth a rocke called the Crow The Crow which is clean round about so that men may sayle round about it on both sides without taking any hurt at high water with spring tydes it floweth even under water This haven of Dingle and the Skellockes lye north east and by north and southwest and by south distant eight leagues Northeast from the Skellockes southeast from the Sound of Blaskeyes and south and by east from the Ventrie lyeth a haven at the east end of the Island Valentia called Begenny Begenny Haven which lyeth eastsoutheast in you must give the east poynt of the Islands a birth off because it is fowle and lyeth a good wayes off there lyeth also a suncken rock on the Island side which you must take heed of when you are come within the entry of the haven you must goe east and by north unto the road which is right against a red cliffe that lyeth on the south side The Skellockes and the Cape Dorsey lye northwest and southeast Six leagues a sunder betwixt them both goeth in also a great broad Sound northeast in wherein lye many Islands havens and roads C. Dorsey C. Dorsey is an Island within which men sayle and ryde under For to goe in there from the southwardes you must give the east side a birth that is the side of the maine land which is soule run in alongst by the side of the Island untill you be come within and anchor there Bull Cow Calfe rockes Whithout the Cape Dorsy lye three great rocks the outermost or the westermost is called the Bull the middlemost is called the Cow and the other the Calfe they are clean round about so that men may sayl there through between them without feare of any danger there is nothing that can hurt but men may see it About six leagues eastsoutheast from C. Dorsey lieth the poynt Mizanhead Mizanhead betwixt them both goeth in a great Bay or river deepe into the land with divers havens roades called the Bantry A great league to the northwards off Mizanhead lieth a poynt Three Castles called the three Castlehead upon it standeth three flat Towers but you-can hardly see them except they be neere the land also a great league more to the northwardes lyeth a small point called Sheepshead Sheeps-head Betwixt these two poynts goeth in a great broad Bay called Dounams Bay there is norhing to doe nor to fetch but it is a fit place too save ships and all over good anchor ground From Sheepshead to beerhaven Beerhavē the course is north and by west or somewhat westerly about two great leagues it goeth in between an Island on the east side and the main land towards C. Dorsey on the west side it is about a great musket shot Broad the foresayd Island on the east side is called the Island of Beer-haven and is about two leagues long For to fayl in there you must keeep the mid way in the entry of the haven it is clean without any fowle ground after you are come in there standeth on the larboard side a ruined castle and a little further are two little rivers Road in Beerhaven close one by the other betweeen these 2 little rivers stand some Fisherhouses Men may saile into the foresaid little rivers they are deepe enough but commonly men doe anchor before them or by that fore sayd ruined castle or els somwhat further in it is all over good anchoring and cleane ground except right against the foresayd little rivers lye some rocks about the middle of the channell which at high water are under and at low waterlye above water these onely must be shunned but men may goe on either side of them Somewhat further in the Bay standeth another castle called Oldcastle from thence men may sayle alongst to the northwards of the Island Beer-haven and come out to the eastwardes into Bantry The Sound on the north side of the Island is large broad cleane 13. 12 and tenne fathom deepe The east poynt of the Island is a sharpe poynt and very fowle there lyeth of a ledge of rocks where of some lye under water some above water at low water but the side of the mayne is cleare cleane In this entry lye also 2 great rockes high above water but clean round about men may run through between these rocks or to the southwards betwixt them and the foresayd ledg of rockes or also to the northwards alongst betwixt them and the maine land as well in comming in as in sailing out there is no danger more then men may see From Beerhaven to the north poynt of the Island Whiddy The Whiddy lyeth the Bantry e.n.e. and northeast and by e. 6 or 7 leagues over against Beer-haven in the middest in the farreway it is deepe 40 36 and 30 fathom within the Island 15 and 16 fathom but further in towards the Island Whiddy it is againe 20 25 fathom deepe men may sayle round about the Island Whiddy which is about
and Lavender s s.w n. n.east He that will sayle through here must be very careful to cast his tides well for it runneth most thwart over this Race so that with a southwest wind and an outfall or ebb and also with calmes it is very dangerous to come into this Race A little to the southwards of the Keyser lieth the east end of the Seames Seamâ—s and lye from thence at least three or foure leagues w.n.w. into sea A great league northwest from the west poynt off the Seames lyeth a suncken â—ock where of men must take heed And westsouthwest about two leagues from the Seames lyeth a row of rocks like a bancke whereupon it is not deeper then seven fathom but betwixt the rocks the Seams it is 50 fathom deepe Betwixt the Seames and Ushant the broad sound Broad-sound lyeth in e.n.e. to S. Matthewes poynt and from S. Matthewes poynt w. s.w 5 leagues into sea To the eastwards of Fontenay or the Lavender lieth the Frieze Bay Friese bay there men may anchor for a southeast east wind in good anchor ground To the eastwards of the Frieze Bay lyeth Boldavids Bay Boldavids Bay a broad deep sound lying into the land east northeast At the e. side of that haven lie 2 little Islands or Rocks where men may anchor round about them and lie sheltred for all windes From the Race of Fontenay to the Pennes the course is southeast somewhat easterly about 10 or 11 leagues betwixt them both lieth Oldyarne Oldyarne a good Haven about 7 leagues east southeast from Fontenay Thwart before the entry of it lieth a banke where men may run about it on both sides in 6 fathom The south poynt of this Haven is flat therefore run in alongst by the north point there is at low water not lesse then 3 fathom depth From Oldyarne to the Pennes it is s e and by south If you will anchor before Port Kapstand you must anchor in 12 or 13 fathom before the village that standeth upon the high land about halfe waies betwixt the point of the Race and the great sand-bay of Oldyarn where the little sharpe Tower doth stand the point of the Race shall then lie from you about northnorthwest and you shall then lie a great half league from the land further off from the shoare it is rocky and foule ground as some say There have some neverthelesse come to anchor there by night in 3 or 4 leagues from the shoare in 25 fathom but have not received any hurt neither of cables nor anchors The west end of the Seames and the Pennes lie southeast and by east and northwest and by west distant about 13 leagues The knowledge of the land betwixt Fontenay and Oldyarne are two round hills which men doe call the sheets Sheete or Slaeplakens to the westwards of them stand two Mills It is a very ragged point and by these foresaid markes very good to be known Men may see them without the Seames in 55 fathom From Oldyarne to the Pennes lieth the coast southeast and by south 5 leagues The Pennes The Pens are very easy to be known for him that hath seen them once upon the southeast end standeth a thicke flat Tower a little to the westwards of it standeth a sharpe tower and somewhat more to the east wards against the high land standeth a village apprearing like a castle upon the east side there of standeth a flat tower and there close to the land lie 2 great rocks The pennes lye off from the maine land southeast two leagues into the sea For to sayle in there you must come in there from the eastwards and run alongst by the strand of the maine land leaving all the rocks on the larboard side untill that you come to a great rock which you must leave on the starboard side and runne about to the southwards of it being past it edge within it up towards the Northwest and you may anchor there a little within in three fathom at low water lying there you can see no sea but at high water the sea cometh very much tumbling in through the Rocks You may goe away from thence at high water southeast through the Rocks into sea but you must take very good heed because it is there full of Rocks where of some are above water and some under water Without the foresaid great Rock in the comming in of this haven it is at least ten fathom deep so that for need men might well save a great ship there From the Pennes to the Glannons Glanons or Glenant Glenant the course is e. s.e with that course you shall run alongst to the southwards of them Within the Glanons lieth a Haven called Bindeth Bindet at the east point of that Haven it is full of rocks For to saile in there you must take heed unto these marks there stand two Mills farre within the land bring the eastermost of the 2 over a little castle that standeth upon a point within the Haven and run in keeping them soo n. n. e. and by east in and then you cannot take hurt on neither of both shoares and being come within the haven anchor before the Town A league southwest from Gloylend or Glenant by the Dutchmen called the easter-Penmarkes lieth a great Rock under water but is good to be espied in regard the sea alwaies breaketh upon it as well within as without this Rock it is 40 fathom deep When you come of from the Pens with an e. s.e course you shall runne alongst farre enough to the southwards of it About 2 leagues the eastwards of Glenant lye the Islands of Muttons Moutons-Jslands by the French called Isles aux Moutons you may sayle through betwixt them and the main land unto Groy or Blavet also you may anchor within them in 10 or 12 fathom betwixt the land and the foresaid Islands which are cleane upon the north side Betwixt the Island Mutton and Glenant lyeth a rock for to avoyd it for them which will saile through there betwixt them they must leave one third part of the channel towards Glenant and the other two third parts towards Mutton and then they may boldly run through there without feare From Mutton to the Island Groy Groy the course is east and by south upon the outer side of Groy stand 3 or 4 mills the east end of it goeth steepe downe and the west end sloping and flat down thereby it is good to be known Under Groy is good anchoring for a s w winde in six or seven fathom Under the n.e. point also is a good road for a w. s.w n.w. winde there is very good anchor-ground At the s w end runneth off a foule ledge where of men must take good heed Within the Island Groy lyeth the Haven of Blavet Blavet which lyeth in about northwest in 4 and 5 fathom Upon the west side of this haven standeth
be southsouthwest from you then you shal bee past the banck which lieth north from S. Martens and lyeth off from the shoare somewhat to the westwards of Saint Martens there is a hard steepe stony banke which shoaleth up suddenly For to avoyd it when as you must turne too and againe with an easterly or a northeast winde you must not bring the little Tower of Hars in the Village of Loy but when the little Tower of Hars commeth to the first or northermost house of Loy then you must cast about for then you come against the banck where remaineth at low water about a fathom depth and at high water about foure fathom When the foresayd little Tower of Hars commeth against a mill which standeth at the south end of Loy then are you within the Banke to wit betwixt the Bancke and S. Martens When S. Martens commeth to be s w and by south and s s.w from you then you may boldly saile over the end of the bank towards S. Martens you shall finde there at low water and spring tide at least 3 fathom or sixteen or seventeen foot also one cast or 2 but 12 foot then it is all soft ground as also before S. Martens but the bancks are hard with spring tides there remaineth little water upon them Before S. Martins you may anchor in 4 5 or 6 fathom For to anchor before S. Martins For to anchor before Saint Martens you must anchor so that you may see open into the haven and that the point of the Abbey and the Bosse doe stand the length of two capsta nebars one from the other there is with spring tides at low water three fathom and a halfe but at high water six fathom and a halfe deepe When you sayle into the Killiats as before is sayd it is 12 11 and 10 fathom deepe but being come so farre that the Tower of S. Martins beginneth to stand s w from you there it will be by little and little shoaler and then you may well edge towards the Island in five foure fathom it shoaleth then suddenly up and will be from ten quickly five and foure fathom If you will goe over the banck that lieth off from the Abbey with a shippe that draweth much water then you must stay so long that it be halfe flood for at low water there remaineth no more upon it then three fathom or a foot or two more when it is somewhat flowed then you may well goe over with a great shippe When the little tower of Hussou commeth to the north end of the Island Urck or Tivalenes then are you upon the shoalest of the bank but when the little Tower commeth over the south end of that little Island then it beginneth to deepen againe The markes for to keepe the deepest water when you run over the bank are these keep the great Tower of Rochel a handspikes length to the southward of the wood of trees which standeth upon the northermost high land and run so over the banck it is there all soft ground If you will anchor before the Abbey within the banke then run in 6 or 7 fathom and anchor there But if you will not anchor under S. Martens but wil sayle forth towards Burnt Island then bring that foresayd little tower of Lussou over the little house that standeth upon the little Island Urck keep it so standing then you can take no hurt of the Laverdyne The Laverdyne Laverdin is a rane of rocks together a musket shot long which lieth off from the east point of S. Martens Island about an English mile and with spring tide at low water is uncovered Betwixt it and the Island of S. Martens men may sayle through there is depth enough The markes of the Laverdyne are these When you come in at the Killiats and sayle through betwixt S. Martens Island the Bosse you come to see the great Tower of Rochell even without the point of the Bosse then are you right thwart of the Laverdyne which lyeth then s w from you it is there betwixt them both not very wide or else when the foresayd great Tower of Rochel standeth even without the poynt of Bosse and the North poynt of the Plom a ships length without the south poynt which is the north poynt of the Bosse then are you right upon the Laverdyne therefore when Rochell commeth a ships length to the southwards of the Bosse when you come in at the Killiats then are you past the Laverdyne you may boldly goe on s e and s e and by south towards Burnt-Island Porthus Portus is a broad and wide channell lying in through betwixt S. Martens Island and Oleron and lyeth from Use s e by e. distant about 15 leagues If you will sayle into Porthus then run in betwixt both lands e. s.e but much nearer S. Martens Island for to avoyd the banck of Oleron which is a foule ledge of rocks at the n. end of Oleron come no neare it by night then in 12 or 13 fathom When you come then by the east end of S. Martens Island and are bound to Rochell or else will anchor under the Bosse bring the great Tower of Rochel a ships length without the Bosse so you can take no hurt of the Laverduyn You may anchor under the Bosse in 5 or 6 fathom soft ground so that the poynt doe lye north from you Or else if you will anchor under the Abbey of S. Martens Island then run in upon the foresayd marks so long untill that the foresayd Abbey come without the s poynt of the same Island sayle then right with it and then you shall leave the Laverduyn farr enough on the larboard side of you And being come neare the Abbey anchor a little to the aestwards of it in 5 6 or 7 fathom there is the road for ships that are bound out When you goe into Porthus and will sayle to the Burnt Island then runne in as before is sayd untill you come neare the east end of S. Martens Island thence the course is south east and by east or from the Bosse south or south and by east or with a westerly wind south and by west unto that Island When you sayle soo neare Burnt-Island Burnt-Island that the Tower of Voorn or the Four commeth over the Burnt-Island there you may cast your ballast over board it is there 12 fathom deepe If you must turne to and againe with a southerly wind from the Bosse to the Burnt-Island or from Burnt-Island to the Bosse then come not to neare the land of Rochell there lye divers stony banckes alongst the land a good wayes from the shoare where of you must take heed When Rochell is hidden behinde the south poynt which lyeth over against the Creeke there lyeth a stony bancke upon which remaineth not a fathom of water If you will sayle into the river of Sherrant then runne about to the southwards of Burnt-Island
leagues From S. Martens Island to Ortegall the course is w. s.w somewhat southerly 99 leagues Heights The Island Use in 46 degrees 44 min. The north poynt of Oleron in 46 degrees 10 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Heys being southeast by south from you that a man may see it from the Compagne sheweth out of the Masse thus Heys being northeast from you sheweth thus Thus sheweth the Island Use or Heys when you sayle alongst by it being two leagues off from it Heys being e. s e. from you and that a man may see the tower from the Compagne sheweth thus you are then upon 31 fathom depth Olone Thus sheweth the Land of Poictou betwixt Heys and the Islands of S. Martens when you sayle alongst by it foure leagues a seaboard the Land This Coast lyeth southsoutheast Thus sheweth the west end of the Jsland of S. Martens This belongeth to the former figure from the w. end of S. Martens Island sheweth it selfe thus when the steeple is e. and by south from you 3 or 4 leagues of the coast lyeth here e. s e. and w. n. w. When S. Martens Island is north and by east from you it sheweth it selfe thus La fos de Loys S. Marten Abbey S. Iohn When men sayle out or in at Porthus S. Martens Island sheweth it selfe in this forme When the Tower of the Island S. Marten is e. s e. 3 leagues from you then the land sheweth thus S. Martens S. Maria. Thus sheweth the south side of S. Martens Island when the Tower or w. end is north and the e. end n. e. three or foure leagues of from you The w. poynt of Oleron or Olderdon sheweth it selfe thus when it is e. from you two great leagues Thereabouts it is twenty fathom deepe Down Downyland Olderdon or Oleron sheweth thus when as you have the trees north by the Tower which is then south e. from you When you are before Porthus about two or 3 leagues from land then doth Oleron and Olderdon arise in this forme Caarte Vande Rivier van Bourdeaux tot aen Bayone en voorts aen Coninx rede The land betwixt Olderdon and the river of Bourdeaux sheweth when men sayle alongst by it as it pourtrayed in these 5 following figures the letters of one sort belong one to the other as AA BB CC DD. The Island Olderdon Sales Thus sheweth Sales when it is east and by north from you being about a league without the land High sand-hill Cordan The third Demonstration Which Containeth the Description of the River of Bourdeaux to S. Sebastiaen or Coninx reede FRom the Band or Crage off Oleron to the Tower of Cordan or the Poâ—e-head or the mouth off the River off Bourdeaux called the Garrone the land lyeth south s east and s and by e. 13 leagues To the northwardes of the mouth of the river of Bourdeaux lye five or six high white Sand-hills but to the southwards off it it is somewhat low land blacke little Sandhilles being growne with spiry grasse From the Tower of Cordan off to the northwards towards the high Sand-Hills which lye upon the north land lieth a sand-bancke called the Piper Piper men may sound alongst by it on the west side in seven fathom but upon the northend it is very steepe and not farre off it is twenty fathom deep From the north-point off the River runneth off to the southwards a sand called the norther Asses and to the southwards of it lyeth another sand called the souther Asses Norther souther Asses through betwixt them both also alongst to the southwards of them men sayle into the River If you will sayle into the River comming from the northwards then you may run alongst by the shoale in 12 and 13 fathom untill that the tower of Cordan stand southeast by east from you runne then right in with it through betwixt the norther and souther Asses untill that the high white sandhil upon the north point of the river stand northnortheast from you men may so comming from the northwards runne in also about by the norther Asses by your lead untill that the Tower come to be southsoutheast and southeast and by south from you then goe towards the Tower and when the foresayd high sand-hil come to be northnortheast or northeast and by north from you sayle then right in with it untill that you have the sounding of the land run then in alongst by it towards Messie that is the point where all the mils stand When you shall saile thus towards the high sand-hill and that the Tower of Soulack commeth a great fathom to the northwards of the Tower of Cordan and the little mill of Royan Royan then are you also past the Piper may run in right east without feare towards Royan but you must reckon well your tyde for the flood falleth thwart over the Asses towards the Tower off Cordan and the ebbe in the contrary In this foresaid channell through betwixt the Asses remaineth at low water 3 fathom water upon the shoals For to sayl into the river alongst to the southwards of the Asses comming from the northwards that is the best channell you must do thus Bring the Tower of Soulacke east from you or somewhat more northerly and sayle in so right with it untill the tower of Cordan be north and by east and north north east from you Royan shall then stand north east from you or else if you come from the southwards then bring the tower of Cordan north and by east and north n.e. from you and sayle in so right with it untill Soulack come to be east from you Royan shall then stand n. e. from you sayle then right towards it comming near it sayle to the point of Messie When you are now within the Rivers mouth and come right against the point of Messie that is the point where the Mills stand upon then edge over towards the broken Castle called Chastillion Chastillion south east and by south that is eight leagues from Messie and then forth in alongst by the south land south east in unto Pouliack Pouliacâ— which is two great leagues In the fareway betwixt the Piper and the poynt with the Mills or Messie it is 10 11 and 12 fathom deepe but out of the fare-way either on the north side or south side it is shoaly to wit five six seven and eight fathom you must runne alongst close by the point of Messie there it is 22 fathom deep When as that Royan commeth to the west poynt where upon the mills stand keep it so standing and go away south east and by south towards Chastillion it is in this fareway almost all alongst 5 fathom deep but comming near the north or south side it is shoaly and at the nortst side it is full of sands where also men may well sayle through that are acquainted From Chastillion to Pouliack Pouliack it is
the Barre of Bayone deepe with scowring through of the water From the Barre of Bayone to S. John de Luz S. Iohn de Luz the course is south and by west 4 leagues there is a faire Bay where men may ride in five sixe seven or eight fathom according as they will lye farre in cleane sandy ground at the end of the Bay is a little tyde-haven where upon lyeth the towne on the west side At high water and with an ordinary tyde there commeth nine foote but with a spring twelve foote water at low water it falleth altogether dry so that men may goe over there with drie feete A little within the west point of the Bay is also a little Dock where there is a foot water more then in the foresaid tyde-haven but it falleth also dry at low water This Bay is very good to know by these marks that hereafter are written It lyeth right in the Bight to the eastwardes of it lyeth the land north and by east towards Bayone and to the westwardes of it the land falleth away southwest nnd by west and southwest towards Fonteravia Upon the east poynt of the Bay standeth a white Fire-tower which men may see farre off especially when the Sunne shineth upon it then it shineth very white more then the other land Upon the west poynt standeth a flat white house a little wayes upon the high land to the westwardes of the Bay it is upon the sea side gray and blewish land Alsoo the high hill of S. John de Luz is a good marke for to know this Bay which remaineth in sayling in lying somewhat to the eastwardes or on the larboard side This foresayd hill of S. John de Luz sheweth it selfe out in height above all other hilles thereabouts thereby is very good to be knowne above upon the top it is somewhat flat as is demonstrated in the rising of the lands Upon this foresayd hill standeth a Chappell from whence men may see into foure Kingdomes France Spaine Navarre and Arragon About two leagues southwest and southwest and by west from S. John de Luz lye the rocks called the Pignons of S. Anna Pignons of S. Anna not farre from land a league to the westwards of them lyeth the Bay of Fonteravia being a faire Bay At the west poynt of the Bay lyeth the C. Figure a high poynt upon it standeth a castle to the southwards of it a little chappel At the poynt of this cape lyeth a rock a little wayes from it but the sea cannot runne through betwixt them except it be with very high floods it breaketh a little through At the east side of this bay lye two high rocks and thwart of them lye also some low rocks a good wayes off from the land For to avoyd them you must sayle in by the west poynt for to come into this Bay and being within it you may anchor in eight or nine fathom but so that the foresayd great rock at the C. Figuer stand northnorthwest from you there you lye in faire sandy ground and landlockt for a northwest winde The Kroonenbrough Kroonenberch lyeth about halfe wayes betwixt S. John de Luz and this foresayd Bay of Fonteravia A little league to the westwards of C. de Figuer lieth Passage Passagie also a faire haven At the west side of the havens mouth which is very narrow lyeth a round rock so that it is evill to come in there with an ebb but with a flood it is better without it is very cleane without any shoale or fowle grounds but onely the foresayd rounde rocke The towne lyeth a little within the haven on the w. side where men doe lye before it in 7 fathom Two great leagues to the westwardes of Passage lyeth S. Sebastians betwixt both is also a sand-bay in a bight where there goeth up into the land a shoale little river where come in many Barkes The haven of Saint Sebastians S. Sebastians is good for to come into men doe runne in there betwixt two little castles where of the eastermost is the greates standing upon a high hill The westermost is a little square Tower and lyeth upon a little Island or rock In the havens mouth being narrow betwixt the two foresayd little Castles lyeth a rocke which at low water is sixe fathom deepe and when it is a storme out of the sea it breaketh allwayes upon it and lyeth neerest the east-land by the west-land it is deepe ten fathom Now for to avoyd the foresayd rocke in comming in there commeth an Abbey to the eastwards of the westermost Island a liitle Tower If you keepe them one in the other then you run into eastwards of it For to anchor without S. Sebastians in the road you must keepe the high hill which lyeth upon the poynt of Cape Figuer without the foresayd eastermost castle there you may anchor but if the same come to be hidden behind the castle or Island then you may not anchor in the road of S. Sebastians When you are come through the narrow within the rock and the castles then you may anchor at the east side under the great castle there is the best road Within the foresayd castle goeth up a little water men may goe at low water on foot from the easter castle alongst a high strand upon the maine land unto the Towne which lyeth behinde the foresayd high hill with the Castle yet the strand at high water is covered it is a bay and within before the towne it is deepe five sixe and seven fathom at the west side under the little Island men may not anchor because it is flat and shoale there He that will goe forth from thence into S. Sebastians let him run in keeping the middle channell betwixt the two Islands and let him leave the little Island where upon the chappel standeth on the starboard side running in so right against the first or the second wall of the towne and anchor there the boats or shallops shall come aboard of him and helpe him into the haven betwixt the walles A league to the westwardes of S. Sebastians lyeth a sandbay where men may anchor so deep and so shallow as they will Of the Tydes and Courses and streames Like as on all the coastes of France so also at the mouth of the River of Burdeaux maketh high water a s w and northeast moone In the Haven of Arcason a southwest and by west a northeast by east Moone maketh high water but the flood drawes almost an houre longer in then the water flowes On all the places and before all the havens of these coasts a southwest and northeast moon maketh the highest water but within the haâ—ens about a poynt later according as they lye deepe within the land like as on the coasts off Brittaigne Poictou and Gascoigny Men reckon here also no failing or setting of the streames But the streames fall here thwart off and on Upon the coast
w. and by north from you From the poynt of Bilboa to Castro Castro the course is w. 5 leagues that is a good haven for 6 7 and 8 fathom depth The narrow of the haven lieth in south in 10 fathom But further in the river towards the towne it is not deeper then 3 or 4 fathom From Bilbao to the hill of S. Anthonies M. S. Anthony it is w. and by north nine or ten leagues From Castro to Laredo the course is west distant five leagues upon the west side lyeth the foresayd hill of S. Anthonies which is a high hill men may sayle in close alongst by it untill they come about the east poynt within it is wide and broad and a fit haven for great shippes there men may anchor in seven or eight fathom To the eastwards over against the hill of S. Anthonies in the middest of the sound lyeth a rane of rockes under water Suncken Rocks where men may sayle in about it on both sides men may easily espy them because it doth alwaies breake upon them within them is the road for ordinary ships a little before the haven which is built with a wall But the great shippes lye a little further off in 6 or 7 fathom depth On the south side of the haven is a little tyde-haven from the same there commeth a great riffe shooting off from the east side towards the hill of S. Anthonies within it is two fathom water right before the village from the village commeth a tayle of sand lying thwart out within it at low water it is a fathom deepe In the middest of the sound it is nine fathom and at the poynt of Saint Anthonies 20 fathom deep From S. Anthonies hill to Cape de Kesgo C. Kesgo it is west and w. and by s 2 leagues that is a great Cape lying to the eastwards of S. Andero thwart of it is clean ground From Cape de Kesgo to the west poynt of S. Andero it is w. by s 5 leagues a little to the s wards of the point of S. Andero S. Andero upon the e. poynt of Sardinis is a sand-bay there is good anchoring in ten fathom From C. de Kesgo to the haven of S. Andero the course is w. s.w distant 2 great leagues S. Andero lieth within a Bay there lyeth an Island before the haven men may go about it on both sides it is deepe 8 9 fa. but to the s wards of the Island it is deep 5 6 7 fathom according as men will come near to the strand the haven lieth in first w.n.w. The Island lieth a great league within the bay from the east point of the haven unto the west point of the land it is south and north about a great league S. Anthonies and the west point of S. Andero lie one from the other e. and w. about 5 leagues For to know the land when you fall with the land about Laredo Laredo you must know that on the w. side of the haven of Laredo lyeth the hill of S. Anthonies which is a very high hill which men may see very farre from the e. and the w. a little above the towne of Laredo men may see alsoo a sharpe hill like the poynt of a Diamond or the poynt of a two hand sword further it is about Laredo very high double land two three and at some places foure double The hill of S. Anthonies doth arise in two high hommockes with a valley or saddle in the middest betwixt them both within in the land lye also two high hills with sharpe topps Above and to the w. wards of S. Anthonies lyeth a piece of land judged to bee about two leagues long which lyeth in five hills the eastermost is the lowest and rise all higher and higher towards the west so that at the last to the westermost is the highest which goeth off somewhat flat downward towards the west Betwixt that eastermost hill and S. Anthonies lyeth a bay about a league long called the Bay of Port Bay of Port. men cannot see these foresayd hills when they are close by the land but they must be a good wayes off to seawards To the westwardes of these foresayd hills lyeth an other peece of land which at the east end is highest and goeth sloping off towardes the west end allmost like Portland Betwixt that poynt and the five foresayd hills lyeth an other sand-Bay where abouts stand some little houses but by it lye many rockes fowle ground There abouts within the land lyeth the foresayd high round sharpe hill in forme like the poynt of a sword S. Andero hath but few hills that are easy to be knowne but when men are before the haven then they shall see to the eastwards of the towne a Castro upon a high hill in forme like a Sugerloafe or a hay-cock and to the eastwards of it is much double land of two and three heights double But when men come about the Cape de Kesgo then they shall see presently the castle upon the west land From S. Andero to Cape de Pinas the course is w. or a little more noâ—therly 31 or 32 leagues Betwixt them both lye these havens following First the haven of S. Martin S. Martin or Settevilles Settevills a tyde-haven lying east and west 4 leagues from S. Andero From thence to S. Vincent S. Vincent alsoo a tyde-haven is five leagues distant the haven goeth in on the eâ—st side from the west side commeth shooting off a â—â—â—le riffe and in the midst of the havens mouth lyeth a little Island where men may goe in on both sides From S. Vincent to Lhanes Lhanes a tyde-haven the course is west 2 or 3 leagues Upon the west side of the haven standeth a little Church and a little within the haven lyeth a middle plate or sand men must go in on the w. side of the sand these are all narrow havens but little knowne From Lhanes to Rio de Sella the course is w. 5 or 6 leagues betwixt them both lye alongst the coast many rocks within them many sand-bayes where men for need might save ships Hee that will goe into Rio de Sella Rio de Selâ—a must look out for a mast which stands upon the east land close by the same men must goe in the west side is within fowle within the mast men must anchor before the village this is also a tyde-haven From Rio de Sella to Villa Viciose Villa Viciosa it is west 9 leagues this is also a tyde-haven but is clean the havens mouth lyeth in s s.e and s e and by s close alongst by the west poynt of the land the east side is fowle unto the middest of the haven there lyeth a rock with a plate right in the midst of the haven which at low water fall dry so soon as men are within that rock they must anchor within the rock upon
southwards of therefore goe in eastnortheast alongst by south-land untill that you see the flat tower which standeth upon the south-land and then you must run over a banck right on with the poynt of Ponte Vedra within it lyeth the towne twhart off the flat tower men may anchor in 8 or 9 fathom This haven is at some places foure fathom deepe Five leagues to the s wards of the Islands of Blydones lye the Islands of Bayone Islands of Bayone when men come in out of the sea right with them then these Islands doe seeme to be all gray and black rockes and lye to see to as if they were three Islands although that the sea doe run through them but at one place betwixt each is a saddle or valley Within the land alongst over these Islands men shall see two high hills very easy to bee known the eastermost hath three high hommocks and the westermost two with valleys betwixt the hommocks a little to the eastwards off the eastermost hill men shall see a white Abbey stand against the high land whereby this land is very easy to bee knowne You may sayle within these Islands of Bayone either to the northwards For to sayle into Bayone From the northwards or to the southwards but at the north e. poynt of the Islands lyeth a rocke under water about a cables length off from them where of you must take heed anchor in 10 11 or 12 fathom on the east side of the Islands Hee that will sayle in to the northwards must run in betwixt the Islands and the maine land keeping neere about the middle off the channell but neerest to the Islands untill that the Sound off Vigo or Cannas bee open and then sayle in to the eastwards there is a broad Sound where men may anchor on both sides to wit on the south side before Vigo Vigo and on the north side before Cannas Cannas in twelve or thirteene fathom Also men may sayle further in about the south poynt of Rondella where men may save a shippe in the oaze without anchor or cables At the point of Vigo lyeth a little Island he that commeth in to the northwards of the Islands and is bound in for Bayone may sayle through betwixt that little Island and the point Vigo right in with Bayone to wit aâ—â—â—â—st a little to the westwards of the poynt untill hee â—â—me before the towne and anchor there in 4 5 or 6 fathom Betwixt that foresayd little Island and the poynt of Vigo it is at high water 4 fathom and a halfe at low water three fathom and a halfe deepe men must sayling through there give the poynt off Vigo a birth because of some suncken rocks that lye off from it When as men lye in the roade before Bayone in 5 or 6 fathom they may see the Islands of Blydones through betwixt the foresayd poynt of Vigo and that little Island From that same little Island lyeth to the westwards another little Island or rocke betwixt them both it is fowle so that men cannot sayle through betwixt them and from that westermost little Island lyeth a fowle riffe ot ledge of rockes s w off towards the point of the land off Bayone where of men must take very good heed whether you come from the n. wards will sayle through betwixt that riffe the Islands off Bayone or els come in from the s wards betwixt the Islands and the maine and will goe in for Bayone That riffe lyeth at low water in many places dry the outermost rockes thereof and the poynt of Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye southeast and southeast and by east and northwest and northwest and by west an English mile asunder therefore he that commeth from the northwards and will goe into Bayone to the westwards off that riffe that is betwixt the riffe â—nd the Islands let him goe so long to the southwards 〈◊〉 that the Castle of Bayone come to be e. s.e and 〈…〉 by south from him and saile then towards it 〈◊〉 then he shal run farre enough alongst to the southwards of it At the south end of the Island of Bayone lyeth a great rock with a deale of small rockes round about it men may sayle very close alongst by them but at high water the outermost rocks lye under water where of men musâ— be mindfull close by the rocks it is 20 and 25 and 26 fathom deepe From the poynt of the maine land over against the south end of the Islands runneth off a ledge of rocks whereupon it breaketh very much when the sea is grown where of also men must take heed When you come from the southwards or out of the sea and will sayle in for Bayone about to the southwards of the Islands with a southerly or southwest winde then run right with the south poynt of the outermost land of Bayone Island of Bayone untill you come neere about a halfe league of the land and theÌ„ alongst by the shoare unto the outer point on the south side of the comming into the Bay where that foresayd riffe runneth of which lyeth off low give that riffe a birth and run in betwixt it and the foresayd rockes at the end of the Islands northeast or eastnortheast in according as you shall come in out of the sea leaving the riffe on starboard and the rockes with the Islands on the larboard side untill that you come to the end or to the n. wards of the riffe the north end or the outtermost poynt of that riffe at the s poynt and the poynt Bayone where the Castle standeth upon lye nearest e. and by north and w. and by south a little league asunder When as then you have the foresayd riffe on the south side upon your broad side or els are too the northwardes of it and that the Castle doe stand east or thereabouts from you goe then right in with the Castle leaving that foresayd other riffe which lyeth off southwest from the little Islands at the poynt of Vigo on the larboard side of you If you bring the poynt of the Castle not to the southwardes of e. s e. then you cannot take any hurt of the northermost riffe The outer rocks of that northermost riffe which shooteth off from the two foresayd little Islands and the riffe which shooteth off from the south poynt of the land of Bayone where men must sayle through betwixt lye one from the other southwest and southwest and by south and northeast and northeast and by north about an English mile asunder When you come neere the Castle then come not very neere the shoare which is not very cleane and when as then you come thwart of the innermost poynt of the Castle before that you begin to see the Towne of Bayone from behind the poynt you must looke well out before you for from that same innermost poynt and from the Castle there lyeth off a suncken rock about halfe a cables
the deepest water in sayling out over the banck off Saint Uves with shippes that draw much water doe thus when you sayle out from the white Castle then bring the foresayd white house over the north-side of the Castle that standeth on the water-side so that you may see directly through betwixt them and keepe them so standing untill Saint Uves poynt begin to come without the east-poynt of Sisember then bring the white house to the south-side of the Castle and run so out you shall have there the deepest water But when you can see that Castle of Pelmelo that is a direct longst mark for to run over the bancke And then that white Castle must bee from you n. northeast northerly It is from Saint Uves poynt to C. de S. Vincent south somewhat easterly 29 leag betwixt both are no knowne havens Salines â—alines a little river lying halfe wayes is also unknown From S. Uves to Cape S. Vincent the coast lyeth most south and by west about 32 leagues betwixt both lye some high steep hils which men doe call the Salines which are very good marks for to know this coast by but above all serve for the knowledge of this coast of Algarve or of the Cape de S. Vincent the Vighebergen or Mount Chigo which lye within Lagos may be seen farre off at sea A halfe league to the northwardes of C. S. Vincent lyeth a high cliffe in the land that is somewhat whitish higher then the other land when you see that then you are by the cape de S. Vincent Upon the poynt of the cape standeth a broken Abbey or Cloyster and close by the poynt lyeth a high rock being called by the Dutch saylers Monninck strand A little about the poynt of the Cape S. Vincent men may anchor in a sand-bay for a n. n.w. wind in twenty fathom Road under Cape S. Vincent About the second poynt to the eastwardes off the Cape is another Sand-bay there is a good road for a northwest north winde in 14 or 15 fathom From the Cape de S. Vincent to Cape S. Maries or Faro it is east or a little more southerly ninteene or twentie leagues betwixt them both lye Lagos or Laves and Villa Nova From Cape S. Vincent to Lagos it is east and by north six leagues there is a tyde-haven through betwixt the rockes behind a strand of chindle which falleth dry at low water men may alsoo ride there for a northwest westnorthwest and north wind in ten or twelve fathom Villa Nova Villa Nova lyeth about foure leagues to the eastwards of Lagos betwixt both 3 leagues from Lagos and one from Villa Nova lyeth a suncken rock whereoff men must take heed Villa Nova is a good haven it lyeth in north and north and by west at halfe flood you shall have there two fathom water within in the haven on the east side lyeth a little Island or rock and upon it standeth a Tower or little house also there stands upon the land a great mast with a barrell upon the top off it when the little Tower or little house and the mast come one in the other then you must sayle right in with them into the haven alongst by the east-land untill you be past the little Tower the west side is flat and shoale when as you come by the mast then you must goe up to the westwardes before the Towne of Villa Nova there you may anchor in foure or five fathom From Villa Nova to Faro Faro or cape de S. Maria it is about 9 leagues Upon the strand standeth a fire-tower and from the poynt shooteth of a riffe which men must avoyd into the haven off Faro men must goe in from the eastwards it lyeth west and westnorthwest in and they must leave the tower on the larboard side and run in two or three fathom being within they may anchor over against the Towne off Faro under the Island in three fathom it is upon the barre at halfe flood 2 fathom deepe The Cape S. Maries sheweth it selfe at sea when you first see it in one round hommock which is a good mark for to know the whole coast of the Condado by Five leagues northeast and by east from Cape S. Maria or Faro lyeth Tavila that is a crooked shoaly Barre which allmost every yeare doth shift and is not to trust to for to sayle into it unlesse it were first beakond or set with buyes it is at halfe flood scarce two fathom deepe men lye there a little within the sand-hills in foure fathom From Tavilla to Ayemont the course is eastnorth e. 5 leagues Ayemont is a deepe Barre and one of the best havens in the whole Condaet it lyeth in northwest by the eastland at halfe flood it is three fathom deepe there lyeth some shoals before the havens the markes thereof are these There standeth a tree upon the east side of the haven or-rivers mouth when Ayemonte commeth right against over the tree then are you to the eastwards off the shoals or sands which lye before the haven then you must goe towards the foot strand and leade it in alongst by it northwest and northwest and by west when you you are within you must goe up to the northwards before the Town or if you will goe before Porte Maria the northwest course will bring you there within it is wide and broad and sixe or seven fathom deepe There goeth in alsoo a haven by the westland where men come in right out of the sea but that by the e. land is the best From Ayemont to Leepe Leepe or S. Michaels the course is east and by north seven leagues Leepe hath uncertain bars which oftentimes shift where men may not trust themselves to sayle into without a Pilot the Barre that goeth into the e. wardes of the great Island is held to be the best from thence they must goe up to the westwardes towards Taron the River so come to Leepe and there they take their lading in before the deepe The Barre of S. Michaels Saint Michaels was wont to run thwart over into sea and to be at halfe flood three fathom deepe before S. Michaels five fathom from thence men may com through within over the shoals at high water into the River at Leepe Also men were wont to come in by Taron Taron but for certainty it is needful to take in a Pilot for these Barres From S. Michaels to Palos Palos or Saltees Saltees the course is east east and by south 7 leagues here men sayle into the great Condaet this haven goeth in at the west end of the Rooduyn thee standeth a great broad tree to the westwards off that white cliffe that you must keepe over a red sand-hill like as if it were red earth this sand-hill goeth sloping downe Runne in upon these markes unto the strand about north north and by west then shall the Tower
the town against the high land and there standeth a great tree upon the high land bring the tree even to the northside or the cloister so that you may allmost see through betwixt them but not over the Cloyster keepe them so standing and sayle right in with them and so you shal not come to neer the rocks to take hurt of them you shal have upon the shoalest at low water neepe tydes 3 fathom at high water 22 foot or scarce 4 fathom When the Castle of Chipiona and the Church beginne to come one in the other then you come to the first rocks or shoals when the Church and Castle are right one over the other then they stand southsouthwest from you then you are upon the shoalest of all but when the Castle with the Church come againe one through the other then you get againe deeper water 3 fathom and a halfe and 4 fathom at low water with a neepe tyde sayle in alongst upon the foresayd markes of the cloyster and the tree but take good heed that you bring not the tree over the Quire at the south end off the cloyster for you should then come very close to the rockes rather bring the tree a little to the northwards of the cloyster for you can not lightly take hurt of the red sand-hils but you may borrow off them upon your lead in 3 and 4 fathom There stands also a mill to the eastwards of the towne take heed that you bring not that also over the round Cloyster that standeth a little to the eastward beneath at the towne but keep them a handspikes length asunder and then you sayl in the best deep But if the foresayd mill and that round Cloyster come one in the other when you sayle in then you shall without sayle come upon the rocks or shoals When you are within over the shoalest sayl then towards the strand of S. Lucas untill that you see altogether open into the river for to avoyd the riffe that shooteth off from the n.w. poynt of the river sayle on alongst by the shoare and anchor before the little Church with the crosses which stands below in the sand hills in 5 6 or 10 or 12 fathom so neere as you please Men may also turn our at this same channell with indifferent ships or barks but they must take good heed it is not there very broad For to saile alongst by Sipiona There goeth in also a channell by the land of Sipionen or Chipiona for to find it you shall sayle in within two cables lengths neer by the foresayd land untill that you be within the second shoale then you must edge somewhat off from the land untill you come upon the foresayd marks off the Cloyster and the great tree then you must run in alongst upon them as is before taught The river of S. Lucas is easy to know by the Rooduyn or red sand-hills which lye to the westwards of it From Sipione to Cales Males the course is s e 9 leag Cales Cales is knowne by the mountaine off Granade when that is eastnortheast and east and by north from you sayle then right in with it and you shall not sayle to fall right before Cales At the poynt off Sipona lye many rocks above water and betwixt the poynt of Sipiona Cales Foure leagues from Sipiona lyeth Rotta there shooteth off a great ledge of rocks from the poynt Hee that will goe into the bay of Cales For to saile into the bay off Cales let him run in right with the rockes which lye on the west-side of the Bay being called los Puercos Los Puercos and within two cables lengths in all alongst by them in 6 or 7 fathom untill he come before the town of Cales and anchor there so deep as he pleaseth in 8 10 12 or 15 fathom the faireway lyeth in most eastsoutheast and southeast and by east There lyeth a rock under water called the Diamant Diamant about n.n.e. and n. e. and by north from the Puercos a great half league When S. Katharins chappell upon the northland is e.n.e. from you then are you thwart of that rocke there is at halfe flood 3 fathom water upon it the marks off this rock are these Marks of the Diamant When Mary Church commeth over the north end of Cales that is a Cloyster which standeth without Cales there stands also a house upon the hill where men goe alongst by when they goe to Sheres when that house commeth over the chappell which standeth upon the water side to the westwards of porte Marie when these markes come together one in the other then you should sayle upon the foresayd rock there is upon the shoalest of it at high water 3 fathom and a halfe water upon it But set the two high hills which are to the southwards of the way of Sheres that they bee a little asunder and that they doe not come one in the other then you cannot sayl upon this rock The Puercos rock lye from the north-poynt off Cales about halfe a league He that lies before Cales in the road hath Puntall south from him or there abouts according as he lyeth neer to Cales But to the southwards of Cales lyeth a rock come not neerer that then in seven fathom The Bay of Cales is wyde and broad men lye there in 5 6 fathom the northwest wind commeth there open in If any man therefore would goe further in behind Puntall let him goe in southeast betwixt the poynt of Port Real Puntall and run up about the poynt of Puntall there men lye land-lockt for all windes there mē may lay theyr ships dry a ground for to make cleane He that will goe into the Creek must take a Pilot and run up into the water of Port Real leaving the little Island on the larboard side and then Herods Creeck shall open it selfe and there hee must sayle up keeping the middle of the channell till he come before the Saltheaps For to sayl from Cales to the Strait To sayle from Cales to the Strait men must goe away south and south and by east to the C. de Trafalgar and then they shall run far enough without the bancke or rocks which lye off s east from Cales From the point of S. Sebastian to Cape de Trefalgar which is the north poynt of the Strait on the west side it is s s east ten leagues About two leagues to the northwards of the Cape lyeth Conil there is a faire sand-bay where men may anchor in 12 13 and 14 fathom clean ground Hee that desireth to sayle into the Straite of Gibralter comming from Cales let him goe from the poynt of S. Sebastian which is the westermost poynt of the Island Cales south by east southsoutheast towards the Cape de Trafalgar untill he be a good wayes without the land for to avoyd the Spanish coast which is fowle there lyeth of west by
south from the Island Tariffe Riffe off Tariffe a banck of stones 2 leagues or two leagues and a halfe into sea whereupon is eight nine or ten foote water when it bloweth hard men may see it break The foresayd poynt of S. Sebastians and the Cape de Trafalgar lye ten leag asunder When you are then somewhat without the Cape de Trafalgar and set your course s s.e and s e and by south then you shall fall with the land off the Barbary coast within the Cape de Spartell about thwart off Tanger Tanger lying in a great bight and sand-bay Upon the west poynt of this bay of Tanger standeth a Castle somewhat high and yet somewhat higher upon the high land standeth a little watch-tower but to the eastwards of Tanger standeth alsoo an old ruinous watch-tower whereby Tanger is very easy to be knowne From Tanger to Ape-hill the coast lyeth most e. n.e and e. by north is the right course for to sayle through the Strait If you will sail into the Strait by night then keepe to the Barbary coast which is very cleane and there you can take no hurt but the Spanish coast is fowle as is befote sayd They that will sayle alongst by the Spanish coast they must goe close alongst by the shoare and runne through betwixt the Island Tariffe and the foresayd fowle grounds close alongst by the Island or els must keepe farre off from the Island for to runne alongst without the shoals but in the middest neere a like unto both lands it is best Three leagues to the eastwards of the Island Tariffe lyeth the poynt of Cabrita Cape de Cabrita being the west poynt of the great Bay of Gibraltar over against the hill of Gibralter a little to the w. wards of it is a good road for a n. e. wind in 12 10 8 fathom not farre from the shoare thwart off a great rock which lieth close upon the water side a little to the eastwards of the fire-tower A little to the westwards of that fire tower which standeth upon the foresayd poynt is a fair sandstrand betwixt the two towers there you shall lye smooth for the western grown sea At Gibraltar is a faire Bay almost like a haven if you will anchor in the bay of Gibraltar then saile so farre into it untill that innermost point of the hill of Gibralter doe stand east from you thereabouts it is deepe 5 or 6 fathom and clean ground towards the mill it is shoal water of 3 fathom Men lye there in the Bay landlockt for a w. wind a s winde commeth from the poynt of Gibraltar hill but a southwest wind that bloweth there open in From thence are brought good wines Bay off Gibraltar When you will set saile from the road of Gibraltar with an easterly wind it is good to beare up somewhat before the wind towards the west shoare then forth out alongst by the lee shoare for the easterly winds do fall with such whirling fore-slaughes from over the high land of Gibraltar that you shall be hardly able to get out of the Bay alongst by the high land When you come from the eastwards will sayle out through the Straits and that you are somwhat neere to the Spanish coast then you must be very carefull for that you bring the hill of Gibraltar against the high land of Barbary in regard the land to the northwards of Gibraltarhil is low it seemeth to look to to be nothing els then as if there were the opening of the Straites It hath heretofore happened that some which have so mistaken it have sayled into the bay thinking it to be the opening of the Strait so have lost their ships there Therefore it is very needfull that men take great care not to mistake them selves of the hill of Gibraltar if men do take heed of it it is easy to bee knowne Estepona lieth 5 leagues to the eastwards or to the northwards of Gibraltar betwixt them both stand divers firetowrs upon the coast there is clean ground for to anchor If you will anchor to the eastwardes of Gibraltar by the next tower of Gibraltar then bring Gibraltar southsouthwest from you and anchor in 25 fathom there is cleane ground blacksand but if you will anchor by the second firetower there is a valley there you may fetch water and anchor in 20 or 22 fathom there is a valley and there is also clean ground and better lying for to set sail with easterly winds for those that are bound out of the Strait Before Estepona men may anchor in 14 fathom that is a place for to lade fruite and wines 5 or 6 leagues to the eastwards of it lieth Marveles betwixt them both stand 5 watch towers upon the coast From Gibraltar to Marveles Marveles the course is n.e. and by north distant 12 leagues if you will anchor at Marveles then you must look out for two Pack-houses which stand upon the strand and a great square watch-tower close to the eastwardes off the foresayd Pack-houses bring the gate of the towne so that you may see through betwixt the Pack-houses and the watch-tower and anchor there in nine or ten fathom Right before Marveles the ground is not cleane About a shot of a Cast peece to the westwards of the town men may fetch fresh water From Marveles to Fangerola Fangerola it is 5 leagues eastnortheast betwixt them both stand also 5 watch-towers Fangerola is a castle and hath a faire sand-bay there is good anchor ground in 7 or 8 fathom a flat rising ground men may lye there landlockt for a westsouthwest wind From Fangerola to C. de Mol C. de Moâ— the west poynt of Mallaga the course is forth eastnortheast two great leagues but from the west poynt of Mallaga to the town of Mallaga the course is northeast and northeast by east 4 leagues it is there betwixt them both a faire strand where men may anchor all alongst in 10 or 12 fathom Mallaga Mallaga is knowne by these markes There standeth a Castle to the eastwards upon the high land there come two walles downewards towards the sea to another Castle which lyeth by the water-side Before that same Castle is now the road that which was wont to be the right road is now altogether spoyled by casting of ballast If you will anchor in the road before Mallaga then anchor in 10 11 12 or 14 fathom thwart off from the head if that the head come to lye from you north and by east there is very good ground the anchors hold there well also men lye there out of danger for the Moores Velez Mallaga lieth from Mallaga east and by north distant 7 leag betwixt them both men may anchor all alongst by the shoare About a league to the westwards of Velez Mallaga standeth a little Castle before it is good anchoring in 10 or 12 fathom By the
sayling by like a broken schonce or castle Arzyla is a little walled town lying upon the water side and hath a little bard haven which men doe sayle into at two places through a row of Rockes which lyeth before it the northermost channell is the deepest but both of them are not fit but for small shippes Being come within the rocks men doe anchor betwixt the town and the rockes From Arzyla to Alarache the coast lyeth also south and by west eight leagues it is altogether a cleane coast with some rocks on the shoare the land betwixt them both is somwhat higher them betwixt Arzyla and the Cape with high land within About an English mile to the southwardes of Arzyla standeth a tower and somwhat further to the southwards upon the high land stand some little houses but men cannot well see them except they sayle close alongst by the coast Betwixt Arzyla and Alarache but somwhat neerer Alarache then Arzyla lyeth on the sea side a high white cliffe which is very easy to be known betwixt that cliffe and Alarache standeth upon the high land a very high tree with some other trees by it when men come from the northwards alongst by the shoare that great tree seemeth to be a tower yet somwhat to the southwards standeth an other great tree but not so great as the other when men begin to come neere to Alarache or els by the southermost great tree then the foresayd greatest tree doth hide it selfe behinde the land These are all very good marks for to know this coast by betwixt these two places Alarache lyeth with a great Castle upon the south poynt of a river which is very shoale and crooked the north poynt is a low poynt going flat off and within it on the n. side of the river standeth also some buildings Before the river lyeth a barre of quicksand which lyeth off from the north poynt where ships may goe in over with a spring tyde through a Creeke els it is but for Barkes Friggats men may anchor before it in the Roade in 16 17 and 18 fathom Alarache Alarache is under the command of the King of Spaine is little or nothing used either by English or Dutchmen He that saileth alongst this coast must not come very close to the shoare unlesse it were with a hard Levand or easterly winde with calme weather there goeth sometimes a very great grown sea out of the west or northwest so that somtimes men can hardly get off from the shoare From Alarache to Old Mamora the caost lieth south and by west and southsouthwest betwixt seven or eight leagues it is low land with sand-hills with few places that are easy to bee knowne all alongst even to Mamora He that commeth out of the sea and falleth with the land here on this coast shall perceive little knowledge of the land unlesse hee fall with some of the inhaâ—â—ed places This Old Mamora was wont also to be a haven but is now altogether cast to of the sea Of the tydes and courses of the streames Before the Condaet on the coast a southsouthwest and northnortheast moon maketh high water Before Palos Moguer Wolves maketh full sea a s north moon Before the river of S. Lucas and at Cales before the bay maketh full sea a southwest and by south and northeast and by north moon At Cales in the Bay maketh high water a southsouthwest moone The ebb falleth without the Puercos to the southwardes towardes the Straet and the flood towards the land to the northwards but for the most part the flood falleth thwart in to the land about the havens In the narrow of the Strait maketh high water a southwest and by south moon The current runneth more to the westwardes then to the eastwards when it is faire weather there goeth commonly 4 houres flood to the eastwards and eight hours ebb to the westwards but the most part of the time according as the winde is and at sometimes the current runneth so strong that it rippleth as if there where shoals Courses Distances From Ayemont to Leep east and by north 7 leagues From Leep to Saltees or Palos east and east and by south 7 leagues From Saltees to the river of S. Lucas or Sipiona southe and southeast and by east 8 or 9 leagues From S. Lucas or the point of Sipiona to the point of Cales the course is southeast 9 leagues From Cales to the poynt of the Strait southsoutheast 10 leagues From Cales to the great Canaries southwest 240 leagues From Cales to the Isle de Madera w. s w. 200 leag From C. Trafalgar to Tariffe the course is s e 4 leagues From Tariffe to the poynt of Gibraltar east by north 5 leagues From the poynt of Gibraltar to Marveles northeast by north 12 leagues From Marveles to Fangerola eastnorheast 5 leagues From Fangerola to the west point of Mallaga eastnortheast 2 leagues From the west point of Mallaga to the towne of Mallaga northeast and northeast by north 4 leagues From the poynt of Gibraltar to Mallaga northeast 23 or 24 leagues From Mallaga to Veles Mallaga east and east by north 7 leagues From Veles Mallaga to Almunecar e. 15 or 16 leagues From Almunecar to Salobrena east 4 leagues From Salobrena to Modrill east by north 2 leagues From Modrill to C. de Sacrastyf eastnortheast 1 leagues From C. de Sacrastyf to Castel de Fierro east and by n. 4 leagues From Castell de Fierro to Adera east 8 leagues From Adera to Almeria northeast 5 leagues From Almeria to Cape de Gat southeast and by east 5 or 6 leagues From the point of Gibraltar to C. de Gat east by north 66 leagues From C. de Spartell in Barbary to the poynt of Apehill the course is eastnortheast 8 leagues From Apehil to the point of Seuta souheast and by east 2 leagues From the poynt of Seuta to the road of Tetuan south 5 or 6 leagues Heights The coast of the Condaet lyeth in 37 degrees and 15 or 20 min. The Island Cales in 36 degr 30 minut The middest of the Strait of Gibraltar lyeth in 36 or 35 degr and 50 min. Cape de Spartell lyeth in 35 degrees 32 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea The land betwixt Wolves the River of S. Lucas sheweth it selfe when you sayle alongst by it like as is pourtrayed in these three figures following Black land to the northwards of the Rooduyn or the red sand-hils Black land to the northwards of Rooduyn or the red sand-hils Rooduyn or red sand-hils Rooduyn or red sanchils Granado hil This belongeth to the former figure the AA one to the other This followeth to the two former figures the BB one to other When you sayle towards Cales and the mountaine of Granado commeth to stand east from you then it sheweth it selfe in this forme Cape Spartel east and by north east and by south 6 leagues This
When the Pico of Teneriffe is westsouthwest from you then are you open before this road of S. Cruz and when you lye in the road of S. Cruz you may see the Island of great Canaries southeast from you about 13 leagues On the northwest side of Teneriffe lieth the road of Garrichica from the northeast point Punte de Nago westsouthwest and southwest by west eight or nine leagues He that will anchor before Garrichica let him anchor to the westwards of the rock with the crosse called the Lion so that the foresayd rock do lie southeast and by east and southeast from him then he shall lie right before the towne and may see right into the street of the town through the Cloister of S. Dominicus there is clean ground in 36 or 40 fathom the Pieck lieth then over the w. side off the town nearer to the land or to the rock then in 35 or 36 fathom it is not cleane westwards towards the riffe Lapania it is also foule ground This is a dangerous road therefore every one that commeth here must be very carefull to have their anchors cables and sailes very preedy and ready for to shift roads as soon as it beginneth to be a storme There is also a little haven before Garrichica where men may lie with a few ships For to sayle in there you must have a Pilot. On the west side of the havens mouth lieth a rock under water but the sea breaketh alwayes upon it you may anchor within in the haven in five or six fathom and must bring two anchors out a head to seawards with a cable on the rocks and an anchor out a stearn on the land so that the ships cannot wend too and again the ground is there foule you must buye up your cables with buyes and cask for to keep them from the ground This is a good haven in Summer then it is commonly good weather but in the winter it is not good to com in there with a ship for the grown sea out of the n. west commeth running in there sometimes so forcible and strong that it is not possible to hold a ship although she had to anchors out It hath hapned certain years past that there was lost in the same haven a great many ships and a great many houses of the same towne washed away with the great water Betwixt Garrichica and the east end of Teneriffe are three lading places more for to lade wine at as Maramela Relecho and Oratama At the southwest end of Teneriffe lieth also another little haven or Bay where is much wines laden called Adessa there is also good lying except it be with a s w winde which bloweth there open in From Teneriffe to the Island la Palma the course is westnorthwest twenty leagues On the southeast side la Palma lieth a faire Bay with a town and lade-place called S. Cruz. He that commeth from the northwards and desireth to anchor in the road let him run so far in the Bay untill he be to the southwards or past the head or the bridge and anchor there in 25 or 30 fathom In winter time men must not anchor so near the strand because of the southeast or southsoutheast windes for then they should lie too near the strand Men lye there moored with two anchors for the sea winde with a small anchor out a stearn for to keep the ship right in the road there lyeth to the eastwards of the towne a high white rock with a crosse there is the best road A little to the northwards of the town is a faire sand-bay there is good anchoring in 20 30 or 35 fathom according as men will lye far off the Road is called the Rammell road When men lie in the road of Palma they may see the Pieck of Teneriffe lie eastsoutheast from them The Island Palma is very high and full of trees whereby it is easy to bee known On the southwest side of la Palma is another place where men lade wines called Tassa Corda About 5 leagues west from the west end of Teneriffe lieth the Island Gomera which hath on the n. e. side a good haven of 10 fathom deep where is good lying almost for all windes better then in any of the other Islands but there is nothing to lade Men may alsoo anchor without before the haven in 20 fathom but they must shift roads there as at Garrichica The road of Adessa in Teneriffe lieth right over against it east off from it about 5 leagues The road of Palma lyeth from this haven in Gomera northwest and by north 16 leagues The Island Ferro lieth from the Island Palma south and by west distant 13 leagues Of the Tydes On the Islands of the Canaries maketh at the most places the natural tyde to wit a southwest and northeast Moone the highest water Of the Courses of the Sunne From the west point of Forteventura to the Island of great Canaries east and west 19 or 20 leagues From the north poynt of the Canaries to Punte de Nago the northeast point of Teneriffe westn w 21 leagues From Punte de Nago to Garrichica westsouthwest and southwest and by west 8 or 9 leagues From Teneriffe to Isle de Palma w.n.w. 18 leagues From the west end of Teneriffe to Gomera w. 5 leagues From the Palma to Ferro south and by west 13 leagues From great Canaries to Salvages northn w 40 leagues From Garrichica to Salvages northnortheast and north and by east 30 leagues From Teneriffe to the Isle de Madera north 72 leagues From great Canaries to the east end of Madera north by west 85 leagues From la Palma to Madera north and by e. 60 leagues From Salvages to the Serters of Madera n. 46 leagues The outermost of the Serters lyeth from Madera 4 leagues From Madera to S. Michaels n. w. 136 leagues From the west end of Forteventura to the C. de Bajador south and south and by west 20 leagues From Lancerota to the Cape S. Vincent northnortheast 180 leagues From great Canaries to Cales northeast 240 leagues From great Canaries to the C. S. Vincent northeast and by north 210 leagues From great Canaries to Roxent northnortheast somewhat easterly 240 leagues From great Canaries to C. de Finisterre northnortheast somewhat northerly 307 leagues From Teneriffe to the Lizart northnortheast distant 467 leagues From the Palma to Cape S. Vincent n.e. 224 leagues From Madera to Cape de Geer eastsoutheast 128 leag From Madera to Saffia east 130 leagues From Madera to Cales eastnortheast 200 leagues From Madera to Roxent northeast 178 leagues From Madera to the C. Finisterre northeast by north somewhat northerly 245 leagues Heights The Island Lancerota lieth in 28 degrees 35 minutes The north end of the great Canaries lieth in 28 degrees 14 minutes The north end of the Teneriffe in 28 degrees 40 minutes Isle de Palma in 28 degrees 10 minutes Salvages in 30 degrees The southermost part of Madera in 32 degrees But the northermost in 32 degrees 30 minutes Porto Santo in 33 degrees How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea Hil with the Mizen Thus sheweth the south-coast of Forteventura when the hill with the white Mizen is northwest and by north about a-league from you Thus sheweth the northwest side of great Canaries Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is westsouthwest from you and then you are open before the Roade of Saint Cruz. Thus sheweth Teneriffe when the Pico is southeast from you and then are you open before the Roade of Garrichica When la Palma is about east from you 16 or 17 leagues then it ariseth thus When Porto Santo is s and by w. from you about 9 leag then it sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Palma being south and south and by east nine or ten leagues from you Thus sheweth the Island Palma being southwest by south 4 or 5 leagues from you When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it sheweth it selfe thus When Salvages is eastsoutheast five leagues from you it ariseth thus When Porto Sancto is about south 5 or 6 leagues from you then sheweth it selfe thus Thus sheweth the Island Madera when you come from the northwards that the middest of the Island is 10 or 12 leagues from you the southeast end is very ragged when you are neere by it the northwest end is a steep point going sloping downe Thus sheweth the Island Madera being southwest from you When Madera is westsouthwest from you 13 leagues it ariseth thus When Madera is south from you 16 leagues it sheweth it selfe thus FINIS
stone riffe thwart over the farewaye on against the poynt of the maine land you must thereabouts edge off from the Island on the larboard side run indifferent close alongst by that pointe of the maine land on the starboard side then you runne over the deepest of that Stoneriffe to witt in 3 fathom or thereabouts as soone as you shall be over it it is againe verie deepe of 10 20 and presently an hundred and two hundred fathom Runne on still by the land on the starboard side and verie close alongst by it and leave all the Islands that lye on the larboard side so you shall come unto the River of Roemsdale Towards the southeast from the foresayd Island Goedeu or Godsche-sand goeth a great deepe river into the land to Sickule Honighpale and other lading places more How these lands doe lye one from the other and from other lands From Jeltesioerd or the Waghe of Bergen to the Rocks of Outweers northnorthwest and n. by west about 11 or 12 leagues From the Outweers rock to Old northnorthwest n. by west betwixt 4 5 leagues From Old to Cyne n. and by east and northnortheast 4 leagues From Olde to Ornael north and north and by east 7 or 8 leagues From Ornael to the south poynt of Stade northnortheast 3 leagues From the south poynt of Stade to the north poynt n. n. east 8 leagues From the north point of Stade to Swyno or Swynoost northeast and by north 4 leagues From Swynoe to the outermost of Flowach or the broade sound northeast and by east 4 leagues From the north poynt of Stade to the Island Hessen or the Broade-sound northeast 8 leagues From Hessen to Goedeu east and east and by south 3 leagues From Swynoe alongst without the Roemsdaels schares to Boede the course is northeast and by north and northeast From Stade to the north-end of Hitland westsouthwest 66 leagues From Stade to the east poynt of Island westnorthwest 200 leagues From Stade to Greeneland northwest about 330 leag Of the Tydes and Courses of the streames Betwixt Berghen and Stade the water riseth falleth but it keepeth no certaine tyde a southsouthwest and n. northeast moone maketh there most full sea Betwixt Stade Luyckesound Boe a southsouthwest and northnortheast moone maketh high Water Heights The Outweers-rocks lye in 60 degr and 53 min. The Island Kyne in 61 degr 30 minutes Stade in 26 degrees Broad-sound or the Island Goedeu in 62 degr 40 min. Luycksound in 62 degrees and 55 minutes How these lands doe shew themselves at sea The Land about Northfoert Southfoert when it lyeth east by south from you South point of Stade Ornael Kyne Olde Thus sheweth the Islands Ornael Kyne Olde to the southwards of Stade Stade When the south point of Stade lyeth northeast by north from you then it sheweth with the land from thence southwards within Ornael Kyne Olde like as it is pourtrayed in this the figure following The Land about Olde This followeth the former figure When the poynt of Stade lyeth southsoutheast 8 leagues from you it sheweth thus Caarte van NOORWEGEN vande hoeck van Horrel tot aen Momendael waer in begrepen wort het Liet van Dronten When Stade is southsoutheast from you and Goedeu east 4 leagues then the Land betwixt Stade the Broad-sound like as is pourtrayed in this the figure following and then you are open before the Broad-sound This followeth the former figure unto Stade The forme of Island Luycko when it is east by north from you Thus sheweth the Island Goedeu being east from you The ninth Demonstration Where in The Liet of Dronten is shewed TO the northwards or northeastwardes from Geske lye amongst a greate manie other rocks and little Islands five greate Islands the first called Luco Luco which is a high Island like as also the second betwixt these two goeth in a channell about southeast called Luycksound Luycksound Upon the third called Harnsoe Harnsoe lyeth also a high hil but it is at both endes somewhat lowe The fourth and smallest called Lemsoe Lemsoe or the lowe Island sheweth it selfe in 2 or 3 lowe hommocks The fifth called Flemseu Flemseu or the Island is a great and lowe Island but seemeth little to see to at sea because there lyeth but one hommock upon it not verie greate and of fashion as the roof or cabben of a Hoye Roofe Island or the west end highest within the east poynt of that Island is a good roade in a bight where men lie landlockt for all winds To the northwards or eastwards of Flemseu or Roofe Island goeth in a channell called Nogwe Fioert lying in east and by south at which men may runne in to Roemsdale Without these foresayd Islands off from Luco unto Boede lyeth a great multitude of out rocks great and small called the Roemsdales Schares Roemsdales Schares Eastwards from the Roofe Island or Flemseu lyeth amongst other rocks and little Islands the Island Lever Lever which men may sayle about on both sides whether they be bound outwards from Roemsdale to Beresound or Boe or inwards from Boe or Beresound Beresound and wil runne through the foresayd Islands Beresound is a Haven within some rockes even to the southwards or Westwards of the poynt Boe Boe. there it is good lying but not good to come into without a Pilot or some one that is there well acquainted Boede is an out-point with a neck or small point of land fast to the maine land alongst to the southwards of it men may run in and up to the southwards to Beresound or els goe to anchor in a bay on the north side behind Boe by some houses where they may lye sheltred for a west winde From Boe to Stemmeshest the coast lyeth about n. e. and by n. 2 leagues betwixt them both about half wayes lye many small lowe black Out-rocks as if they were sowne alongst the shoar called the Stoppels Stoppels betwixt them and the maine land you cannot sayle through with great shipps without great danger The Norwaye Barckes runne alongst with in them and also anchor there within under a rock which is somewhat greater then the rest and lyeth about the middst af the Stoppels or somewhat nearer the main land called the Eartholm All the Islands betwixt Broad-sound or Flowach and Boe belong under Roemsdale From Stade to Stemmeshest or Stemmesnes the course is alongst without the Islands northeast and by n. about six twenty leagues the land betwixt them both is called the Governement of Roemsdael Stemmeshest Stemmes-Hest is a high point easy to be known it sheweth it self when as you get sight of it comming from the southwardes or the westwards in two Hommocks thwart of it goeth in the Liet with divers entries About a shot of a cast-peece from the point lyeth a black round rock altogether alone not very great
right best fareway you must sayle nearest the side of the Flatholme there it is deepest with an open wind men may sayle alongst soo neare by it without any hurt that they may cast with a stone upon it Within or to the eastwards of the Holmes lyeth shooting off from the eastland a great shoale lying off with a great tayle towards the west which comming from the west men might easily sayle within For to avoyd it you must set the Flatholme when you are passed it southwest from you keepe it standing soo untill that you shall have sayled about a great league looke out then for a little Island that shall then at the east shoare lye neere about thwart from you upon it stand two mils and above upon the maine land standeth one mill When the mill that standeth upon the high land commeth to the west end of that foresayd Island you shall bee past the foresayd tayle of the English grounds and cannot sayle within it goe then e.n.e. alongst by the English grounds which are flat soo that you may sayle alongst by them upon your lead in 3 or 4 fathom soo neere as you will When then the mill that standeth upon the high land Markes the English ground commeth betweene the foresayd two mills which stand upon the little Island then shall you bee altogether past the English grounds run then boldly towards the English coast and so close alongst by it as you please towards Passis or Portshut poynt From the Flatholm to Passis poynt in the right fareway it is deep 14 and 15 fathom The Welsh side you must shun and take very good heed of it because it is very uneven and full of steep bankes that are needle to which at many places do fall dry at low water you may not come neerer that coast then in 12 fathom for sayling towards it you shall have at one cast ten fathom and before you can heave the lead againe you shall sit fast alongst from Flatholm till you come to Bristow About Passis poynt men do anchor in Kings road Kings roâ—d which is between the poynt the river of Bristow neerest the river there is good clay ground in 8 or 9 fathom They that are bound into the river are brought in by the Pilots Men may from thence also sayle in alongst by the coast to the River of Severne which is also like the River of Bristow a faire River to saile into For to saile from Bristow to Londey you must goe away from Passis poynt w. s w. untill that the Flatholm doe come to beare southwest from you or els untill that the three foresayd mills upon the south land doe stand a like farre one from the other to wit that which standeth upon the high land doe stand in the middest betweene the other two sayle then right with the Flatholme very close alongst to the southwards of it and being passed it goe then forth westsouthwest unto the Island Londey About 3 leagues to the northwards of Flatholm lyeth the Town Cardief Cardief in Wales being a tyde-haven before it is a good road as well for ships that are bound to the westwards as to the eastwards where men may lye land lockt allmost for all windes to the eastwards and to the northwards of it lye many sands and bankes which fall drye at low water and so that they make men landlockt for northeast and by east winds Hee that is bound into the roade before Cardief comming from the west must runne in betwixt Flatholm and the poynt of Cardief lying somewhat to the southwards of Cardief and being come about the poynt then to the northwards up alongst by the shoare unto the road Close up to the poynt of Cardief to wit to the westwards of it lye two little Islands the one next to the poynt is called Silye and the westermost Barrey Silye Barrey Betwixt Silye and Flatholme lyeth a rock southeast and southeast and by east from the poynt which must bee avoyded when you will sayle through there unto the roade of Cardief When it is high water you may sayle over all that which at half ebbe commeth not above water About five leagues west from the poynt of Cardief lyeth the Naes The Naes to the westwards off it the land falleth away first about northwest then afterwards southwest or southwest and by west and soo maketh a great bay betwixt the Naes and Wormes head where there are very good roads for west north northeast and east winds From the Naes a little from the shoare lyeth a great banke called Naessand Naessand which lyeth off from thence west and by south and westsouthwest at least five leagues into sea From Wormshead likewise lyeth off a banck which is very steep called Helwix Helwix about foure leagues southsouthwest and southwest by south into sea they that come from the eastwards and will goe to ride in the Bay betwixt the Naes and Wormeshead runne alongst close by the poynt of the Naes through betwixt the Naes and Naessand likewise they that come from the westwards and are bound in there may run through close alongst by the poynt of Wormshead and the Helwix it is betwixt them both about an English mile broad He that commeth out of the sea may come in betweene the foresayd sands or bancks it is there wide and broad Wormes head Wormshead is a poynt lying farre out appearing a farre off allmost like the Oldhead in Ireland but it is above or under and goeth sloping downe towards the north it hath in many placey chalky spots whereby it is very easy to bee known About 4 leagues to the westwards of Wormeshead lyeth the little Island Caldy Caldy where upon standeth a white Tower shewing off at sea like a white sayle which is set there for to know the land by Betwixt this Island and the poynt of Wormshead the land falleth away with a great bay to the northwards unto Carmarthen and Tinbuy in this Bay it is all over good anchor ground for to ride On every side of the Island Caldy men may alsoo anchor and have shelter for all windes A little to the northwards of Caldy lyeth a rane of suncken rockes called the Wullox Wullox Hee that will sayle about to the eastwardes of the Island to Tinbuy may runne close about by it up to the westwards through betwixt the Island and the suncken rockes leaving them on the starboard side or else hee may runne alongst alsoo to the eastwardes and to the northwards of the suncken rockes leaving them on the larboard side and soo then also to Tinbuy and anchor there before the Towne in five or sixe fathom To the eastwardes and to the northwardes of the foresayd rockes it is also good anchorage in sixe seven or eight fathom it is there all cleane ground and farre of shoale water Men may alsoo sayle through to the westwards of the Island
doth shift sometimes with the great Freshut that come off the River and alsoo with stormes out of the sea From Cape de Montego to Peniche or Nova Lisbona at the Cabo del Fisiron which is the poynt within the Burlings the course is southwest and by south ten leag there lyeth of a rock from the poynt to the southwards of it is a great bay where men may runne in behind it with barks lye landlockt In that bay lyeth a little town against the high land called Artogie a little to the southwardes of the Cape del Fisiron lieth a high round hommock which the Dutchmen call young Roxent From the cape Montego to the Burlings the course is s w. 12 or 13 leagues Behind the Burlings is a good roade anchor ground under the great Island before the Hermitage there you may anchor in ten fathom you may come in there from the northwards or from the southwardes it is there broade wyde very where cleane Of the Tydes and Courses and streames A southwest northeast Moone maketh at all these places on the sea side high water and within in the havens a point or two later according as they lye farre within the land As on all the coastes of Portugall even so here alsoo on these coasts a s w. n. e. moone maketh the highest water A s w and n.e. Moon maketh on these coasts full sea within the havens a poynt or two later according as they lye far within the land Courses Distances From Camina to Viana s s e. 7 leagues From Viana to Villa del Conde s by e. 6 leagues From Villa del Conde to Port a Port south and by east 6 leagues From Port a Port to Avero south 11 leagues From Avero to Cape de Montego s s w. 7 leagues From Port a Port to the Burlings s s w. and south w. by south 31 leagues From Avero to the Burlings s w. 20 leagues From Cape de Montego to Peniche or Cape del Fisiron s w. by s 12 leagues From Cape de Montego to the Burlings s w. 13 leagues Heights Port a Port lyeth in 41 degrees 5 min. Avero in 40 degrees 30 min. Cape de Montego lyeth in 40 degrees 14 min. How these Lands doe shew themselves at sea S. Rego Thus sheweth the coast of Portugal from Bayone to Cape de Montego when you sayle alongst by it about 4 leagues off the figure following belongeth hereto at the crosses one to the other Cape de Montego When that black Hommock where the H standeth by is eastsoutheast from you then are you thwart off or open before Avero The high Land of Viana Thus sheweth the Land of Viana and to the southwards of it the Hommock by B is 2 leagues to the northwards of Villa del Conde The high Land of Viana The land by Viana and to the southwards of it towards Villa del Conde sheweth as is pourtrayed in this and the figure following by V is the Rivers mouth of Viana Ville del Conde This followeth the former figure the Hommock at C is two leagues to the northwards of Villa del Conde The high land of Viana Thus sheweth the foresayd land of Viana to the southwards of it when Viana being by A is northeast from you 10 leagues Mettelyne thwart from you Rockes about a league to the north of Mettelyne Rocks off Mettelyne Thus sheweth the land by Mettelyne when Mettelyne is thwart from you and that you are close by the land Castle on the north side of Port a Port when you come from the northward by the land The land to the northwards of Port a Port. This figure belongeth to the foâ—mer sheweth the forme of the land by Port a Port and to the southwards of it when you come from the southwards you shall see a little village within the castle of Port a Port called S. Iohn A league to the northwards of it lyeth Mettelyn The Land to the southwards of Port a Port. Avero Abbey Thus sheweth the land betwixt Port a Port and Avero when the high land to the southwards of Port is east and by south from you 4 leagues Thus sheweth the land of Port when you come from the southwards Thus sheweth the land of Port a Port when it is eastsoutheast from you about 4 leagues Viana Villa del Conde Port a Port Thus sheweth the land from the northwards of Viana to Port a Port when you sayle alongst by it Port When Port a Port is southeast from you seven or eight leagues then it sheweth with the land to the northwards of it in this forme The seventh Demonstration In which The sea Coasts of Portugal from Pissage to S. Uves or Setubal are deciphered De Cust van PORTVGAEL Het Zuydlyckste deel Beginnende van Pissage tot aen S. Vues alias Setubal From the C. Montego to the Burlings the course is s w. twelve or thirteene leagues Behind the Burlings is a good roade anchor ground under the great Island before the Hermitage then you may anchor in ten fathom you may come in there from the northwards or from the southwardes it is there broade wyde and every where cleane From the Burlings to the Rock or Roxent the course is south and by east southsoutheast sixteen leagues but from the Cape del Fisiron behind the Burlings to the Rock the coast lyeth south north fifteene or sixteene leagues The Rock or Roxent is a point of land very easy to be knowne although you be a great wayes off yet you shall alwayes see the sharpe hommock of the Abbey of Syntra A great league to the eastwards of the poynt of Roxent or the Rock lyeth the road of Cascalis Cascalis where men may lye land-lockt for a northwest north northeast winde in 12 or 13 fathom so deep or shoale as they will A great league to the eastward of Cascalis lyeth the poynt of S. Julian or S. Gillians S. Gillians or S. Gilliens whereupon standeth a strong castle that is the north poynt of the River of Lisbone the norther channell of the River goeth in within a bowles cast alongst by it For to sayle into the norther channell For to sayle in at the norther channell you must run in alongst within the length off a mast alongst by the foresayd point but comming before the castle of S. Gillians you must edge somewhat over towards the Carrick deepe for to avoyd some fowle ground and rocks which lye on the east side of the Castle Being past that a little you may luffe up againe towardes the northter shoare and sayle alongst by it to Restiers so forth even to Lisbone men doe commonly anchor before the Village of Bolyn in twelve or thirteen fathom Men must take heed not to come into this channell with calme weather and with an ebbe which falleth very strong upon the norther Cachops this channell of S. Gillians lyeth in